Sei sulla pagina 1di 482

,h

s
BrihatParasara
Hora Sastra
of

MAIIARSHI PARASARA

rqfv rarrcga

{QeqttT{rrq}<t {ilftm
vol, I

En'gI isht ransIation,commenlary,


annotationand editing
by

R. SANTHANAM

Ranjan Publications
*li

t 6 Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, 'ri

NewDelhi-l
looo2$"aiul../

l{-^ .,

CONTENTS
Ch. Details

Page

Prefaceby translator

l0

T, THE CR.EATIOT'I

t7'

2. GREAT TNCARNATI)N| QF THE LORD)

T PLANETARY CHARACTERSAND DESCRIPTION


Namosof planets, benefics and malefics, planetary
governances,
cabinet,complexions,deitics, sex,com;
pounds, castes, descriptionof planets from Sun to
Ketu, Saptha Dhatus, Ritus, planetary tastes,strcngths, trees;Dhatu, Moola & Jeevadivisions, exaltation and debilitation, additional dignities, natural
relationships, temporary relationships, Upagrahas,
effects thereof, calculation of Gulika etc., Gulika'e
exactposition, Pranapada,etc.

24

4. ZODIACAL SIGNSDESCRIBED
48
Importance of Hora, Namesof signs,Limbs of Kalapurusha, classificationof signs, 12 signs described,
and Nisheka Lagna.
5. SPECIAL ASCENDANTS
Bhava Lagna, Ghatika Lagna, Hora Lagna, Use of
special ascendants, Varnada Dasa and effects of
Varnada.
6. THE SIXTEEN DIYISIONSOF A SIGN
67
Namesof the 16 vargas, Ragi and Hora, Decanate,
Chaturthamsa, Sapthamsa, Navamsa, Dasamsa,
Dvadasamsa,Shodasamsa,Vimsamsa, Siddhamsa,
Bhamsa, Trimsamsa, Chltvarimsamsa, Akshave'
damsa,Shashtiamsa,Varga classification,eto.

4
9l
7- DIYISrcNAL CONSIDERATION
Use of tbe t6 divisions,Hora, Decanateanti Trimsamsa efrects,Vimsopakastrength, Vimsopka proportional evaluation, other sourcesof strength, Dasa
effccts with Vimsopaka strength,namesof bhav.as,
indkations from houses,etc.

105
8, ASPECTSOF THE.S/Gil.S
Sign aspects,phnctary aspects,aspectualdiagram etc.
g. EYILS AT BIRTH
Short life combinations, evils to mother, evils to
fathet, and about parcnts'

109

IO. ANTIDOTES FOREVILS

118

11, IUDGEMENT OF HOASES


Indications ofhouscs form lst to l2th, prosperity or
rnnihilation of a house.

120

t26
12. EFFECTS OF FIRST HOI]SE
other
benefits,
bodily
beauty,
Physical comforts,
coitedbirth, birth of twins, to be nurturedby three
mothers, Moon equatedto ascendant, decanatesand
bodily limbs and a$ectationto limbs.
t32
13. EFFECTS OF THE 2nd HOUSE
poveriy,
of
for
loss
and
Combinations for wealth,
wealth through the king, expenseson good accoutrts,
fame, cffortlessacquisition' eyes'truthlessness.
14. EFFECTSOF TttE 3rd IIOUSE
Femaleand rnale cobom, number of brothersand
ristcrs, advorec,Planets.

t37

15. EFFECTS OF THE 4th TIOUSE


Houeing gomfortt, misccllaaeous, rqlatives, long. living mother, happinessto mother,l quadrupeds,
dumbnerc,conveyangcs

r42

,5
16. EFFECTSOF THE ,Ih HOUSE
Happiness through children, no offspring, dcath of
. firsi child, difficult Brogeny' adopted issues, 3
mothers and 2 fathers, many children, obaining
daughters,questionable birth, mean children' child
at the ageor 30,36, 40,32,33and56 and numberof
ohilcircn.

145

t52
17. EFFECTS OF THE 6th HOUSE
Ulccr/bruises, relatives affectod, facial diseasel'
tcprosy,diseasesin general,timing of illness,unfortunut" yott, loss thtough enemies, inimical sonr and
fear from dogs.
160
l8: EfiFECTS OF THE 7th HOaSE '
Sick wife, excessivelibidinousners, death of wife,
many wives, mlsceltaneousmattersrworthy spouse'
evlls to spouse, loss of spouse' lack of conjugal
. ' felicity, time of marriage, timing of wifc's death'
throe marriagesand shortilvedwlfe.
169
Ig. EFFECTSOF THE 8thIIO(ISE
Long life, short life, Saturn and l0th lord in longevitY.

173
20. EFFECTSOF THE gtlt HOUSE
Combinationsfor fortunes, fortunate father, indigent
father, long livlng father, wealthy and famonsfather,
virtuous and devotedto father, fortuncs, inimical to
fathcr, bcggedfood, combinationsfor father's death'
fortunatp periods, lack of fortunes.
178
21. EFFECTSOF THE IOth HOUSE
Paternal happiness, performing religious ncrificcs,
royal patronage, carnal pleasures'ornaments' ccssa'
tion of duties, learned,wealthy,lack of virtuousact!'
obstruciionsto activities,combinatioasfor fame.

6
22. EFFECTSOF THE TTthNOASE
183
Many gains, incomein Nishkas,no gainc, wcelth
lhroughcoborn.
23, EFFECTSOF THE 12th HOUSB
r86
Expenser
on good&tount, beautifulhousesandbcd,
begcttinga lpouse, planetsin visiblc snd iavisiblo
,
halves,goingto hcll, final omancipalion,
wandcring
in the country, earningthrough sinful mcagurcs,
crpeaditureon religiousgrounds.
24. EFfF TS OF THE BEAYA LORDS
189
Effcetcofthe 12bhavaiordsin various houses(total
144comblnations),
cluesto sortout mutuallyc{ntra.
dictory cfrects.
25, EFFECTS
OF NON-LUMINOASPI,ANETS
236
Dhuma in lnrioue houses, Vyatipala la' various
houscs,Paridhiin varioushouses,Chapain varioup
houses,Dhwajain varioushouses,Gulikaln various
house,Pranapada'spooitlonal.e$ectswith
rcfercnccto natal agcendant.
26,EVALTJATIONOF PLANETARYASPECTS
251
aspectlnlcvaluationt,Specialrulos
Plrnetaryaspocts,
.for aspects
of Seturn,Marsand Jupltor.
21.aI'ALVATION OF rTRENGIFHS
269
Sthaana bala, Sapthavargajabala,
Ojhayugmarasilmsabola,Kendradrbah,Drekkanabala, Digbalr,
Tribhagabah,Varsba-MasaKaalabah,Pakshabala,
'Naisargika
Dina-Ilora bqla,
hh, Ayena bata,
. Motional strenglh of Sun and Mooa, Drlgbale,
planetarywat, motional strength foi Man etc.,
S[adbala rcquirements,phpvaeffccts,
Bhavabatas,
fiigiUitity to isue predictions.
28, ISHTA AND KASHTABALAS
. Exaltatioarays,ChesbtaRasmi,bencffcialeud nalefis

7
fays, benefic and malefic tcndencies, naturc of cfiects
due'to digbala etc., Saptavargajabala and ishta
kashta,eftcts of a bhava.
.292
29.BHAVAPADAS
Method of Pada calculations, special exceptions'
- Padas for planets, Pada and finance, Pada and
financiallosses,Cainful sources,7th housefrom Pada'
. General.
303
30. UPA PADA
pada,
Upapada calculatlon, effectof 2nd from Upa
o,if.-fto. the 2nd of Upapada,about sons,obtainment of many sonsand many daughters,coborn from
Lagna Pada,other m&ttersfrom Lagna pada'
31. ARGALA OR PLANETARY INTERYENTION
rormation of Argala, Argala effects'

3II

32. PLANETARY KARAKATW'+g


Atmakaraka defined, importance of Atmakaraka,
other Karakas, Yogakarakasor mutual coworkers,
housesignific{lnce.

316

33. EFFECTS OF KARAKAMSA


planets in
Karakamsa in various signs, effects of 'Gulika
in
Karakamsa, Rahu-Sun in Karakamsa,
Karakamsa,effectsof aspectson Ketu in Karakamsa'
effects of 2nd from Kaiakamsa, 3rd from'Kara'
kamta, 4th from Karakamsa, 5th from Karakamsa'
6tt fro- Karakamsa,?th from Karakamsa,Sth from
Karakamsa, 9th from Karakamsa, l0th from Karakamsa, l lth from Karakamsa,l2th from Karakamsa'
planetsin 5th from Karakamsa'

327

34. YOGAKARAKAS
Nature due to lordshipsof planets,natural benetior
and malefics, angularand trinal lordships, angular
lordship, Rahu and Ketu, Planets& Aties ascendant,

iro

Taurus ascendant, Gemini ascendant,C.ancerascndant, Leo ascendant,Virgo ascendant,Libra ascendaot, Scorpio ascendant, Sagittarius ascendant,
Capricorn ascendant,Aquarius ascendant,and Pisces
ascendant,General,
35. NABHASA YOGAS
Formationand effectsof Rajju, Musala,Nala, Maala
Sarpa, Gada, Sakata, Vihaga, Sringataka,Hala,
Vajra, Yava, Kamala, Vapi, Yupa, Sara, Sakthi,
Danda, Nauka, Koota, Chatra, Chapa, Chakra,
. Samudra, Gola" Yuga, Soola, Kedara, Pasa, Dama
.nd Veena Yogas.

3s7

36, MANY OTHER YOGAS


366
Subha,Asubha,Gajakesari,Amala, Parvatha,Kahala,
Chamara, Sankha, Bheri, Mridanga, Srinatha,
Sarada, Matsya, Koorma, Khadga, Lakshmi,
Kusuma, Kalanidhi, Kalpadruma, Trimurthi, and
Iagnadhi Yogas.
37. LANARYOGAS
384
Adhiyoga from the Moon, Dhana yoga, Sunapha,
Ar.apba, Duradhura and Kemadrumayogas.
'8. SOLARYOGAS
386
Veii, Vosi and Ubhayachari Yogas, effectsof these
Yogae.
39. RATAYOGAS
Kingly Yogasforming in variousmann'ers.

387

&. YOGASFOR ROYAL ASSOCIATION

399

41. YAGAS FOR WEALTH


402
Yogas for affluence, effects of angutar lord'sdivisional dignitics, effectsof 5th lord's divisional dignities, efrcctsof 9th lord's divisional dignities, angular

I
and trinal lords relatod,effectsof divisional dignities
of the two planetsrelated.
42. COMBINATIONS FORPENURY

413

43. LONGEVITY
416
Pindayu, rectifications,dcductionsfor planetsin the
ascendant's
visiblehalf, maleficsin ascendant,
contribution, Naisargayu,Amsayu, longevity for other
living beings,full life spanof variousliving beings,
choiceof longevity, doubtful casesclarified, other
cluesto longevity,further clarifications,rectificatiohs,
specialrulesfor Seturnand Jupiter, increaseand fall
in classof longevity,Iimltlesslongevity,supernatural
longevity, living till the end of yuga, living the life
:
span of a sage.
44. MARAKA ( KILLER) PLANETS
440
Marakasbasedon lordship, marakadasa,star groups
relatedto death, Rrhu-Ketu as Marakas,3rd house
and death, occupantsof the 8th house,fate of the
prenatalabode,ascentafter
corpse,serpentdecanates,
death,
45. AVASTHAS OF PLANETS
448
Infant state etc,, Awakening,dreamingand sleeping
states, Deepta and other 8 ptates,Lajjitadi avasthas,
calculation of Sayanaand other I I Avasthas,effects
of Cheshta ete. effects of Sayanadi Avasthas for
planetsfrom the Sun to Ketu.

ERRATA

483

Preface
Presentedherewithwith pleasureis the first-everEnglish
translationof the full text of the availableversionof Maharshi
parasara'sBrihat ParasaraHora.sastra. But for the blessings
of Lor<iGanesathis would havebeenas uphill task forme'
Sri Maha Vishnu is the god f gods.So is ParasaraHorathe book of books in the field of astrology.
The work is in the form of a carritch betweensageParaqara
and his disciple Maitreya who later himself becamea worthy
sage.Parasarabelongingto Vasishta'slineagewas Veda Vyara's
th-orugh
faitrer. As coulclbe seelrin the courseof progressing
in the
Parasara
of
preccptor
the
li. t.*,, sage Saunaka was
and
sages
earliest
the
of
one
was
lnatter of aitrotogy. Saunaka
was Garga'sdisciPle.
the
Thi dateof parasaracould be attributedto be roughly
understood
be
can
This
efa of Dharma Raja of Maha Bharata'
Raja is born
when the sagestates"in the presentYuga, Dharma
Salivahana
that
states
with the combination of..." He further
;*itr u, born with the samecombination...'Further,the reader
yogasof Maha
could find statementsrelatingto the horoscopic
statement
which
etc'
Manu
Vitttou, Prajapati, Swayambhu
mortal'
could possiblybe madeby no ordinaryVaraha-Mihira in Brihat Samhita, Kalyana Varma tn
gavereferences
Saravaliand many such other illustrious authors
df ?arasara'sastrologicalstatements'
ParasaraHora finds its translation ih Bengali,Malayalam
I
etc. which translationshoweverhave not beensoenby me'
have with me the following versions'
Press,Bombay,partly renderedin Hindi'
1. Sri Venkateswata
slokas,one can find Sanskritcommen'
of
msjority
For a
only.
tary

rl
2. Hindi translation by Suaram Jha. (Master Khelari Lal,
Varanasiedition)
3. Hindi transtation by
edi.tion)

Devachandra Jha (Chaukambha

4. Hindi transhfion by GanesaDatta Pathak(Thakur prasad


edition)
Afterrcrutinizing critically the .four manuscripts,I .have
for ieasona of more credibility chosen the Sanskritversion
renderedby SitararmJha. Thc Chaukambhaversionis almost
the sameas that of Khelari Lal's.
Othcr versionsthat I havecomeacrossare :
l. Tamil translation by C. G. Rajan-for
without SanskritI'erses.

only 36 cbapters,

2. English translationby N. N..K. Rao for only 25 chapters,


witbout Sanskritslokas.
Thus, I have felt a neid to make the original version
avallablein Englishto the fullest possibleextent. Our version
has 97 cbapterscontaining English translationand exhaustive
alnotations and exanrples.
To handlethe publicationeasily,we havedividedthe work
in two volumes.The presentvolume-first volume-contains 45
cbapterswhile the remaining52 chaptershave beenput in the
secondvolume.
Chapter I and chapter 2 give some preliminary extra.
astrological information. From chapter 3, tho astiological
information begins. , In tbis chapter, phnetary descriptions,
benefics aod malefics, planetary deities, complexions, s"*,
primordial compounds,seasons,
relationships,dignitiesetc. uri
given. Methodsof calcuratingthe'5 upagrahas rike Dhooma
and Muburta velas like Gulika are given. Theseare totally ten
and have thcir own say on a nativity, as the other nine Lain
Grabas have. so to say, these upagrahasand Muhurta vela5
can alter in suitebh proportions the effectsduc to Nava crauai

l2
In tho matter of calculation of Gullka, a different concept comes
to light from this oldestwork. The latcr authorshavegivenan
altogether variable in knowing Gulika's position whereas
Perasara advised that it should be cast for the beginnin! of
Saturn's Muhurta. Whoreas somesuggestthat it should be for
the endingMuhurta of Saturn.
In chapter4, each Rasi is describedfrom variousangles.
Slokas 25-30 are the climax of this chapter. An unerring
method to find out the Nisheka Lagna (or the moment of
intercoursecausingconception)from the time ofl birth is outlined.
Though the prooess of calculation is as simple as a school
student's mathematical quiz, it hasgreat truth in it which even
modern science could not discover. To provo the truth of the
statementin the sago'sinstruction, a practicai examplehas been
given by me. An assumed exanrple cannot better solve the
probfem. A practical case where the time of coitus is astrologicall;r chosenis taken in hand; time of birth has also beengot
accuratelynotod. From the tinro of birth, the time of Nisheka
(or of coitus)is traced which is not in variation, evento the
slightest extont,with the originallynoted Nishekatime. Again
from the time of Nisheka,the birth time is tracedin a forward
manner using only traditional rules of astrology. This exercise
provesthreeimportant points, viz.
l. The point of M.C. is to bc found out in the mtal horoscope aod housesintersectedaccordingly. This is popularly
called Sripati Paddhati. Originally Parasaraqdvocatedthis
system.
2. Gulika's position should be found out for the bcginningof
Saturn'gMuhurta only.
3. Lahiri's Ayanamsais the first best. The reader will find
that we have used Moon's exsct longitude in the abovc
prqcess. Simple angular distanceby any Ayanamsawill
not elter the solution, but a slight change in Moon's
poeition will take us fer away from the truth. With lahiri's
.
.Ayanamsa,we can safely work out even Nadiamsas,which
ohangefast,

l3
The method given by me in working out the future birth
from
the time of coition can very well help the astrologers
time
to foretell the exact momentof birth from the time of query.
revealthat time of query hasa perfectalignmentwith
Reseaches
the time of Nisheka.
Chapter5 toucht-isvarious special lagnas, tike Ghatika
Lagna, Hora Lagna and BhavaLagna. The importanceof these
cannot be . underestimated. A final Bhava chart can
ascendanss
emergeafter merging the different bhava charts causedby these
various special ascendants. This final bhava chart can only
revealthe extent of planetaryeffects when consideredhousew.se
whereasthe bhava chart exclusivelypreparedon natal ascendant
alone can sometimes mislead. This is what the sageemphasises
ln sloka 9.
Cqme to chapter6. The zodiacis dividedin to sixteen
Vargasor divisions. Theseare called ShodasaVargas. How to
find out such Vargasand thcir use are fully explained. These
are from Rasi down to Shashtiamsa. In the classification,the
vargasare made in four groups' i.e. 6 vargas,T Vargas,10 Vargas
and 16 Vargas and special technical names havebeon given for
the total number of desirablevargasa planet attainedfor easy
identification. For example if a planet is said to be in Golo'
kamsa,it indicatesthat out of 16 Vargas,it is in l5 good V:rrgas.
Thesetechnicalnamesappearin the gradationof Raja Yogas.
Each Varga findsa certain specificusein preferencoto a
planet's Rasi position. For example,without consideringthe
chart no tangibleresuitsdue to the native'sparents
Dvadasamsa
can be known. In decidingone'scareer,the Dasamsapositions
of the planetsare of supremeimportance. Theseare highlighted
what is
in chapter7. In this very chapter the sage enunciates
planet.
He assignsa maximum
called Vimsopaka strengthof a
. of 20 pointstaking againdifferentlythe four Vargaclassifications,
. viz. Shadvarga, SaptaVarga, Dasa Varga and ShodasaVarga.
The considerationhere is whether a planet is placedin own sign,
, friendly sign, encmy'ssign and the like in the concerncdVarga
scheme. Ihen an eveluatonis done to get Vimsopakastrength.
This strength enablesus decidethe extent of auspiciouseffectsa
planet will be capableof revealingin'a dasa.

l4
Chapter8 dealswith what is calledJaimini aspectson Rasi
basis. Maharshi Jaimini was the sage who expanded these
Parasari principles very extonsively in Sutra form for easy
nemorization and successfulapplicability. The original concept
is howeverfrom the pen of Parasara.
Childhoodevilsare discussed
in chapter9 whiie chapter10
prescribesplanetarycombinationsto combat zuch possibleevils.
Basic information about the 12 housescould be f<rundin
chapter I I while specificattentionmay be given to slokas 14-16.
Thesc 3 slokasservean important key in knowing how a Bhava
is going to give effectsunder various circumstances.
Chapters12-23givea varietyof information and instructions in analysingthe 12 housesof a horoscopein a systematic
manner. A closo study of theserules will tame one'smind to
scientiflcallyapproach the horoscopefor fruitful resuts.
Chapter'24is again one of the most important chapters.
Here, the various effectsof a Bhava lord being in a specifichouse
are given. All tho 12 lords are fully covered. How to Eortout
a situation in case of contrary indicationsis given in slokas
145-148.
The bhavaeffectsof Dhooma,Vyatipata,Gulika ctc.. are
narratedfully in chapter2.5. Pranapada
Lagna's positionvis-aalso revealscertain specialeffectsas could be
vis natal ascendant
seenin this very chapter.
Shadbalacalculations,Ishtaand Kashta phalasand other
related mathematicalaspectsare elaboratelylaid down in the 3
chapters,viz. 26,27 and 28.
It is not in order if planetsarp studiedwith referenceto
merenatal chart. Padasfor varioushouseswill furfher alter the
planetary sffects.This is what is taugbtin chapter 29. Raja
Yogas, inter alia are best analysedthrough Arudha chart or Pada
chart. The sage suggestsGrahaPadasas well, but u0fortunately he leavesit at that without addingmuch information.'
For still deeper research,Upapadawill be more effective.
This areawill give moie cluesparticularly about marriage,financo
and.diseases.Seechapter30.
Chapter3l entitled'Argaladhyaya'
though brief hasworthy
information on planetary interventions, obstructionsand effects
thereo).

t5
of planetsis treatedin chapter32.
Significance
Karakamsa is the Navamsa Rasi occupiedby Atma
Karaka. Plenetsforming a certainrelationshipwith Karakamsa
and their effects are narrated in chapter33 extending to 99
slokas.
Chapter 34 is againone of the most instructive. Planets
.assumea certaintendencyby virtue of owninga certainhouse.
The sageelaborately touchessuch roles for various planetsfor
all the 12 ascendants. He decideson such principlesthe Yoga
Karakas,Voga Bhanga,Karakasand Marakas for eachascendant'
This will enable us undentand whelher planet will give bene'
ficial resuttsor adverseeffects.Death dealing planetsor Mrakas
us to guessthe period of one'sdeath,
allow
'
.d,sthe name implies, chapter35 lists NabhasaYogas which
are availableln most stlndard texts. Many new Raja Yogas
could be found in chapter 36, like Khadga, Mridanga, Chamara,
Kahala etc.
Chapters!7 and38 deal with Lunar and Solar yogaswhich
are popularly known. Raja yogas in chapter 39' Yogas for
royai associationin chapter40, and financial combinationsin
chapter 41 desorvelpecial nention, containing a vapiety of
authoritativeinformatidn
Maraka or deathdealingplanetshavea say on the finances
of the native apart from causing his end' Theseare tersely
entightenedin the 42nd chaPter.
The chapter on longevity,bearing No' 43, is among the
rnost important onss. Pindaytr, Naisargayu,Amsayu and the
pairs
like, and computations besed on ascendant/planetary
instrucsigns
contain
common
and
fixcd
movable,
with
linking
tive information. If, thp notes,I havetakenPindayucalculations
and worked out a fullfledged example touching all aspectsof
co$putation. I haveadopteda scientificmethodfor deductions
for planetarycontributions arising by placement in bhaias 12
to 7. I havb simply not considered bhava positions
in these deductions but degree-wisepositions of the various
planeti. I have given onecommon formula covering the six
bhavasand the readercan work out the exact lossof longevity.
This can be usefully extened to any loss of years as far as

16
bhavas12to 7 is concernedin othcr systemlas well. Other
tongevitycalculationshavebeen suitablyannotatedby me.
The readerwill also do well to studychapter44 concerning
Marakas beforehe takesa decisionon longevity. Rahu/Ketu
havealsobeenassignedMarakatwaroles.
The concludingchapterof Vol I is the 45th dealingwith a
number of kinds of Avasthasof the planets' Out of these,tbe
12 Avasthas,known as SayanadiAvasthasare of supremeimportance. If one tries to interpret theseAvasthasin proper spirit,
the nativewill suffer. I
he will be ableto detect the diseases
of information from
help
have supported niy views with the
of Balabhadra.
Ratna
Hora
and
Adbhuta Sug"ru of Ballala Sena
suffer fronr
will
one
For example,if Mars is in Agamanavastha,
only
Jupiter
consider
we
parlance,
deepear pains, . In the normal
foot
are
and
hand
of
Diseases
in ine context of ear defects.
a
scien'
conducts
If
one
assignedto venus in Agamanavastha.
tific researchin the matter of diseaseswith the help of planetary
Avasthas,viz. Sayanadi Avasthas,one is bound to reachmany
brilliant clues.
The presentwork offersa vact scopefor suc@ssin predic'
tive astrology. One can build up his own applied astrology
insteadof theoreticalastrologyif he works on the linessuggested
by MaharshiParasara.
for the benefitofthe reader,
A word of cautionis nccessary
aspectsof the variousrules
hidden
the
to
understand
In order
given herein, what is required is a thorough understandingof
theseprinciples. Skipping over fast to an ensuingchaptermay
'present' chapter. To make the
not convey the real ideaof a
reader's Job easier,I have explained every difficult aspect as
clearly as I understandbasedon my own experienceand study of
other authoritative texts'
In the end, I would like to mention that my attempt to
translatethis greatwork andannotatemay not havebeenwholly
successful. I surely would have left some shortcomingsunnoticed and unrectified. From the readers,I can onlT expectthe
afrectionof forgiving me for any innocent lapses.
New Dplhi
Vijaya Dasami 1984

R. Santhanam

t'rs::

r{}qqrrrqnq:

dIET

BRIHAT PARASAR^A,
HORA SASTRA
qawrrfrfrf<ti @t

[ffiiiri

<argdnltfrtnmroi rqrfq fhfrvr<qr+irnnrr


I p]ostratebefore the lotus-feet of Lord Vighneswara,
the offspring of Uma, the cause of destructionof sonow,
who is servedby Bhuta ganas (the five great elementscf the
universe)etc; who has the face of a tusker and who consumes
the essenceol Kapiththa and.Jambufruits'l

qftefiqfiqqlg1tpl: tltlt
q

Chapter I

The Creation
.rffiq{ |
Brts{r gfiaiwi f"tlflif
qwql+fl *iq: rfqqeq gnrwfv: ttltt
rnrcr1! qt{ goti Ta' *erggwq t

ferwd -"frfrrf- Et<rqfqti iftilfa q uRll


qfoqfq faq dsar ERfa gi gl ! r
i{frRi a'tgfrqrfr 5tnn qq t qq}! ttltt

'nri

qfHtri

stTiflwtnq

FFI: 6q{?l

qr{nfi qfercni q wEFric< firc<tq ?ttvtt

1-4. Offering his dbeisanceto all-knowing sage Prnsrra


and with folded hands,Maitreyr said, "O Venerable,.Astrology,
the supremelimb of the Yedas, has three divisions,viz. Hora,

18

Brihat porasara Hora Sastra

Ganita and Samhita. Among the said three divisions, Hora or


genethliac part of astrology is still more excellent. I desireto
know of its glorious.aspectsfrom you. Be pleasedto tell me,
"How this Universe is created? How does it end ? What is the
relationship of the animals born on this earth with the
heavenlybodies? Pleasespeakelabcrately".
Notes : Maitreya was Parasara'sardent disciple. Sdge
..Parasarawas the illustrious father of BhagawanVeda Vyasa.
Partsra Smriti, Pergssn Sambita and the presentwork parasert Horl are some of the immortal contributions made by
our sage.
Parasara'spreceftor wassage Saunaka,the reputedauthor
of Rigveda Pratisakhya and other vedic compositions, from
whom hc took instructions in astrology. Saunakawastaught by
Narada, son of Lord Brahma Pitamaha in the matter of astrology and othcts. Narada got direct instructionsfrom pitamaha.
These details are stated by sage Parasarain. the concluding
coapter ofthe presentwork.
. The sagepredick In the courseof his treatise thet Saliva.hrna willbe born in t yogs csusod by relationship betweenan
uigular lord and a trinat lor as both are in Simhasgntmstrvide
ch. 41 slola 32. While the tecbnicrlities of the ashological
part of this strtement will be understood by the reader as he
progressswith the study of tbis work, it witl be evidentthat
Parasarr wasmuch before Sdivahana. The era of'salivahana
commencedln ltD 72. Since Veda Vyrse is reveientidly referred
ts Parasaratmdja,meaningthe ofrsprlng of Parasara,Sagepuasen lived during Mrha Bhanta ero.
Sage Maitreya's name apDearsin Veda Vyasa's Srimad
BhagavataPurana. Maitreya was sagKusaru's offspring. Sage
Maitreya achieveda great deal of fnowledge in spirltuat an'A
orher topics. Vidura abandoned his kith and kin and met sage
Maitreya to achievereligious merits.
As can be seen, our text is in the form of a carritch
betweensageParasaraand Maitreya. the Master and the Disciple
respectively.
Astrolggy has three divisions, viz. Hora, Ganita and
Samhita. Hora dealswith genethliacpart while mathematical
aspectslike planetary movements, streqgths etc. aretaught by
the Ganita branch. Samhita meansa collectioq or compen-

Chapter I

. '

t9

dium of law, code and digestof any branch of learning. These


are fike Rig VedaSamhita. Clnraka Samhita, Vasishta Samhita
etc. Thus ,Sarn&ira
is not an original work.

m{ $a iETqI fqq ! qkrgqEfifrun r


srqr{ q'<tt ilg ffiqftt qndf g?r:ultl

qf ?i?rr r6lfil q{gilfrrfiT{q{ |


qeqTfq *eqqd, qqr ilggaTrEq.ifr(ilqtl

{|ftmT glrT.ft|Fr wiEr sarqrRi r


qiilird'riirif: dtr
eTrftaq,Tq
Eranrnfetrurr
;r ari qfqlcqrq qrfwnrq {16rrrErrI
{n qftfE{ g:d qTqt ;TT?iqu: rrcrr

5-8. Parasaraanswered,.O Brahmin, your query (so to say,


the desireto know of the infficaciesof astrology)nai an auspicious purposein it for the welfare of the Universe. praying Lord
Brahma and Sri Saraswati, His power (and.consort),
aoA tne
Sun God, the leaderof the planetsand the causeof Creation,
rshallproceed to narrate to you the scienceofastrologyas
heardthrough Lord Brahma. onry good will folrow the teaJhing
of this scienceto the studentswho are peacefullydisposed,whi
honour the preceptors(and elders) who speakonly truit anO
who are God'fearing. woeful for dverdoubtlessry
will it be to
impart-knowledgeoithis scienceto an unwiiling student,to a
heterodox and to a crafty person.

qSlsqmrirm) QsqrilR:
infq: rqthq{: r
{A{tq}

qqi(ET{t

tr*R"g"rfi*e:rrerr

dfltqr<m: ffiqfqf,r?qr
snrrr.mrI
'qq?qqfd
qdrin qqiq{
flild ul otl
fM
irq +Eq q{d atqqfirf,: r
fqEF'r ilejrTTof
iT {rqur{ atwq utttl
aqtilral{iliqt,} feugaEir{g rffi r
4t"enin?rlfi) f*T,
{rf{dfqsqtqd: 1t Rtl

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

,9-12. Sri Vishnu who is the lord (of all matters),who has
undefiledspirit, who is endowedwith the thtee Gunas although
he transcends the grip of Gunas (i.e. Gunatita), who is tle
Author of this Universe, who is glorious, who is the Causeand
who is endowed with valour has no beginning. He authored
the Universe and adninisters it with a quarter of his power.
The other three quarters of Him, filled with nectar,are kno.
wable to (only) the philosophers (of maturity). The principal
Evolysl who is both perceptibleand imperceptibleis Vasu Dwa.
The Imperceptiblepart of the Lord is endowedwith dual powers
while the Perceptiblewith triple powers.

qfffiqsfv?fn{m: wqilsr;rnftrm1 r
sFrftrril rftnfic-r$Rarv corJunilt ltl
TkfiltrtTt qr rFlin aterTaqr
uqrdirc:firdt
1
qilufylt
ifrf,l
@t

i6,iqrq

rqrf,shq'd
rsfdc{ Ifr
rlr

dq:rlwrsFlRll

qftqq r

fqG'g{l: ifiriuTTfqq:trf ill

13-15.The three powersare : Sri Sakti(Mother Lakshmi)


with Sattwa Guna,Bhoo Sakti (Mother Earth) with Rajoguna and
Neela,Sdtcriwith Tamoguna. Apart from the three, the fourth
Lind of Vishnu, influencedby Sri Sakti and Bhoa Sakti,assumes
the form of Sankarshanawith TatnoGuna, of pradyumno with
Rajogwa and of Anirudha with Satwa Guna.

rqnil fl n{iqrfi{'d: rR.F[. {il |


qq!1 dt{onqta,
nqranrEtg;fr:ltqtl

irfiraarE{ri wF rgrttrrqfaqq r
*g

c*vtnma {Rtqrsfrrfiqr qr: ul\etl

16-17. Mahattatwa, Ahamkera and Ahamkara Murthi,


Erahma,are born from Samkarshana,
Pradyumnaand Anirudha
r6pectively. All these three for-msare endowedwith all the
tbree gunas,ivith predominanceof the Gunadue to their origin.

qiirRR"Et
q?{r
qrersrriq
srftqlil

srRaafrnraa
r
ilqfr{+{dgfd: ulctl

Chaptert

2l

tdlirffirrl
ilqqr"T{ ilfi

cr0fd ssnffiq:

uletl

18-19. Ahamkara is of tbree classes,Le. with Satwik,


-;;_;
Rajasik and Tanasik dispositions. Divine chss, scnsory
and the five primordial compounds (ar, eartn
J"jF
respectivelyfrom the said three Ahamkaros.

ufrrnnnsQd frrtr: R?Tqrfr wrerq r


X{rwf qq* lgr d}elrriqrffisff, ft rrlorr

20. Lord Vishnu coupled wirh Sri Sakti rules over thC
three worlds. coupled with Bhu sakti, Heis Brahmacausing
the universe. coupled wtth Neela sakti, He is siva, destroyini
the Universe.

w{g *q

trcrTFtf ffir

a{ f( afeerga ! fe{ii e qrqnqfrnlttl


, qig q{ *ig &qtiq'red nfqq r
dh't{il g&6wdt 't<rtnqirt6:frc ulRtl
Hqfi{d rg: Ti
wrrqalr|qq: r
qt qr* q rt{:

r|TqrflfitTrfqt6.r:ilRltl

atilqnfqsftr:
fqqr{q: r
qr.qrg
sqrTfrr1
ricr ffiqtl:
nRvtl
||RFTIE]

2l-24. The Lord is in all beings and the entire


Universe
is in Him. All beingsconrain both Jeevatmau"a poiaii
lmsas, Somehave predominenceof the forner while yet some
have the latter in predominance. parqmatmctnsair pt"do-ioaoi
inthe Grah^r viz. Sun etc. and Brahma, 6iva and others. Their
pouers or consortstoo have predominance gf paramatmonso.
Othershave more of feevatmamsa.

qqF[iTr(rfTdtsttlrT:
I lRll
Chapter 2

Great Incarnations(Of The Lord)


1P15su16fr I

QI?tiII(l <qTq*tl

isfr *cindglar: hqr tQ gfr{q( lrr1rr


l. Maitreya : "0 sage,arethe inca.rnations
of Vishnu,vz.
Sri Rama,Sri Krishna etc. endowedwith Jeevamsa?

I
<rrr: g;qlrl ql fqs I 1F(,qr6(Tiwn
qil gvthar<n-t qri dtqivtfltktt: llRll
2. Parasara : "O Brahmin, the four incarnations, viz.
Rama, Krishna, Narasimha and Varaha are wholly with
Paramalmamsa. The other incarnations (thao these,out of thc
ten) have in them Jeevamsatoo.

srreiqoqffi
dlqrqt t{qqi

tFtrtrrtt: |
qilta: ttltt

qtng
r${t

.Tffrmtt tqrdi

tmrt

le1ut t

q1lvilil: gln: rt,tttq llYlt


q{iefirttqtq
He has
3-4.The Unbornlord has manyincarnations.

incarnated
is the planets(JVavaGrahas)to bestowon the living
dueto their Karmas. He is Janardana.He
beingsthe r-esults
form of Grahasto destoy the demons
assumedthe auspicious
(cvil forces)and sustainthe divinebeings.

ilFlsftrr<:

q{Tq q?rrq

fiEl

qfrgltl

qrril

frgiawa qdd

qm

qlqFrq

!a:

rgilFtt: I

drgeu ir u{ll
qdes q t

*fE*qq

{t61:llqlt

Rqtrwfrr<rq n qt;t ftsfq deql: t


qqftrrtnlsfutl}g t q{ dqqfqen:llell

Chapter 2

23

5-7 From the Sun God the incarnation of Rama, from the
.
Moon that of Krishna. from Mars that of Narasimha, from
Mercury that of Budhdha, from Jupiter that of Vamana,from
Venus that of Parasu Rama, from Saturn that of Koorma
(Tortoise),from Rahu that of Varaha (pig) and from
Fetu that
of Meena (Fish) occurred. All other incarantaions tlan these
also are through the Grahas. The beings with more paramatmamsa are calleddivine beings.

cftqi{@Fr6} tS ffi
sqff$,ql u{+am
TFTEIUT1q,q:qf

ri qf,lfril: r
q<qftqiflfr:TFrr:ilqtl

gffir{r

qqGil * r

aeq t fedtq;} gT: rrfr<q {m ilqtl


qffi:qactqi
*$a) anil +1-gFu:I
isfq iliq dH fuamArrqGilQrrqorr
st * qftnf fqs ! s{ qnqi qilefr r
Tdrqfr qfrcqftn ilwq1qFilafac:rr11rr
frqr asaq]ftrq
il-dfrilr( rnnlfr nf(faq r
ilqrdalatetd

ilrgui{rr

fq{iqa: ltRtl

qt tr; vmrqnTiTT
*il.fr- <lq ffi
r
fu am graT il?qfii qFqqiqHulitl
8-13. The beings with more Jeevatmamsa
are (mortal)
beings. The high degreeof paramatmamsafrom tneCroior,
iii.
Sun etc, did incarnateas Rama, Krishna erc. After
compteting
thgmission, the Parantatmamsas
(of the respective)O*no', a[Ji
(in the "respective)Grahas. The Jeevatmaportions
from
llerge
the Grahas take births as human beings and live
their lives
according to their Karmas and again m.rge in the
Grahas.
And at the timc of Great Destructioi, the Giahas
*"1i..[.
in the Lord Vishnu. One who knows of all these,
", will becorie
versedin the knowledgeof the past,presentand future.
Without
a knowledgeofastrology thesecannot be known. Hence
every.

24

Srihat Parasara Hora Sastra

onc should hovc a knowledge of Astrology particularly the


Brahmin. One who, devoid of astrological knowledge,blames
this sciencewill go to the hell called 'Raurava', and will be
reborn blind.

sM qilTuITESrTtsrtFt:
lt I ll
Chrpter3

Planetary Characters And


Description
cfqd rrlrfii

tqt

tsw

erqf,wi gi I I

gqR{G{mi slTqr tfi,oTdi gil il trl

l. Maitreya : "O Sage,you haveaffectionately explained


about the planctary inoamgtions. Now kindly detail their characters and dispositions."

rIT FrF ! llrqflfq drqmt qRfcfil{ |

arriiln nfr ga-fr aqlthftErqiwr:rrRrr


tT iamirtR AinTfr nrffiE I
rnfr ffilnrnf{ ftq<rqrnfr qrf{ il rrtrr
2-3. Perasara: "O Brahmin, listen to the accountof placement of thc heavenly bodies. Out of the many luminousbodies
righted in the skies, some&re stars; yet some are planets(i.C.
Grahas). Those that have no movementsare the Nakshatras(or
asterisms).
Notes :'Placed in the firmamentsare many stsrsamong
which we have,for astrologicalpurposes,2? starsand ? planets.
Rahu and Ketu though recognisedas planetsfor astrological
delineationsare shadowy. Thesetwo are nodesof tho Moons

25

Chapter3

and are exactly apart lS0degreesmutually. Their positionsare


forrned when the Moon crossesthe ecliptic from northern latituCe
to southernone and vlce versa,

ilsq'a) qTfr TeGaqmt l g il ug: t


wfi51q

ilrn{{fi

qfrq?qrR-srilElrrr:ilvtt

t(alq{tRqTrrrql iFqr 'tqt&daqr: t


f,fear

rlqTq: Rf

q-{riqfitfEiflrrt: utrl

{T{it..trllirfrqd tanR< oFrarl I


qqfr{r-fqq}qrqisci fq:ed{qrt!q{ nr,tl
4-6. Those are callcd planets (or Grahas) that move
through the Nakshatras(or asterisms)in the zodiac. The said
zodiac comprisesof 27 asterismscommencingfrom Aswini.
The sameareais divided in 12 parts equalto 12Rasis(or signs)
commencingfrom Aries. The names of the planetscommence
from the Sun. The sign rising is known as Lagna (or the
ascendant). Basedon the ascendantand the planets joining
and departingfrom eachother, the native's good and bad effects
are deduced.
Notes : Planetsmove in the zodiac through stellar nransions pr Nakshatras. The namesof the 27 Nakshatrasare :
l. Aswini
2. Bharani
. 3. Krittika
.4. Rohini
5. Mrigasira
6. Arudra
7. Punarvasu
8. Pushyami
9. Aslesha
10. Makha
ll. PoorvaPhalguni 12. UthraPhalguni
14. Chitta
13. Hastha
15. Swati
Visakha
17. Anuradha
16.
18. Jyeshta
20. Poorvashadha 21. Uttarashadha
19. Moola
22. Sravana
23. Dhanishta
24. Sathabhishak
27. Revati
f5. Poorvablr6dra 26. Uttarabhadra
Thenames of the planets a.regiven in sloka l0 of this
chapter.
The ascendantis a very importat point in the horoscope.
It is the sigh that rises in the east, on the latitude of birth. The
apparentrising of a sign is due to the rotation of the earth on its
own axis at a rate of motion causingevery degreeof the zodiao

26

grthat parasara
Eora Sastra

reems to ascendon the easternhorizon. Approximately,


two
hours are required for_a sign to passvra
the'h"r;;;;;h.r"by
every degree taking four minutei to ascend,
fni, Auratl"J,
however,is actuallydependenton the concerned
latitude.
Actually the Sun has no motioF.
His is an
as viewedfrom the rotating earth. ottrer-ptanet, apparentone
iiJr"aligin"
nodeshavevaried ratesofjmotion.
The av'eragedaily motions
of the planets,which are not, however
standard,are as follows :
The Sun
: lo
The Moon
: l3-I5'
Mars
: 30-45'
':
Mercury
65-,l00'
Venus
z 62-82'
Jnpiter
:
5-15'
Saturn
z2'
Node
:3',
With suchdifferentmotions,a planet
forms rariousaspects
gith others. Theseaspects
through-rongituoinar
distances
have
a greatdealof utility in astrology. This
T, *nat if,e-;;;G;
8tsto be considered.

rTqrrrE"ani i'qt, ?tT{f;,,ottpftf;1


i*
qrftqRT{gqTtqr
1tfqr-desFi ll rrurr

7. Detairs (of astronomicarnature)of


starsbe understood
by ;eneral rules while I narrate to you
about the effectsof
planetsand signs.
Notes-: planetary movementscan be fully
understoodfrom
.
astronomical ljterature ahd Samhitas. Naraia
S";i;;":i;;;;
Samhita, Vasishta Samhita etc, are hinteJ
at by parasuri,fi
"general rules" or gtqlal SffGf. This may well mean
other
ordinary literaturedevotedto stefiarmovemenrs.

eRq mr*qa: <in qrfiilllcFrimq

tfl grT$eT:fiTqf:fEmnl q Ftd f*ar rrcrt


r*alvt\rr*: RrarierrdqqqE{:(Sat r
sTernlqfiq derri ilfiliqg"rdi,,.,,

21

Chaptert

8-9. The positions of the planetsfor a given time be taken


as per Drikganiia. And with the help of Rasi durations appli- '
LUt. to thJ respectiveplaces,the ascendant at birth should -be
known. Now i tell you about the castes' descriptions and
dispositionsof the Planets.

qq dat rfq{qra} qHFilrir tuerqrl I


ga: qfi: {|{t qr6: tgr*t T{rnq ll { otl
lO. NAMES OF PLANEZS .' The names of the nine
planets respectively are : the Sun, the .Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, Rahu and Ketu.
Notes : In the Sanskrit literatuie on astrology,the planets
are denotedby different names. Please see. ch. 2 of my English
translation of Horasara, for additional information in this
regard.

ffi1qi-Ttf{-qgar

eft'i-rrg-*.ffi:t

ETt:,irrqtl drql:, T(: T(-{tr tu: ltl lll


ll. BENEFICS AMD MALEFICS.' Among these,the
Sun, Saturn, M'ars,- decreasingMoot{, Rahu and Ketu (the
aseendingand the desceudingnodes of the Moon) are malefics
while the rest are benefics.Mercury, however,is a malefrcif he
joins a malefic.
Notes : That decreasingMoon and increasingMoon are
.respectivelya malefic and a beneficis the view conveyedby the
sage.Yct some exponentsand comrnentatorshold the following
view :
When the Moon is aheadof the Sun but within 120",
medium strength. Between l20o to 240' she is very
has
she
auspicious, ssg qfffiIrlnii]. From 240" to 0" she is bereft of
, strength. This is Yavanas' view, vide P. 70 of my English
Trunslationof Saravali. This view is, however, relatedto the'
Moon's strength or otherwise, while waning Moon (Krishna
Paksha or dark half Moon) is a malefic and waxing Moon
(Sukla Pakshaor bright half Moon) is a benefic.
Should the Moon be conjunct a benefic or aspected tra
benefic,sheturns a benefic,evenif in a waningstate.

28

BrihatparasaraHora Sastra

As regardsMercury, we have clear


f _
instructionsfrom
kr":"1-thathe becomes
a maleficifhejoinsa malefic.If
I
\goint Moonand Mercuryar. tog.tn.i, iorr, ur" benefics:

refiil q Rqrqrv) rFr: gg{irFqir:


I
r{ $q} gri: x}m} tu} qifrqErq.F:trtRtl
iivql
ilT{g<tift TU{rirErqr: r
tFqfq: $r{fli: r}wvqrarqgriTg:qE:ulntl
,l:l? ,_t!*!rA.Ry G7\ERNANCES..
rhe sunisthe

il:i"?,:j";
.3:*Y,::lt:.:h'-'i;. ffi ; ;"" #eirtl:

Y::::::"".'^_:.:n:q1-._lwrr'erupiierd;;;'"#;]J;:'":
happiness.
Venusgou.rnrs.rrn (potln.v)_-*i,,"
r","r,lir.li.l
grief.

Notes : The degree of benefic effects


of the indications
mentionedabovewill be commensurut"*ittr
tn. ,t..o!it;';il
corrcerned
planet. If the Sun is strong,one
wiff havea matured
soul and will makeabundant.spititual
Knowledgeand
ffiess.
generalhappiness
wit berpet acquiredir rJpit". i, *.ilJ;;;;;:
Grief wilt not be there,if Saturnis Uer.ft
of strength.

<frffr} g rT.nnl +fif iiql tTtt?qET:t


Eul rragnr-q sfqqt gEqrid illvtl

' i.1tl_
<fegnra ilqr rwfggqrl r
gi nlq {,fEn! qefftl sf#ena nt{rr
14-15.PLANETARY CABINET.. Of royal
statusarethe
Sun and the Moon while Mars is the army
chief. prince_
apparentis Mercury. The ministeriarpranets
are Jupiterand
Venus. Saturuis a servant. Rahu and
Ketu form tfr. pfuo.tury
army.

triranql Rerdt{il q"ttqrr}fqrrft,{: r


irit"qrg:: $* Tr* fatvqrq)
llirRTttlil t qtl

rfrqrr* grit:

Fuulql q*: grl

{ft: {rrTTRrtq q l
ilrqt Eqrqq !rrlurr

l. iil- . Leaderof elephants,animalsetc.

Chapter3

29

1617. PLANETARY COMPLEXIONS .. The Sun is


blood-red. The Moon is tawny. Mars who is not very tall is
blood-iedwhiie Mercury's hue is akin to that of greengrass.
Tawny, variegatedand dark are Jupiter, Venus and Saturn in
their order.

q6qEEf{Tftlilrfaagf+s}u:qTfqfr faq I r
qqHqi <Tqrri
iil intr *tq q uletl
"
18.

PLANETARY DEITIES .. Fire (Agni), Water


(Varuna), Subrahmanya (Lord Siva's son following Ganesa).
Maha Vishnu, Indra, SachiDevi (the consort of Lord Indra)
and Brahma are the presiding deitiesof the 7 planetsin their
order.
Notes : The-delties or Adhidovatasof the planetsas given
above may be invoked to get the respective planets' africtions
cured. For example,evils indicatedby Mercury can be brought
under control by offering prayersto Sri Vishnu Bhagawan.
The namesof the planetary deitiesare additionally emp-'
loyed by Varaha Mihira in selectinga name for the child. The
consonantsand vowels are attributed to the seven planets as
under.

o'il,' sun

The Vowels(12 in numberfrom e{ to l11)


Semi
Vowelsviz. zr,T, n[ and q
fc-z*It46ea
Sibilantsviz. W,tt and c
Aspirateviz. 6
Guttural viz. :F',, rI, Et and I
.Mars
$...i-Venus Palatalstiz 4, tt, sf, g and 6t
K&\iu^* MercurY Cerebralsviz. e,6, g, d and oI
i*J-"' IuPiter Dentalsviz. e, aT,E, s and;f
lpudt,t.. Saturn Labials viz. q, $, if, $r and q
The name of the child can be selectedwith an initial letter
as above basedon the strongerof the two, viz. natal ascendant
lord and Navamsa ascendantlord. For example, if Mars is
stronger,the name can havea guttural in the beginningappropriate to the presiding deity. In this case, Subrahmanyais the
deity .and the name can be Kumara (gqn) or Guha (gq).
Similar deductions can be suitably made in other cases. If the

Brilnt parasara Hora Sastra

30

initial letter belongsto a planetwithout dignity, it will bring bad


lupk.
Likewise,the Nakshatrastoo have presidingdeities. Any
ion caused to natal star by way of maleflc oceupation,or
orlna
can
off
the
concerned. The 27 deitiesare
Aswini
Bharani
Krittika
Rohini
Mrigasira
Arudra
Punarvasu
Pusbyami
Aslesha
Makha
PoorvaPhalguni
Uttara Phalguni
Hastha
Chitta
Swati
Visakha
Anuradha
Jyeshta'.
Moola
Poorvashadha
Uttarashadha
Sravana
Dhanishta
Sathabishak
Poorvabhadra
Uttarabhadra
Revati

Aswini Kumara
Yama
Agni
Brahma
Moon
Siva
Adiri
Jupiter
Rahu
Sun
Aryama
Sun
Viswa Karma
Vayu
Indra
Mitra
Indra
Niruti
Varuna
Viswadeva
Brahma
Vishnu
(qg)
Vasu
Varuna
Ajacharana
Ahirbudhanya
Poosha

For example,if Ketu


is in Krittika in the 9th house,the evil effcctsdue to fatherwill
be given by Ketu iu Sun's dasa (related to Krittika). Hence
propitiation of Firu god will counter the possible evil.

Chapter3
Alternatively, Lord
pleasedsuitably.

3l
Ganesa representing Ketu may also be

lalq"ta1 qWil q tqa.tIqfau ! r


ir<r: iqrrq fqi{r wguTe} grwqntle.n
19. SEX OF THE PLANETS .' Mercury and Saturn are
neuters. The Moon and Venusare femaleswhile the Sun, Mars
and Jupiter are males.

: {rftr

qlqrfr"t qrwi q ffi?ilfrfr

faq!t
qeftdq{ llQoll

20. PRIMORDIAL COMPOUNDS .. The PanchaBhootas,


viz. fire, earth. ether, water and air are respectivelygovernedby
Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venusand Saturn.

gqdl f-qr<qrT
Swnl' arfanlGq i r
ufr: vrr} Gq]eq! rrRlrr
rtfrrgM n{qqurT
21. PLANETARY CASTES .' Jupiter and Venus aro
Brahmins. The Sun is a royal planet while the Moon and
Mercury belong to commercial community. Saturn rules the
Sudras(4th caste).

dfqs{raq:
'

triti

gq{T}

qsmrqr r

qrige-u<tgel cw:-ryftrrl ' Gq ! ltRitl

22. Satwik planetsare the luminariesand Jupiter, Venus


and Mercury are Rajasik while Mars and Saturnare Tamasik
plancts.
Notes : The Satwa,Rajasand Tamasik naturesof planets
will have a say on the disposition of the native. For further
information, seemy notes,lrde P. 51 of Seravali.

qfafav I r
Wcrl

dtq

gqFrcq{q}faq ! rrqlrr

. . 23. DESCRIPTION OF THE SUN .. The Sun's eyes are


honey-coloured. He has a square body. He is of clean habits,
bilious, intellilent and haslimited hair (on his head).

32

Brihaf parasara Hora Sastra

Notes : Much additional detailscould be gathered from


my notesin ch. 4 of saravariand ch. 2 of Horasrra. The native
will be influencedin appearance,dispositionetc. by the strongest
planetor the ascendantlord or the Navamsaascendant
lord.

'grf,TqGl
ir$zlRFfi',rn:
qsqql
!rT{s rTqffiq{q

lragfav ! r
TfirgT: illvtl

24. DESCRIPTION OF THE MOON .. The Moon is


very windy and phlegmatic. Sheis learned and hasa round
body. Shehasauspiciouslooks and sweetspeech,is fickleminded and very lustful,

rtterql qtq{qqq}Ercqflar:r
Ttl
fqasafdr: *dt
! ttR{tt
U{IqeErirgftq
25. DESCRIPTION OF MARS .. Mars has blood-1g6
eyes,is fickle-minded,liberal, bilious,given to anger and. has
thin waist and thin physique.

?!:aiso: fqqGEqT{qqfaqrwnfkqu: r
fqrcr1 6sqr1 fqs ! qrwq6ldwcn uRqtl
MERCURY.' Mercury is
OF
. 26. DESCRIPNON
endowedwith an attractive physique and the capacityto use
words with many meanings. He is fond of jokes. He hasa
mix of all the three humours.

Ua$iq fqf'ql qdilat r


1(il*
alqn
mqcSR{}
Finnefq{n: nRstr
27, DESCRIPTI@N OF JUPITER : Jupiter has a big
body, tawny hair and tawny eyes,is phlegmatic,intelligentand
learnedin all sastras

gdt womg dea:gclatr vril: ga:r


6rdqt,at ttn'rfhrdshtnin w[qdq: nQetl
28. DESCRIPTION OF VENUS .. Venus is charming,
h4s a splendorougphysique,is excellent or great in tlisposition,
has charmingeyes,is a poet, is phlegmaticand windy and has
curly hair.

Chapter 3

33

Notes : The word gdt in the text has manypurports like


happy, virtuous, charming etc. Since Venus is a charming
planet,the said meaning'charming'has been used. However,
I do not imply that Venus is not a virtuous planet etc.

gr{hirg: qr'tR: &gieufrqrcrnr: I


qeiafr5qq; ,itr s<<lqrq] Gq ! rrRerr
29. DESCRIPTION OF SATURN .. Saturn has an emaciated and long physique,has tawny eyes,is windy in temperament, has big teeth, is indolent and lame and bascoarsehair.

{qT{ri

{t*qircu}sfr

rlqfiT: I

qrdr5filsl dtnq r<$gwirr:

fdt uQotl

'
30. DESCRIPTION OF RAHa AND KETU .. Rahu has
smoky appearancewith a blue-mix physique. He resides in
forests and is horrible. He is windy in temperamentand is
intelligent. Ketu is akin to Rahu.

qRq ttil{q'1 qsw itn EfqI {tri}qqr

nrgiwrdtuwa nrq qat<alfaq!rrttrr


31. PRIMARY INGREDIENTS (OR SAPTA DHATUS) :
Bones,blood, marrow, skin,fat, scmenand musclesare respectively denotedby the planetsfrom the Sun etc.
Notes : The Sun and others upto Saturnrule the Sapta
Dhatus or primary ingredientsof the body, as denotedabove.
Tfueirstrengthor weaknessindicatesafety or otherwise to the
Dhatu concerned. 'For example,if the Sun is affiictedat birth,
the native is liable to suffer disorders of bones, breakageof
bones,and the like. The nativewill incur disordersof blood if
the Moon is primarily ill-disposed. Similarly other aspectsof
the Dhatus may be considered.

' teriuqi{

affigTEli't

atq

qI

nhnrrqlerrmFg ileil: qrrfEq:lwrrEnQRtr


32. PLANETARY ABODES .' Temple, watery placd,
placeof fire, sport-ground, treasure-house,
bed-room and filthy
ground : theseare respectivelythe abodesfor the seven planets
from the Sun onward.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

Notes: The abodesdenotedhave varied uses,particularly


in horary astrology. If, for example, Mercury is related to the
r@overyof a lost article, it will be near a sport-ground. If it
is Venus,it is in the bed-room,and so on and so forth,

Gq !r
sqtfqi nqlaiat f{k{i{i faqtflq !tt11rt
33. PLANETARY PERIODS .' Ayana, Muhurtha, a day
(consistingday and night), Ritu, month, fortnight and year :
Thcseart the periods allotted to the planets from the Sun to
Saturn,
Notes : The durations cited can be related to the maturity
of an event,particularly in horary astrology and in Dasa bhukti
judgements. Should the Sun,for example, be related to the
fruition of an event, it witl be in about six months.
Ayana is the time taken by the Sun to ccmplete one
course-northern or southern in tbe zodiac, This is about six
months. The Moon indicatesMuhurtha, which is equal to
48 minutes. Ritu is approximately two months or the time
rcquired for ths Sun's transit of two Rasis.
The period indicated by Rahu is 8 months and Ketu
3 months(vide sloka 46 of this ch.). Also seesloka 18,ch. 4 of
Saravaliwhich statesfurther useof theseindications.

6e--Elr(-fifftT-Ru<qTIrn {'ql qr6'I:


rl|

nlq d

fHqr: qqttri r:qr@sfd


tsYtl

Pungent,sa'line, bitter,
Y 34.APLANEVRY
*tsrgs
nlxeo, sweet,
mixed,
sfrEet,aclduous
acidifousand
aha astringent
astnnsel are' respectively
tastes
lorded by the Sun e/c.
Notes : The strongestplanetwill give the native a penchant for the particulartasteruled by it. Alternatively,one may
like the tasteOenotea_ngteZna to4 or the
t coniunctthe
2nd lord. The.
too has a say in ihe. matter.
II many are
related, the stroqgestone prevails.

Efq-fi [{ qfq-qtqt q aftrt r


qfrqt qqg?riT fsa-qrrl aqlqi nR{rr

giwl

Ahapt", 3

35

frvtrqi afvava;a-gn-uta qqfif, fq r


q{ar a} qeftiq} fei iqr laqtnq!rrlqrr
rcqi q qfc'{: Trr: qlrfl a'lrigq:fci r
drqui q'hqdal qat qrqqlsqr: nlstl
qfe?rilqrr
etiner6Ekruri qd*
rFqlg{rqrcraT $rtr
{triqmr:nQetl
35-38. PLANETARY STRENGTHS .. Strong in the east
are Mercury and Jupiter. The sun and Mars are so in the south
while Saturnis the only planetthat derives strengthin the west.
The Moon and Venusare endowedwith vigour when in the
north. Again, strong during night are tho Moon, Mars and
Saturuwhile Mercury is strongduring day and night. fhe rest
(i.e. Jupiter, the Sun and Venus)are strong only in aay time.
During the dark balf maleficsare strong. Benefics acquire
strength in the bright half of the month. Malefics and beneicg
are respectivelystrong in Dakshinayana and Uttarayana. The
Iords of the year, montb, day and Hora (planetaryhour) are
strongerthan the other in ascendingorder. Again stronger than
the other in the ascendingare : Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter,
Venus,the Moon and the Sun.
Notes : Indicated in the first instance are directional
.
strengthsor digbaln. The following are the directionsrelated to
a horoscope.
East
ascendant
V 4
North
4th houseor thc NaOir? ?
Wpst
7th houseor the descendanuR
South
lOth houseor the meridian (9 6
Theseare to be reckoned only from the ascendantand not
from the Moon.
Jupiterand Mercury haveDigbalain the ascendant. The
Sunand Mars acquirethis strengthin the lOth house;Saturndoes
so in the 7th. The 4th givesdirectional strengthto the Moon
and Venus. The planetgets no Digbalaif it is.in the opposite
sign with reference to its Digbala house. For example,Saturn
has no Digbalaif he rises.
T h e . u s e o f D i g b a l ai s : @ l l
,
dtj.rt thr
n"tt
""ti"r

36

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

by i!. If JupiterN m the ascendant,


the periods
@llgjorded
;?TilpffilTlTtr$ccess
in north-east,the direction.,rt"d by
it. The directionsof the planetsmaybe understoodas under:
Tho Sun
Saturn
Venus
The Moon
Mars
Mercury
Jupiter
Rahu

east

WOSI

'-

south-east
north-west
south
north
north-east
south-west

one undertakes living in or jo


r.
h"jr *ill b" obut*"ti.
Io uaderetand other strengths,the reader is referred to
Smvell, Part In my English translation and notes thereof in
this context.

qfr wafr F(qr1 gqrrq qrigem:


I
qiftH'<nn rt;il: rrarrurt urrgr:ule.rl
g.q!ff lrft: l* ga-a} rt.6-dltrFtl
I
t'lwq q,igerq qt iqr: arqrfaErlrtvotl
39-40. RELATED fO TREES .' The Sun rules strong
trccs (i.e. tree3with stout trunks). Saturn uselesstrees,the Moon
grilky trees(like rubber yielding plants),Mars bitter ones(like
lemon plants), Venus floral plants, Jupiter fruitful ones and
Mercury fruitless ones.
Note : Much information can be seenin Brihat Jataha
and Saravali in rcgard to birth of trees.

lrflqrwrdqrfuq

\ufcrrctaw t

qc*ri ?{trTgiqt llvlll


mfaarffi
ker;qr quif'rcq ta}fiqagfr faq ! r
dfi <qlficrft: ffiql
ffiq ! ttvqtt

Chdptert

37

!ft, ilerrqt fqs t qrrl: eTlqa,iqq r

rnqnld qTrr6,rr
rd: wtqfmf Eq!rrvlrr
IEr{ =tqa'i{ g RF{F; So'ar rr I
rei fTi nifqq ! qaad atE q uyvtl
4l-44. OTHER MATTERS .. Rahu
rules the outcaste
while Ketu governsmixed caste. saturn and
the ooJ.r ioiti"
anthills. Rahu denotesmurti-coloured crother
*u i.tu E .
Lead and blue gem belong to Rahu and Ketu
,rpr"r,- Ur"ir,
';;;"
the sun, the Moon, Mercury, Mars and saturn
io
ti.i,
govern saffron, sirken, red silken, white
sirken,uru"irjr't""]'iro
and multi-colouredrobes.
Notes : ,rChandola" is translated as outcaste,
thouch it
additionalty means one cruel in OeeOs(fitel;;;:;:
f*
instance). It further meansa person ilregaty
aoro to--i'iua-i
(4rh caste in Hindu tradition of
ancient days) father -".
and
Brahmanamother. Ketu denotesa person
U"_' tnr"rgt
intercastemarriage.
authorities hotd the following view.about
planetary
,ob* lor"
The Sun-coane, the Moon_new, Mars_burnt,
Mercurv

Jupiter-ofrecent
-Gil-U"i"J;;;
:-ryr:r soaked,

il;;:
durable,Saturn-torn, Rahu-multi-cJloured
anaf eiu_ilricn
torn.

'.
'

t.ftdgqrttrrq gvrrratn ftqo: r


q?as qqf fHqr {rcfq 6qr
fuq:rrv{rr
tqdsfr, gffa: d+q f{rft,* &q ! r
srtelrTRTRir
rqqf*: +*qtcet Grq! rrvqrr

45-46. PLANETARY SEASONS


.. Vasanta, Greeshma,
Varsha, Sarad,Hemanta and Sisira
are the six Ritus,6;;;;
governedby Venus, M1s, Mo9n,
Mercury, Jupircr and Saturn.
Rahu and Ketu denote g months
I .oiths respectively.
"oa
Notes : Sinceth-eSun is the
causeof the seasons,he is
not specificallyallotted any season.
However, the Sun is a coruler of Greeihma Ritu apart from
Mars.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

38

'

The durations of Ritus ot seasonsare as follows :


- 20th March to l9th May
Vasanta
20th MaY to l9th JulY
Greeshma
- 20th July to l9th September
Varsha
- 20th September
to 19th November
Sarat
Hemanta - 20th Novemberto l9th January
- 20th JanuarYto lgth March
Sisira

But in the matter of lost horoscopy, a different nomenclature is followed by many to ascertain natal Sun's placement
by Ritu. For details, pleaseseepage12 of my English render'
ing of Nashtr Jatako.

rrfrt(rlfir6{it
Til{-d q{qd

fqiqr

qqQq(:

$FT(T

dtqiilFl:

I
nYetl

, , 47. DHATU, MOOLA AND JEEVA DIVISIONS.' Dhatu


plenetsare Rahu,Mars, Saturnand the Moon while the Sun and
l.ous are Moola planets.Mercury,Jupiter and Ketu rule Jeevas'
Notes : The divisionsof Dhatu (metals), Moola (roots,
etc.) and Jeeva (living beings)havea great use in
vegetables
query' If,
horary astrology,particularlyto know the unexpressed
planet in
significant
or
is
a
ascendant
the
in
for example,Rahu is
a fuller
a
metal.
For
query
to
relates
the
nolary urt, then
"t seeBhuvlna Deeprka of PadmaPrabhuSoori'
"apprcciation,

qt5 q"A lalsRe uql famnt6:I


*dtr+

qdqrrq

qqTlil Gq(f,q ! ttvqtt

48, SATURLV.' Out of all the planets Saturnis the eldest


(i.e. with the highestage). He bestows maximum number of
,yearsin NaisargikaDasa'

il} gl sq: $irn rdf qlawql gtn I


llYQ'tl
Wt{tni 6qlie rfirdr it=it(wlq:
I
$nfl EqrTdscelvqfitctrsar qfrdl ?tQtT:
siilE q<qd ;itri frtqiei: xrftfaaq111oll

49-50. EXALTATION AND DEBILITATION : For the


sevenplanetsfromthesunon,thesignsofexaltationareres
and Libra'
livety iries, Taurus, Capricorn, Virgo, Cancer,Pisces

Chapter 3

39

The deepestexaltationdegreesare respectively 10,3,


2g, 15, 5,
27
20 in those signs. And in the seventhsign from tle saij
1nd
exaltationsign each planet has its own debilitation. rne same
degreesof deepexaltationapply to deepfall.
Notes : Each planetassumessignificance
in a certainsign.
_
In the opposite sign therefrom,it is debilitated. Even in i=he
exaltationsign or the debilitationsign,it is very highlyfavourable
or highly detrimentalas the casemay be, in a ieriain degree.
For example, the Sun is exalted in Aries and is the most
powerful on the 10th degreetherein. In Libra hegetsdebilitated and if be in lOth degree of Libra, he is worst affected.,
Similarly suitabledeductionsbe madefor other planets.
As for the exaltationsand debilitation of the nodes,there
are different views. Pleaseseepage20 of my Englishtranslation
of Horasarafor necessaryinformation.

r*: fQ rqiqnqq farlqqqt F{rq r


s=qfi{a*Ti
;rinrfteo}urqqts{w:n{ttl
tisrfvneg qtqta fattqqqi .F{q{ |
si{ qercq ffrrrqrg{d qsin{Tiltfir:n{Rtl
rir: q;qi{rfi'r: s}{d fefi}qq{i FrrT{|
qfi Eqrtm dtqrq fafi)qqqi Fqq{ utQn
g+ {fi{q fccd{rRar}urqqi Tqq{ |
vri: gr$ qqivrwq fa*qqqi qq{ u{vtl
5l-54. ADDITIONAL DIGNITIES .. In Leo the first
20 degreesare the Sun'sMoolatrikona while the rest is his own

lllli;,,*

thc first 12 dcgreesin Aries as Moolatrikona with the rest therein becomingsimply his own house. For Mercury,in Virgo the
first 15 degrcesare exaltationzone,the next 5 degreesMoolatrikona and the last 10 degreesare own house. Ihe first one third
of Sagittariusis the Moolatrikona of Jupiter while,the remaining part thereofis his own house. VenusdividesLibra into two
halveskeepingthc first as Moolatrikona and the secondas own
house. Saturn'sarrangementsare samein Aquariusas the Sun
hasin Leo.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

40

fat}wq TqK'g<q-({rs?iqq'tuqlq:ergHql: I
fiet{q}qqerqqfi: u{$l
gEEl f<qq{qri
55. NATURAL RELATION^SIIIPS.'Notethe signswhich
are the 4th, 2nd, l2th, 5th, 9th and the 8th from the Moolatrikona of a planet. The planetsruling such signsare it! friendst
apart from the lord of its exaltationsign. Lords other than these
aie its enemies.lf a]planetbecomesits friend aswell as its enemy
(on accountof the said two computations)then it is neutral or
equal.
Notes : A simpleformula is given in this slokato compute
planetaryrelationships.From the Moolatrikonasignof a planet,
ihe 2nd,4th,5th,8th,9th and l2th lords are its friends. The
rest yiz. 3rd,6th,7rh, l0th and llth lords from Moolatrikona
are its enemies. The exaltation sign's lord is always friendly
even if he ownsthe 3rd,6th,7th, lOth or the llth from Moolatrikona. If, however,friendship and enmity occursimultaneously none prevailsbut equalityor neutrality.
Take for examplethe case of Mars. The Moolatrikona
for him is Aries. The I lth lord from there is Saturnand hence
he is inimical. But he is as well a friend, as he is the lord of
exaltationsignof Mars. Sincewc get enmityon onecountand
friendshipon the other, Saturn becomesequalto Mars. Take
aeainthe relationshipof Venus. He owns the 2nd and ?th from
tfr'eMoolatrikona oi Mars, thus becoming friend and enemy
respectively. Hence he is neutralto Mars.
Seetablebelow for an easygraspof relationship:
Planet

Friends

Enemies

Sun

Moon, Mars,Jupiter Venus,Sat

Moon

Sun,Mercury

Mars

Sun, Moon, Jupiter Mercury

Dquals

Mercury
Mars, Jup,
Venus,Saturn
Venus,Saturn

Mercury Sun,Venus

Moon

Jupiter Sun, Moon, Mars,

Mercury,Venus Saturn

Venus

Mercury, Saturn

Saturo Mercury, Venus

Moon, Sun

Mars,Jupiter
Saturn

Mars, J'rpiter

Sun,Moon, Mars Jupiter

4l

ahapter 3

per
The Moon doesnot consider anyoneas her enemyas
(Benares edition by
the folloiving statement of Parasara
tqqw'{tT: meanning
rfi:
Chaukamba"ffqrq alil fqq;E5*fira
are Moon's
Mercury
meaning further that the Sun and
also has an
Saravali
friends while others are her neutrals'
identicalview.
AsforRahuandKetu,thefollowingmaybeofadditional
intcrest.
''
Rahu : The Sun, Moon and Mars are his enemies'
his
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn are his friends' Mercury is
ncutral.
Ketu : The luminariesare his enemics' Mars' Venusand
Saturn are his friends, while Mercury and Jupiter are his
neutralS.

E{q?sErq-TIq-dIFiqTqTR

rifli

q{Tqtl I

fqsai qffit frsskqa dftqat:lltqll

s6. TEMPORARY (HOROSCOPIC) RELATIONSHIPS:


The planetpositedin the l0th, 4th, llth,3rd, 2nd or the l2tlt
frornanotherbecomesmutual friend. Thereis enmity otherwise.
(This
appliesto a given horoscope)'
Notes : The hints givenin sloka 55 are to understandthe
constantrelationshipamong planets. In the presentsloka we
are advisedof planets havinga certain relationshipbased on
givenmoment.If two are mutually in 4th
. their positions,i.e. for
and lbth, or in 3rd and llth or in 2nd and l2th, they become
temporarily cordial to each other. Shouldthey be otherwise,
theie previils mutual temporary enmity. This rule is very simple
and needsno exPlanation.

R?fili

fci

rr fqqd q fq* *<fuftet1 I


{qqqia+ lu\ell
fqaqqa !t q:

ql fraf<gti g vr1ia eafb{qil |


q?i fqkq iqa] EIIittrQt sti a\ ttte tt

57-58. COMPOUND RELATIONSHIP .' Should two


planets be naturallyand temporarily fiiendly, they become
ixtremely friendly. Friendship on one count and neutrality on
another count make them friendly. Enmity on one count

42

Brihat pitrasara Hora Sastra

cornbined with afifinity on the other


turns jnto equality.
Enmity and neutralshipcauseonly enmity.
Should therebe
enmity in both manners, extreme enmity
is obtained. ihJ
astrologershourd consider thcse and
decrarehoroscopiceffect
accordingly.
Notes : The 1inal relationshrp,
as a resultof naturaland
dispositions is cailed S-fold relationship,
l:.I_n_oluy
or
cSqTqE,4. The sameis shownbelow
in uo
form :
"u.y
Speculumof CompoundRelationships
One
Another
relationship
relationship
Net relationship
Friendship
Neutrality
Enmity
Neutrality
Enmity

+
+
+
+
+

Friendship

Extremetnendship t,

Friendship

Friendship

t,nmlty

Extremeenmity

Enmity

Enmity

Friendship

Neutral

It is understoodthat if thereis friendship


with enmity,
then alsoneutralitywill prevail.

eqlti qw $ef gd fat)d

luanQ
i g rrt{TrH xdtfaal il{qtl

T{HSEt
TTTETEIqqri
t

qreqfqdq I

s}ld q;q {tarwn*i

tA{gsetfiir
eqiq]il
fqqqq: 1!,oll
tqq
59-60.RATIO OF EFFECj"S..A planet in exaltation
gives
fully good effectswhilc in Mooratrikona it
is berertor its aisplcious effectsby onefourth. It is half
L.n.n"iuf in its own house.
Its beneficence
is in one- fourth n a frieodly sign.
In an equal,s
sign one eighth of auspiciousdirp";iti;;'is
usetul. The goo<l
effectsare nil in debilitation oi'.".ryt
camp. Inauspicious
effectsare quite reversewith refercnce
to what is stated.

sd{rrcqfqqe$il'i{i[ qg$,

{q} rrlr

Rl1} rfq: I

ltqre}w: ttir{fsqrwfi: nqltl

43

Chaptert

uqil qusFriT:{41 eqa'fqn}sa a}qa:t


qqq{itsa aqdlqra: q[q]q]sfeE]q5E
uqRrl

rRiuwga{q{If+r"rTF!l

alqE:

uq1tl
qqtqe
qrigoa:
t

Fr: *gcilqv:
fqaiqlriutie${IrndqsilFl:

gtufnaa:
uxmrwpvit

*g,

qrn qtqcqt:

Tltiil:tlqYtl

UPAGRAI{AS (SUB6r-64. NON-LUMINOUS


and 20 minutesof arc
degrees
signs
13
4
Add
PLANETS) ;
given
moment
to get the exact
a
at
longitude
to the Sun's
Reduce
Dhooma from
Dhooma.
all-inauspicious
the
positionof
inauspicious.
Vyatipata
is
also
at
Vyatipata.
arrive
to
12 signs
position
the
of
Parivesha'
kqow
to
to
Vyatipata
signs
Add six
Parivesha
from
12 signs
Deduct
inauspicious.
extremely
He is
(Indra
Dhanus)
who is
position
Ctapa
of
the
to arrive at
40
minutes
to
Chapa
which
degrees
Add
16
also inauspicious.
By
adding
a
sign
to
malefic'
(Upaketu)
is
a
who
give
Ketu
will
of
the
Sun.
These
are
longitude
you
get
original
the
Upaketu,
planetsdevoid of splendour which are maleficsby nature and
causeaffiiction.
Notes : The Aprakasa Grahas or upagrahasare to be
calculatedas under basedon the abovefour verses:
+ 133020': Dhooma
l. Sun
+ 53020': Vyatipata
2. Dhooma
l80o : Parivesha
+
3. VyatiPata
53020': Indra CahPa
4. Parivesha
(Indra Dhanus)
16040': UPaketu(Sikhi)
+
.
5. Chapa
Upaketu,if increasedby 30 degrees,will reachthe Sun's
exactBositionat a given moment.
Let us assumethat the Sun is in Taurus l0 degreesand
as under :
Calculatethe 5 UPagrahas,
(400)+133020': Dhooma
. 173e20'.
Sun
:
:
226040'
(l?3020')+ 53020' VYatiPata
Dhooma
:
:
406040'
Parivesha
(226040')+1800
Vyatipata
(or 46040')
= 353"20'
(46040')- 53020' : ChaPa
Parivesha
(353020')+ 16040' : UPaketu : 10o
Chapa
= 400
(10")+ 300 := Stm
Upaketu

44

Brlhat parasara Hora Sastra


.
It may be seenthat by
adding
calculatedUpagraha, we reached 30o to Upaketu, the last
tlie Sun,soriginal point which
is the basisfor Upagrahu
"ul";i;;;;;."--

{nrgaftqruri{ |
{gqqt6t{
tlil qrrlaaleruri firfil: qriu*Aai
nqtrr

65. EFFECTS
?F- SaB-LLANETS.. If one oi these
al'rcts the Sun, the nativc's
avnuril'*iirL"line wbile
the Moon
and the ascendantrespectiveiy
urro"r"i.J*irh
one of thesewi'

andwisdom.io l."rur.aLord
Brahma,
irT,fi,r":i."Jongevity
Nores : If rhe
tu afflictedby one of these
l::
Upagrahas.
the native'sdynastywill
not ,oi."o, ;; ;';,
therewi'be toss
of all sonsor lack of sons_.
If the ascendantis africted
Iife.will come
short
-'"i
to pass. The Moon
il;;; t",i
wilI rr. n,'"i""fl;;i;";;."' ril,i
'conjunction'
"" of an Upagraha
;X,"::t"T,::
"
"t better
*itt tf," Tun. we
treat it
as 'affiiction'for rhc Sui.
can
Jol;un", any of the five
";;..;
exceprVyatipata

i.?;,,i,.J,ili.

";

;;;;

,;i, rromtheexample

Chapter 3

45

tion into eight equal parts and distribute thesecommencing


from the 5th weeklord.
in the ei th
lon ls
lesswhile Saturn's portion is
51q), Mars'Portion is
-.'.
shantaKaano
apply to different places (bommensurate
idffins) olr,
with variableday and night durations).
Notes : Ardha Prahara,Yamaghanlakd,Mrityu, Kala and
Gulika are the 5 Kala Velas, suggestedby the sage. The day
durationaccordingto latitudeis divided into eight equalparts,
The eighthportion is unlorded. The first portion is allotted to
the weekday lord. Other portions follow in the order of week
rtions ignoring that of
day lords. We consider
portlons
the Moon and Venus.
, Mars, -vlercu
are
Jamaghantakaand Gulika.

In the caseof nfifri]Ifi?dffiIi6is or l/8th partsareallotted


in a differentorder. The first portion goesto the planet ruling
the 5th weekdaylord counted from the day in question. The
othersfollow in the usual order. Here again, the 8th part is
lordless. The planetary portions from Kala to Gulika arc the
samein nomenclature,in the night also.
Guliks and Mandi are one and the sameand.notdifferent.
. This is borne by the statementof Parasara(videBrihat Parasaia
Hora Sastra,ch. 4, sloka 15, BenaresHindi edition of Chaukhambha Sanskrita Sansthana),viz. "Namantaramtu tasyaiva
Mandirityabhidheeyate".This quarter is not availablein our
version. In this connection, pleaserefer to prasnaMarga and
JatakaParijatha.
Keerantrru Nataraja of Jatakalankaram(Tamil version)
gives signs of dignities for . these Upagrahasand Gulika elc.
The sameis as under :
Upagraha
& Gulika etc.

Exaltation

Debilitation

Swakshetra
(own sign)

Dhooma
Vyatipata
Parivesha

Leo
Scorpio
Gemini

Aquarius
Taurus
Sagittarius

Capricorn
Gemini
Sagittarius(?)

46

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

Indrachapa
Sagittarius
Upaketu
Aquarius
Gulika
Yamaghantaka
Ardhapiahara
Kala
Mrityu

f
/
/
|
I
I
I
I
I
I

Gemini
Leo

Cancer
Cancer
Aquarius
' Sagittariusuemrnl
C"pri.oro
Scorpio
--

From the Sun to Saturn, no one is exalted in the above_


mentioned exaltation signs, nor debilitated in the above
mentioneddebilitationsigns.
Out of the 5 Kalavelas,viz. Gulika etc. four exceptKala
- (relate-d
to the Sun) haveown signsystemin the respective
signs
ruled-by their fathers. Gulika, son of Saturn,hasAquariusas
house. Jupirer,sson, yamaghantaka,
has it in Sagittarius.
9*i
Ardhaprahara,Mercury's son, is in own sign if in bemini.
Mrityu, son of Mars hasScorpioas own house. It is not known
why_Kala,a son of the Sun shifted to Capricorn, a sign of his
brother (Saturn) leaving his father,s Leo. Obviously] Saturn
hasgiven his Moolatrikona to his son Gulika while he gave
Capricorn(a secondarysign)to his ,brother' Kala.

(tE q( TEfT{t{rqrT
gfcmtaavrrcetr{
|
gfqqi sltafr irerrvinrrfiFrrsi{ eiq u\eotl

.j

70. GULIKA'S POSITION s The degreeascending


at tne
time of start of Gulika's portion(asabove)wiil be the longitude
of Gulika at a givenplace. Basedon this longitudeonly, Gnlika's
effectsfor a particularnativitybe estimated.
Notes : The day duration or night duration as the case
may be for calculationthe five. Kalavelas,viz. Gulika etc. be
consideredfor the latitude of birth. Someauthoritiessuggest.
to usethe end of the period for ascertaining
longitudesof tf,ise. {
SageParasara's
view is correctin this respect,as exemplifiedin
the notesfor slokas25-30, ch. 4 infra. .,Mandi" and .iculika"
are interchanged
in our own text to meanone and the same.

qiuqssi:
sriqrrrqqifemlqrrn r
ssqrRsatlqr;dT{{ ffurd A iq ,ro1,t

47

Chapter 3

Qear6ri{ qalfiq fasflud rrTfEqiq q( |


qrrqBqirtsf
rilE] {sl {q} ge ll\eRlt
qa qMqEI(d irtqT{ iiri faqtf,q !t
ffiq farloi gf q <si qrqqd aa llelll
qT$t

EI?q ftqrt'tqrf,t,itrepisfq

q I

sriqrqfi fffii AE TqI( iTaIvemE{ a}q ttuvtt


7l-74. CALCULATION OF PR,ANAPADA.' Convert the
given time into vighatikasand divide the same by 15. The
resultant Rasi, degreesetc. be added to the Sun if he is in a
movable sign which will yield Paranapada. If the Sun is in a
fixed sign, add 240degreesadditionally and if in dual sign add
120degreesin furtheranceto get Pranapada. The birth will be
if Pranapadafalls in the 2nd, 5th, 9th, 4th, 10th or
auspici-ous
llth from the natal ascendant.In other houses, Pranapada
indicatesan inausPiciousbirth.
Notes : The calculation of PranapadaLagna is exemplified
below, as Per the aboveslokas:
Assumebirth is at l6gh 25vi. When this is convertedinto
vighatikas,we get 985. Divided by 15, this yields 65.66'Rasi
which means65 signsand 20 degrees. Expungingthe multiples
of 12, we have5s 200or 1700.
The next step is to add this straightawayto the Sun's
tongitudeif he is in a movable sign. Supposethe Sun is in
as
Aries 15 degrees,we get 170*15:185 or Libra 5 degrees
Pranapadaascendant.
In the sameexampleif the Sun is in a fixed sign,sayTaurus
15 degrees,we have to add another 240 degrees,So to say,45
as
(the Sun)+240*170:455 or 95 degrees(Cancer5 degrees)
Pranapadaasceadant.
Again, alternativelyif the Sun is in a dual sign,say Gemini
150,we haveto add only 120 degreesin placeof 240 degrees.
That is 75 (Sun'slongitude)*120*170:365:50 Ariesis Prana'
PadaLagna'
Dear Reader
We are glad Y<lu Are readlng
tnls Unlque Book.Sorne other

"n
illl
5i
::l?lll"?":
nff
glven ln 1Ls
materlal'are
IInd

Part.

Please wrlte

sIsT(tfl{rtET$rrls4T4:
uvtl
Chapter 4

Zodiacal signs Described


BTEkrrq gaf'.-ackq 6lnstfwaair

irrEl

fqarrqriuf

silraddse alq rr1n


fi,lqsq) Hmiq: r
,{ {qrtqfEqrwq: u?tl

q{oaqilT;qEi't fqrq:

ilFqr-S'rR fq*u

l-2. IMPORTANCE OF HORA.. The word Hora /xlrr)


is derived from Ahoratra (erqtcra)after dropping the nrit*anl
last syllables. Thus Hora (ascendants)remains in between
Ahoratra (i.e. day and night) and after knowing Hora, the good
and bad effectsof a nativebe known. sri Vishnu,trreInviiible,
is Time personified. His limbs are the 12 Rasis commencing
from Aries.

lql

$wq frga: rei-feq-gmRw:r

gFrtfqs{il *Ig,i* 5rq} {lmraa: .o*r *lil


3. NAMES OF ^t/G//.t .. The 12 signs of the zodiacin
order are : Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra,
'Scorpio,Sagittarius,Capricorn,Aduariusand pisces.

dlqtci
tqT qr6 irleit'le*tilq: r
gpfttqR qrj{,i
i
wg,.q+etqruvtl
q{qft a} ilfl }qril *qr: {irqf<rt:Tqrq I
4-4t. LIMBS OF KALA?(|RUSHA.. The time personified
has his limbsas under with referenccto the 12 signsrespectively : Head,face,arms, heart,stomach,hip, spacebelownlvel,
privities,thighs,knees,anklesand feet.
Notes : The limbsof Kalapurushaor Time pcrsonifiedare
divided treating Aries as ascendant. For an individual,the
ascendingsign will denote head,2nd sign face and so on and so
forth. Seethediagramgivenbelow in the case.ofa Scorpio
native,for an easygrasp.

49

Chapter4
(8)
Privities
(g)
Thighs

(ro)
Knees

(lr)
Ankles
The use of the above is to know of the planetary influencec
on the concernedlimb. In the abovecase,if Rahu is in Scorpio
ascendant,there will be a scar etc. on the head. Or whcn his
Dasa starts,if he is affiicted at birth, he will causedangerto
head. The limbs related to malefics will suffer defects and
adversitieswhile the ones relatedto benencs will be beautiful'
(broad)
strong and immune to danger. These are stloola
the
deca(minute)
36
of
limbs,
scheme
sctrerie. Fot Sookshma
natesare resorted to.

'

q<ti'nGrEmr{t: TqrTt
fr<rfrsfametqq{ttiml{q

mReql ttttt
frqns: I

5-51. CJ.iISSIFICATION OF 'S/Gil'S Movable, Fixed


"
and Duafale the namesgivento the 12 signs in order' These
arb again known \asrnaleficand benefic, successively. Similarly
thesJ are male and female. Aries, Leo and Sagittarius ar
bilious. Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn are windy' Gemini,
Libra and Aquariusare mixed while the rest are phlegmatic'
Notes i The 12 signsare divided into movable,fixed and
dual. Movable are Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn' The
signsTaurus,Leo, Scorpioand Aquariusare fixedor immovable.
Gimini, Virgo, Sagittariusand Piscesare dual or cQmmon'

50

BrlLat Parasara 11ora Sasffa

Arics, Crcrnini, Leo, Libra, Sagittariusand Aquadusare


Thess are also known as malefic or,fnlcl signs.
qal-!F.
S-urus7'Cancr,Virgo, Scorpio,C-apffi
rc
*
signs, Theseale bg?efic1gt.9.1g9ft
signs.
Arics and iB trinesarc bilious. Taurus and its trinesarc
wi{}. Gcmini-anditg trincc havea mix of all thethreetemperandnts'viz. bilc, wind andphlegm. canccr and its triaesarc
phlcgmatic.
The temperanetts of the signs have a upecific use in
dedicel astiology. If, for erample, a phlegmaticrignhappens
to be the 6th housoand is occupiedby an arilictealunei witn
phlcgmatictcmpcrsment,tuberculosis,reyerecougb and othei
pulmonarydisorderswill crop up. If a windy sifr is africted
by a windyplanet,rheumatism,
paralysisetc. will trouble
colic,s,
the native. when e biliousplanetaffectsa birioussign,one will
be liableto prematuregrcy hair, ycilowishbodn iecretionoi
bile, jaundiceetc. If a mixcdsigngetsaffectedby Mercury,thc
nstivc wil bc predisposcdto suffer many inrbalances.The
planetshavc bcar describedas windy, phlegmaticand bilious
as couldbe rcenin ch. 3 oupra.

qFqUil

fitn*

pkfr

K{tTrerqitqrcffqqiq't,,,,,
gtttfc: ffi!
rqlgqft I

qrdsf t Mrr

gUrfut:rrsrr

6-7. ARIES DESCRIBED..The signAriesis btood:redin


complexion. lt hasa promincnt(big) physique. It is a quadr_
upcdsign.,and strong during night. It denotescouragi. It
residesin.the castand is relatcd to kings. It wandersin uitt,
and predominates
in Ra.loguna
(r.q'qis the sepondof the three
constituentqualitiesand is thc
-tauseof great activityin living
beings). It riseswith its back(a prishtodayasi!n) and is fieryl
Its ruler is Mars.

r?e:
qt*t

qsrfqfr Ehirqgqrq{{Wt r

wttil qfo$qw:

Eatcal qrT:nctl

8. TAARAS DESCNBED.. Its complexionis white, and


is lorded by Venus. It is_longand is a quadrupedsign. lt
1",
strength in night and residesin the south. rt represeits
vilases
and businessmen. An earthy sign,Taurusrir.s oitt
its l;;;*"

5l

Chqtet 4

fiffi

rir{rrtffit

TFTri Frtri it sfrllq{l

ernrel (ffi

qrqrqlfiqt

iletl

fqxatd lutfrl: t

9-9I. GEMINI DESCNBED.' The signGeminirlseswith


a malc and a female holdinga maocand
its hesdand represents
lute. It livesin the westand is an ,airy sigo. Itis a bipedeign
as bell and is strongin nights. It livesin villagesand is windy
'm
huc. Its
temperament. It hasan evenbody with grcengrass
nrler is MercurY.

qraqlT{qrtt q rrgqil Cfit {tiqr{llloll


qEq|itqq: wlonag: *itgnft
ErFilt
rtlil lltlll
geafi
tf,cfnl'rrffilfr:
l0-ll. CANCER DESCRIBED.' The sigpC-anccris pale
Brebmins. It is atrong
rcd. It resortsto forestsand represents
tn nights. It hasmanyfeet (i.e. it is a centipcdceigp)and hrr s
bulky body. It is Srtwic in disposition(seenin godr)and is a
wateryBig!. It riseswith its backand is ruled by the Moon.

frqr gqlfuq: qtqt qgqra qffi qdt t


qfrqH qgqrrr":vrq: tiq g*iot1 lltRrl
12. LEO DESCRIBED .' Leo is ruled by the Sun and is
srtwic. It is a quadrupedsign and a royal sign. It resortsto
forestsand riseswith its head. It has a large, whitc body' It
residesin the eastand is day-strong.

qtri*qrq t'illten qftrffieit


itq?<st tt qgqirnftqlqputra q fi llllll
flqrqq'-flr nqqt filaqqt qqF{fr |
gnrfr ffifi t{flt qtqqr.Tr tflfuvt lltvll

|3.|4'VIRG,DE91RIBED..Thissignisahill.resortcr'
a
and is strong in day-time. It rises with its head and has
It
south'
medium build. It is a biped sign and resideq in tbc
bas grains and fire in its hands. It belongsto businessconllnuIt is
nity and is variegated. It relatesto hurripanes (mF flfi)'

52

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

a Virgin and is Tamasa(a disposition of demons).. Its ruler is


Mcrcury.

q*eicwge: gwft rsilguitI


dffi
qfiq{t {qt wiit qil rwag6ot" ntrrr

{Ftsk}sq rqcqtilqE $rGrrr} fffi r


fqdrft qttqqQ!utqtl
dm'!il ffiuq:

tlqssQsfrfieqrnf $qt,ta gmrfur:r


15-161.LIERA AND SCORPIODESC:RIBED
: Librb is
a Seershodaye
oignrisingwith its headand is strongin daytime.
It is black in comple5ionandis predominantwith RaJogunr.
It relatesto tho westerndirection and resortsto land. It is
dcstructiveor mischievous
(afa-fl. It representsSudrasor the
4th Varna and hasa medium build and is a biped sign. Its
lord is Vcnus.Scorpiohasa slenderphysiqueandis a centipede
rign. It denoteeBrahminsand residesin holc. Its direction
and
is north and is etrong in day time. It is reddish-brown
physique
has
hairy
land.
It
a
and
to
and
is very
rcrorts water
rharp(or passionatc). Man is its ruler.

$ftrtr Fre qtq{qTfr rr flfilrt: rrlerl


ffi frtirffqqs qFn6:qffi frmq t
qf{rqt

{iFil

rritGqn: ffiqri

Egunr<l terd rwn

agrir: tl le ll

Eil: I

l?-181. SAGITTARIUSDESCRIBED: The signSagittariusrises with its head and is .lordedby Jupiter. It is a
Setwicsigr and is tawnyin hue. It has strengthin nightand
is fiery. A royal sign, Sagittariusis biped in first half. Its
secondhalf is quadruped. tt hasan evenbuild and adores
an arch. It residesia the east, resortsto laad andis splend.
orous.

q?ilfqqlrfr qtqt qirte.q frfu *{q ltt Q,rr


Fqi(} qtqqq: I
1r6\8fr lpiln":
qrd qgGq*?fr g fsq{1 qqql r*r: llRoll

19-20. CAPRICORN DESCRIBED .' C;apricornis lorded


by Satugr,atri has predominance of Tamoguna (a disposition

5t

Clmpter 4

seen in demons). It is aa earthy eign and rcprercnts the


southerndirection. It is strongin nights,and riscsrvith back.
and it resortg'
It hasa largebody. Its complexionis vatiegated
to both forestsand lands. Its first half is quadrupcdand second
half footlessrnovingin water.

Err* g*ff a<} lgn!il qcl1irgftl1ql


qdtfr EnFrwfr q6{frqtd ilr: llRlll
{rF: qf{qqtds tar{t tql6f(: qF: I
2l-21t. AQUARIUS DESCRIBED.' Thesigr Aquarius
represents
a man holdig a pot. Its complexionis decp-borwn.
It hasa.mediumbuild and a biped sign. tt is vcry atrong in
,zdty tnte: It resortsto deep waterand is airy. It rises with
its headand is Tamaslc. It rules Sudras,the 4th Varna and
the west. Its lord is Saturn,the Sun'soffspring.

dfdt giqnqdcrql dtr<tfcfrnql{} trRttt


q* qiagon6pq s{fr q61qt frq: t
'
crq* qcq+dt s Rlqql Er.q*{fr uRln
gilqndfqqqift wiht q&ei Wn:t
fatqwtmfirqt tt fllmlcqwFl t llRull
'

22'24. PISCES DESCNBED .' Piscesreccmblesa pair of


fisb, one tailed with the hcad of the other. Thir rign is nlghtstrong. It is I watery sigo and b predominant with Srtwa gur.
It denotes resoluteness and is a water-regorter. It is footless
and has a medium build. It rules the north and riseswith both
headand back. It is ruled by Jupiter. This is how the 12 Rasis
each of 30 degrce erteot are dcscribed to cvalu,ate $o$ rnd
specific effecis.

ltrrtiT: qrsqqqfq

ffqwd

"IgGa

gfr{qq I

q d{frsq F{,i{i qffiq

nRul

aEt {rlasrfq ittq I i{ fqur<q t


nrilrqtnr{ qffi
fiiri s{srq qq iltqrl
qfcq rnl fertfr qq{ilFr qt*tiq?ilq r
trrdsffanf,t doi qtq rnnft qt|ri ttqsrt

31

&lrrlartPqawa llora Sastts

{rflRdhmi iduq6 nt f*fuqq r

qqrat*T'nnrt*tmnq{r
llRqll
n{rrt wqiFlr|d rfutrt gftrlf r
ecilqqtltd fiqi 'r{?nns frftm: nRerr
gnltlF qtq ffifrq?i qrd wnl
Hq
tt{on
W fiffii
25it0. 'NISHEKA LAGNA,. O excellentof rhe rr8cc,
rrflrlndd not lg r ctepto rrrlve rt the Nisbeke Llgna wtcn tbc
rrtrl uccdnt b knom. Notc tho anguh distrme betreca
Add tbls to thc dlfferencebctteen
@ullle).
llr uccorlrnt Lrglr bbrvr (Madhyror cusp)sndthe 9th bbvr
(cql.Ibe roltrnt po&ct in Rrsls, dcgreesetc.will reprtrd
ib noatlc, &yr cfc. thrt elapsedbetreen Nlshetr sndblrfr.
At bhth tf tlc uccrdrnt lord ls In the invlclble hdf (t.e.frou
uccndentd crrp b &ecedentsl cmp) rdd the degrecrctc. thc
Moa rorcd h fh pertlcular Rasl occupledby bcr to the .rboye.
rootloncd product.fhGFSGtscendrntrt Nlrhetr crn beworled
by ttc uatlrp b tbe romb
out rd the goodrod bd erperienced
cu F ifosccd. Onc canrlso guess,wlth the belpof Nlshekt
Irt!., rfrectr lllo longevlty,deathetc. of thc parents.
Notcr : If birth time is accuratelynoted, we can tracc
oot the corroct timo ond dateof coitusthat causcdthe conception in quection. Adhana lagna or Nisheka LsgDameans the
gscendant
that prevailedrit tbc time of coitusand not the oneat
comcptlon. The Sanslrit word 'Adhana' or 'Nishcks' neansa
ronral cohabitation. (Sone tcxtscall the first union betwecna
oouplc ar 'Adbarna'andthe lateronesin the usual couroeag
'Nishctr'.)
Ar per our prcscntvcttes,we considerthc birth chart of a
mrle child born on Friday, tbe lTth February 1984at 22h 3Sm
IST at New Delhi. Tbe birth time hasbeen correctlynoted
with c spccialrcquest to the ottendingdoctor. The time of
coitucwar rstrologically chosenand promptly noteddown in
thc rccotdo. And hence thie cssewill scrve as a foolpro of
(i.e. 230 gi' St")
cxamplo. Tie natusas.perIatriri Ayanamsa
is givenbelow :

5:t

Chryter4

Ascdt
Saturn
Gulika
Mars
'fhe longitudcsof rcquired planets and important crlspg
are as given below :
AscendantCusp : 182023' 06"
lOth cusp or M.. ! 940 36' 06"

Saturn

' iq2: t::3g'

9th cusp : 64003' 13"


Gulika : -ii+o
2080 32' 06"

Moon ,

ti' oo"

SiderealTime at birth : 8h lm 2ls


The longitude of Gulika is cast for the beginning of
Saturn'g Muhurta, as suggestedby the sagein ch.3 supra.
With the abow data, we 6bould be able to trace bock the
Adhana date and time. The formula is :
Adhanri lagna:Date of birth and time minus "x"
where "X" is obtainedthus: A+B+C
Now A, B and C are explained. "A" is the angulardist''8" is the distance
ancebetween Saturn and Gulika at birth.
betweenthe cusp of the sscendantand that ofthe 9th house
counted in a direct order (i.e. via 4th and 7th cusps). "C" is
required if the ascendantlord is in the invisible half (i.e. ascen'
dant and descendant interscctedby the nadir'). Otherwise,"C"
is not required. In the examplecase,thescare :

56

lrlttu, ParasaruEora Sarrha


A
B

:
5" 46'28"
: 241" N Vl"
=s 14" lT N"
:26lo

4r' 35"

- 26ld 43gh35 vigb.

It will bc aoticcd that I degreeir troatedas one day io thc


(360days
rboVo computation. Thst is, these are Savanamana
per year). To apply this to Grcgorbn Calendar(NS), we must
rcduoethis duratiol ioto Saunmam. Suchtablcoare given in
my Faglirh trtnolation of Honsan. From there we take the
corroctionfigurecso that wo obtrin an equslSauramamduration. Thosecorroctlonstrc meantto know the differencebetween
Saranamanaand Sauramrna. When wc reducetbe correction
factor from Savanamanalo obtein Sauramana,the figure eo
obtained shsll have to bc iocrca$d by the conectionfactors
conrideredin the first mentionedcorrcctionfactors.
cxcessively
evcn
with averageintelligencewill apprccirtc tbig
reader
A
cxercise.From the tablegrcferred wc obtain corroction facton
.for 26ld.43gh35vighas undcr :
id
2 0 0 d a y':r : 2
60 days 0
I day; 0
43.58gb:0
Gorrcclion : 3

sh
55
52
00
(X)

vigh
l6
35
52
38

Lip
56
05
35
00

49

22

36

Villpta
40
00
05
00
45
*l*-.-..;-

We cantatc the abovefgure to bc 3d 49dh23 vigh as a


skc. Whentbis corrcctionfactor
round figurefor convenience
isdcductsdfrom 26ld 43gh 35vigh,rveget 257d 54ghl2vigh,
Thie needc8 slight incrcaredueto ercessivecorrectioncontained
by the aboveoorrectionfactor, 3d 49gh23vigh. From the same
tablc,we get a factor of 3gh22 vigh which shouldbe addcdto
25?d54ghl2vigh. Thuswe get 257d57gh34vigh. That is, thc
Adhansought to bavcbcenrc many days behindthe birth date
while thc birth is on l?th Fcb l9fff at 22-35hn Thc time of

57

Chaptet 4

Adhanaas notedig : 4th June 1983at 10.40PM, IST, at New


Delhi. (Ihe last mensesperiod,or LMP date, 8s recordcdis
3l-5-1983.) Thc duratioo betweenthe two is shown below
monthby month.
(
Mltr
Days Hrs
Montb
0l
26
20
June 1983
00
31
00
Jnly 1983
00
31
00
August1983
00
30
00
1983
September
3100m
Octobcr1983
00
3p
00
November1983
00
00
31
Dccember1983
3l
00
.00
January1984
22
16
35
February1984
'I

Total gsp

257

2t

55

:
257d
59gh. 47.5Vigh
Theabovedurationin June1983devoidof 3d 22h40m as
Adhana took placc on 4th at the said hour. Similarly,in
only upto the momeat
February84, the duration is considered
of birth. For catculationof ghatis,12 midnightis treated8s thc
sqrting point as Eogtishdatesbeginat 12midnight.
The readerwill note that we got the actualduntion betweenbirth and coituscounted backwardsu 257 59Ch47 Svigh
whereaswith tho help of the rules, wc could get 257d 57gh
34 vigh, having a differenceof less rhrn 2.5 ghatir. This
differenceis not iacxplicabic. We baveconsideredthe longitudinal differenceof I degreeequallinga day (of 60 ghatis). This
meaaconeminuteof longitudeis one ghati. Sinccthe birth time
and coitur time havebecn perfectlynoted,the differencecould
be attributcd to not consideringthc fractionof secondof arc in
6e variouslongitudes.Thus2.5gh differencemcans2.5 minutes
of arc. Plcasenote that we havc totally used the longitudesof
fve positions,viz. ascendant,9th house,Gulika, Saturn and
Moon. A small fractioaof secondsof differenceat evervstagr
'can well clure somedifrerencc.

58

biilnt ?arasamEdra Sastra

Alboit the timo of coitus (or Adhana) has bqNrocorded


propetly and albeit we got the samo by revcrseproccsswith the
help of birth time as per Meharghi'spdnciplo,bne maybe yct
wonderingwhetherit ir a coincidcnoe.To allay sucha misconception,wemake againan exerciseto arriveat the birth date
and time in a forrr,ardmannerwith the hetpof coitus time
indicatcdabove. trnsucha process,we consideronly classical
rulegaspcr standardbookson Hindu Astrology,ignoring any
cuggcotion
from anyambiguous
guarter.
StrgeI : Firstly we find out whetherthc. dclivery should
be bcfore273daysor afrer 271daysfromAdhcno. Therelevant
principlc is from my translationof Nrshta JrtNkrn whhh
prineiple owes its acknowledgment
to ManusbyrJrtrle rnd
Joiate Srganm.273daysig thebasisas tbe Moon takes 273.2
daysto completeten zodiacatrevolutions The Adhanachartis
asper thetime 22 40 hoursIST for June4, l9g3 at NewDelhi.
Scethe zodiacas under asper Lahiri.Ayanamsa.

,1"
Ii*,

c
4
N

Moon
29"| 5'36"

Ascdt
t0"20'37"

sat (n)
The Adhana Moon is waningin stateand is in the invisible
half of the zodiac. Should the Adhana Moon be waningand be
in the invisiblehalf, or with increasingrays in the visible half,
then the birth takesplace before 273 daysfrom Adhana. So to
6ay,the traosit Moon will not completeten revolutions. Adhans

Cluptcr 4

J9

Moon with iacreasing rays in the invisible half or Adhrns Moon


with decrcasingrays in the visible half will ctuse tbe birth only
after 273 days. To wit, she will in tnosit exceedten revolutions
of thc firmanenB. [n thc Adhrna chart before us, tbe Moon is
decreasing(i.e. approachhg the Sun) and is in the 2nd house
(i.e. inyirible half). Hehce it suggestsa posibiiity of delivery
before 273 days. Tbc answerir known to the reader in tbe'
affirmative.
St4ge2 : It is not enoughif re state that the delivery will
be bcfore 273 days. We must narrow down the period still
briefly. The Sun's position at Adhana will tell ur the possible
month of delivery. One of thc rulis in this cootcxt le from
Suhr Jrtrha (vide p. 49 of my English tranglationof Hon Srn
sttting that deilvery will bc in thc 9th, l0th or I lth month acco'
rding to tho Adhaoa ascendantbcing. in a. movablc sign, fixed
sigp or common eign. In thc casc citcd by me, C;apricorn, a
rnovablcsign, is onrthe eastsuggestirgdelivery in the 9th month
(i.e. betwesn24U270 daYt).
Stgc 3 : .Aftcr the above step, our job is to dig out the
possible.Moonsign at birth. According to Kalyana Varma's
Serrvali (ch.8, Verses 4647), the natal Moon will be either in
the ?th or in the lOth from her Adhana poaition. In the Adhana
cbart before us, the Moon is in Aquarius and hencc the natal
Moon should be Leo or in Scorpio. The readerwill obscrvethe
nalal Moon in Leo'
Stagc { : Leo, aB any other sign, is 30 degreesin length.
position
Then where ghould"the Moon exactly be ? Is her birth
vis a vir Adhana position ? This is known by the ascen'
justified
'iantatbirtu.
q
r.:
(
J
7
a,
Sagittarius
and
Taunts,
Cancr,
Gemini,
Ariec,
sig;ns
The
are
strong
during
night
signs
as
tlese
Docturnal
are
apricorn
time. The other six, viz. Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Aquarius
and Piscesare called diurnal signsbeing strong during day time.
- If the Adhana Lagna is a nocturnal sign, birth will be in a
day sign. If birth occursin a night sign, then the ascending
sigu at Adhana should have been a day sign. (tn the Adhana
chart given, the ascendantis Capricorn-a nocturnal sign and
hencebirth in Libra-a diurnal sign, is justified')
Strge 5 : Nocturnal sign can ascendin day time as well.
Similarly diurnal sig! can ascend in nigbt time also. If the

6{)

brttat ParasaraIIon Sastra

Adhana Lagna is a night sign, birth will be in day time and in a


diurnal sign. If the said Lagna is a day sign, birth will occur
in night time in a nocturnal ascendant. The fraction of si
ascendi
the
In the Adhana chart given, the ascendantis Capricornand
portion past is lO' 20'37". We conrrrt this longitude into
secondsofarc to have accuracyd The longitude thus is 37237,,.
Similarly, 3Odegreesmake 1,0E,000eecondsof arc. The night
duretion at birth in our exampleis l2h 50m 4gsas the sunrise
ot 17.21984 is at 6h 59rn 58s and Sunset lgh 9rn l0s, for
New Dclhi. Nqw seethe processas under :
108000seconds(30 deg.) :

(or r0'20'37"'
37237"

46248secondsof time
(or l2h 50m 48s) -

I loror*3223?)/108000

. :
:

lS94S.7llseconds
of time
4.4293641
hours
4h 26n (4h 25m45.71sec)

So to say,4h26m havepart from the Sunset,i.e. from


l8h 9m l0s. This denotca22h34m 55s which shouldbe the
birth time. And we havc the birth time recordeda 22h3Sm.
This cannot be a coincidenceor manipulationfor a serious
studentof astrologylike me, but a meaningfuland scientific
rstrologicalprocess.
Whenthc Adhsna Mdon's Dwadammsais knowncorrectly, thc natal Moon canbe well checked. She,at birth, should
bo in the nme Dwadasamsa
asshewasat Adhana. Pleasenotc
this agrecability-Adhana Moon as well as natal Moon being
ln CapricornDwadasamsa
simihrty. Henceour natalMoon is
Justthe cofiect one.
Anotherverificationfactor, whichhoweverneednot exist
if the Moon'gDwadasama
is : Wbateverthe angular
coincides,
distsoco is betwecnAdhqna Moon and Adhana Lagoa will
prevailbetwcenthe natal Moon aad nstst ascDdant.In our
er8mple, the difrerence between{dhens Moon and Adhana
r agnois 48"44' whereasaatal Moon and Dotal ascendant
are
49'6' aprrt.

Chapter O

Ut

The curious reader may note one thing. There are maoy
rules to note the birth month, natal Moon, natal ascendantetc.
with the hclp of Adhana (or prasna). And the correct ones
bringing the variouspossibilitiesto a coincidentalmanner should
be corectly judged without ruehing to conclusions sinply
theoretically.
Ihus the reader will be convincedof the fact that Adhana
time noted is correct as we got back to the birth details from
Adhana and vlceyersc ac-curatelywithout any ambiguity what80ever.
From the saidtwo processes
basedon accuratelymaintained
recordsfor purposes of scientific research,I, rather we, firmly
can concludethe followiog without a shadowof doubt :
l. Gulika's longitudewill corrcspond to the beginningof
Saturn'sMuhurta only, as suggestedby the sage, irrespectiw of
any other authority stating that it should be for the end of
Muhurta ruled by Saturn. In fact, I have not come acrossany
cage'swork stating contrarily to what Parasara stated in this
regard. Suppose we have calculated Gulika for the given
birth chatt for the end of Saturn's muhurta, the longitude of
Gulika would bave advancedby 24 degrees. That would put
the Adhana still 24 days behind the noted date. Pleasenote that
we have exactly reached the Adh4na date a$ per the record
maintained without any variation. This proves that Gulika
shouldbe at the beginningof Saturn'sMuhurta.
2. AccurateAyanamsais only that of Lahiri and that accurate it is as to the seoond of arc. This contention is proved by
the fact that we have made use of the Moon's longitude. Other
4 loogitudesusedby us in the processof getting back to Adbana
are simply angular distanceswhich will not be affected by any
Ayansmsa. But the Moon's longitude will vary plus or minus
accordingto the Ayanarhsa,and Adhana time will be minus or
plus accordingto the variation. Whereaswith lahiri's position
of the Moon, we did not experienccany anamolyin the Adhana
computation. Similarly in progressing towards the birth date
from the Adbana date, Moon's longitude playeda significant
role. If for examplewith anotherAyanamsa,the Moon goesto
Piscesin the Adhana,her natal position, will yet be in Leo but
inconsistentwith Adhana position. Hence Lahiri Ayanamsa has
all the perfection required for calculationof eventhe Nadiamsas.

qq flq{iqqftTTsrttr:
n{r I
Chrptcr 5

Special Ascendants
wnt

srqqqdq

ilflt

faqqiilq t r
lqq lqrqll?ll

l. Oh excellentof the Brahmins, I explain bclow aggin


somespecial ascendantg,viz. Bhqva lagm, Hora Iagna and
Ghatika Lagna.

qqTEri rrqtrgr effi


,fq[q t
rqrfil qirqri;d qneiGi atd Q uqrr
tq qeqrffi rfiFrr {qfqqtf{Ei q I
mvqqHq+ q{ qrqwti ta q ilq ulrl
2-3. BHAI/A LAGNA .' From Sunriseto the time of birth
every 5 ghatis (or 120 minutes) constitute one Btava lagna.
Divide the time of birth (in ghatis, vighatisetc.)from Sun-rise
by 5 and add the quotient etc. to the Sun's longitudeas at Sun
rise. This is calledBhavaLagna.
asrumethat
Notes : To work out the various ascendants,
the birth is at l2gh 30vi and the Sun's longitude as prevalentat
the time of Sun rise is 4s l2'. Find out the BhavaLagnain the
first instance,as under :
Whenbirth time is divided by 5 we get 2.5 signsor ?5'.
This is to be added to the Sun's longitude as given which is
132". We get 207" or Libra 27' as BhavaLagna.

iln
cflfr

qreiQqfafifirmiteaq
ild

ffqrq

kq tl
nqd nYrl

qrEqeqrRqiBwi qsqFii tilf{qi qqE I

*eqqtqfq* nr"f Arratti qq Q tq utlt

clspler 5

63

4-5, HORA LAGNA.. Again from Sun-risetiil thc time


of birth, Hora Lagna repeatsitself every 2| ghatis ti-r-. eO
minutes).Divide the time pastupto birth from the Sunriseby
2| and add the quotientetc. in signs,degreee
and so on to th;
longitudeof the Sun rs at the $unrise. This will yield Hora
Legnain Rasi,degrees
etc.
Notes : [,et us find out the Hora Lagnafor thc sameexample.
Birth timc is to bedivided by 2.5. Whendoneso, we get
5 signsor 150 degrees.Add this to the Sun'slongitudeasat
runrise(i.e. 132plus 150-282"). We thus getHora Iagna as
Capricornl2'.

'ug iri Bqqfit{ I r


qmacr( vrrrcq qrqffqTqfq rrng tfqtl

tqTrfq rft|{

qswErrqrfiil
rt{
Efrfiwf

qr{ qtnfil wrfrq r


rfifti iltqrf{fr: uetr

qqnism{t6r: r
{trT{r{ ed{cqr:
qrfr q*$ri qe e rq nerr
n1c4q1qfrtr
6-8. GHATT LAGNA (GHATIKA LAGNA)..Now lisren to
the method of working out Ghatika Lagna. This Lagna ctranges
along with every Ghatika (24 minutes)from the Sunrise. Note
the birth time in Ghati and vighatis. Considerthe number ot'
ghatispastas number of Rasisor Ghatika Lagnas.The Vighatis
be divided by 2 to arrive at degreesand minutes of arc past
in the said Ghatika l-agna. The product so arrived in Rasis,
. degreesand minutes be added to the Sun,s longitude as at
Sunrise to get the exact location of Ghatika Iagna. So say
. sageslike Narada.
Notes : Let us find out the Ghatika lagna in the above
examplecase,
Birth time is 12 ghatiswhich gives 12 Rasis. Vighatisleft
are 30 which are to be divided by 2 and treated as degrees.
30 divided by 2 yields 15, i.e. 15". Thus, we note 12 signs

Btihat Parasara Hora Sastra

64

15 degreesto be away from the Sun (as at rise of the day).


When l2s l5o or 375oare added to the Sun (132'), we get 507c
which after expungiog360' resultsin 147" or Leo 27oas Ghatika
I,agna.

nqriqt q Fr<rti qrqs'lej1q fmiq t


t qErq{ t aa t eqrratafncntq ttert
9. USE OF SPECIAL ASCENDANTS.' Keeping the
planetsat birtb as it is, preparevariousBhava charts with respect
to eachspecial ascendantand analyse as done for the natal
ascendant.
Notes : This is a very important clue given by the sage'
get
the 'longitudes of the three special ascendants,viz'
We
Bhava Lagna, Hora Iagna and Ghatika Lagna' Apart from the
natal ascendant,the planets will remain in different bhavas
according to ttre special ascendantbeing considered' Thus we
get foui different Bhava charts. If a planet remains in the
iame bhava in all the four bhava charts,it will speciallyreveal
the bhavaeffects due to it. Otherwise, its effects are proprtionatelyalteredin respectofthat bhava.
The Benaresedition(Chaukambhaseries)hasthe following
special hints in this chapter respecting planets and bhavas,
t-hus: The planet on the cuspof a housewill give full effectsdue
to the bhava concerned. The one in Bhava Sandhi (end of
house)givesno resultsdue to tbat bhava. (This doesnot roean
that the planet is wholly ineffective. It is, suffice to say,
ineffectiveas far as that bhavais concerned')Ifa planetis ahead
of the Bhavasphuta(longitude)of thevariousLagnas(i.e.Natal,
Bhava, Hora and Ghatika Lagnas)but within I5", its effectsdue
to the Bhava concernedstart diminishing. Converselyif it is
prior to the cuspbut not beyondl5o, the effectsproportionately
'cusp', the effcctsare
increase. Needlessto mcntion that on the
more revealed. This gives us a clue that longitudearrived iilf
the caseof BhavaLagna,Hora Lagnaetcand Ghatika lagna aref
thecenterpoints of thoseLagnas,justas for the natal ascendanlf

qofrercqE{ri$rTqi g'crqrqq ism: r

qet frarrqriq

qeatgf,* sfi{ ut otl

rtt + GLc,* u^t1,,t

Chapter5

65

. ulwvnn{frr"i
(rlilrdst(f,Fli

la{1ilfeal

qilrq I
*qrtiqtq
qtilkqwqa: ultrl

q?qqril?d qqiE gdt,r

atq qlrr-rnmi rrqfqr ilil: tRI n t Rtl


qHq
qR r
(qe*i sqrdtt si

atq i<i qlq{,tc nqrit E fqqME nlltl


nq{fflfail: qrqlu} tifrr: ( g ade:r

10-131.VARNADA DASA : I now derailVarnada Dasa


justby knowing which, one can dealwith the longevityof a
native. If the natal ascendantis an odd sign count dirctly from
Aries to natal ascendant. If the natal ascendantis an even sign,
count from Pisces to the natal ascendant, in the"ieverseorder.
Similarly, if the Hora Lagna is an odd one, count from Aries to
Hora Iagna in direct order. If the Hota Iagna is an even one,
count from Piscesto Hora Lagna in the reverseorder. If both
the products are odd signsor even signs, then add both thqfigures. Ifoneis odd and the otheris even, then knowthd
differencebetweenthe two products. If the latest product, in
this process,is an odd one, count so many signsfrom Aries in
a direct manner;if an evenone, count so many signsfrom Pisces
in reverseorder. The sign so known will be the Varnada for
the ascendant.
t-a-tes
;Take the caseof a'native who hasLibra (an odd
sign)as natal ascendantand Scorpio (an even sign) as Hora*:,
Lagna. When we count from Aries to Libra (odd sign-hence
direct), we get ?. Again from Piscesto Scorpio (Hora lagna, an
evensign-hence reverse)we have 5 signs.We haveto add these
l
two figures,as'theyare of the same class,i.e. odd. We get 12.
This productis an evenone. Hencewe have to count 12 signs
from Piscesin a reversemannerto get Varanadafor the I:gna.
Thus we get Aries. This is the Varnada Rasi for natal ascendant.
There is a suggestionfrom one quarter that longitudes
and Hora Lagna be also taken into consid,
of natal ascendant
eration.In that case,the counting when done from Aries, is to
be done from zero degree. And from Pisces,it is from the last
degreeof Pisces,i.e. the 30th degree of Piscesis the starting
J
point.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

66

garrdwi qEt {T Fi faaiw: tt


im ulvu
<e-dqfliil
{te<natfrr
qqda* q4* qr{tq ffiidelrmlqr E I
itrttr urc}c-5rwql trlttt
{qqcfit*{

l+15. EFFECTS OF VARANADA.' Now listen to the


use of the above. Out of the two, viz. natal ascendantand Hora
Lagna, whicheveris stronger, from there Varnada starts' If the
natal ascendantis an old sign, the counting of Dasasis clock'
wise. Otherwiseanti'clockwise. The Lagna dasayearswill equal
thc number of signs intervening between the natal ascendant
and Varnada, Similarly for other houses.

fatlq* t
etq{fie: qlq*Tr} qltqs
qFe twr( afq iliTf{rq{?ii ttwt q-tq{ lltqu

ntnX{wrlfE
c{-tt
at'{ qlf{rqrfq f"s}ui

fqsqqfrt.
qrqiqt llt\ell

q!ffiq * fqr t qrreRq-dtE sql l


E!t{q qcaqq qrqq m'cngfrfffi(lllell
{{tqs: t
g|[,rEnctqarFr qfrqrq
Rur;rrqrrq{qrsa: lltell
TdE {q*
qrnsqid frfffat( I
ftqra fiq
{rqTrf{1q{nqt

rqcnqTqfu${

llQoll

'16-20. Should a trine from the ascendant'sVarnada be


occupiedor aspectedby a -malefic,the native will tive only upto
the iasa oi ttt" said Rasi.- Just as the Rudra planetin Soola
Dasa is capableof causing evils, the above mentioned planets
relatedto varnada's trine be treated. The varnada l-agna be
consideredas natal ascendantwhile the ?th from Varnada will
denotethe longevity of the spouse'the I lth longevityof elder
and
brothersand sisiers, the 3rd longevityof youngerbrothers
of
mother
longevity
4th
sisters,the 5th the longevity of soirs,the
and the 9th longevity of futt rt. The dasa of the soola Rasi will
inflict greaterevils.
Notes : Rudra planet is the one which has more strength
when the lords of 2nd and 8th are considered. The planetwith

Chapter 6

67

Rudra designationnormally featuresin SoolaDasato know the


possibletime of deatli. The Dasasof the Rasisare calculated in
direct or reverseorder according to the natal ascendant being
odd or even.
Soola Dasa calculationsare akin to that of Sthira Dara.
But in the caseof Sthira Dasa, Rudri's counterpartis Brahma
Graha. The two Dasasare discusscdin ch. 46 of the 2nd part
of our treatise,among various Dasas.

gr arqfEqr<ni qmiem qrt{r {m I


q,Ff :irf tQat a qqrqq{ tRttl
rr{Tqrt iliEr *q TTntdi qrf{r qm I
griqrqifl qrf{rqfli fini{tri$i qtr rrRRrr
qqqt{wfa
ir 5tqr *d wf liq r
fqsil{mqfr trRltt
Freqenqitr
C

rlt{iq!fii

qwfr<tf{ililrti

irf?i

qqinifqqhqi

tri*s

qqfinarnRvtl

2I-24. Similar assessments


be made with refereFceto the
Varnada of each Bhava commencing the first and the evils and
goods due to a nativity be known. t!g!g_-yt"t""d"
their
only for Bhavas(B.asi
Dasawillbe one twelfth of the Dasaand the order will
also be clockwise or anti-clockwissas explained earlier. The
natal ascendantis to be calculatedaccordingto birth place while
Bhavalagna, Hora Lagna etc. arEcommon to all places.

rftsqtqqte'qtll:l lQtt
sTsT
Chapter 6

The Sixteen DivisionsOf A Sign


qrRr$ g* r
taT r(tqrn6rt6e{T
alafwqrfq qnlni riakaq s'qqr?t<ltlll

68

Erihat ParasaraHora Sastra

l. O sage,I have known from you about the planets,signs


and their descriptions. I desireto know the detailsof various
divisions of a sign, which pleasenarrate.

qtth qtcn mq
rgr qJsftilq(: I
ilit
wrfnaqtfq iiq t {qilrfqfd nRtl
qii tttr ir iwugdn:
Trcrqirt': r
iqt{il
ilqirtrq qqk, q}s{rirtt: nQu

frtrtdl tcrr6'n} itnfsftrirrtf,n:I


qtctntsnilu: ctGatr'mFr
irr: q({ nvtl
2-4. NAMES OE THE 16 VARGAS .' Lord Brahmahas
described16 kinds of Vargas (Divisions) for each sign. Listen
to those. The sameare : Rasi, Hora, Drekkana, Chathurthamsa,
Sapthamamsa, Navamsa, Dssanoamsa,Dvadasamsa,ShodasTrimsamsa,
amsa,Vinsamsa, Chaturvimsamsa,Sapthavimsamsa,
Khavcdamsa, Akshavedamsaand Shashtiamsa.

m*i rrs Qatq uifr qtrT iFFn:I


qiqlfrqt ilft
f,n affitrn{ ttrtt
fqc<rwlFiin' tn: q{-q- +lFcct:t - '--

qrrkd i+at"

ilurft ilei
'

,if*A: t!il it
"rtq@d
qt(trqtt

ttwri

5.6. RASI AND HORA : The Rasi ownetl by a planet ic


called its Kshetra (one sign). The first half of an old signris the
Hora ruled by tbe Sun while the secondhalf is the Hora bf the
Moon. Th9 reverseig true in the caseof an evensign. Half
of Rasi is called Hora. These are totally 24 counted from
Aries and repcat twice (at the rate of 12) in the whole of the
zodiac.
Notes t The namesof planets lording over the 12 signs
bave becn given earlier. Thc following table throws light on
lordehipoof Horas (15" cach) of the 12 signs.

Chapter 6

59
Speculum Of Horas

Sign

Hora lord
(0;-l5e)

Hora lord
(15-30')

Aries

Sun

Moon

Taurus

Moon

Sun

Gemini

Sun

Moon

Caicer

Moon

Sun

Leo

Sun

Moon

Virgo

Moon

Sun

Libra

Sun

Moon

Scorpio

Moon

Sun

Sagittarius

Sun

Moon

Capricorn

Moon

Sun

Aquarius

Sun

Moon

Pisces

Moon

Sun

<tfirfrwFlrilmron q qr*fiKr:

ryiled
rq{qiqqrqi

N iqri:
q

r{ffi

swil qt{ rrsrr


lmrtrq il |

irc{r-sqfRr3kr ic6Tolnnrafts rrcrr


7-8. DECANATE : Oue third of a Rasi is calledDrckkane
(decanate). These are totally 36, counted from Aries (to
Pisces),repeating thrice at the rate qf 12 per round. The lst,
'from
5th and the 9th Rasis
a sign a;- its tbree decanatcs,and
bre respectivelylorded by Narada,Agasthyaan{ Door'vasa.
Notes : Each Rasi has three decanatesor Drekkanas. Thc
first one is ruled by the lord of the very sign. The second one

Brihat Parasara Hora Satrd

?0

belonge to the planet that rules the 5th from the sign in
question. The lord of the 9th from the sign in questionis the
lord of the 3rd decanate. Each decanateis l0 degreesin length.
The 3 decanatesalong with the signsin which they fall are ag
per table given belaw :
SpeculumOf Decsnates
(Note : The signs in this and other tablesare indicated by
numericals,c.g. I is Aries, 2 is Taurus& C.)
lst decsnate2nd decanate3rd decenate

Sign
Arips
Taurus
Gemini
Cancer
Leo
Virgo
Libra
Scorpio
Sagittarius
Capricorn
Aquarius
Pisces

I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
l0
ll
t2

5
6
7
E
9
l0
' ll
l2
I
2
3
4

9
l0
ll
l2
I

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

fnafeg r
qqRFT: lltll
Sqt<{ir
9. CHATURTHAMSA .' The lords of the 4 anglesfrom a
sign are the rulers of respectiveChaturthanrsaof a Rasi commeis one fourth of a Rasi.
nJing from Aries. Each Chathurthamsa
The deities tespectively are Sanaka, Sananda, Kumara and
Sanatana'
Notes : Each Chaturthamsa is one fourth of a sign or
?'30'. The lst, 2nd, 3rd and 4th Chaturthamsasare ruled
respectirelyby the samesign, the 4th, 7th and lOth signstherefrom. Seethe table given below :
Tl?F6',rir rjtrirlir

1l

Ahapter6
Speculum Of Chaturthamss

t0

45678

Signs

6 7 8 9 l0
3 4'5
7" 30', r ' 2
4 s 6 1 8 9 10'll 12 |
15"
'r 8 910 l|rz
4
2 3
l
22" 30',
6
7
5
10 1l t2 t 2 3 4
300

ll

t2

12
lt
3
2
6
5
8' 9

Example:ThefourChaturtharsasofAriesarerespecti.
vetv ruiio dy Aries, Cancer,Libra and Capricorn'

qqra'fqr failna: t
qcffiertf{{rqq ul otl
{wRrqrl q {Hat:
qrt(*rlrl q Esqrszil ariq<eeuta: t
qr qaweftm: lll tll
Ict{aqqrdli

qcili{rqreta}c{Q

(one
SAPTHAMAMSA .' The Sapthamamsa.
l0-ll.
srgn
same
the
from
commences
.ln
seventhof a Rasi)counting
;;; ;; of an ooh sign. Itls from the seventhsignthereofwhile
signis corisid-ercd.The namesof the seven divtstonstn
;;-.6
ti*t-ite : fshaaia'Ksheera,Dadhi,. Ghritha, Ikshu^Rasa'
for an
arereversed
designations
"AA
su;alfi;]i. These
iliiaiivi
""ii
evensign.
Niotes: Each sign is made in ? equal.parts of 4' 17' 8::1:
which is calledSaptatiamsa. As far as odd signsare copell:l'
iall in the successivesigns
-in commenclnglrom
the Saptamamsas
the samemanneris
The
counting
question.
ln
iil; ;ab sign
tigtiir,"t"oi for an evensi'-n' Example: For Aries'
i;;;ih;f,h

TaurusGcminietc.,whilefo1Tau11s
--dullttuiiut,
iirili Jiiiii*i-""i" Ariii,
capricornetc' seethe table
iffi; ;;;"'a;;'pi;;
givenbelow :

SPeculumOf SaPthamamsls
Signs

t2

D
I lst Dvn I

2nd Dvn 2
I 3rd Dvn 3
s 4th Dvn 4
I 5th Dvn 5
o 6th Dvn 6
N ?th Dvn 7

8
;

34

3 lo
41\

s t2
6 I

89101112

7
8

2 e
3lo

| \\'6 7
5r?

i z e 4 ll q I 8
ro iii
ii6'1sglo5r27?e
i' i; li lrleo4sr r2q7l 2
q2
l rlor t
6 I 8 3to srz
+It
i;

. Brihat parasara Hora Sasna

12

iltffi
ilrqrfrFd
ilawq166t,
sql m{qqtlfift
fffiri fqqeri: rr
qqftg
ffi TaHTr{q{
ltg q utRtl
12. NI,YAMSA : The Navamsacalculationare for a movable sign from there itself, for a fixed sign from the 9th thereof
Td foy-1dual sign from the 5th thereof. They go by designations
Dova (divine), Manushya (human)and Rakshasa(Cevifsnl in a
rucccssiveand repetitive order for a movablesign. (Manushya,
Rgkshasaand Deva are the order for a fixed sign while Rakshasa
Manushyaand Deva are a dual sign'sorder.)
Noter : Navamsa is l/9th part of a sign or J. 20,. The
9 Navamsasin order commenoefrom the samesign for a morable
eign, from the 9th for q fixed sign and from Sth for a dual sign
For cxample.' the Navamsasof Aries are counted from Aries
rlself; from capricorn for Taurus and from Libra for Gemini.
fhese are fully rhown in the table below :
SpeculumOf Navamsas

Signs l2
Dlst
I2nd
V3rd
I4th
s5rh
I6rh
oTth
NSth
S 9th

I rc9 75 4
2tl
t;5
9 6
312
4l
10, 7
5 2 ll:,E
6,
t2 r9
7 4 I :10
8
9

5 2:ll
6. tr2

7I910

I l074tl0
2 ll
8 5
3 t2 9 6
4 lt0
7
5 2rt
8
6 3t2
9
7 4ll0
I s 2ll
9 6 3t2

lt

t2

74
2lr
85
3r2
96
4 t 107
5 2 uI
6 3 129
7 4 ll0
8 5 2rl
9 6 3t2

{rFrtmr ?qirdq $t ,a;rqqrd FrFrr:l


tn gltftfurrm
Far-sfirqq-<Gnm:tt l itl

!e!i|
Tnil*q
glinrr-rerrwr: r
qrflTil rqdil at |n agafur q iltvll

ChapQr6

fi

13-14. DASAMSA : Starting from the same sign for an


odd sign and from the 9th with referenceto an evensign, the l0
Dasamsaseach of 3o are reckoned. Theseare preside?over.by
the ten rulers of the cardinal directonsyiz. Indra, agni, yama,
Rakshasa"Varuna, Vayu, Kubera, Isana, Brahmaand Anantha
in caseof an odd sign. It is in the reverse order that 'these
presidingdeities ore reckonedwhen an evensign is given.
Notes : In the case of an odd sign, the Dasamamsas
(3'each) are suc'cessivelycciunted from ihe same sign. Th;
gounting is from the 9th in caseof an evensign. Secihe table
below :
SpeculunOf Desrnsr
Signs
lst

23456789101112
110
2lt
3t2
416

3 1252
7 49
4 163
8 510
5 214
9 6 il
v 4th
385
107t29
I 5th
s27
496
ll 8 I
s 6th 6 3 8
510
7 1292ll
I 7rh
9 6ll
74
8 ll03t2
o 8th 8 5 1 0
712
9 2rt
4
N 9th
8ll0
96lr
3t2
5
s loth 1 0 7 1 2
9 2ll
4163
D 2nd
I 3rd

6
7
I

1l
8
129
ll0
2tl
l0 3t2
4l
52
t
63
2 74
85

Example : For odd sings,the Dasamsasare the l0 signs


counted successivelytherefrom. For even eigns, these fall in
l0 sirccessive
sigqscounted from the 9th thereof.

enEvinrq Ttir
lFq{fr
*qrq*rtt:
15. DYADASAMSA.. Tbe reckoning of the Dvadasamsa
(one twelfth of a sign or 2[ degreeoeach) comnences(rom the
samesign. In each sign the presidcntship rcpeatstbriie in thc
order of Ganesa, Aswini Kumara, yama and Sarpafor the 12
Dvadasamsas.

14

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastata

Notes : Each Dvadasamsa


is 2" 30' and the 12 divisions
in the successive
l2 signsfrom the sign in questfall successively
ion. The following table will showthe details.
SpeculumOf Dvadasamsa
Signs
r-.
D
I
V
I

2nd
3rd
4th
sth
6th

s 7rh
I
O
N
s

8th
9th
l0rh
llth
l2th

89l0llt2

23456

(t 'l 8 9 l0 ll
7 8 9 t0 ll t2.
4
5'6
8 9l0nlzl
567
9l0ll12r23
678
l0ll12l234
189
2 3 4
8 910 ll t2 |
grlo ll 12r23456
lo ll 12 1234567
ll 12 I 2 3 4 5 6'7I
3456789
t2t2
l0 ll
2 3 4 5 6 7 8. 9
|
n12
s6789l0ll
t2 I 234
i2
23
3'4
45
56
67
78
89
910

J+J

12.
I
2

l0

in Arics in order are : Aries,


Example: The Dvadasamsas
Vir'o,
Libra, Scorpio,SagittarLeo
Cancer,
Taurus,Gemini,
for other signs
and
Pisces'
Similarly,
Aquarius
i'.:;, Cal,rrcorn,
Table.
the
from
thesebe known

erc-fttqrsRadtiqr qls{ti{Tnqrrfsgr
sTq-fE6T
Q(: WrT glt gA sdtqq ut !,u

16. SHODASAIUISA: Startingfrom Aries for a movable


sign,from Leo for a fixcd signand from Sagittariusfor a dual
(l6th partof a sigrri.e.of l'52' 30") are
sign,the l6 Shoclasamsas
regularlydistributcd.The prcsidingdeitiesof theserepeatin the
order Brahma,Vishnu,Sivaand Sunfour timesin the caseof an
odd sign. It is revcrsein the caseof an even sign that these
ruling deitiesare understood.
Notes : Eachsign is made into 16 equal parts of Shodasamsas of l" 52' 30". Thc 16 divisionsfor any movable sign

Chapter6

15

commencefrom Aries and are distributedsuccessively.


Similarly
from Leo for all fixed signs and from Sagittariusfor all dual
signs. Seethe tablegivenbelow:
_

Speculum of bhodasansas(or Kalamsas)


A-ries,Cancer Taurus,
' teo
Libra & Capri Scorp &
Aquarius

Gemini,
Virgo, Sagi
- &
Pisces

Aries
'Taurus

Leo

Sagittarius

Virgo

Capri

Libra

Aqua

D 4thll6th. Cancer
I

Scorp

Pisces

5th
I
S 6th
I
o 7th
N
s 8th

Leo

Sagi

Aries

Virgo

Capri

Taurus

Libra

Aqua

Gemini

Scorp

Pisces

Cancer

9th

Sagi

Aries

Leo

l0th

Capri

Taurus

Virgo

I lth

.Aqua

Gemini

Libra

l2th

Pisces

Cancer

Scorpio

Signs
Ist/t 3th
2ndll4th
3rd/l5th

Gemini

Example : The 16 Shodasamsas


for Aries or Cancer,or
Libra or Capricorn(movablesigr.s)are distributedto the l6 signs
(12+4) commencingfrom Aries. Similarly for fixed signsfron
Lco and for dual signsfrom Sagittariusas shown in the above
Speculum,

qq ffiqTqrfiqfqql

rErvilfqin:I

fwrtqi frqi atqq granq Graqnt utetl

76

Brihat Parasara Eora Sastta

srdl rlt

qqr qe{tfqqqrfqrf,r edt r

tnt aElrcnltftar qfqar cqilgafr1lqtl

ffqf$:'{r rTdt ttff qqrtr ?rq!nErinI


frga ggdt i'R fqqt qftfuilnq ut Q.rr
sqqnl aqr tur fwrrilqt ftnrfidl r
qqrliit

ffir

rt qrilSl Tril

sisrtT el<r m(t

qr-saqFlefi llRotl

i6!r{t fqar r

nftfr r{t Er qsin qnafvrr uRttl

17-21. ViMSAMSA .. From Aries for a movable sign,


from Sagittariusfor a fixed sign and from Leo for a common
eign-this is how the calculationsof Vimsamsa ( l/20th of a
lign or 1"30' each)are to commence"The presidingdeitiesof thc
20 Vimsamsasin an
-odd sign are respectivetyi Xaati (r,,r*),
Gauri, Jaya (qrr), Lakshmi, Vijaya, Vimata, Sati, Tara, JvatiMukhi, Sveta,Lelita, Bagala-mukhi,pratyangira,Sachi,Raudri,
Bhavani, Varada,Jaya (qqT), Tripura and Sumukhi. In an even
1gn th.ese20 deities reipeciively are : Daya, Megha, Chinnasi,
Pisachini,Dhoomavathi, Matangi, Bala, B-hadra,lrun", Anala,
Pingala, Chuchchuka, Ghora, Vaarahi, Vaishnavi,Sita (ftiilr).
B huvanesvari,Bhairavi, Mangalaand Aparajita.
Notes : There are 20 Vimsam sas at the rate of 1"30' .
degreesin the whole of a sign. Seethe speculumof Vimsamsas
given below :

Specrlomof Ylnsemsrs
Sigor

D
I

v
I
s
I

o
N

Aries,Cancer, Taurus,Lco Gemini,


Libra &
Scorp& Aqua Vlrgo,Sa1,i
Capri
& Pisccs

Istll3th

Arics

Sagi

Leo

2ndll4th

Taurus

C-apri

Virgo

3rd/l5th

Gcmini

Aqua

Libra

4thll6th

Canccr

Fispes

Soorp

sth/l7th

Lco

Aricr

Sagi

Chopter 6
.

77

6rhl18th

Virgo

Taurus

Capri

Ttbil9th

Libra

Gemini

Aqua

8th/20th

Scorp

Cancer

Pisces

9th

Sagi

Leo

Aries

loth

Capri

Virgo

Taurus

llth

Aqua

Libra

Gemini

l2th

Pisces

Scorp

Cancer

EXAMPLE : For Aries and other movable signs,the


are in order distributed from Aries; for fixed signs
divisions
20
from Sagittarius and for dual signsfrom Leo as could be seen
from the Table.

fraffiqqt:

Fr6ntcui Q r

f,dqtTf,fi 8l F6ftt: n{u*sw: lRRtl


qtrsrnqqrlTafi: I
fq{ftqt wq} ffi
nlfqerl q{d} {tq: ftr{r<} ffi qqrn 11
trslql {rqt rftdTfadti frkoanq nRttl
22-23.SIDDHAMSA; The Siddhamsa(ll24th part of a
sign br I'15' each)distribution commencesfrom Leo and Cancer
respectivelyfor.an odd signand an even sign. In the caseofan
odd sign the ruling deities repeat twice in the order of Skanda,
Parsudhara,Anala, Viswakarma, Bhaga,Mitra, Maya, Antaka,
Vrisha-dhwaja, Govinda, Madana and Bhima. Reverse these
from Bhishma (to Skanda)twice to know the deities for rhe
Siddhamsain an even aign.
Notes : Siddhamsais also called Chaturvimsamsa,each
being of a length of l"l5', (24 in number in the whole of a sign).
Tlie succesively distributed Siddhdmsascommence from Leo
for any odd sign and from Cancerfor any evensip, as per the
Table :

7E

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra


Speculumof Siddhemss

Signs

odd

Even

lst/13th

I.so

Cancer

2ndil4th

Virgo

Leo

3rd/l5th

Libra

Virgo

r
y

4thlt6th

Scorp

Libra

sth/lzth

Sagi

Scorp

etn/ratn

Capri

Sagi

$
s

Tthlrsth
gtn/zotn

Aqua

Capri

Pisces

Aqua

9th/21'st

Aries

Pisces

l0thl22nd

Taurus

Aries

. llth/23rd

Gemini

Taurus

Cancer

Gemini

l2thl24th

qirfifirqr:

qr{r*TqqqfAfriTTTTET:
I

wirrfa{isft{iltfqatl

qrr{kar: nRytl

fq{"q{6fnMfq?}

egls,qq: ilR{tl

a*scq6q6r-.

ariwra

Rqr iq sfrlfircr:r

qiqim iwrfeqqqrqtq nRqtl

24.26. BTIAMSA (NAKSHATRAMSA OR SAPTAVIMS.


AMSA).' The Bhamsalords are respectively
the presidingdeities
ef the 27 Nakshatrasas under : Dastra(Aswini Kumara),yama,

Chapter 6

79

Agni, Brahma, Chandra, Isa, Aditi, Jrva, Ahi, Pitara, Bhaga,


Aryama, Surya,Tvashta,Marut, Sakragni,Mitra, Vasava,Rakshasa,Varuna,Visvadeva,Govinda,Vasu, Varuna,Ajapa, Ahirbudhanyaand Pusha. Theseare for an odd sign. Count these
deitiesin a reverseorder for an even sign. The Bhamsadistri
bution commencsfrom Aries and other movable signs for all
the 12 signs.
Notes : One Bhamsais of l" 6' 40" of arc and there are
27 suchdivisionsin a sign. Seethe speculumgivenbelow :
Speculun Of Bhamsa
Signs

D
I
v
I
s
I
o
N
S

2 3

.4

.6

lst/l3th/25th I 4 7 t 0 t . 4
2ndll4thl26th 2 5 8 l l 2 5
'6
3rdil5thl27th3
9r2 3 6
4th/l6th
4 7 t0 | 47
sth/l7th
5 8 ll 2 5 8
6th/r8th
6 9 12 J 6 9
Tthlrgth
7 t0 | 4 7 t O
8 11 2 5 8 l l
8thi20th
9thl2lst
9 12 3 , 6 g t 2
l0th/22nd l0 . I 4 7 r 0 I
lltbl23rd
I I 2 3 811 2
lzthl24th
t2 3 6 9 1 2 3

7 8 9

l0

ll

12

7to I 4 710
8lr 2 5 8 ll
912 3 6 9t2
7t0
r
l0 t4
8
l
l
n25
2
1236
9t2
3
t 47
10 14
ll. 2 5
2s8
r236
36.9
4 710 r47
258
5 8il
369
6 9t2

The Bhamsas(or Nakshatramsasor Sapthavimsamsas)


are
distributedfrom Aries for fiery signs,from Cancerfor earthy
signs,from Libra for airy signsand Capricornfor waterysigns.
I haveon P. 3l of my English.translation
of SARAVALI given
ilifferent calculation for Nakshatramsa.' That sourceobviously
is defectiveand I would prefer Parasara'sversion as given in our
presenttext.

fewi*inq

Rqt gnrfivaawriqr:
r

,iqqqrseqrilHqFnil

q?qqrE

q* ttR\ett

80

Brihat ParasuraHora Sastra

qf6, crit<rrd q qi-A


fqqlq

rwtrsiw: (qrnil

EfFTi{GTqT
I

fqq{qrquRcrl

27-28. TRIMSAMSA : The Trimsamsa lords for an odd


sign are.Mars,Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus. Each of
them in order rules 5,5,8,7and 5 degrees,The deitiesruling over
the Trimsamsasare respectively, Agni, Vayu, Indra, Kubera,
and Varuna. In the case of an even sign, the quantum of
Trimsamsa,planetarylordship and deitidsget reversed.
Notes : For Trimsamsadivisions,seethe tablegivenbelow :
Speculumof Trimsamsas
1,3,5,7,9
and 1l

Signs

and
2,4,6,8,10
t2

Aries

First 5"

Taurus

Next 5"

Aquarius

Next 7o

Virgo

Next 8o

Sagittarius Next 8o

Pisces

Next 7'

Gemini

Next 5o

Capricorn

Next 5'

Libra

Next 5"

Scorpio

Signs

D First 5"
I

v
I
S
I

qiqrfrq|faqlqnTqfuql
fqqt fmq I
qq{rluqm{GEm:
wi
niQ.tl
ERil] iqr:
qtlfqw
fqcurT-fi]
iq6arurf,r fqnl{q: I
qfr qawr rFqii: 6lql qwt g?r? ul otl
29-30. CHATI/ARIMSAMSA ( I l40th part of a sign) .. For
odd signscount from Aries and for an evensign from Libra in
(eachof 45' of arc). Vishnu,Chanrespectof Chatvarimsamsas
dra, Marichi, Tvashta,Dhata, Siva,Ravi, Yama,Yaksha,Gandharva,Kala and Varuna repeat successively
as presidingdeities
in the sameorder for all sings.
Notes : Chatvarimsamsaor Khavedamsais a fortieth part
of a signor 45' of arc. Theseare successively
distributedinthe
varioussignsfrom Aries in caseof any odd sign,and from Libra
in caseof any even sign. Seethe table noted below ..

8l

Chapter 6
Spcculumof Chatvrriqsamsa

r 2 3 4 5 6 7 I

9l0ll12

17
r7
r7l7
lst, 13th,25th,37tb I 7 1 7
D 2nd, I4th,26th,38th 2 8 2 E 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8
g 3 9 3 .9
I 3rd, I 5th, 27th, 39th 3 9 3 9 3 9 3
v 4th, l6th,28th,40th 4 l 0 4 1 0 4 1 0 4 1 0 4 1 0 4 1 0
5 ll 5 l1 5 ll 5 ll 5 il 5 ll
I 5th, 17th,29th
6 12 6r2 612 612 612 612
s 6th, l8th,30th
7 t7
t7l7l717l
| 7 t h , l 9 t h ,3 1 s t
8 28282828282
O 8th, 20th,32nd
9 3 9'3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3
N 9th, 2lst, 33rd
S 10th,22nd,34th l0 4 1 0 4 1 0 4 1 0 4 1 0 4 1 0 4
ll 5 ll 5 il s 1l 5 ll 5 ll 5
llth,23rd, 35th
l2th,24th,36th l2 612 6t2 612 612 612 6
As regardsruling deitiesVishnuto Varunarepeat3 times
while in the 4th round the rulershipis only upto Tvashta.

rrqr( r
ileilH+$TmrflqfrrqT{q{i
fa*arnq
fqul{rfqturq{ilt
ftui ftrq!1
lll t ll

fqrr;trgwi66r t<qhvrr: fcqt Gi r


lqr: ,ia-<nqtarfqiqr faqrflq ! rr11rr
3l-32. AKSHA VEDAMSA (Il4sth part of a sisn) :
Aries, Leo and Sagittariusare the signs from which the distributions respectivelycommence lbr movable,immovablea:d
commonsigns. In movable signs,Brahma, Sivaand Vishnu;
in immovablesings Siva, Vishnuand Brahmaand in common
singsVishnu, Brahma and Siva repeat15 times the presidentship over theseAkshavedamsas.
Notes : Each Akshavedamsais of 40' arc as a sign is
dividedinto 45 equal'parts. Ariesis the startingpoint for all
movablesigns,Leo for all fixedsignsand Sagittariusfor all dual
signs. The distribution is through in successivesigns in each
case. Seethe Tablegiven on the ncxt page :

Brihat parasaral{ora Sastrs

82

Specutumof Akshsvealamsa
|

2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9t0tt12

l s t , l 3 t h , 2 5 t h , 3 7 t hI 5 9 I 5 9 I 5 g . I 5
'2nd,l4th,26th,38th2
6t0 2 610 2 6lO 2 6
'3
D3rd, l5th,27th,39th3 7tl
3 7tl
3 ifi
7
I 4th,l6th,2gth,40th4gt2 4 g12 4 gt2 4 g
V s t h , l 7 t h , 2 9 t h , 4 l s t5 9 l
5 9 | 5 9 I 5 g
I 6 t h , l 8 t h , 3 0 t h , 4 2 n d 6 t 02 6 t O 2 6 I O 2 6 t O
S 7 t h , l 9 t h , 3 l s t , 4 3 r d7 t t 3 7 t t 3 7 l l 3 7 t l
I8th,20th,32nd,44thBt2 4 8t2 4 812 4 gt2
O 9 t h , 2 l s t , 3 3 r d , 4 5 t h9 I 5 9 I S g t 5 g I
N t o r h ,2 2 n d , 3 4 t h t 0 2 ' 6 l 0 2 6 l 0 2 6 l o 2
S llth,23rd,35th ll 3 7tt
g
3 7tl
3 7tl
l2th,24th,36th t2 4 8t2 4 812 4 912 4

Sn: ftr6TqSl*

fauarivrrtrqdqq
r

rid *d q irrni$ql: sclltr'{TqT:


rqiri uI lll
q'lrlrq rerrr} lq: git q*-f*-d,
qr6E:gFrEqltt(al qfdqt{r gtter: trlytl
qqrrqlilfreqi{q
Eiiri r[rFT: Wfligw: r
T3: dra-[t-t-*g-Rau-rtrrtr, ||Q{ rr
+qral' nfrrmrq fHtqr-fi.qaTs-fl|
gfsnl q?t{rq{q qnfr{st{iafi.: || I qrI

{,0e5,gqrstill
gotfavnn'<:
t
fev<rag-erma
ggq) {nenqT"qrnl\etl
s'drriT{'rF|R}rqTa[n:$}qi|: d}amfiru: r
q{tq[: fi'IFmrF,:nQctl
TTlFlagq;rrrqt

rrqfirfc;

sfrq: Trlsffitnelsrrf,:r

qdftrgqqrqql q q?Eier F{{,qqr:uletl


qt ri aqiqqra-iqr:qca'ivn: xrifam, r
ecaq'yrcqfqT*qlt altnReqlqq:(t rrvorr

9
l0
ll
t2
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Chapter 6

'

{rrlqGEd{riq{ilr
{{q6eq'vnfqsil
9S

69

83

TET: qqwqqf: I
Er{Erfiif amfrq: ilvtrl

. 33-41. SHASHTIAMSA (ll60th part a of sign or half-a'


degreeeach): To calculatethe Shashtiamsa
lord, ignorethe iign
positionof a planetand take the degreesetc. it traversedin that
sign.Multiply that figureby 2 and dividethe degrees
by 12.Add
I to the remainder which will indicate the sign in which the
Shashtiamsa
falls. The lord of that sign is the planetruling the
said Shashtiamsa.In odd signs,the namesof Shashtiamsas
are :
l. Ghora, 2. Rakshasa, 3. Deva, 4. Kubera, 5. Yaksha,
6. Kinnara, 7. Bhrashta, 8. Kulaghna, 9. Garala, 10. Vahni,
ll. Maya, 12. Purishaka, 13. Apampathi, 14. Marutwan,
15. Kala, 16. Sarpa, 17. Amrita 18. Indu, I9. Mridu,
20. Kornala,21. Heramba,22.Brahma,23. Vishnu,24. Maheswara, 25. Deva, 26. Ardrc, 27. Kalinasa, 28. Kshiteesa,
29. Kamalakara, 30. Gulika, 31. Mrithyu, 32. Kaala,
33. Davagni, 34. Ghora, 35. Yama, 36 Kantaka, 37. Sudha,
38. Amrita, 39. Poornachandra,40. Vishadagdha,41,Kulanasa,
42. Vamsakshaya, 43. Utpata, q+. Kaala, 45. Saumya,
46. Komala, 47. Seetala, 48. Karala Damshtra 49. Chandramukhi, 50. Praveena, 51. Kalapavaka, 52. Dandayudha,
Saumya,55.Kroora, 56. Atiseetala,5T.
Amrita
' 53. Nirmala.54.
58. Payodhi, 59. Bhramana,60. Chandrarekha(Indurekha).The
reverseis the order for evensigns insomuchas thesenamesare
produceauspicious
concerned. Planetsin beneficShashtiamsas
resultswhile the opposite is true in caseof planets in malefic
Shashtiamsas.
Notes : The method of calculating the ruling planet for
(or 1/60th pat of asign or 30'of arc) is
each Shashtiamsa
advisedin sloka 33 above. Assume that Venusis placed in
Capricorn 13"25', To find out the Shashtiamsa
lord, ignorc the
sign positionand multiply the degreesand minutesby 2. Hence
13" 25' x2:26" 50'. The degreesi.e. 26 (ignoring minutes)be
divided by 12. The remainderis 2 which should be increase,:l
by l. Thus we get 3. Count 3 signs from Capricorn. The
resulting Shashtiamsapositionis Pisces whoselord is Jupiter.
'These
positionscan also be markedin a zodiac,aldiagram for
the planetsand ascendantfor an easygrasp.
The order of Shashtiapgs along with the meanings of

84

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

their designationgarc denoted below. Thesewill be very help'


ful in delincationaud to know whethera particular Shashtiamsa
is bcnehcor malefic in nature, (asmarked against each Shash'
tiamsa).
Odrl sl3r

Evensign

29" 30'-30"
l. Ghore(M)-aweful, violent.
29"'29"30'
(M)-demoniacal.
2. Rehshrsa
3. Devr (B)-divine' spiritualside. 28"30'-29'
4. Kubera(B)-celestial treasurer. 28%28'30'
27"30"28"
5. Yskshr (B)-celestial singer.
30'
(B)-a
being
27''27'
mythical
6. Kinnarr
form
the
head
in
with a human
of a horse,a bad or deformed man.
26'30'27"
3o-3o30' ?. Bhreshtg(M)-fallen, vicious.
3o30'-4' 8. Kulrghna (M)-ruining a family. 26"'26'30'
25"30''26"
4"-4"30' 9. Gtnh (M)-poison or venom.
(M)-fire,
gastric
fluid,
25"'25"30'
4'30'-5' 10. Vdmt
digestivefaculty, appetitc.
24"30"25"
5o-5o30' ll. Mey.r (MFdeceit, jugglery.
(M)-dirt.
24''24"30'
Purishake
12.
5o30-6"
23"30"24"
6'-6o30' 13. Apampathl(B)-the ocean,
(the
god).
rain
Varuna,
'
23'23'30'
6'30'-?o 14. Marut (B)-the wind gqd.
(M)-dark
colour,
blue
22'30"23"
7o-7o30' 15.Kuls
weather,Time consideredas one
ofthe nine dravYasbY the
Vaiseshikas,a Personwho
distils and sellsliquor, Saturn,
Siva, a personificationof the
'
destructivePrinciPle.
22'-22'30',
?'30;-8: 16. Sarpa(M)-snake.
21"30'-22"
8o-8o30' l!. Amrlta (B)-immortal, nectar.
(BFMoon,
thenumber
l,
Indu
2l''21'30'
8o30'-9o 18.
camphor.
20'30',-2t'
9o-9o30' 19.Mridu(B)-moderate, soft.

O'-0' 30
0o30'-1"
l%l'30'
l'30'-2"
2"-2"90'
2o3O-3'

Chapierd

85

9'30110' 20. Komala (B)-tender, agreeablc' 20"-20o30'


(the elep' 19"30120'
10%10'30' 21. Heramba(B)-Ganesa,
hant faced god), a boestful hero'
buffalo'
o
Father' 19"-19'30'
I 0'30'-l I 22. Brahme (BFthe Uniu-"Tul
knowledge'
sacred
rnissile,
a
Vishnu(B)-the second deity of 18"30'-19"
23.
ll"-11.30,
the sacred Triad' name of Agni'
name of a lawgiver (author of
Vishnusmriti), a Pious man'
deity ' 18"-18'30'
ll'30112o 24. Maheswara(B)-the third
of the Triad entrusted wlth the
task of Great Destruction' also
name of Vishnu, a'great lord
(sovereign)'
17"30'-18"
12"-12"30' 25. Deva (B)-same as S' No' 3
17'-17"30',
12"30'-13' 26. Ardra (B)-moist
16"30'-17"
of
(BFdestruction
l3'-13'30' 27. f,alinasr
this
strife (according to some'
is a malefic Shashtiamsa)
16o-16o30'
13o30'-14'28' Kshiteesa(B)-ruler of the earth
15'30'-16'
of
full
ic'-f +":o' 29. Komatalaia (B)-a lake
lotuses
of
lotuses,an assemblage
.
l5'-15"30'
14o30,-lS"30. Gulika (M)-Saturn's son.
15'-15"30'3l.Mrithyu(M)-sonofMars'death'14'30a15"
14'-14'30'
15
15o30,-16"32. Kaala (M)-same asS.No.
13"30'-l4o
conf,a16"-16"30' 33. Davagani(M)-a forest
gration'
13"-13"30'
I
16'30'-l?' 34. Ghora(M)-same as S'No'
12"30'-13"
l7o-L7"30' 35. Yama (M)-death personifred
l2'-12"W
trouble'
any
(M)-thorn,
1?'30118o 36. Kantrka
and
state
the
gome fellow to
nemy of order and governmeot'
18'-18'30' 37. Sudhr (B)-nectar, ambrosia,namc 11"30'-l2o
of the Ganges.
llo-llo30'
18'30'-19" 38. Amrita (B)-same as S'l'Io. 1?
19'-19'30' 39. Poornaclendra(B)-Full Moon. t0'30111"

86

Brihat parasaraHora Sastra

19o30"20' 40. Visladagdba(M)-destroyed


by 10._10.30,
venom,consurnd
by grief.
20"-20'30' 41. Kulanasa(M)_same as g.
9"30,_10.
20'30'-21' 42. Vamsahshaya
(M)-descent not
9"-9o30,
growingfurther.
2l'-21"30' 43.Utpata (M)-a portentous or
8"30',-9"
unusual phenomenon- boding
calamity, any public calamity
like an eclipse,earthquake& C.
21"30'-22"44 Kaala (M)-same as No. 15
8'-g'30'
22"-22"30'45. Saumya(B)-rctating or sacrcdto
,
7'30',-go
the Moon, handsome,
auspicious.
22e30'.-23.
46. Komala (B)-same as 20
7"-7'30'
23"-23"30'.47. Seelala(B)-cold, Moon, camphor, 6"30',-7.
turpentine,sandal.
2330'-24" 48.Krralodamshtra(M)-frightful
6%6.30,
teethed
24"'-24"30'49. Chandrenukbi(B)-having rhe
5"30',-6"
beautyof the Moon.
24'30'-25o50. Pravecna(B)-clever, veried in.
5.-5.30,
25'-25'30' 51. Krla.Pavakr (M)-the destructive 4"30,-5.
fire at theend of the world.
25'30'-26' 52. Dendayudha(M)-the staff hetd by 4._4"30,
an ascetic(or by a Brahmin).
26"-26'30' 53. Nirmela(B)-resplendent, sinless. 3"30,_4.
stainless,virtuous.
26"30'-27" 54. Saumyr(B)-same as S.No. 45
3.-3"30,
27"-27'30' 55. Kroon (M)-pitiless, mischievous, 2"30,-3"
bloody,disagreeable,
terrible.
27"30'-28" 56. Atiseetde (B)-very cold.
2o-2"30,
28"-28"30'57. Amritr (B)-same as S.No. lZ
1"30,_2.
2g'30'-29'58.Payodhi(B)-Ocean.
l"-1o30,
29"-29"'J0'5Q.
Bhramana(M)-wandering.
0"30,-lo
29"30'-30' 60. Chandra Rekhe(B)-ttre digit or
0"-0"J0,
streakof the Moon.
With
the above interpretationof the nam$ of
.
the Shasht-

87

Clrapter 6

iamsas,we will be wellguidedin the matter of predictions. For


example,if a beneficplanet i: in the 3rd house identicalwith a
the nativewill have high
benefic'sRasi in 'Yaksha'shashtiamsa,
'Kubera'
or
the
2nd lord be in
If
Jupiter
musicalachievements.
one will be very affluent. If a planetin the 8th is
Shashtiamsa,
'Payodhi'shashtiamsa,
fear from water may be expected. If
in
'Bhrashta' shashtiamsa,
the nativewill be
occupies
lord
the lOth
incidcntscan be
many
manner,
this
In
profession.
in
wretched
'visible'to ordinaryeye
be
not
may
rvhich
cstiniated
clearly
from thc'horoscoPe.
Now, we havebeforeus the details of all the l6 divisions
as deait with by sageParasara.one more minute division,the
minutestin Hindu Astrology, is Nadi Amsaor l50th part of a
sign rvhichwill complcte tbe systemof Divisionalisation. For
details,plcaseseemy rvorks"Doctrinesof suka Nadi Retold"
and "An Epitomeof Nadi Granthas".

aririan6 qet iiq

id

fqulq l
!r{rior: llYRlt

qeqqt: qcf,qrtt{it farqrft


qsqd ftvr6'rq:t
q{dq}i
Fqta
aT$qt tt'qm<tqt a

fTt\r6{5qdgq* llYlll

aEf,rrran<rcri q qi qqfrriq q 1
r[{fr: SqeF[qJq:
Tqr?ggEKTiaqfq: llYvll
"
qcftrdsq Rtqd qrf(qmfaiili6't:
I
qrfrqTd n*larvargnd
fefrraiqt llv{11
qfrrnTgrrcd FqI"Ei: fqarq{ a{r I
rn{IE(d c}( ee.fviao}d it cdfq:llvtrll

agfwiqclwred

qirfu:

qrft?frE?{|

q'fc{qi+ uYerl
*ad awiqa$qi fefrr:etr( g{pPq{1 |
aqfrratnge{ sq 'iqfq; 5;5ffi2t{ llvcll
*wrcri u?q eqfx: H.af$t:fieq{H6'{ |
Rfiq: cftuTqqlq: elrcqt

qaefrrqq"{Tqi

Eqfs{: gutwamqllvell

8E

Brihat Parasara lloro Sastra

ftFqa"i:ry{r

;TFr qiEieT,TR{Aar

qfifi'ti qt qfifili: rrnfa$Tra{:r{nt(otl


rifr{rfiFi
n*rrTqhi firfq{q{tq r
qi, dtqeqrrrei rqraql iie6mr nr(ttl
{I$n: I

T{Tcilrq*;rflltii

qldrrr r6fcar

nrrf tqn: gdfaar iltRu

{twn geiarwt r

rwr;fifrq?n*$q SFI?;TTfrrfrmm: utRll


42-53. yARGA CLASSIFICATION .. Maitreya, explained
now are thc sum effccts of classificationsof different divisions
(or Varps so far narrated). Thesc are four kinds,viz. Shad
Varga(6 divisionsconsidered),SapthaYarga(7 divisionsconsidered),Dasa Varga(10 divisionsconsidered)and Shodasayarga
(all the l6 divisionsconsidercd).In the Shadvarga
classification,
the Varga designations arc Kimsuka, Vyanjana, Chaamara,
Chatra and Kundala according to a planet being in 2 to 6
combinationsof good Vargas. Next is the Saptavargain which
these classificationscontinue in the same rnanner upto six
combinationsof good Vargas,the 7th additional Vargagetting
classified
as Mukutir- In the DasaVarga scheme,the designations
commencefrom Parijata etc. suchas 2 gooti Vargas-parijatha.
3. Uttama,4. Gopura, 5. Simhasana,6. paaravata,7. Devaloka,
8. Brahmaloka, 9. Sakravahanaand 10. Vargas-Srirlhama.
In the Shodasa Varga schemethe combinationsof Vargas
go with designations thus : two good Vargas-Bhedaka,
3. Kusuma,4. Nagapushpa,5. Kanduka, 6. Kerala,7. Kalpavriksha,E.ChandanaYana,9. Poornachandra,
10.Uchchaisrava,
ll. Dhanvantari, 12. Suryakanta, 13. Vidrtrma, 14. Sakrasimhasana,15. Goloka and 16. Vargas-Sri Vallabha. In these
divisions,the divisions falling in the planet's exaltationeign,
Moolatrikonasign,own sign, and the signs ownbd by the loid
of an anglefrom the Arudha ascendantare all to be consictered
(as good Vargas). The divisions of a combustplanet, defeated
pllryt, weak planet and a planet in bad Avasthaslike Sayana
be
all ignored to be auspicious,for thesedestroy the good yogur.
Notes : Four kinds of summaryof the Vargasor diyisions
are suggestedthus :

Chapter 6

Ro

(a) Shadvarga (considering six Vargas) vi;. Rasi, Hora,


Decanate,NavarnsaDvadasamsa
and Trimsamsa.
(b) SnptaVarga(sovenVargas)addir;i: Saptamamsa
to the
Shad Varga.
(c) DasaVarga (ten Vargas) adding Shodasamsa,
Dasamamsa and Shashtiamsa
divisionsto the SaptaVarga.
(d) Shodasa Varga (all the 16 Vargasso far narratedby
the s.rge).
The groupsas aboveare as per slokas17.20of ch,7 infra.
The Vargasto be considered(asgood) are :
l. Exaltationdivisions.
'
2. Moolatrikona divisions.
3. Own divisions.
4. The divisionsof the ownersof the four anglescounted
from the Arudha Padaor PadaLagna.
The first threeare clear. The fourth one needsa clarification. f n stoka 52 above,the word ,,{l{alq" (Sx'anullnrh) has
beenuscclwhich meansfrom the Arudha hada,.irpada Lagna.
Hencethe lust quarterof sloka52 hints at the "tJrvisions
of the
lord.sot'anglesfrom the Arudha Pada"..(Similarly,.Swamsa"or
Frivr means the Navamsaoccupied by Atma Karaka i.e. Karakamsaascendant,vide ch. 33, infra.)
The sage suggeststhat the signs ownedby the lords of
Arudha f-agnaand of its anglesare consideredgood for Varga
Division. This will bring many signs--sometimes
as many as gin the purview of this rule. [t hasbeenfelt necessary
to bring
this liberalapproach contained in the sloka to the attentionof
the reader. In my opinion, the truer strengthof a planetlies
in its Moolalrikona, exaltationand own signpositions.
For the sakeof brevity, the good Vargasin number in the
context of Shadvarga through Shodasa Vafga are given special
as detailedbelow :
designations
If Shadvargaschemeis consideredtwo or more suchgood
Vargasare known thus :
2. Kimsuka 3. Vyanjana4. Chamara 5. Chatra 6. Kundala.
If SaptaVarga schemeis used the same namesupto six
good Vargasapply while seven good Vargasgo under the name
Mukuta.

90

Brihat parasaraHora Sastra

If l)asa Vargaschemeis resorted to, the good Vargasin


numberare calledthus :
2, Parijata3. Uttama 4. Gopura 5. Simhasana6. paravata
7. Devaloka8. Brahmaloka9. Sakravahana
10. Sridhama.
.
The aulhor of SarvartbaChintamanidesignates
8, 9 and l0
respectivelyas Amara, Iravata and Vaiseshikamsas.In fact,
thesethreeare popularly known with these namesviz. Amara
etc.ratherthan with the onesgivenby Maharshi.
When ShodasaVarga scl.rcme
is wholly considered,the
numberof gooddivisionsarc knownas :
2. Bhedaka 3. Kusuma 4. Nagapushpa 5, Kanduka
6. Kerala 7. Kalpavriksha8. Chandanavana
9. Poornachandra
10. Llchchaisrava
ll. Dharrvantari12 Suryakanta13. Vidruma
14. Sakrasirnhasana
15. Goloka 16. Sri Vallabha.
.
It may be notedthat mostof eventhe hoaryauthorshlve
not gonebeyondDasaVargascheme. The sagehasfully explained all the I6 Vargasinvolvedso rhat a planet'sactualdisposition is properlyknown,
As far as Hora or half of a sign is concerned"good
Vargas" shouldbe flexiblyusedas exceptthe Sunand Moon,
none hasrulershipof Hora. Jupiteris in exaltationVargaif in
Moon's Hora. Thcn, for Jupiterin Sun'sHora, and for other
four in any Hora, how rJowc classifythe Varga?ln my opinion,
we haveto follow the hint givenin sloka l3 of the nextchaptcr
that Jupiter, Sun and Mars give effectsif in Sun'sHora (as lar
as Hora is concerned)and the rest of the planetsexceptMercury
in Moon's llora. Mercury is good in both. the Horas. So to
say,theseare good Horas for the concernedptanets. Ii iollows
that Jupiter and Mercury are good in any Hora for Varga
classification.(Thereare further hints about Hora, vide ch.7,
sloka l3 onwards.)
Nextly, a bricf clarilicationis rcquireddbciut thi: Sun add
Moon not bavingorvnTrimsamsds.The Surr can obcupyAries
in Trimsamsasand the Moon canbe ih Taurus lii Venusian
Trimsamsa. They cannotbe itr Leo or Cancer itr Trimsamsa
charts. Henceonly exaltationwill apply to them in Trimsamsa.
'
Now, coming back to the Varganames,qe will take up
some for clarifications. The word "Suryakantamsa"denotes

Chapter 1

gt

that the planetor the ascendant,


as the case may be, has obta_
t-Zgood Vargas in the ShodasaVarga or t6 divisions.
[ea..
Similarly "fi(fqiligf" or paravaramsaindjcaLssix.good
Vargas
in Dasa varga scheme.one can understandtheseteims on
ttrEsJ
lines.

sIeT
Erifqiils{rrt: ile | |
Chapter 7

Divisional Consideration
erq
stq

qr3{qqrT
ulruafg lf.tfi
fq+qi E

{ErEEr{{ |

c,i lTq fqari 6)uai qrqerfas\ ultl


ianrui rxrEciul<d qatri qTqfq?en{l

geflarferrai ri fq,a{ erewirrdrrqrr


aqqti s'q"lqi enqici rrEi'nqrT
I
arc{rid rqr fqe}fqffa{ u}sntrt rrlrr
icrsgcu fEind qT(nlil ariq iTI
.BqTilrrl fqsTq wrri
fqflfilqFr* rrvrr
qid
fqilw *<ar6'd
*e qqrqq{ |
faniqr* Rcaqci tq+ei* {r$tls{$rq n{tl
srqiai{r*
riq qsaq'{isfqq{tqta r

t"
*"

rrqrt
SeTfq qrsncir: TTrr6eir'{ffirfuq,
qrul a r.-t 6) qrrf*qi qql q.r r

tie $"rfq rtcsttct: tqiwrfuqfa: ql$r:lstl


te
tte glara Xtiaw rrqf{fdi qq} qqrI
tft qlenwt!'rt *ErR sfaqrfear:
u.ctl
l-8. u.sE o{ THE 16 DIVISIONS .. I now explain the
iiseof thesesixtecndivisions.The physiquefrom the ascendant,
wealthltom Hora, happinessthrough coborn frorn decanate,

Brihat Parasarq Hora Sastid

92

fortunes from Chaturthamsa, sonsand grandsons from saptha'


msa, spousefrom Navamsa,power(and position) from Dasamsa,
parents from Dvadasamsa,benefits and adversities through
conu.yancesfrom Shodasamsa'worship from Vimsamsa,learn'
ing from Chathur Vimsamsa. strength and weaknessfrom
effectsfrom Trimsamsa,auspiciousand inauspicious
Bhamsa,evil,
effectsfrom Khavedamsa,and all indicationsfrom both Akshavedamsaand Shashtiamsa: these are the considerations to be
madethrough the respectiveVargasor divisions' The bhava
whoselord is in a malefic Shashtiamsawill diminish, so say
Garga and othprs. The bhava whoselord is in a beneficShodas'
am.i (or Kalansa) flourish. This is how the 16 Vargasare to be
evaluatod.
apart from giving cluesas td
Noter t The, Shodasavargas,
to delineate various Bhava
used
planet,
be
can
thc dignity of a
are
gffects. Thc proper instruments :
l. Ascendantfor thc wellbeing or otherwise of the
'
physiquc.

2. Hora for wealth.


-e.
Docanatefor happinessthrough coborn'
4. Chaturthamsafor fortunes.
5. Saptamamsafor dfnasty (i.e. progeny etc')
6. Navamsafor sPouse.
for powerand position(i.e. livelihoodetc')
7, Dasamamsa
[. Dvadasamasfor Parents.
and rclatcd happiness'
9. Shodasarrsafor conveyances
progress' religious
spiritual
tO. Virnsamsa for worship,
activitiesctc.
I l, Chaturvimsamsafor academicachievements.
12. Bhamsaf<rrstrengtband'weaknqss..
13. Trimsamsafor evils.
lr[. Khavedamsafor auspiciousand inauspiciouseffects'
| 5. Akchavedamsafor all generalindications16, Shashtiamsafor all generalindications'

93

Clapter 7

he will confer wide learning. Similarly


fied in Chaturvimsamsa,
the other eventsbe delineatedaccordingly.
Slokas6-8 needa clearerapproach' E!--!!"""
"*0
planet.
If the said planet is in a malefic Shashtiamsa'
by a
Good and b

specifiedearlier.
being
Anothei cta;mcationT;6out the'lord of Shodasa:nsa
(Kalamsa)
of
a
benebenefic. If a planet is in the Shodasamsa
fic, then the house owned by the first-mentionedflourishes,
The word ,,qIT" means "benefic'nwithout referencelo "good
sloka 52 of the previous chapter' Why the sage
Vargas" vid--e
chosetheseexceptionsis inexplicable.
have

sq{TfEE qrig <ia*q qqAt qr I


q'it?fiilqli {feq iid fqi {$ns{qq ltelt
qqfiir: (r$rqqrfq qffsqitq{i fit{ |
rler fq-{ramiq fqqrqi Efoarftqq ll I oll
rJrknlqd {tati qat{tai .@riltqtT{ |
fif S"r Enf n;qcisfiqfrllllll
qt"i
the 20 point strengthof the ascending
9-12. After assessing
degree,other housesand the planets,the good and bad effects
beieciared. I explainbelow the methodof knowingthe Vimso'
oaka strength(20 point strength)just by knowingwhich an idea
ii,t. ,.ru-it, of aitions of this birth and of former birth will
clearly emerge. The planets from the Sun on get full strength
when-inexaltationor in own signand are bereftof strengthwhen
be known
in the 7th (from exaltation). In between,the strength
two
planet
owning
a
of
by rule of three process. In the case
with
identical
sign
odd/even
in
.igi., ai.tio"tion of placement
own signbe made.
Notes:ThemethodofcalculatingVimsopakastreng
given in slokas l7'2't of the presentchapter' The sageinstructs
i-tt"t thit streogth will b,ehighly suggestive'
in slokas1l'16'
Other sources of strength are suggested
dispoSition'
proper
planett
a
assess
Theseare relatedto
. A planetin exaltationis fully powerfulwhile in debilitation
exaltit is devbidof Vigour. If it is descending,i'e' leavingthe

Brihat Parasarallora Sastra

94

ation and transitting towardsdebilitation,degreeby degree,its


strengthcliminishesand the planet becomesfully void in the
debilitationsign. Again when it climbsfrom fall to exaltation,
graduallyit gainsard becomesfully potential in exaltation.
It is also statedthat planetsin own signsget full strength.'
Here a distinctiollis to be noted.Male planets in malesignsand
femaleplanetsin femalesingsget full strength. Mars and others
each have two signs. Mars, a male planet, in own signif in
Aries is betterthan Mars in Scorpio,a female sign. Venusin
Taurus is betterplaced than in Libra. Such inference may be
wisely made. Thesedetailsare elaboratelydiscussedin the relevant chaptersin the matter of calculationof Shadbalaetc.

rqftufmnrcid
rruisgq66'1 iti

q{Aqsd

farnqFuqfawwt
ulvXrrciir* lttRll
rufrqlfqquTiqcr: t

utnrl
rql ?l-qrdqt qrr acq* r
er$w<} sirdFi fqrn+ ttlYtl
9\

raisgnnl( {Tai" iamruisfqfqfiilq+( t


qrirrtR aqiqnqtqfq rErqqllt{ll
lm
qri: rsmid q.i qrtq(q famqfa:t
hvrffi frfqliiEqafq Kqq !!il{ u l qu
13.16.HORA, DECANATE AND TRIMSAMSA EFFE.
CfS .' Jupiter, the Sun and Mars give (pronounced) effectsin
the hora of the Sun. The Moon, Venusand Saturndo so when
in Moon's hora. Mercury is effectivein both the Horas. In
the caseof an evenRasi tle hora of the Moon will be powerful
in effectswhile the Sun'shora in an odd sign will be so. Full,
medium and nil will be the effectsrespectively in the beginning,
middle and the end of a hora. Similar applicationsbe madefor
a decanate,Turyamsa, Navamsaetc. As for Trimsamsaeffects
the Sun is akin to Mars and the Moou is akin to Venus. The
effectsapplicableto Rasi will apply to Trimsamsa.
Notes : The three male planetsin Sun's Hora will be revealing while Venus, Moon and Saturnare good in Moon's Hora.

Chapter 7

gs

Here again,Sun's Hora of odd signsand Moon's Hora in even


signsare given preference. Now from this, it emergesthat Sun,
Mars and Jupiterare highly powerfulin the first half of an odd
sign and Moon, Venus and saturn are very revealing in the
secondhalf of an evensign. Mercury is powerful in any Hora
whetheran odd sign or otherwise.
The effectsdue to a Hora will be derivedfully if the planet
in
the
first one-tbirdpart of the Hora. The effects will be
is
mediumor nil accordingto the placementsbeingin the second
or third part of the Hora.

qfil r
FriEl(qTTurimqnsriqr
qqarrf
qa
hntvrrvq
fsfllqfiil: T*rrEnletl

sresf+ r
rrtrcilrin+
qcilqin+ d? fq{qrr: .iq e}aaq u l ctl
ell: ild ad wrdiEr al rrfailqs': r
qt{ ni{ q irqrq aiqeri q il.rcnr:utqtl
17-19. VIMSOPAKA STRENGTH.' The Shadvargas(six
divisions) consistof Rasi, Hora, decanate,Navamsa,Dvadasamsaand Trimsamsa. The full strength,for eachof the divisions
respectively
are 6,2, 4,5,2 and l. This is the Vimsopaka
strengthrelatihgto Shadvargadivision. Adding the Sapthamamsato the Shad Vargas,we get Sapta Varga, the Vimsopaka
strengthfor which is : 5, 2, 3,2t,412, 2 and 1. Theseare gross
strengthswhile subtle ones should be understoodby exact
positions.
Notes : Vimsopakastrengthis the 20 point strengthobtained by a planetin continuouslyoccupyingown Vargasetc. in
the various schemeslike Shad Vargato ShodasaVarga. For
fuller appreciation,seethe notes given under slokas26-27of the
currentchapter.

iTq|qrrtfqrieilAqr: s,ei{tt: qfraqmil: t


dxq
fHqr: {qqaavivrtpr ? uQotl
"q
20. Add Dasamsa,Shodasamsa
and Shastiamsa
to the said
Saptha Varga Divisions,to get the schemeof DasaVarga (10

96

Brihat ParasqraHora Sastra

divisions)TheVimsopakastrengthinthiscontextis3forRasi
and for the other8 divisions'I I each'
5 for Shashtiamsa

qtdnqr{r: qiflqi fq{q6T: qRdtfrat t


Brqqqi fq{iiq sd fkn'tlrr6q llltll
'
?6qr(qlssrqrrtqieieraqi $q $q I
llRRll
6lrrlaniq*mrui 5q?r{rf{ra: FqIE
6qi{rrq ag iri ari r;atntqq s I
eii md q fead i{r: scaq'flfirtQttqltt
sldqei q iururi Et'aq qqtqgETa1t
lllvll
TrI tqnlq'd fqqil qta' eqnfufqa*
n* ,iqErr clcd qt asl rdtfrel t
cre"lq'drfu{ral q {dqr}qEi qiE ttlttt
2l-25. When the 16 divisions(ShodasaVargaScheme)are
consideredtogether, the Vimsopakascore goes thus : Hora 1
2, Navamsa3, Rasi 3l'
Trimsamsal, decanatel, Shodasamsa
' Shashtiamsa
4, and the restof the nine divisions each a half'
The Vimsopaka strength remainsas 20 (in the abovecomputat'
ions) only when the plun"t is in own houseVargas' Otherwis.e
friend's
iU.-iotuf'r,rength from 20 declinesto l8 in xtreme
to 7
divisions'
equal's
in
l0
V;;"t, to l5 [ frien<llyVargas,to
(These
Vargas'
enemy's
in eiemy'sVargasand to 5 in sworn
figuresare calledVargaViswa.)

qifqqr: (qfq{sg{I: liftqrfrqlfqat: t


fqqqffiifiqqlrd tiqsqJ{ IrqE} t Q ttrqtt
il(t?i qilFnqi E{th?i qaq{ 11a1'
fa.{d gotnve e'lsd q{ <qqTf{qq llR\ell
:
26.27.VIMSOPAKA PROPORT|ONAL EVALUATION
the
by
division
Multiply the figure due to full strength for the
of the
V"ig" Vi."" ooi diuid" by 20 to get the exact strength
be
planet
will
not
pf"oO. If the such total is below 5 tl-re
below
but
5
it
is
above
capableof giving auspiciousresults' If
ttreplanetwill yieid somegood effects' Later on upto l5 it
. tO,
will
is indicative of mediocreeffect. A planet with above 15
yield whollYfavourableeffects'.

Clapter 7

97

_- - fotes : Vimsbpakaor 20 point.stpngth is catculatcdtbr


Shad Varga, SapthaVarga,Da*r Vargaon ShqdaraVarga, whichever is being coqsidered by thc astrologer. These Grga. ar"
detailed in the e4rlier slokas. By being in own Vergs a planit
getsfull points of strengthallotted to iSin the eeqcerlrd scheme..
Theseare tabulatedbelow for easygrasp :
Varga

Shad

Jarga

Sapthe
Varge

Rasi

5.0

Hora

Drekkana

Dasa
Vlrge

'

Shoilrsa
Yargr

3.0

3.j

2.0

l;5

1.0

3.0

1.5

t.0

Navamsa

2.5

1.5

3.0

Dvadasamsa .

4.5

r . 5,

0.5

Trimsamsa

2.0

. t.5
'1.5

l..o

Saptamsa

1.0

Dasamsa

0.5

1.5

0:5

Kalamsa

1.5

2.o

Shastiamsa

5.0

40

Vimsamsa

0,5

Chatur Virnsanisa

0.5

Bhamsa

0.5

T[tryamea

0.5

Khavedamsa

0.5

Akshavedamsa
Total

2A

20.0

20.0

.0.5
20.0

Brihal Parasara Hore Sastra

98

The fgure against each individual division is celled


"Swaviswa". For -xample, in Rasi Division under Shodasa
Varga, you fintl 3.5 which is the Swaviswa.
Yarga Viswa is the total strengthas shown in sloka 25 for
the various dignities like placerpentin own house, extreme
friend's horse etc.
' If a planct is contlnuously in own Vargasin the whole
of Shad Vutp scheme or any other, it gets all the 20 points
or full of Vimsopakastrength. This is alwaysnot possible' By
virtue of a plrdement in other than own house, the points
diminish. In this contoxt, PanchadhaSambandhaor compound
telationship is to be coneidered,as learnt by us from slokas575t ofch.3, cuprt.
To arrivo at the nct Vimsopaka, note the following
forpula :

Now see the following horoscopc of a native bornoo


11-2-1984at 2?35 hrs. IST at New Delhi'

Rahu

Sun

Vcnus
Mercury
Lag
Sat
Mars

Ketu
\

Chapter 7

Let us consider the Vimsopaka strengthfor the ascendant


lord Vgnus. His Varga dignities and his relationshipwith each
of the Varga Lords- is noted simultaneouslyalongwith Vimsopaka. The longitudeof Venusis 9s 4' 32' 30",
yS

Division

occupation

Lord

RelationshipSV'/V

Rpsi
Hora
Drekkana
Navamsa
Dvadaeamsa
Trimsamsa

Capricorn
Cancer
Capricorn
Aquarius
Aquarius
Taurus

Sat.
Moon

Adhimitra
6 18 5.4
'2
Adhisatru
5 0.5
Adhimitra 4 l8 3.6
Adhimitra 5 18 4.s
Adhimitra 2 tB l.g
Own
| 20. 1.0

Sat.
Sat.
Sat.
Ven.

In the above table, SV:Swavisva; vV:Varga Viswa and


VS:Vimsopaka strength
'
The rest of the points will be clear to the readerfrgm thc
abovecalculations. And the Vimsopakastrengtls be sti&atGd
accordingly.
Maharshi Parasarafxes broad guidelinesto know thc usc
of this strengthas under :
. 5 points
Inauspicious results.(or neqtralisation
ofgood effects)
Somegood effects
- 5-10 points
l0-15 points
Mediocre effects
'15-20points
Wholty favourableeffects.
In our example,Venusgets 16.8pointsand hencehe should
confer wholly favourable effects when Shad Varga.scheno ir
considered. I would, however, prefer use of all tbe 16 Vargao
for a truer picture.
Minute evaluationsof Vimsopakaare given on p. l0l for
a betterunderstanding.

grersantFr qqnd iiq t i?i Rflrq I'


dat: guffi Eq: qqtE qqrq* ftqei: uR;rl
rfiFrrqti

f{aT|{tcFn q]

qririnqt r
qoiqltnrE qria U.e[rcafrrifqw:uRetl

28-29. OTHER SOURCES OF STRENGTH: Maitteya,


there are other kinds of sourcesas I explainbclow. plqnetg
in the 7th from the Sun will be fully effcctive. one ffi

/ 100

Bfihat ParasaraHoro Sastrc

identical lopgitudc in comparison to the Sun's will destroythe


gmd effects. Rulc of thrce processbe applied to the ptanet in
bctwect thesepositions.
Notes : A planet away from the Sun is immune to tossof
rays, and can exprss itself fully. This need not be literally
misinterpreted that the one not beiog in the 7th from the Sun
will be ineffective. For example, we have Ubhayachari and
other yogasin which case,a planet other than the Moon is
relatedto the Sun by closepositions. This doesnot mean that
thescyogaswill not fructify. If a planet is eclipsedin the Sun,
it provesimpotcnt. Thie appliesto Venus and Saturnas well,
againstthe common belid that these two do not lose rays cven
if combust and hence are free from Astangata dosha. This
euggcstionis only for Ayurdaya calculations and rectifications
of planeraryrays (or Graha Kiranas). Pleaseseeths following
table for degreesof combustion.
Combostlm In tllrect
nodor

Moon
Mars
Mercury
Jupiter
Yenus
Saturn

12"
17"
14"
.
It"
100
l6'

Combustionh (R)
notlon
;

12"
I lo
go
l6'

Rahuand Ketu shouldnot betreatcdascombustalthough


theymaybc longitudinallycloseto the Sun. For theyare only
points. On the contrary, they eclipseor obstruct
mathematical
the Sun. A basic phenomcnonin combustionis the planet
combustdoesnot heliacallyriseduringthe periodof combustion
but is set.

q'ifrrfrqd id

str n Fmiq t I

qsqa" qfii t+fi rmi qftdtfrnqltQoll


q(t I
qifqtilqqi
ilEq[cnRrltr:
g!fi TfftHoiqnE tnii{ frfq?dta ttlttt

qfclt I
Ad fifrrsi sr( qckqrcrdqri
qeq

qetFdqgiFnsTrrfrFr
<nrftqfa:ulltl

Clapter 7

lol

30.32. DASA EFFECTS VITH


STRENGTH z Maitreya, after assessing
tbe vimsopaka
"IMSOPAKA
strengththrough the various divisions, the rising and setting of the planetsbe
considered. The Vimsopaka strength is classrfiedas unser:
Poorna, Atipoorna, Madhya, Atimadhya, tleena. Atibeena,
swalpa and Atiswarpa. Thus shourdbe crassifiedthe vimsopaka
strengthand the Dasa period resultsdeclaredaccordingly.
Notes : The sageuses8 distinct termsto crassifythe efrects
of vimsopaka strength. I have.used ihe sameoriginal terms for
the sakeof identity while the table given below with percentages
of effectsdue to the variousgrades will enlightoathe studenias
. to what theseterms imply.
Grade

Vimsopakr pobts

Atipoorna
Poorna
Atimadhya
Madhya
Swalpa
Atiswalpa
Heena
Atiheena

17.5 to
15.0 to
12.5 to
10.0 to
7.5 to
5.0 to
2,5 to
0to

20.0
t7.s
15.0
t2.5
r0.0
1.5
5.0
2.5

Beneficialefrectsdoe

w.s-rw%
75.0-87.s%
62.s-75.0%
50.o-62.s%
37.s--so.o%
2s.0-3T.s%
r2.r-2s.o%
0-12.s%

.
The perceDtages
given by me are numericatassignments
for
a comparativestudy so that an idea is gainedor the gmdations
originally suggested;

qqrsdT{fq qc{rfq diq t rlg gqir


!|
wrwttafqqili
hliar
mqf,: nlltl
friqrqqrqnf
qq$qfuq
i{
I
faqqqrqRtqnrqnlkqfqfil
Fd-ni u lytl
'
q,iq riqqqTrnq tlfiisr
fqffi r
qaaFaaqqqRrii
3:darftetd,Aqr:nllrr
qg<ti gdcrt sqqifr
&q]-{q ! |
T?rtqqq-qqafFr f"wTqrr{IlFr
Q illqrr

"fuihot Parasaia lIota Sastm

lO2

33'36. ANGLES, rRl,iVES ETC' DEFINED " O Maitreva'


lirten to other matters which I am explaining. The Kendras
(engles)are'specially known as ascendant, the 4th house the
O.J*a"ot aod tn" mid-heaven (the l0th house)' The 2nd'
stb, 8th and the llth are Panapharasor succedentswhile the 3rd,
6th: gth and the l2th are called Apoklimas or cadents' The 5th
and 9th from the ascendantare known by the name Kona or
trine. Evil houses or Trika houses are the 6th, 8th and the
12th. Chaturasrasare the 4th and 8th. The 3rd, 6th, l0th and
I lth housesare UPachaYa.
Notes : The 12 housesincluding the ascendantare classified into various gtroupswhich are as under :
: Ascendant4th, 7th and ,10th
. Kendrasor angles
PanaPharasor Succedents 2nd, 5th, 8th and llth
3rd, 6th, 9th and l2th
Apoklimas or Cadents
5th and 9th
.
Konas or Trines
6th, 8th and l2th
ftifat or evil houses
4th and 8th
Chaturasras
3rd, 6tb, lOth and llth.
Upachayas

qt-tr

fiqgrlqq(ilql I
rfrq ll?ell

ddQfreg&eq?q
t{trgmIi[: I
frtafiti{ qaqtfqqlt| fggamq.!{ lllqll
91-38.NAMES OF BHAYAS : The 12 housesare : Thanu,
Dbane, Sahaja, Bandhu, Putra, Ari (etR), Yuvati, Randhra,
Dharma, K8rma, habha and Vyaya are in order the natnes
of houses. I explained thcsebriefly and leave it to you to grasp
bore according to your intelligece. As delivered by Lord
Brahma,some further information is added thus (i.e. in the
following verses).
Notcr : Each house is given a special name for casy
idcntity. The indications are known thus :
: physique
Tbanu
: wealth
Dhana
: younger brpther/sister
Sshaja

103

Chapter7
: rclatives
: progeny
: enemies
: wife
longevity
rbligion
acts(or livellhood)

Bandhu
Putra
Ari
Yuvati
Randhra
Dharma
Karma
Laabha

gaine

expenditure
Vyaya
'h'andhra" actually meansa vulnerable or assailablepoint.
.{ planet in the 8tf, becomesvulnerably placed. The raarious
(our.r in a nativity are relatedto vnriougsphcresof life- Ch. I I
dcals with the housesin this context.

iq*sfq

fqqilti

qtisfbqqn*
qf d*

ilri

ql qri

qqhq

aqlsqfi r

ilqqtq{t

ql ute.tl

qF| qfrqfl?i qilE I

arntriaat ilri srQ (kei1


{eFTnvon
qr{r( gR<ur<l ftSwrG{frsRqqt
gfl( qo8 fqq}snq nvttt
fqil{ rrszr$rrqer
g?4 ir grl: $i, EtFrIqt:qqt Ifr: t
llvRll
weqwrqrrnfq q?qr{iql ?qn iTNtf
q(qretGrd6d fqriri ilfr{rrttffii frq r
i{ atu scf dFd ae fim{ {rqTqlq{\lvtll
39-43. INDICATIONS FROM HOASES .' The 9th from
.
from the Sun deal with one's father.
fhe ascendantand the 9th
to
be
known from the 10th end llth
effects are
"Whatever
knownl from similar houses
also
be
counted from ascendant
countedfrom the Sun. Whatever results are to be known from
the 4th, lst,2nd, llth and the 9th shouldalsobe known frqth
'itself and 2nd, I lth
the 4th of the Moon, from the Moon sign
and 9th from the Moon respectively.Whateverhas to be known
through the 3rd from the ascendantbe also analysedthrough tho
3rd from Mars. ?he 6th from Mercury bc also consideredin

hrihat ParaEarahlora Sastrd

104

regard to indications dedvablc frorn the 6tn counted from


, lhq ?th fron.lqp$a.and
the ascendant. The 51L frOq
both tbe 8th

iZ6-from

Satqrn stand for- consideration

of a particular Bbara (house).


Notes : We get lmportant cluesfrom the abovefive vcrses' ,
It iq not enough if the hpuse concernedas counled from
prosperity of
the ascendantis strong and well disposedfor the
planet
should.also
tbe house. Such a bousefrom the signifying
u me
happlness
paternal
bc strong, For example,one will enjoy
well
both
are
Sun
the
9th from ttre ascendantand the 9th ftom
dcbilitated
a
by
gth from the sun if occupied
orrnoscd rhe
gtn lord from the Sun is weak' then the good
irine
;ffi;;;
through pitru Bhavaare neutralized. Now see a'
ioolotio*
gist of the slokas :
(a) Fathcr to be ooncideredfrom thc 9th both from the
Sun and lagna.
with thc lOth from
O) l0th from Lagna to be corrclated
etc'
rites
tf,e Sun-for patrimony, paternal
(c) llttrfrom l-agna to be correlated with the tlth from
the sun for gains (and for fathcr's longevity-as the llth isthe
3rd from the gth.)
(d) Thc 4th from tbe Iagna and from tho Moon are
reLrtedto mother.
(p) Thc ascendant and the Moon sign relatc the physical
t'he radix'
felicity of the natlve, and gencnl strength of
Moon be
if l Thc 2nd from tho asccndaat and from the
etc'
wealth
about one's sight, speech,learning,
investi-gated
llth from ascendant8trd from Moon for gainc,
The
Gl
elder brothert, fricnds etc.
(h) Thc 9th from ascendant and from thc Moon for
gcaeralfortunec,religioa, meritorious activitics etc'
(i) The 3rd from Mars and from the ascendantbe senfor
coborn, courageetc.
(j) Tho-6th fron. ascendantand from Mercury for
debts,cnemies,cousinsand the likc'
Oiscascs,
obtainment of progeny, their well biog,

their prospcrity etc'

'
ehapter8

105

(For a femalethe 9th from Lagnaand from Jupiter in connection with childrenare to be scrutinized')
(l) Thc ?th from Lagnaand from Venus for marriage,its
duration etc'
nature, consequences,

Saturn for death.


From this it wilt be seen that each of the 12 houses is
relatedto somespwific planet apart from the ascendant' These
rules ars very higtJY suggestive.

EIq(rr{tEftamqdls4tlt:llq tl
CbapterI

Aspects Of The Signs


qq tqrftqdtqi. qq{tii
lqq Tqq I
llllll
$aid sqeqrfqTS id l*** qnri*
q{qGf,
t
<rnfrsfugi fan t ilqr
ftq* qlqfr * a<tlultt
rprql;ftTtli{
frcqqr* fqarssffir{fasqweq sqrqfa t
qfiIqtcn llQll
,
l-3. SIGN ASPECT,S.' O Maitreya, now detailed are ths
aspects emanating from the signs Aries etc' Every movable
to
siin aspectsthe 3 fixed signs leavirrgthe' fixed sign adjacent
barring
signs
3
movable
gvery
to
the
aspect
fixod sigo lends
it]
the adjactnt movable sign. And a cotnmon sign aspectsthe
other three common slgns. The planet in a sign lendsthe same
sspectas tho sign (in which the planet is) does'
Notes : Apart from usual aspectsof plancts, Maharshi
Parasara dcatgwith Rasi aspectsor sig. aspcts'Theseare also
usodby sageJaimini (a discipie of Vedavyata and author of
Poorva Meomamsaetc.) and rhis system c&meto be khown as
Jaimini $ystom though the original propounder is Parasara.
qq'tq$f

qfqgcq

Qa<e

106

Brihst Parasara liora Sostta

Jaimini Maharshi is also an equally worshipped authority on.


astrology. He mainly usesRasi aspects, Rasi Dasasapart from
many other Dasas, Arudha Pada, Atrna Karaka etc. by longitudes, Karakamsaetc.
The current 3 slokastbrow light on the sign aspects.Each
novable Rasi aspects3 fixed signs,Ieavingthe nearestfixed sign.
For example,Aries-movable sign-does not aspect Taurus but
Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius, Taurus-a fixed sign aspects
3 movable signs,viz. Cancer, Libra and Capricorn but does
not aspect Aries, the nearestmovablesign. Gemini's aspects
are on Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. The planet in 4*sign
aspects slmilar signsas above and also thc occupant thereof.
Hence, in these aspccts, longitudes of the aspector and the
aspectedare ignorable.
The following table will represent the aspectsdetailed
above :
Sign/occupant
aspecting

Slgn/occupant
aspected

Aries

Leo, Scorpioand Aquarius

Taurus

Cancer,Libra and Capricorn

Gemini

Virgo, Sagittariusand Pisces

Cancer

Scorpio,Aquarius and Taurus

L,eo

Libra,.Capricorn and Aries

Virgo

Sagittarius,Piscesand Gemini

Libra
Scorpio

Aquarius,Taurusand lro
'

Capricorn, Aries and Canber

Sagittarius

'Pisces,Gemini and
Virgo

Capricorn

Taurus, Leo and Scorpio

Aquarius

Aries, Canceraud Libra

Pisces

Gemini, Virgo and Sagittarius

l0?

lapter I

tig dRrcr: Qa: q{Efd ftqrsgml,


f(qi5 dRqrr qi qrqfa e<iftratl ttvtt
sqqerrq qatur qwgqqdeqill l
fq6ed

f{fl

<iar: qrwfrrqqqtqq: lttll

4-5. PLANETARY ASPECTS : A planet in a movable


sign
sign aspects the other 3 fixed' signs leaving the fixed
next
the
aspect
not
does
sign
planet
fixed
in
a
nJxt toit. A
movabte sign but the remaining 3 movablesigns' The one in
a common sign throws aspect over'the remaining 3 common
signs. sinultaneously a planet in the aspectedsign is also
subjectedto the aspectconcerned.
Notes : The idea conveyedin tbo two vcrsescan be well
onceived from the notesgiven for the first three'slokasatrove.
'
With the help of thesefive slokas,one can deducethe following
from the horoscopegiven as examplebelow :

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

Mars aspectsSaturn, Moon and the nodes.


Venus, the Sun and Mercury aspectnone.
Jupiter aspectsthe Moon, Ketu, Sun and Venug.
Saturn and Rahu asPectMars.

108

DrihatParasarartora Sastnl

(e) Moon aspcctsMars and Jupiter.


(f ) Ketu aspectsMars and Jupiter.
In the above,we..considered
only planet to planet aspcct
so that we know the difference between this systfo or asp'"ci,
and thOusualone.
'

cfcaaxe{ qsi qqrq rgur}fedqr


qea fq;qrqr*q gfca*a: qrrr{qelqtl

nta telel
qqrt't qfiqt

*eql s{if(d aq}ri r


fqt t T{$Ffit q Efqndrr\err

t{T-frlo} E fqri

iqiqi

qrq6i nilnfi.i dqT I

qFrTTIffu{qf6t}ri arf fle<iqrrerr

q!

aq{wrrt
Tarfir(qqrfq er I
qfqaryi?i
afr fae fearciq rrqr
Eftami
-by

6-9. ASPECT{AL DIAGRAM .. As depicted


Lord
.
Brahma,I now narratethd aspectualdiagramso that aspects
are
easily understoodby a rnere sight of the diagram. Draw a
squareor a circle marking the 8 directions(4 cornersarfd 4
quarters thereot'). Mark the zodiacal signsas under : Aries
and Taurusin east,Gemini jn the north-east,Cancerand Leo
in the north, Virgo in the north-west, Libra and Scorpioin
the west,Sagittariusin the south-west,
Capricornand Aquarius
in the south, and Piscesin the south-east. The aspects(asper
the oarlierslokas)can be shownin a squarediagramor circular
diagram(asper convenience).

etqtRuelsxlTrt:
ltgll
Chapter9

Evils At Birth
qrd wilfftr fqt ! frranliruafrqnia r
rerearqrfrffetqiqrilFrrr qt{'qid rrt rr
l. O Brahmin, first of all, estimatethe evilsand cheoking
factors thereof through the ascendant and then declare
th!
effectsofthe 12 bhavas.
Notes : The ascendantis the most important in the matter
of causingevils or counteractingevirs till aiative is sz.
tenca,
thc sage refers to the ascendant specificafly in thc ;"aa;;;i
Balarishta or mfant mortality and caurions (in the r.ri ,i"tui
that upto the age of 24, no definite assurances
about longevi(
be made.
The Moon becomes imponant in the matter of evits
and
checkingfactors for longevity from the age of 32 upto e+ia
v"ir.
And the sun is the centre in this t.rprit from ihe ue"
of ii-.
This doesnot mean that the evirsfrom the Moon do no-t
of.rut.
till the 32ndyear of age,and so on and so forth.

aqfrnfreeffw qr{( qtqfif, ar;qil:I


ffrnRra ardEFqriltEfq q fq;aiE nlrr
^ Zr;Evils causing prgmatuie end exist upto the 24th year
of one'sagq. As such,no definitecalculationbf nfe
,pun *rouiJ
be madetill suclryear of age,
Notes : While the sagedeclaresthat upto the
24tbyear, it
will not be possibreto decraredefinitervinitre
mattei;fr.;;;:
vity' other works rike Horasrra,Jyotisharnava
Navaneethamu
S"luel version), Sarvartha Chinramani, Jathaka p;;tilh&
Ptalr Deepiks etc. say that longevity calcurations
wiil b;?;;i;
-"-.
till the l2th yearof age.

110

Brlhat Parasara Hora Sastra

Tt, dila {tfqr: r


eqerque$:gdfra: rrlrr
nfna;ltaer: clrqTtr+drr:qr{tfaar: r
fu{ilqfns qr*q irti q"|rqffiiile rrvrr
iI66t6gF(qwq;ir:
tRR{
{QE:

cr qFqft freqr: w: qntfiqgqTqqT: I


req eqmqfir* q srEil q fiqd a&q rrtrr

Frqfuil}gal nlfr qq.fr a qQfwc:r

le{ateqneqeilsfq qliotrdlr qr {ir: uqtl

3-6. SHORT-LIFE COMBINATIONS (upto sloka 23) :


Should tho Moon be in the 6th,-8th, or the l2th from the
ascendantand be in aspectto a malefic, the child will die soon.
If in the ptocess there be g benefic'saspect,it may live upto 8.
If a beneflcis retrograde in the 6th, 8th or the l2th being in
aspect to a malefic, death will occur within a month of birth.
This is true only when the ascendantis unoccupiedby a benefic.
Should the 5th bc occupiedby Saturn,Mars and tbe Sunjointly,
(early) death of mother and brother will come to pass. Mars
placed in the ascendantor in the 8th and be conjunct Saturn or
Sun or be in aspectto a malefic,being bereft of benefic aspect
will prove a sourceof (immediate)death.
Notes : Here a pertinent query may emergeas to why the
sagementionscombinationsfor preMture death while longevity
cannot be decidedly declared upto the 24thyear ofage as per
his own statement. These yogas will guide us to dctect thc
immediatedefectsfor longevity and resort to remedial measureg
like firc sacrifice,prayers,donations, medicineetc. and save thc
from Akala Mrity.u or prematuredeatb,vide ch. 5 of Horasarr.
The Moon in an evil houseat'birth and in aspect to a
malefic will cause.early death. Even a benqfic'saspect on the
Moon, in the said Yoga, will causethe end at the age of E,
suggeststhe sage. If she is increasing,this neednot be feared.
ta
a

T'rq{qt

a6rr;lq{X*

qR r

slRqltfffii qrii ,qrrtli ( *qfr uetl


tr{rlri ftre: q'tft: {Wqri qnrfirfq:I
fu|rq: ffiqF{ri R( qrdr fitquil rrcrr

Chapter9

1l I

fqqt Er;Eqr qfq I


fl{l rtte6(9"{rr
edtqqlqil qtq: q qrfil qqqfiqnq narl
q'it qqg1st: niiqr: t
f,<ui al*

q dtqfr llloll
gr,cri gt: q* rrutt
trn rr{ qET ieet: qriq*g<qa: t
fffiqrernrrct<) Ereqril rrg.olfqq:ulltl
?-ll. If Saturn and Mars aspectthe ascendantas the
luminaries join Rahu (elsewhere),the child will live only for a
fortnight. Immediate death of the child along with its mother
will occur if Satrrrn is in the lOth, the Moon in the 6th and
Mars in the 7th. One will immediatelygo to the abodeof Yama
(the Hindu god of death) if Saturn is in thp ascendantwhile the
Moon and Jupiter are in their order io the 8th and the 3rd.
Only a month will be the span of one's life who hasthe Sun in
the 9th, Mars in tbe Ttha nd Jupiter and Venusin the'l lth. AU
planets(i.e. any planet) in thc l2th will be source of short lifc,
specificallythe luminaries, Venus and Rahu. But the aspect of
one of these four planets (on the l2th) will counteract suc\
evils.
Notes : One of the 4 planetsamongthe Sun, Moon, Rahu
and Venus in the l2th will contrib'uteto prematureend. If there
is aspebtof one of theseon the l2th, the evils for premarure
deathare checked. (This goesto prove that Rahu has aspects.)
however,in the,l2th for Libra ascendantwill confer a
The
lifc span of I

qmGlnt: {trit

qi

qt<tfirqfrn

urQriq*.qf{

Ttqs:

firril: tttRtt

12. TheMoon iscapable of causing earlyend if she is


with a malefic in the 8th, ?th or thc ascendantand unrelatedto
a benefic.

H-'se&ri q'?trrqi

qugl* faryqtq i r

ltiqi rr?rtnq{q i"lrt:

srGrmq{ utltl

13. Earty death will cometo passif there be a birth in the


morning or eveningjunctions or in a hora ruled by tho Moon

ll2

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

or in Ganoantawhile the Moon and mabfics occupyanglesfrom


the ascendant.
Notes : There are tbree yogas denoted for premature
,
death :
(a) Birth in Sandbya(asdefincdin the next sloka).
Birth (i.e. asendant)in a Hora ruled by the Moon.
$)
t,/
(For Hora, seeslokas5'6, ch. 6.)
Birth in Gandanta.
v1-k)
In each of the three yogas,it is b prerequisite that thc
be capturedby the Moon and malefics.
tngles from the aScendant
Ganosnta: The last Navamsasof Cancer,of Scorpio and
of lisces are called as Gandanta. According to a host of
authors,mere GandantaLagna or the Moon in Gandantr will
causeprematuredeath,

qrri iuqf fMlm r


q {sqdTratsnrq
rtqrqTqqqX{ na: itn ftmfrw tttvrl
14. DEFINTTION OF SANDHYA .' 3 Ghatikas belore
the sigbt of the semidisc (half ) of the rising Sunand a similar
duration following the Sun set are calledas morning twilight
and eveningtwilight, respectlvely.
Notes : Morning tvrilight (or Pretah Sandhyr) lasts for
?2 minutesin the morning oeforethe sight of the Sun's disc
(locally)and eveningtwilight for a similar durat'lonafter the Sun
iet. This definition of Sandhyaby the sageis for decidingevils
to longevityin childhood'
ln the context o.f Kala Dasa,Sandhyais defineddifferently
by the sage,obvi,ouslywith a purpose,vide ch.46 of Yol' II.

rfui t
atRqtrq|dq
Wq"toi{
crqrr frq{ wR nserrqt fqifRuilul{rr
15. EARLY DEATH .' Should all the maleficsbe in the
orientalhalf while beneficsare in the occidentalhalf, early death
of one born in Scorpio will follow. In this casethereis no
needofany rethinking'
Notes : The area of the horoscope from the 4th cusp to
the l0th cusp via the 7th houseis known as occidcntal(or
western)half while the rest half is oricntal (or eastern)half.

| 1,3

Chapter 9

One born in Scorpio ascendant with malefics in the


oriental half and bhenficsin the occidentalhalf will face immediate death. This yoga is catled as Vajra Mushti yoga by
Yavanacharyas,as quoted by Kalyana Varma' The Moon
should be in the Qccidentalhalf if she is a beqrfic or be in thc
.oriental half if she is a malefic. If Mercury remainsunafricted,
by a malefic, this yoga will not come to pass.
a

atlt{T?rttt:
qrqq?dq* ili
9

$iqrruttffi

qiqtq

1fd qt( rrtq,tt

16. Malefics in the l2th and tbe 6th, or in the 8th and the
2nd while the ascendantis hemmcdbetweenother maleficswill
bring early death.

qqsrcqqt qrql TalsR wixa:1


q{r iRftm: qlri: fiaqlqittrcrttlstt
17. Malefics occupyingthe ascendantand the 7th whilc
the Moon is conjunct a malefic with no relief from a benefic will
also causeprmature death.

dtaiffifi

ttGnq qti: *'ilGatrqi: r

ql tfftr $tqFilfil

( fqiu I a riuq: nlqtl

18. Early deathwill be inflictedon the nativeif decreasing


Moon is in the ascendantwhile mllefics capturethe 8th and an
angle. There is no doubt about that.

qttlqlfrq{rq?r}

i{rilEef;rqwtq:

ufa<rgqrT.i]fr ql stn: t fuqra<tutqtt


19. TheMoonintheascendant,8th, l2th ot theTthand
hemmedbetweenmaleficswill confer prematuredeath.

qq6qwuunil
wilr6a** qrtr

qei
irrdqrf$ti :
qIaT r{ tt:
fit{: ttRott

20. Should the Moon be in the ascendanthemmedbetween


while the 7th or the 8th hasa m4lefic in it, the
malefics
two
child will face immediatsdeath along with its mother.

il4

Brlhat Parasara Hora Sastrit

$ffiqlnq
'

ntqtEqqruh

ftenueftaig
d

ElI

Errill frq{qa: ltlttl

21. ShouldSaturn, the Sun and Mars be inthe l2th, 9th


and 8th without benefic's aspect, the child wiil face instant
dcath.

qicrrri q qrfi{i q4tlnqraor} rr$ |


dtqqrct fqilirq: qql {tfil frfrq ulitl
22. With a malefic in the 7th house or in the rising
decanatewhile decreasingMoon is in the asccndant,death will
be experiencedearly.

andfimqftq-fl: ri r$ qqfTdfrilrr r
qqci qr frFni qr ilTn1: qtaq6\ ltqitl
23. The life span of the child will be either 2 months or
6 mooths only, if all planetsdevoid of strengthare relcgatedto
Apoklima houseg(i.c. 3id, 6th, 9th and l2th:)

fr&, qqqtr qil q?rqt aft gat r


q{d q.i qiq nRYtl
{rqinil q}f,sq
24. EI/ILS TO MOTHER (upto sloka 33) .' The motler
Of the nativewill incur evils (will die soon) if the Moon at birth
ic arpectedby three malefics. Beneficsaspecting the Moon will
bring good to the mother.

qi <tgtq,gt: tlfr: qqT r<t ficrd:r


irer ffq{iqqi"i
fH( wqt rrRru
25. Shouldthe 2nd be occupiedby Rahu, Mercury,Venus,
Sun and Saturn the child's birth hasbeenafter its father's death
while eventhe mother wili faceearlydeath.

nqrftFilqrEKi

q?i

qfqfir: rnnl'ci

qrfr mfr rqqr nRqtl

qrlnfifiqi

26. lf the Moon is in the 7tbl8th from a malefic, be herself with a malefic,and be aspectedby a strong malefic,predict
mother's end to be early.

Chapterg

ll5

sEqw] qrsq flqer: wiltr*


\\

qriqftr rigm

qiltf?t: I

emrqfliq Eit{F(uRsrl

27, The child will not live on mothet's milk but on that of
a ehe-goatif the Sun is exaltedor debilitatcd in the 7th.
Notes : For an Aries native, if the Sunis in the 7th in
debilitation, or in the 7th in exaltation for a Libra nativq it
deprives one of mother's milk. The 7th rules thc 4th from the
4th and hencethe 7th is referredto.
Saturn in the 4th house will'alpo deprive om of mother's
milk.
Atmakaraka in Scorpio Navamsa will producc similar
effects.For a definition of Atmakaraka, seech. 32,lnfra.

qrm frguti wil rtq r


r<t qr.cedgufE *Fi qFE q* r iq trle tr
iTFilIqTq{:

28. Should a malefic bc in the 4th, identical with an inimical sign, counted from the Moon while there is no bcnefic in an
angle,the child will lose its mother in a prematuremtnoer.

ur<{i ftgmi q qar, fiqqfi witl t


irfl qlq*d fcuraE{ Ent ftq,uRc.tl
29. Maleficsin the 6th and l2thwill biing,cvils to mother.
The child's father will receive similareffects if the 4th and l0th
are capturedbY malefics.

trfi T*
'

rli 1<l ul

qqi

qlsq6'iq q r
qfqltit(r

llQoll
"*1
30. Mercury in the 2nd while maleficsoccupythe asc&nd'
ant, 7th and 12th : this yoga will destroy the entire family.
E{:

qwi q grl qtt qt rqt qciH t


rfr i=q?qrri raqrnl irgltt frrft tti ttt
31. Jupiter, Saturn and Rahu rcspectively positedin the
ascendant,2nd and 3rd will causemotheils death early.

lr6

Brihat ParasaraHora Sostra

qftqqrrn$fdunt: qrt: qlqfqqfrii: r


qmqfuqiqrnf

qor1p1ttt Ft irq: ttiqtt

32. Doubtlcssly the pother will give up the (hild if it has


melcficsin trines counted from the decreasingMooi. No benefic
lhsll bc in coqiunction with the said malcficg.

qrl{Rrrqt r;cr<l qr g*dt


lro r
ufnlrqqill rl il fanqraia ffi,! ulQu
,

33. If Mars and Sgturn are together in an angle with


rcfcrenccto the Moon and occupyone and the sameNavamsa,
the child will havc two mothers.Yet it will be short-tived.

qfi q?A ql qtq: qweqri q q;rrn: I


fiKrdclq *qfrr nQytl
ft,ictrrrlrtttrrq
34. EYILS TO FAT'EER(upto sloka 42) .. One'sfather
rill insurcarly{eath if Saturn, Mars and the Moon in thcir
ordceare in tho ascendant,thc 7th and the 6th.

qA Eftq'f ut r'r<frqlqdqTcrw I
l@
ilrq fitrrq ffi
frilr trttn
35. Thc nstive will at thc time of his marriqge lose his
father if Jupiter is in the ascendantwhile Saturn, Sun, Mars and
Merorry arc together in thc Znd.

q{:

flln

Rgiil

qqqurrr: I

gq{r

Wfq q.cqq: qrtRnn frqqal qtE rrlqtr


36. Early los of father will take place if the Sun is with a
malcfic or is hemmedbetweenmaleficsas there is anothermalefic
in the ?th from the Sun.

(cili

qql q{r rr{*

<qdn t

qfirrr<rr:r

qeiq frrn mlt

ffr

ulstl

37.Remotewill be thepossibilityof one'sfathersuetaining


lf thc Sunie in the 7th whilc Marsis in the l0rh and Rahuir in
the l2th.

Chqter9

lt?

qtq: r|1*frqfi{il: I
c$q?ft tr{|
ffi
irn anag fqs fiur' a inq: llQell
38. Early and doubtless will bc one'8 father'g dcath if
Marsris in the lOth idcntical with his enemy'ssign.
Notes : Mercury is the sote encmy of Mars, vide ch. 3'
verso55. Mercury's campsare Gemini.and Virgo' Hence, for a
Sagittariusnative or for a Yirgo nathe, Mars in the lOth (alonc)
will causeearly death of father.

frge*t* qqn qil} tttf,Tltf. rtirrt: I


t !frqfil lllett
Tq{q ftq} sqfi fqet ts
39. The Moon in the 6th, Saturn in the ascendantand
Mars in Fe ?t.1 : thb array of hcavcnly bodiesat birth will not
ensureI long spar of life for thc father.

q'H{rnfrqi qnl {rf-{il Er ftttfqi r


rrrrwl falfn: wl{qqstsft frm}:fqq:ttvott
4Q. If the Sun is aspectcdby Saturn and be in Aries/Scor'
pio NavLmrp, the father would have givea up thc family beforc
thc birth of the child or would have passedaway.

qq{ qlt} $ql arefr q ra ffi t'


fril{ qlar Fqr f{fie{rrf,r q*( llvttl
41. lf the 4th, loth and l2th are all oocupied by malefice,
both the pflrentswil leave the child to its own fate and *andcr
from placc to Place.
Notes : Also seesloka 8, ch.lO infra,

qtu{ilql fqail qfi flsq rqr{t r


qqlfinrft?t q'n gqffid i qrqR llvRll
42. The father wlll not seethe native ti|'l his (the nativc's)
23rd yeqr if Rahu a1d Jupiter are together in an inimical rign
identical with the ascen{antor the 4th.
,'
Notes : The inimlcal signsfor Jupiter are that of Mcrcury
and Venus.Rahu is inimically placedin Cancer, Leo, Arics md
Scorpio. Jupitcr is friendly in these signs. It ig hene implicd

Brlhat parasoraHota Sasffa

ll8

that thesetwo should join in ohe of thesesigns as 4th or the


lOth so that the father cannot see the native till the latter
is 23.
However,ihc rute needsa cautiousapproachin view of the
clash bctween inimical places for tfie two plahets. Mercury is
Rahu's neutral. Hence if Mercury is tempeSariryinimicar for
\ahu, then Rahu's placement(along with Jupiter) in Gemini or
virgo as the 4th or the ascendant*ill caur. the dvent.In other
cases,this will have to be wlsely interpreted.

w!: frm q qF(ii wrl qrarctq q I


qtv{fce$} qql: rnrreqq6}1i fl uvltl
fqlfltd fMtqlfte{iMarqfrfrqilq r
qnl: qtaraqrfrt: qri: qt#
|
gqqTfifrqtsfq fr"frea ftftfaiq uyytl
qq qAE frni: lrtqfq wa forrr,iq r
rtnsqqfqiitn tta il
Tqqrfari( uy\tl
43-45. PARENTS : The Sun is dhe iudicatorof father for
all beingswhile the mother is indicated by the Moon. Should
thc sun be aspectedby marefics or be hemmeu betweenthem
will causeevils to father. Similarly the lfioon be consideredin
respoctof mother. Malefics in the 6th, gth or 4th from the sun
will br$g inauspiciousresultsabout the father. Malelics in such
placesfrom thc Moon wiil 6e adverse for the
rotnr.. irr"
strcngth or otherwise of the occupants concernedbe suitably
cstimated.

srqnsRuartqpwd:
ilt oll
Chepterl0

Antidotes For Evils


qfl frid rqngrvrft 6qi I
IiqficGd

qqmr*'fi qreraiffi

rtqlu: rrlrr

I 19

Chapterl0

l. Thoseare the evils (due to a native). I now iarrate the


antidotes for such evils as y',ell, which will bc helpful to assess
the extent of inausPiciousness.
Notes : The antidotes mentioned herc are in the contert
of short life. Wbile somemay carry with them the concept of
fortunate yogps,every principle doesnot.

qdsfr antgnuri qrarq hrq*

qft t

srRcefafwi qFa Rfqt qrsrt q{n lllll

i2. Should one anrongMercury, Jupiter and Venus bc in


an angle from the ascendant,all evils arc destroyedas the Sun
eliminatesdarkness.

qfi gq qq"t aiti qqrql ftceiwl t


qf< rnn{ qrfiqr wTFT fq rtfq?: nln
3. Just as a singte reverential obeisancebeforoLord Siva,
the Trident holder, freesone from ali sins,a singlc but strong
Jupiter in the ascendantwill ward off all thc evils.
Jupitertherein
Notes : In the caseofCapricornascendant,
should be eiceedingly strong by other virtues, as otherwise
he can lead to shqrt-life. For, sagoBhrigu specificallyhints at
Madhyayu or medium spanof ffe with Jupiter in the aecendant
idcntical with debilitation or inimical sign or malcfic'r cign.

gs gq Rq,in:

trlieql

qqrfiqr: I

qfrcE frfqri qfn framl feSt uw rrru


4. The ascendant lord is singly capable of counteracting
all evils if he ie strongly placedin an angle just as Lord Siva,
the holder of Bow, destroyed the three cities (built of gold,
silver and lron by Maya for the demons)

qKqd

qrqffirq wi

fqrrfd

SGqq*

qlgqf{dtH

aqrRaaf<rrnirrrir

5. All evils are destroyedif a bcneficaspectsthe ascendant


born during night in thc bright half. Similarly,a malefic's
onc
of
aspecton the.cacendantof onc born during day tlme in the dark
half.

l2O

Brihat ?arasam llora Sasrra

Notes : The *cond statement does not imply cvits to


-dav-birth
longevity if a beneficaspects the arcendant
for a
in
Krishna Paksha (or dark-hatf). That is howevlr oot roougr,
ir
exists,but a rnalefio'saspectis required.

qqctrfi

qil

qfqqeri

( wrqtr

ufti( s rrrnEtfor
e"tefuafedniq\rqrr
6. The sun in thc l2th wil confcr a hundred-yeartife span
on one born in Libra ascendant.

gq-qltt qI td
gvcdswr gq: I
q
w{n{r: qmqriq rrurr
tsnfrqri{
7. It will prove auspicious for the mother ar well as
the
native if Mars joins or ie aspectedby Jupiter.

tE{q}

qtq:

qlrqqci

ftq: nltunl firr: q*:

rnt rriq r
*Efrolq,i: nctl

8. Though mareficrin the 4th/r0th arc a sourceof evil for


the fathcr, .they turn auspicious if hemmed uy ucnencs
or ii
beneficsare in trines or in angles.

Rtq|ffiq*. mt: {{: iqfqdqrt: r


(d ilrtqisRe qurdmnd a ilE tc.tl
9. If maloficsare surroundedby bencficswhilo
angles/
triner arethemservcs
benefic-occupied
ovilsdisappearso;=N;i
only tbis, cvilr will not foltow from tbe bhavasconcerled.

sm qtt?Frlifiteqlq:ftt?fl
Clrptcr ll

Judgementof Houses
rro ilsq$ qtd a* qqr ql r r
stqq qrqr(sdi ft f$ fffi{ffi -r-t<eulrr

Clapter ll

l2l

l. O sage,I have cometo know of thc eviis and antidqtes


thereof as wcll from you. Please tell ma, what is to bo deduccd
from each houss.

it G{ s ar{ q qd *q .rfirqqq I
gd 1:Ri tmnrsq qrtqlqTHhriq ttlrr
2. INDICATIOIVS OF THE FIRST HOUSE ; ffhe sage
replies) : physique,appear&nce,
intellect (or the organ of intelligence, i.e. bmin), complexion of the body, vigour, weakness,
happiness,griefand innatcnature are atl lo be guesredthrough
the ascendingsign.
Notes : We ar terselytold here of thc prime indicationsto
bo deducedfrom each house.There are many matters related to
eachhousewhlch I have listed rather exhaustivelyin my English
translation of Horasaro. Seepp 183-187ibld.

qqenaf trqt
Erq((-{rRd {

Ti5qraqfqsq I
ffftenilFrilutq

il1rr

3, SECONDHOASE .. Wealth,grains(food etc.), family,


death,enemies,metals,preciousstonesetc. are to be undcrstood
through the 2nd house.

firnq

qiqflTeTft

frd{rrq'di ffi

qHnqqlqnq

gftqqqrw fq{tqi{ rrvrr

t 4, THIRD IIOUSE.. From thc 3rd house,know of the


following : tilour, lervants (attendantsctc.), brothers, sistersetc.
lbitiatory instrucitobs (gctsr), journey, and parent'adeath.

qqil-qq

qqrq

qqqlwfrrrnqfq r

ftfu ai{ Td ile TdqtE qRfqqiqrrrrr

5. FOARTH HOUSE .. Conveyancos,relatives, nothcr,


bappinoss,treasure,landsand housesare to be consultedfhrough
the 4th house.

qefqail mr

frqt Teqi{ rq?ilnrTI

g"T|cqrtr*vn{h wiq gncaq Iq: ilqtl

Brilat P.arasaralIora Sastra

122

6. FIFTH HOUSE .' The learned s\ould deducc from the


5th housc amulets, sacred spells, tearning, knowledge, son8,
royalty (or buthority), fall of positior etc.

wi{*q

rrgerawiwai
wi-{tq6t

wnkqilr.r

qrfq qtaqrdfiTit{iq

rrurr

7. SIXTII HOUSE .' Maternal unclo, floubts about deatb,


cnemies,ulcers,step mother ctc. are to be estimated from thc
6th house.

silqrtreqxqtuirr qrfqc{ raa{tfiqq r

qwd q F{eltq ErttrqrflFdttrit rrcrr


8. SEVENTH HOUSE .' Wife, travel, trrdc,loss of sight,
deeth etc.be known from tbe 7th house.

qq wi fq

qfq

nsgtrfrrd

r{

g'i lte1{

?nnI

qlia;arfrqalT: lterl

9. EIGHTH HOUSE : The 8th house indicateslongevity,


battle, enemies,forts, wealthof the deafi and things that have
happenedand are to happen(in the palt and future births).

qrd wnd q u{ q Eqqiffitiwqt

dttqrnff

qi

u{wnrfirffiq

nlorl

10. NINTHHOUSE.' Fortunes,wifc'sbrother,religion,


brother's wife, visits to shrinesctc.be known from the 9th
house.

tra{ lttrwffr

q qrd *q frgemr r

nqrqu rydRqTfqqlqrqrilGitaM{

illttl

. ll, TENLH HOASE.' Royalty(authority),place,profassion (livelihood),honour, father,living in foreign landsand debts


are to be understoodfrom the l0th house.
Notes : "Father" is to be studied through the l0 hoirc,
ap per the above sloka. The sageobviously refersto the l0th in
this contextas the l0th is ths 7th from the 4th. Westernastrologerstoo follow this view.

Chapter ll

r23

Here we need Some elaboratiof. The statusof the father,


bis family (i.e. consisting of the native's mother etc.), and the
final rites the native will perforrp to his father will all have to
be known through the l0th hoLse.The father as an individual
and his well being etc. be exaqined from the 9th house. The
sagealso discussesthe father with referenceto the 9th house in
one of the ensuingchapters.
Thus it follows that bqth the 9th and lOth.are primary
r,\,
housesrelatedto father.

qI
irilqqJqqqrfr
!?arqrfawq
qT{i q rrErr{rTqrGi{lqrqq
BTrri$
utRtl
12, ELEI/Eftfn nOUSp.. All articles, son's wife, in
come, prosperity, quadrupedsetc. are to be understoodfrom the
llth house.

.qd q iRga-R:qq?i{Rti
ilen I
rqqtEtq A aftrafqf6 q4r qlqnrutlt|,
13. TWELFTHHOUSE..Fromthe l2thhouse,onecan
know about expenses,
history of enemies,dne'sown deathetc.

ql ql {T{il}
Ere} rnE} qT qklcatq I
qi{frirrqvrr
til x1d Trwpq. g.qrdlErsfq

aefmwcrq ?rf,iqrqslad qt tq:


qu{ qrqqfddceRe+{rni*{ite:
qd q *ai qraq gw)
1a\*srqr
qlfs* flsqqnrrqd teaatq4q

I
uttrr
I
rrlqrr

14.16. PROSPERITY OR ANNIHILATION OF A


HousE .' Predict'prosperityof the housewhich is conjunct or
is aspectedby a bgnefic.Also when its rord is in yuvavastha or
in Prabuddhavastha
or in Kaumaravastha
or in the l(hh house,
the bhava'swellbeing is indicated.The bhava which is rot urp."ted by its lord or whoserord is with a maleficpranctor with
one
of the lords of evil and suchother houses(i.e. lrd, 6th, gth, llth
and l2th) or is defeated in a pranetary war or is in one of thc

124

Erthat parasara Hora Sastrtt

threc Avasthas, viz, Vriddhavastha, Mritavastha and Suptavasth8.


Notes : The prosperity or wellbcing of a housc is assurod
undcr the following conditions :
(a) Thc housc that containsa benefic.
O) The housethat is aspectedby a bdnefic.
(c) The housewhoselord is in Yuvavastha or in Kunraravastha.Thesetwo Avasthasareomong tha 5 Avasthas,viz. Baala,
Kumafa, YUtbna, Vriddha and Mrita by being in 6. portione
rcspectively.This is for an odd sign placement.It is reversein
tic caseof an ever,sign. Arlo seech. 45 infra.
Soto sayifthe lord ofa house is in 6. to lgoofan odd
eign,he will be in one of the two Avasthasrequired. Alternatively, it shbuldbe between 12'and 24' of 0n evensign. (If a
planot ls debilitatedor is combust,the goods citcd are void).
(d) Praluddhavastha is another name for Jagradavastha,
meeninga stoteof awakenness.This applies to a planet in own
eignor in cxaltationsign.The bhavaownedby an exaltedplanet
or plecedin own signflourishes.Exccptthe luminaries,'theother
ffve own eachtwo houses.It is (tue that a planet owning'two
houses if placed in own house, it predcrminantlyacti. on
behalfof that houseoccupicd by it. simultaneously,its another
houre alsogetsstrengthened
by virtue of sucha pracement.For'
oxamplo, Saturn owns thc 3rd and 4th for Scorpio ascendant
it hc is in the 4th, he wiil mainrygive good efficts of the 4trr
11d
(hie Moola'trikona house)-This dois oot o'eao that
the 3rd
houre is left uncaredby him.
(c) The houseowned by a planet placed
in thc lOth from
the ascendantwill produce good resultr. I would prrf*,
i, io U"
closelyrelatedto thc r0th cusp (or mcridiari) toi it
is tne nosi
cffectivepotnt of thc natus. For details, seenotes for rule
l, ch.
2 of my work, ,.Doctrinor of Suke Xsil-Retnld.,,
'
Nert we zue told of thc conditions under which a house
suffer8annihihtions which are :
(a) The bhava unaspectedby its lord does
not fourish.
Each bhavacannot be under theaepect ofitsrord.
rhenthis
does not irean thar the bhava sufttrs annihilation. It rnay
bc
sonstrusdthat in tne absencc ofsuch an aspect,thc bhava
can

Chapter ll

I25

look upto alternative sourcesas mentionedeartier. If a malefic


relation is ihere for a bhava,its lord's aspecton it is an
aotidote.
(b) The lord of a bhavajoining a.maleficis a disadvantage
for the bhava. If the saidmalefic is a frierdly planet to the bhava
tord or if they joii in favourablehouses,then the evil ie minimi-'
zed. Evgn if it is an exalted malefic, tben also good effcctsmay
be cxpected.
(c) The .lord of a house in conjunction with the lord of
6th/8th/ I 2th cennot be ."productiveof good. If he himself is en
evil lord, then some relief can be expected.This is mainly from
ayo& point and not in all resPects.
(d) If a planet is defeated in planetary war, its bhava's
potenceis void.
Normally, we are taught that when two planeteare on the
samedegreethcre occursa war and the one with lcsseglongitudc
r into war.
is declaredwinner. The
In this connection, pleaserefer to ch.79 (Vol. II.of our
presentwork).
'
The late C. G. Rajan has a detailedand elaborate account
of planetary war. According to him if two planetshave identical
longitudes to the minute of arc there is a planetarywar, (This
doesnot involve luminaries).He addsthat they shouldbe on the
same latitude, i. e. both northern or both southern. The one
with higher latitude is declared winner. He givesan example
involving Saturn and Mars as under, for 0347 hrs on l5th
Dcccmbcr1925:

Longitude
Latitude
24'
0N2l
209'
209'24'
2 N25
He decleres'Saturn as the winner as he has advanced
latitude.
Mars
Saturn

We need not rush to the conclusion that Mr. Rajan's vers:


io_nis contrary to Parasara's.We should appreciatethe pains
taken by Mr. Rajan in throwing more light on the subjeci. He
givesmorc advanccdand sound argumentswhich are not being
reproducedhcrc.for the sakeofachicving brcvity.

126

Brihat Parasara Hoi.s Sastra

For practical purposes,we are well guided by the claboration of Mr. Rajan.
(e) The housewhoselord is in Vriddhavastha(i.e. of an
agn0ceq 3gg) F*om_esineffective from the view point of good
results"FpEnfiiIEEIitftFT8'-240
of an odd sign or betiveen
6o and 12" of an even sign is said to be in such an Avastha.
(f) If a planet is in Mgi!rygllA(in extremis) its bhava
wil!-be.destroypd. This state ffis
to a planet in the firffif
an evensignor in the last 6" of an odd sign.
(g) Lastly,a planet in
$uptavasthaneutralisesthe "trect sf
t@
This-Avastha-is due to a debititated
planetor the one in an inimicalcamp.
The readerwill thus seethe significanceof the presenttryo
slokas,
HemaprabheSuri, a Jain astrologeroI'eminence,enumeratcs a principle in his work'.Trailokya prakasr" (editedby Ram
Sarup Sharma, Lahore) that the bhava occupied or aspected
by the Moon undergoesgood or bad effects.That is, if the Moon
is increasing,good effects will increase; otherwiseeffectswill
diminish.

qqrr{$Trq$qlgqF[:il t Rrt
ID

Cbapter 12

Effects Of First House


$nql t6*ssarRawl

*;i r'lui ftudsql)s:r<r *(gd ftriq rrlrr


il'i*staqa] {ti n1i tag{ qeEI
{wr: trrfe*qrw uri<}rrqc:q!ar: uRtl
be

l-2. PHYSICAL COtrIFORTS .. Shouldthe ascendanttord


-conjunct
a malefic or be in the gth, 6th or f Ztn, pnyri."t

felicity will diminish. If he,r to.Hg!!$Igere

wirtte at

127

Chapter 12

all times comfortsof the bodv. If the ascendant


lord is in
dtseases.
sigq,
lcn. therewill
wtll be
De?iffi
affimy'i
.....___
or trrne,au grseases
wlll orsappeaf.
Notes : The ascendant lord going to an evil house together with a maleficis a dire defect in the matter of not only
lord in the
healthbut also luck and progress. If the asccndant
processis a beneficor is exalted, then some relief in the couree
of tirne can be hoped.
The ascendant'sangles (i.e. 4th, 7th or the 10th)or its
trine (5th/9th) containing a beneficis a powerful remedyfor all"
ills related to hellth.
ln an an

q?isr{r lru|E'rlsrar tt r
irfi
{E?fiERAA ir q?a}{EgdaQrrlrr
3. There will not be bodily health if the ascendantor the
Moon b6 aspectedby or conjunct a malefic, being devoid of a
'
benefic'saspcct.

wl elrt qw: qrE ntsqffia:


{tqa{t

il'i

kgwFqil: \tvtl

4. BQDILY BEAUTY .' A benefic in the ascendantwill'


give a pleasingappearance,while a malefic will make one bereft
of good appearance,Felicity of the body will be enjoyedif rhe
ascendantis aspectedby or conjunct a benefic.

wm al 1ttfsft {s} il *;rrlqq: r

{felgtircn qrd {fqqq <tiirqFfl$r:


u{tl
qrqfdrTQ {rrqtiltfail |
dfii

dtfa'{lqq

qErdrit QetwerFrd: nqu

dq] cr't<)qil 951 qrl

Rrqq t;rqal

a;Eqqf|46; I

qrsfr Trcrfierqitil:u\etl

5-7. OTHER BENEFITS; If the ascendantford, Mercury,


Jupiter or Venus be in an angleor in a trine, the native will be
longlived, wealthy, intelligent and liked by the k.ing. Fame,
wealtb, abundant pleasures and comforts of the body will

Brihat parasara Hora Sastra

128

be aoquiredif tho ascondant lord is in a movable sign and bc


arpectedby a beneficplanet. Orle will bc endowed with royal
marks (of fbrtune) if Mercury, Jupiter or Venusbo in the
ascendantalong vith the il{oon, or bc in anglc from the
&l0ndant.
Notes : "RaJalrkshtn!" mcan$ mark of fortune. There
arc 32 Lakshanas of m{or categ,oryin Samudrika Sastra or
physiognomy. Someof thesc could be found in ch. 8l of our
presentwork (vol tI).
If Mercury, Jupiter or Vcnusbe in 4th, 7th or l0th from
the asoendant,or be in the compan! of the Moon in thc ascepdant, the native will er{oy royal fortunes.

Rdt e3t crfq FFt ii


il{d{raTfr qd

q il*

{n $t r

;nq}fkt: ttqtr

8. COILED BIRTH .' If there 5e a birth in one of Aries,


Taurus and Leo ascendantscOntaining either Saturn or Mars,
the birth of the child is. with a coil around- The corresponding
limb will be in accordancewith the Rasi or Navamsarising.
Notes : ,This rule applies to only three ascendants,viz.
Aries, Taurus and Leo. Mars ot Saturn should be in the
ascendant. The limbs indicatedby the RasisarOshownin sloka
4- [ of ch. 4 supro. Theseapply to the Navamsasar well. Thc
limbs denotedin slokas 12-15of' the present chapter havea
dlfferentuse and shouldnot be mixedfor the purpcaeof coiled
birth, which will be simply obviousto tb6 reader.

qrg: qt

qliqqf.,{f,r: t
frsqqrq.rilI qrill dqf,fqR frfqia rta.rr
qgtqqqd

9. BIRTH OF TWINS .' The native, who has the Sun in


a quadrupedsign while othersare in dual signswith strength,is
bo'rnas one of the twins.
Notes : Quadruped signsare : Aries, Taurus, Leo, first
half of Capricornand second part of Sagittarids. If the Sun is
in a quadrupedsign while all othersare in dual signs-Gemini
and its angles-the nativewill be one of the twins. The other
six planetsbe endowedwith strength.

Chapter 12

129

grrrarwritiltnrtrqtqdt r

"tr{

faqmt q fefqqtii: fqat ultltt ir q]fqa: n! otl


1A. TO BE NURTURED By 3 MOTHERS ; If the Sun
and the Moon join in one and the samebhava(house)and fall
in one Navamsa,the native will be nurturedby 3 differentmothersfor the fiirst 3 months from its birth arrdwill later on be
brought up by its father and brother.
Notes : In my opinion, the Vargothamapositionof the
luminariesin conjunctionseemsto be excepted. They shouldbe
in the samequarter of a constellationand will naturally be in
one Navamsa. This combination obviously implies loss of
motherwithin the first threemonths.
916 apart from meaninga brother calls for intirpretation
N a near relativein general.

qqtq

sit

qtti

q?ilafq Rer qd': r

3rs qrffi{qrfr' TurrqEfrf{qiql il11rr


ll. IMPO.RTAN? .. The learnedin astrologyshoutdbase
1
the effectson the Moon alsoas are applicableto the ascendant.
Now explainedare clues to know of ulbers, identity marks etc.
on one'sperson.
Notes : This wellknown rule is a specialityin Hindu
Astrology and has the sage'ssanction. The Moon is given a
significantstatusequalto the ascendant
for sherulesone'smind
and the mind in turn functionsaccording to cne's'Karma, see
BuddhihKarmanusarini,

ilcrT Fqft" {tf* q sq}q6t I


Ttq q FFErn r;trEnEtiltlqtt rrt Rrr
qsqic$rqi ili qrvETsslq gail irqr I
nrd q 6et *)i qrfirrifa qwrfiq{ ul1tl
f{R} ii

diafaggA

snEt
ilrI

qdq+r
Effi ulYrl

12-14.DECANATES AND BODILY LIMBS.. Head,


eyes, ears, nose, temple, chin and face is the order of limbs
denoted(by the varioushouses)when the first decanateofa sign

130

Brihat ParasaraIlora Sastra

ascends.In the caseof the seconddecanateascending,


the order
.is : neck, shouldernarm, side, heart,
stomachand navel. The
order for the third decanateascendingis : pelvis, anus/penis,
testicles,thigh, knee, ealfand foot. The portion arreadyrisen
indicates left side of the body (whire the one yet to risi-i
e.
invisiblehalf-denotes right sideof the body).
Notes : The portion that has already risenis known
. ,_
as
visiblehalf of the horoscope. From the cusp of the ascenJani
to the cusp of the descendantcountedbackward, (i
;. ;;il;
lOth cusp) is visibreharf. The rest is invisibre n"rr.
visiti"
half represents
the reft sideof the body while invisibr"r,arriigt
t
sidc of the body.
The limbs suggestedby the 2 srokas in three different
orders are shown in the three diagramsfor an easygrasp.
The
assumptionis that the frst decanate,second decanite
ana the
third dccanateof Aries rise in the respectivecases:

I [**

*,,n,
*:'
|
| *,,n,
-J- | *:"i T'T3'
ear
of head of head eYe
I

Lert
ear

r,

|
I

Aries ascendant

I
Lft |
nostrilf
|

nrst decanatc
,
\
\

-t

tI _ . _

lRight

| nostril
I
I

llRight
| side
| tempre

|';#

Chapter 12

t3l

loE,,*
Shoulder

(tert)

Neck

(lert)

Neck
(right)

Shoulder
(right)

Arm
(lert)
Aries ascendant
seconddecanate

Left
side of
trunk
Left side
of
heart

Left side
of stomach

Left side
of
navel

Left side
of
pelvis

Right
side of
pelvis

Right
side of
navel

Anus/
penis
(right)

Aries ascendant
third decanate

Left
calf

Left
foot

Right
foot

Arm
(right)
Right
side of
trunk
Right
sideof
heart
Right
side of
stomach

132

Brihat parasora Hora Sastra

The abovethrce diagramsare madefor the threedecanates


of Aries ascendant. The reader can change,the sign positions
according to the ascendantand its decanateas prevailing at
birth. The two halvesin the ascendantand Zth may pleasebe
noted attentively.
The correspondingpart for femaleis ovary as against
male'.stesticle. Similarly female'sprivity prevailsin exchangeof
male organ. Pelvisis madeinto two parts, viz. falsepelvisand
true pelvis. The true pelvis is denotedby the portion of the
zadiacyet to rise while falsepelvisby the half of zodiacalready
rose.

*r;r$
fsa: qrql aufae fiqrlE{i( I
fiatf tgi: qi: driiieq q*{ Grrr:
ut{tl
15. LIMBS AFFECTED ; The limb relatedto a malefic
by occupationwill have ulcersor scars while the one by benefic
will have a mark (like moles etc). So say the learned(in
astrology).
Notes : Also see sloka 6, ch. 4 oi Saravati, which states
that a maleficor a beneficif be in own Rasi or Navamsa,the
effectswill be right from birth, In other cases,it will be in the
courseof one'slife that theseeffectswill cometo poss.

qq srq$TtEr[FTtsrlt4:
il t l tt
Chapter13

Effects of SecondHouse
qqrTrqsi{ qFq
TT rd Gqqf,q ! r
qaqrqrer:
trivft
*mlqqalsfq finttl
qqTEtrl
qnqrfi6-( t
iqRmrql
ql
qlsq: qrq} uafaarnSqilqrr
UEE{ir
l-2. COMB|NATIONS FOR WEALTH : O exceltentof
the Brahmanas, listen to me speaking on the effectsof the 2nd

Chapter 13

133

house.If the lord of the 2nd is in the 2nd or is in an angleor in


a trine, he will promoteone'swealth(ormonetarystate).Should
he be in the 6th/8th/l2th, financial conditionswill decline. A
beneficin the 2nd will give wealth while a malefic insteadwill
'
destroythe same.
Notes : Venus or M
in the 2nd will be favourablc
e Juoiter
for
t
whollva
us. If howevbr,Jupiter is in the
rullng
aspects
will be smooth. That is why tlie sagespecificallymentionsthis
fact in the next sloka' It doesnot meanthat Jupiter, otherwise
in the 2nd will be wholly harmful. This denotesa probremaric
situationin money matters. various authorshavegivendifferent viewsin their works for a summary of which the reader
rnay switchover to p. 491of my English translationof Saravali.

qilfqql

g{{{q

ffrrrrzrqa}

qaar

n'ttt uQa) qrlt tr?r?TTl


rI ;r* wiq rrlrr
3. Onewill be wealthy if Jupiter is in the 2nd as the lord
of the 2nd or is with Mars.
Notes: There are two independentconditionsin this verse
denoting wealth. Jupiter,if in the 2nd, should be the ruler of
2nd for the native
ascentlant atrd Aquartus

In that case, his


r wealth rather abundant
wealth. Whether or not Jupiter owns the 2nd, if be conjunct
Mars, wealthwill be acquiredby the native;the houseoccupied
by them not standinglbr consideration.

a+li firqlrrqri qr*i elt urf qil r


ilt1q} t;EnlqsJ wr{nl q ?Tt wiq rrvrr
4. If rhe 2nd lord is in the llth whilethe lord of the llth
is in the 2nd, wealth will be acquiredby the native. Alternatively thesetwo lords may join in an angleor in a trine.
Notes : The llth lord hasa say in financialmattersapart
from the 2nd lord. One'sgainsare indicated by the llth lord.
If he is in exchangewith the 2nd lord, the nativewill be wealthy,
Thesetrvoplanetsjoining in the ascendant,
4th, ?th, l0th, 5th or
9tlt will also lead to financialgains.

r34

Erthat ParasaraHora Sastra

qlf ffi{rd
5e{d."{t

ifi

qt*{i aftqn}urtr
qq6Trqg{Tiq
rrrrr

5. If the lord of the 2nd is in an angrewhile the lrth lord


is in a trine thereofor is aspectedby or conjunct by Jupiterand
Venus,the supjectwill be wealthy.
Notes : The lord of the 2nd should be in the ascendant,
or 4thlTthll0th house. llhe ilth lord should be in the sthlgth
countedfrom the houseoccupiedby the 2nd lord. Alternatiwty
the 2nd lord should be related to Jupiter (and)or V.nu, UV
conjunction or by aspect. Both the combinationsare f";
gainingwealth.

ui{il frgwnr* crinraqrrdf qfqr

qiul

qrq$ill

?n IGal GTFiigrr(;1qll
qFtqt(qFqa't I
urrF[rrTr{irtntTtift
wwqfaeftrd frqr;t' qq* i(: lt\etl

6-7. YOGAS FOR pOyERTy : One wifl be pennitessif


the lord of the 2nd is in an evil housewhile the ilth iord is also
so placed and the 2nd is occupiedby a malefic. Therewiil be
penury right from birth and the nativewiil haveto beg evenfor
bis food if the lords of the 2nd and the llth are botli combust
or be with malefics.
Notes : The lords of itre 2na and llth carrbe jointly
in
the 6th18th/t2rhor individua[ydisposedin any two of
the said
three houses.Simultaneouslythe ind house needsa malefic
in
it. Thus there are affiictions fron three directionswhich
will
make the native extremely poor. Even foo'd is denied
to one
havingcombust2nd lord and combust I lth lord. atternaiivetf
the 2nd lord may be with a severemareficwhire the ilth;;Jl;
also similarlyplaced. The conjunction of the 2nd lord
with a
Yogakarka,ahhough a malefic, wiil not bc adverse
in the
matter of finacb. On the-contrary it will prove very auspicious.
For example,Mercury, the 2nd lord, ioining Saturn
io tn. cas.
of a Taurusnative, will make financiai prori..t, superior.

crisc8t qt qrsfq qqqpilfqql qf{ r


ilr* S* qi q|R qraRuirq ErtHzr:nqtl

Chapter 13

i35

8. IO.S,SOF WEALTH THROAGH THE KING .. Should


the lords of the 2nd and llth be relegatedto the 6th/Sthltath
(jointly or separately)while Mars is in the llth and Rahu isin
the 2nd, the native will lose his wealth on account of royal
punishments.
Notes : This combination will cause financial losses
through penalties,finesetc. imposedby the government, in the
nnodern context. Monetary deficiencieswill as well persist
throughout.

iili

dtn qi

.qi

vr* q.ii

qudgril

qffii

quig* r
qiqq: uetl

9. EXPENSESON GOOD ACCOUNTS.. Jupiter inthe


llth, Venusin the 2nd, and a beneficin the l2th while the 2nd
lord is conjunct a benefic therewill be expenses
on religiousor
charitablegrounds.

sqrr}tart q{rdt{i qRFF} qq*qr: r


qqlw'rtt reqm{irfqiq} feqgqq ! uqorr
10. FAME ETC, : If the 2nd lord is in own sign or is
exaltedthe nativewill look after his people,will help othersand
will becomefamous.
Notes : Our text requiresthe 2nd lord to be in exaltation
or in own sign so that the nativewill look after his people& C.
It has been practically seen that the 2nd lord's dignity is
essentialfor one to be helpful to others and be dutiful towards
his family members.Chaukhambaedition has almosta different
condition in this place : It statesthat the 2nd lord shouldbe in
deep exaltation or in own sign and be in aspectto Jupiter. The
net resultgiven therein is "fame and liked bypall". The condition of 'deep' exaltation seemsto me to be somewhatin excess
of the requirementwhile a simple own sign positionis givenas
an alternative. As such,I feel mereexaltationof the 2nd lord is
cnoughfor obtainingthe saidresults.

ftqil
il(tt

\ G

qr<raniwal qifr
q{wqkfqilssqrila

gniqt r

qrqt rri t rr

136

Erlhat PorasaraHora Sastra

ll. EFFORTLESS ACQUISITIOI{ : If the 2nd lord is


conjuncta beneficand be in a good division like Paravatamsa,
therewill be all kinds of wealthin his family effortlessly.
Notes : "Paravatamsa"denotes six good Vargasout of
Dasavargascheme(vide ch.6, supra)."Paravatamsadau"of the
text denotesParavataor suchother higher Vargas. To wit, the
or in Devalokatnsa,
Brahma2nd lord should be in Paravatamsa
lokamsa, Sakravahanamsa
or Sridhamamsain the Dasavarga
scheine. The eorrespondingsuperior Amsaswhcm the entire
Shodasavargaschemeis usedshould be above Poornachandramsa. In the Dasavargascheme,why the sage fixesthe minimum Vargaas Paravathais obvious. This vargadenotes6 good
divisions in Dasavargascheme i.e. above 50f of good
divisions.
The 2nd lord beingendowedwith sucha Vargadignity and
conjunctanotherbeneficbrings in effortlesswcalthand wealth
of all kinds. It follows that the 2nd lord's disposition (or the
dispositionof Jupiter)will decidethe financialstatusof a native.

n}rtiln} qirqq: t
ti{i
aaiglt
q6Erq?qqTqs +?irea<q niq rrlqrr
12. EYES .' If the 2nd lord is endowedwith strength,the
nativewill possessbeautifuleyes. Should the saidplanetbe in
or deformityof eyes.
the 6th,8th or l2th, therewill be disease
Notes .' "Netresa" denotes the lord of the 2nd, i.e. significator of eyes.This doesnot meanthat the l2th lord hasnothittg
to do with eyes. Preciscly,2nd lord and l2th lord respectively
lord over right eyeand left eyerespectively. This is from the
health point of view of eye. However,when the beautyof the
oyesis to be known, it is from the 2nd houseonly. Jupiter
well placed ih the 2nd, or the 2nd lord in exaltation,or
with a beneficwill give one beautifuleyes. While Venus in the
2nd or Full Moon in the 2nd will not depriveone of beautiful
eyes,defectsbf sight at an early stagewill result from the said
position. Mercury in the 2nd will havea say on the speech
ratherthan on the sight. HenceJupter's positionin the 2nd is
a safe bet for strong sight and beautyof the eyes,if the planet
is not with evils of fall and the like.

Chapter 14
\\

r37

u{qI
nndg*
fqndsqiqqrdl ?t

qi

flqqqR

qrae{TfirqqG<a:
rr11rt

13. UNTRUTHFUL PERSON .. If the 2nd house and its


lord are conjunct malefics,the nativewill be a tale-bearer,will
speakuntruth and will be affiictedby windy diseases.
Notes : Tlre 2nd house and its lord are ,referred in the
matter of windy diseases.Gastric troubles, rheumatism and
the like are classifiedunderwindy disorders. If the 2nd house
or its lord is associatedwith Saturnor Mercury it will cause
rheumatism
and suchother disorders. If Jupiterin affiictionis
so related,gastrictroubleswill cometo pass.

srqTgcTq{TE[E6FTlnr[Tq:
u t v ll
Cbapterl4

EffectsOf The Third House


srarfqrq$Trqrq$d ?raqtft q't fae ! r

qt elralgsi

srrqrTr1fqnqlr(: ut tl

l. O Brahmin,I now tell you aboutthe 3rd house.Should


the 3rd housebe conjunct or aspectedby a benefic, the native
will be endowedwith.co-bornand be courageous.
Notes : 'Bhratru' in Sanskrit simply means a brother.
Proper adjectiveis to be added, riiz. Jyeshto for elder and
Kanishta for younger, to the word Bhratru. The 3rd house
spccificallydealswith the after-bornwhile the I I th housedeals
with preborn. This can be seep from sloka 32, Ch. 32 infra.
In the said chapter the sage instructsus to considerMars for
the 3rd bhavaand Jupiter for I lth bhava,
Youngersisteris denotedby the 3rd houseand Mars wbile
eldersisterby the llth houseand Jupiter.

13 8

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

q-q'tql qrqqri{fr srrEqrt qqwrfr|

uqrierral Ersfqqqqri fqfrmE rrtrr


2. If the 3rd lord along with Mars aspectsthe 3rd house
the nativewill enjoy good resultsdue to the 3rd house.Alternatively thesetwo planetsmay be in the 3rd itself.
Notes : Mars alonein the 3rd, exceptin Capricorn or in
Scorpio or in Arics, is not conductiveto brothers. The form of
our slokais differentin that the 3rd housebe jointly aspected
or
occupiedby Mars and the 3rd lord for the prosperityof coborn.

qrqqlir r1 qlqai"qlti qT gir: r


siitiErt fr(qq qql fqEarfra irrc: rrlrr
3. Destructionat onceof coborn will cometo passif the
said 2 planetsare togctherwith a maleficor in a signownedby
a malcfic.
Notes: "The coborn will not live long" is the hint givenby
the phrase"Sadyonihantarau". Mars and the 3rd lord joining
in a malefic's sign or joining a malefic is said to be adversefor
the longevityof coborn. Similarly Jupiter and the I lth lord in
sucha stateis adversefor elderbrothersand elder sisters;Vcnus
and the 7th lord so placed for the spouse,Jupiterand the 5th
lord so placedfor progeny; Sun and the 9th lord so placedfor
father, the Moon and the 4th lord so placedfor mother,and so
on and so forth. So to sry the significatorand the lord of the
concernedhousetogetherin a malefic's sign or with a malefic
(or in an evil house)will bring harm to the said relative.

e*rql Hracrin: r{tuq} $ni!fl?rr:I

qf{i} TnE r{r qlilr tltiaq}aftrrvrr

fq{

fqsrqcf

Erid qiltqqfqf{qiqm r

4-4t. FEMALE AND MALE COBORN .' If the 3rd lord


is a female planet or if the 3rd house be occupied by female
planets, one will havesisters born after him. Similarly male
planetsand male signsdenoteyou.ngerbrothers.Shouldit be of
mixed nature, coborn of both sexes will be obtained. These
effectsbe declaredafter assessing
the strength and weaknessof
the concerned.

Chapter 14

t39

Notes : Saturnand Mercuryare termedas neutralplanets.


Rahu and Ketu are shadowyones. In the matter of deciding
the sexofcoborn or progeny, Saturnand Rahu be treated as
maleswhile Mercury and Ketu are females.
(Trailokyapraknsikavide sloka l2 treatsKetu as a female
and Rahuas aeunuch. Daivagnabharana
vide ch, I, s. 14-15
considersthe reverseof this at one place and imediately quotes
a differentsihool of thought. thus : Rahu is a malepi"nrt uod
Ketu a eunuch.)
All odd signsare malesigns and all evensignsare female
signs.Male signsexclusivelyoccupiedby male planetswill cause
birth of brothers. Converseis the casewith femalesignsoccupied by female planets. This should be known from the 3;d
house being male or female sign & C. If the 3rd houseis
occupiedby a male planetas well as a female planet,there will
be brothers and sisters as well. The contributionwill come to
passif the contributor is strong.For example,Jupiterin the 3rd
in a male sign if strongwill causethe birth of a brother. If he is
weak,acquisitionof brother through Jupitrr will not be fruitful.
Then one hasto look upto alternativesourceswhetherthe native
will havea brother or not.
q*

*afhftri

gqqdtnqft aqlat|lmnrl n{tl


qTsfq sftqfqxqqft

6r* (td n qqtk{

fsfrfil( rrqrr

5-6. Should the 3rd lord and Mars be togetherin the gth,
destruction of coborn will result. Happinessin this respect
will come to pass if Mars or the 3rd lord is in an angleor in a
trine or in exaltation/friendlydivisions.
Notes : The suggestionsgiven in the notes for sloka 3
about spouse,elder brother, mother etc. may be suitably
extendedin this respectwith the help of the presentverse. For
example, if Venus and 7th lord are together in the gth, the
native'smarriedlife will be short (and in bad taste.)
Similarly, their conjunction in an angle or in a trine will
confer longlastingbeneficeffects.
Further hint that can be taken from the versein question
is : If a significator and houselord join togetherin a sign which
is identical with debilitation/inimical sign for one of them" the

t40

Brihat Parasarafiora Sastrd

significanceof the planet is lost. If they join in a signwhich is


exaltation/friendlysign for one of tbem,then the significance
of
the planetgainsprosperity.

qqri

guiy*

firt*

ffqqqqfr

q:a{rqt I
cfq;hTqal qqit llell

il{tfr

q{qq e6}ar}sc}rrqdtqrgId} rriq t


$rc* {r6{i{{t qQ..lfr g {tqt ttctt
q{qlE ''rqlarivd R{ g ai?d se( r
qrq(?rr{TfirE*'ri 6Kt
aqfet}wt rterr
dtiq qle qla* frqt arcn qlqlr: t
.tr ctaaari ailcETrfiftI;it qdtamnil!oll
qcflTi itlri iq nEd s ttf etq t
dqt: e6tart: qq * u{lfftidfan: llt tll
7-ll. NUMBER OF BROTIIERS AND SISIfRS ; If
Mercuryis in thc 3rd whilethc 3rd lord and Moon are together
as thc indicttor (Mars) joins Saturn, the cffects are : there
occurredthe birth of an elder sisterand therewill be youngcr
brothers.Further the third brother will die' ShouldMars and
Rahu be conjunctwhile the 3rd lord is in his signof debilitation'
while 3 elder
there will be lossof youngcr brothers/sisters
wereattaincdby the native. Jf the 3rd lord is in
brothers/sisters
an anglewhile the significatoris exaltedin a trine and be in the
companyof Jupiter, l2 will be the numberof total coborn. Out
of these2 eldersand the 3rd, 7th, 9th and l2th of younger
coborn will be shortlived while six of the said twelvewill be
longlived.
Notes : The word 'Karaka' or significatorin sloka 7 etc.
shouldbe wiselynoted as Mars only and not as Jupiter,which
is borneby sloka I l.
In the contextof indication of one'o having 12 coborn,
this may be taken in the presentage to be a numberof coborn,
if not literally 12. Mars exalted and being in the companyof
Jupiter is denoted which means Jupiterwill be in fall. Someof
the coborn will die obviously becauseof Jupiter's debilitatioa
taking awaysomepotenceof exaltedMars.

Chapter14

14t

{il} q.tq} yvrr ufqa}sfqqr r


frqt ffi q.aqauregvler:utqrr

aqi*r
qnqri

tnqwr* nfvrlt +ild gv.aQ{afr


r
FEvr *rmrl *qr: gngeilfails;qql
pt'lll
l2-13. Tberewill be 7 cobornif the l2th lord (sometexts
readas the llth lord) joins Mars and Jupitcrwhilethe 3rd is
occupiedby the Moon. If the Moon is loncly placedin the 3rd
in aspect to male planets, therewill be youngerbrotherswhile
the aspectof Venusdenotesyoungersisters.

oti ilif
srTaI

{fqtFil lst qrd fliqqq: r

tT66!f

{fq

t6werr} q{rgil: ulvtl

14. ADVERSE PLANEZ,S: The Sun in the 3rd will


destroythc prehorn. The afterborn will be destroyedif Saturn
is found in rhe 3rd. In the same situationMars will destroy
both the prebornand later born.
Notes : Sage Bhrigu also opines that the Sun in the 3rd
house will not allow the native to retain his elder brothers.
This position will affect one'srelationship with brothers and
sisters. Regarding Mars in the 3rd, Garga Maharshi states
that the nativewill obtain two brothersand two sistersall the 4
of whom will pass away early. The placementof Mars in the
3rd hasalsoadversesay on the native's character. For further
details,seemy detailed notesin the chapter.,Effectsof planets
in Bhavas",of Saravali.

qiqt fqq ! qlqni

qanqfqfaotqrar

wquri qfrr{tqi {T qrerrq uvaiqultrr


15. After estimating the strength and weaknessof such
yogas,the effectsrelatedto brothersand sistersbe announced.

qeT(t KililIeilFciluutllt:

ffl{ll

Chapter15

EffectsOf The Fourth House


glit

tiilqqEl(4

gqqrilfiq

glsq

qi{

daiT& qrn I
mqqfq faqltrq ! ulrr

l. O excellentof the Brahmins,thus havebeenbriefly told


about the effects of the 3rd house. Now listento tlie results
relatedto the 4th housc.

g(iri UqwrqrQ qrii


il{qesfq ril |
q!q*i q afiertlr
{qff TEgq a\ rrlrr
2. HOUSING COMFORTS.. One wilt have residential
comfortsin full degreeif the 4th is occupied by its lord or by
the ascendantlord and be aspectedby a benefic.

sQ

rEi{It ql"i gqrqrilfqfr qf{ |

qft-an-gr{hi

gd

qTrqt d{nuttl

3. MISCELLANEOUS.. Shouldthe 5th lord be in his own


house,or in own Navamsaor in exaltation, the nativewill be
endowed with comfortsrelatcd to lands, conveyances,
houses
etc. and musical instruments.

q'qffqta iXei *;s' FIA 1qrfuQ


r
. fqfqaslunrnrt{fiEd il{Tq q+(rrvrr
4. HOUSING COMFORTS .. If the t0th lord joins the
4th lord in an angleor in a trine, the native will acquirebeautiful mansions.

qlrt
mqelrM
{qr6{eftri I
{rfkn araigd ffs{gsh li+at rrrrr
5. RELATIVES .. Should Mercury be in the ascendant
while the 4th lord beinga beneficis aspectedby anotherbenefic,
the native will be honoured by his relatives.

Chapter 15

143

, qrg:Tqri {qti
il*{i r*;vtrpn1 ,
t,tr*
evdgei tgfiefXnfaliq rrqrr
6. LO|{G-LIVING MOTHER I If the 4th house
is occu-.
pied by a beneficwhile its lord is in his exaltation
sign ;;;-Jtt
indicatorof mother is endowedwith strength, tt,
ouiiu,
_
havea long-livingmother.
Notes : The stronger among the Moon and
Mars is
denotedas the significatorof mothir, vide srokasr&rg
infra.There are stiil manymore viewsabout the karakatwas
"i.-g2l
ioi
parentsgiven by variousauthors.

gt iramaci iTr *;,cftual r11:r


r qrg:
{rf{rQ*q<tf
Hotq<ra'\ rrurr
7. HAPPIN.ESS TO MOTHER.. The native,s
mother
will be happy if the 4th lord is in an angle while venus is
atso in
an angleas Mercury is exalted.

g<{ qRti

qt

qNRErFrqr)ftfr

q?i warrri sfr r


l|}-n{@eilT[(

netl

8, QaADRaPED,S .. The Sun in the 4th, Moor:


and
Saturn in the 9th and Mars in the llth_this yoga
will confei
cows and buffaloeson the native.

qdQsqqqi
qrB qi fwi

gd
anfnmq*'r
qll rq: srrdlfr qqi-f,q ilQ.tl

9. DUMBNESS .. Shouldthe 4th housebe a movable


one
while its rord and Mars are togetherin the 6th or the gth
house,
the native will be dumb.

'

qr{F{rdfrfqi Hlr} gdri ;f}r<rfvrt


r
{r<t qqqrq*t gdrfr qrwngi || I otl
nq{i qiat n d qr$q gq
"aq,u trr
*-d qfi3ti
Tqt aqqn{rq+
t
rJT'r rigri qf aTfffi nE;i q r
sfrii
x1 q?qili gkilriti utRrr

144

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

faqeqrtt{Tt q{ arl
nt ql6;rm{ q\ r

' gQ{i omig* uqiu


gw<rflwQ
ari{i qeqi qr.t wnl er6uq ulq r
qd {qA rflrtFtt qrqd t6ntqiqqril tYtl
qrid

10-14.CONVEYANCES.' If the ascendantlord is a benefic while the 4th lord is in fall or in the llth and the significator
(Venus)is in the l2th, thenative will obtain conveyances
in his
l2th year. Shouldthe Sunbe in the 4th house,asthe 4th lord
in his
is exaltedand be with Venus,onewill acquireconveyanees
32nd year. It will be in the 42nd yearthat one will be endowed
if the 4th lord joins the l0th lord in bis (4th
with conveyances
Iord's) exaltation Navamsa. Anexchange between the llth
in the l2th year. A
and the 4th lords will conferconveyances
beneficrelatedto the 4th house(andto its lord) will bring with
him auspiciouseffectswhile a maleficwill produceonly malefic
effects(in respectof conveyances).
Notes : It is not known why the 4th lord shouldbe in fall
for early obtainment of conveyances.This conditionseemsto
be the resultof defectivetext as the next line addsthat the 4th
lord may be in the llth. To me it occursthat the correct version shouldreadas : If the ascendant
lord is a beneficwhile the
llth is tenantedby Venus and the 4th lord, early obtainmentof
(around the l2th year)will come to pass. Another
conveyance
rule given by the sage to get similar effectis an exchange
betweenthe lord of 4th and l lth.
Shoulda beneficbe in the 4th, aspectthe 4th, or is conjunci with or aspectthc lord of the 4th houie, then the native
and be free liom accidentsand
will be happywith conveyanccs
dangers. A malefic replacingthe saidbenefic will causelosses
concerningvehiclesand reduceone to severeaccidents.

Dear Raader,
We are glad you al:e readlng
thts Unlque Book.Some clther
remalnlng chapters, whtch
contaln ve'!"y lnportant
glven ln 1ts
materlal,are
flnd Part. Please wrlte
for yr:ur copy of the s?mc
RAI'IJAN FJBLICATIONS

0tsTr{=qr[rl

lqlhq I Eqrr[:il t

ql I

C-hapter16

Effects Of The Fifth House


sr{r q=qqflTq tqqrfq m{ Gq ! t
q'aQ gawraei g.dt it qt ffi ttttt

*;rfqnlqrird .il [0I g"td qaEt


quarueqqq{t
FilCtqi cfg?tTtulll
qttrT{F}
qrfr
Er fini*r
gt{iciqfr
aili wrail gel qrtr {r Frle %q{ ltltl
1-3. O Brahmin, now I tell you the effectsrelatedto the
5th house.If the lords of the ascendantand the 5th are in their
own signsor in an angleor in a trine, one will enjoythorough
happinessthrough his children. Should the 5th lord be in the
6th, Sttt or l2th, there will be no offspring, Shouldthe lord of
tbe 5th be combustor be with'malefics and be weak, there will
be no children; evenif per chance issuesare obtainedthey will
only quit the world soon.
Notes : "Suta" in Sanskritusedin compoundword or ag
.
an adjectivedoesnot excludea femaleissuefor it means"bego'
tten". Thereare howeverspecificoccasionswherethe expression
"son" is exclusivelydenoted by this tgrm. A logical approach
is neededin interpretingsuchexpressaccordingto circumstances
tons.
lord in
The conjunctionof the 5th lord with thc ascendant
a good house will ensureearly obtainment of children apart
from happinessthrough them. If they join in an evil house,
they will prove a defectin this respect.

q66Eri {nrdlr} Fr,iqi rq3ti I


q tlqfi trvrt
gqqrT?ri rn"trfiqFaql
ffi
lord is con'
4. If the 5th lord is in the 6th as the ascendaot
his
whereafter
first
child
his
very
native
wilt
lose
the
Mars,
femalewill not be fertile to yield an offspring.

' junct

t46

Brihat ParosaraHora Sastra

r
Wrrit{r} Q {faw} 6qrrq6dr6eqRqa:
fim.r?saT q?rqdt gi *fiErl qfe nul
5. Shouldthe 5th lord be in fall in the 6tb, grh or the t2th
while Mercury and Ketu are in the 5th, thc dative's wife will
give birth to one child only.

qinl alqdl .rrT {iltrrn r q{qfr I


ae dftlql qni fiFfiirFeqriwrrtxTr(
lqtl
6. Ifthe Sthlord is in fa[ and be not in aspectto trre 5th
while saturn and Mercury are in the 5th, the nativc'swife will
give birth to one child only.

qrlnl

{fffifi

iq

qin} {tarr} afa I

gi tqqul rnei gtf Fraq fafaf<iq rrurr


7. Shouldthe 9th lord be in the ascendantwhile the 5th
lord is in fall and Ketu is in the 5th along with Mercury,obtainment of progenywill be after a greatdeal of ordalium.
Notes: The very presence
of Mercury, or Ketu, or Saturn
in the Sthwill presenta doubtful picture of progeny. If two of
themjoin in the 5th, then therewill be KakavandhyaDosha
(obtainingonly a singleissue)for the wife of the native, or evcn
childlcssness

qeaGeqazrqrq)qr ftql

qr {I"(|fqm: r

gvrla qi ara sceq g{ frfrfEd( ucrr


8. If the 5rh lord is in the 6tb, gth or the l2th or be inan
inirnicalsign or t'r: in fall or in the sth itself,the nativewill beget
issueswith difficulty.

g"qd
ffEd*sqqr
gr: I
{qdi
qA qTfr{qfi
E ilitT ?titli[{: rRrt: ilQ.tl
9. Shouldthe 5th housebe ownedby Saturnor Mercury
and be occupiedor aspectedby sdturn and Mandi, one will have
adoptedissues.
Notes: "Mandi,' is the word usedin the text which means
Gulika. This identicarityhas beennarratedin aprevious chapter.

t47

Chapter 16

by the sage. Though there is no


Aspectof Mandi is suggested
of Mandi (and other Upagraaspect
on
information
authentic
7th house.
thc
aspects
it
that
said
may
be
it
has),
The rule as per the sloka applies to Aquarius, Taurus,
Virgo'andlibra. In the case of the latter two Lagnas, Saturn
though rules the 5th is hetpless obviously becauseof afriction
by Gulika. Otherwise Saturn related to the 5th houseas its
owner will not depriveone of progeny'makinghim go in for an
adoption.

rfq-q.d
fanqhwl

q,irrqrHq|firqFq* t
rnal fafqarsRq dfqa: llloll

10. Should the Sunand the Moon be togetherin a Rasi


bnd in the sameNavamsa, the native will be brought up by 3
mothers or 2 fathers.
Notes : The luminaries should be in the same Rasi and
sameNavamsa. As a result of this yoga, the child will bc
b r o u-paternal
ghtupby3femalesequaltomotherortwomenasfather
reativesetc.). This obviouslyhints at'the possible
(i.e.
loss of mother or father soon after birth'

I
q-sqt qsJtt{A c{t{i s{r<rFnn
v,iir6

ircIEqJ q

ma qflq3\qq: llt lll

I l. Adopted issueis indicated if the 5th is tenanted by


six planetswhile its lord is in the l2th, and the Moon and
ascendantare endowedwith sfrength

*6<qq\{H1 |
qqFf, it6.q: g"I: giti A EqIft{A ll t lll

Trt

rdlq{r*

12. There will be many children if the 5th lord is strong


while the Sth is aspected by strong Mercury, Jupiter and
Venus.

in the
plaoement
f . *tgtf*a' is anotherreadingwhichincludes
5th.

148

Brinat ParasaraHora Sastra

qntfr qari{

cEiwwrrrisfr il t
iT<t e mqrffi: sqt{ ief<;d6:lttlu
13. If the 5th lord is with the Moon or be in her decanate,
thc native will bcget daughters,so sayastrologers.
Notes : The 5th lord's joining rhe Moon will confer daughters (rather more daughters) than sons. The Moon is a planet
of multiplicity and hencethere will be a number of daughters.
An alternative suggestedby the sageis that the 5th lord
chould be in a decanateowned by the Moon. The Morn's decanates are : the first tcn degreesof C-ancer,the secondten degrees
ofPiscesand the third ten degreesof Scorpio. If the 5th lord
occupieea degrecas above,he will fall in the Moon's decanate,
Then thc nativc will obtain daughters.

qin qwfit?i trgln (Qn fsql r


glrqrf ni rn q<cnii rtfrqqq utytl
14. If thc 5th lord ie in a movablesign while Saturn is in
thc 5th, as Rahu is with the Moon the child (so born) is of
qucctionable birth.
Notes : Therc are 3 conditionsdenoted so that the owner
of the horoscopeie an illegal product. Theseare : (a) The 5th
lord ohouldbe in a movable sign. (b) The 5th house should be
occupiedby Saturn, and (c) The Moon should be with Rahu
(anywhere).
The combinations indicating illegal birth get nullified
under certain conditions. For details seep. 55 of my English
translation of llonsara also.

q|llr{Ggrri

qqrt{i

qd

tFilT{rErti {r} r
Rqrdl ? iqtlt: rrttrr

15. undoubtedrythenativeis born of other'sroinsif the


Moon is in the 8th from theascendant
while Jupiteris in the gth
from thc Moon. Malefic's aspect/association
ls essentiatin
this Yoga.

q.?ttt Ef"6lrni I
gdflrrtTfqf ff
grdn eqi TEi glqrqgqfr R: nt qtl

t49

Chapter 16

16. If the sth lord is exaltedor be in the 2nd, 5th or 9tb


from the ascendantor be conjunct or aspectedby Jupiter, obtainment of childrenwill be there.
Notes : Anyone of the following 3 states of thc"Sth lord
will ensurebirth of children :
1. The 5th lord in exaltation
2. The 5th lord in the 2ndl5th/9thhouse.
3. The 5th lord relatedto Jupiter by aspector conjunction.
Eventhough Jupiter may be the ruler of the 6th or 8th or
l2tb, his associationwith the 5th lord will ensureobtainment of
children.

qA ffiqqfqi t
&ag:rrtiali
ti{i {tq<rflret ;ilqid riftqq: utsrl
17. One will obtain children that will indulge in mean
deedsif the 5th is occupiedby 3 or 4 maleficswhile the Sth lord
is in fall. A benefic (including Mercury) in the 5th is excluded
ln the saidcombination.

g?eilrI

aftqi

Tri sftn a*{i


,ir

q?qi
"qtteri

lgRti I
$ftrqq: lllell

18. If the 5th is occupied by Jupiter while its lord is with


Venus,one will obtain an offspring in hip 32nd/33rdyear.

ren imqrtA ;Trtq mF?i r


qa.t"ritffi
q !"'lgftrfqfrffiE nterr
19. Should the 5th lord be in an anglealong with Jupiter,
the Karaka, one will begeta child at the age of 30 or 36.

tn?r{ firqqi

mlt

!gt{t

dti dtq

qrq{i !.rl I

il ?f{rf<rl $f qt{ rrRorr

20. If Jupiter is in the 9th from the ascendantwhile Venus


is in the 9th from Jupiter along with the ascendantlord, one will
begeta child at the age of40.

BrihatParasaraliora Sastn

lJO

g?Tqrt qi <td il{t{i weiq* r


*qrrf{rqdt dtil artH gr{itq: nRt tl
2t. The nativewill at the ageof 32 losehis child if Rahu
is in the sth, the 5th lord is conjuncta maleficand Jupiter is in
debiItation.

dtqlE qsqqi qri RrrrE q=qqisfq q r

aqtari q ?qtirqi iriqrf{i gaqq: llRRtl


22. There will be lossof childrenat 33 and 36 if a malefic
qhe
5th from Jupiter while anotheris in the 5th from the
in
is
ascendant.

f,ri

nFaarrXli qrit

qassqmil*sE'l

rftqqfni r

ge{r}fiqEq: ulltl

23. ShouldMandi bb in the ascendantwhile the ascendant


iord is in fall, grief on account of lossof child at the ageof 56
will cometo pass.
Notes: Mandi and Gulika are onc and the sameas
describedsupra.The placementof Gulika in the ascendant
while
its lord is in dcbilitation will cause death of an offspringat the
native's agc of 56. Similarly, the debilitation of Gulika's
dispositorwill causeharm to the bhavaconcerned,
i.e. the bhava
, occupiedby Gulika.

qg{
qei

nniXrR
q(f,rqsi

q66qt{

6iq
Qr
ilr*dr
HqfiTi uRvtl

r6r(t {qqi
<niearcg q?{:I
qtrlcqri Efl+ uii
n6d3i ui{u

qrhi wrqitqi
iqqrei ;GT ffTe:r
'
g?qTq{A ili
qili
eadgi n1r,tl
qi{i qfqTqrt qqiaqtrg qnq: I
qsqqq q=ql ll;i qrcQ q ilEt{qi ilR\etl
qtq: qtdi(q{q Gqd qqql q\ r
fq*{i rTsirqTqrl qmQ q qilleri ttRctl

l5t

Chapter 16

qTqri qE {inrs.r iei q FaiwqPc:r


lrFqq q=qqi fi

dtq

qnt wri1li

g*d

q=irt w1li

q:qqri wql trqe.rr

ftfaf+R r

qr EilqrEqsqni n-qlttlorr

rliiltiftT
grqr{
.\
tnqqqil
q=q*

$il"eqqF!

qir(

citerq q=arri {ril i l l I r l


q'ti
EIi$lr{[T;T qtnl
nlq{Xs;g
ild qd f*r{itn*afgn eni u\ rr11rr

24-32. NUMBER OF CHILDREN .' There will be l0 sons


if the 4th and the 6th are occupied by malefics while the 5th
lord is in deep exaltationjoining the ascendantlord as Jupiter is
with another benefic. Nine will be the number of sons that one
wilt beget if Jupiter is in deep exaltation as Rahu is with the
2nd lord and the 9th is occupiedby its own lord. Therewill be
eight sonsif Jupiter is in the 5th/9th while the 5th lord is endowed with strengthand the 2nd lord is in the l0th. Saturnin the
9th from fhe ascendantwhile the 5th lord is in the 5th itself,
will give 7 sons out of which twins will be born twice. If the
5th lord in the 5th ih conjunction with the 2nd lord, there
will be birth of 7 sons out of which 3 will passaway. Only one
son is denoted if therebe a maleficin the 5th from the ascendant while Jupiter is in the sth from Saturnot viceversa, If
the 5th househasa malefic in it or if Saturnis in the 5th from
Jupiter, the native will begetoffspring only throughhis 2nd or
3rd wife. Shouldthe 5th beoccupiedby a maleficwhile Jupiter
has Saturn in the 5th as the ascendant lord is in the 2nd, and
the 5th lord is with Mars, one will live long but losehis children
one after the other as they are born.

Dear Raader,
rile are glad you are readlng thls Unlque Book.
3one other' remalnlng chapters,whlch contaln ve
glven 1n 1fs ffnd Paft.
lmprortant maLerlal,are
Please wrlte for yonr copy of the same.
R A N J A N P UB L I C A I I O I { S
'tA

SIetrr66$ttEt'sqpqllt:lt t ell
Chepter17

Effects Of The Sixth House


qq frr I qd qei qraqrqe{iq?r{ |
rtqeqni q
tt
TqilItoidtm rrtrr
.
1. O Brahmin, followingare the effects producedby tho
6th house,relating to diseases,ulcers etc. Listen to the same
attentively.

rrcatfur: rerfr[ il Q ilstqce* ftqa: t


qufr qr{t
qradqrtqrfqi rrlrr
r{t

2. ULCERSIBRUISES.' Should the 6rh lord be in the


6th itself or in the ascendant/8th,there will be ulcersor bruises
on the body. The sigo becomingthe 6th housewill lead to the
lnowrcdge of the concernedlimb.

qt
q66rcaq{il qfr trlrr
mrf4{Wnqrfq
qli q|qilfEtq'r
1ir(}rorr r
ffi

Iar q gQ not qlir


leqt

ilfqtrnt

rir arfrg rrvrr

q lgqrT ml qi r

nhn rrdqt gat tgrr s irr riq utrr


.

3-5. RELATII/ES AFFECTED .. The Karaka of a rclative


or the lord of such a house joining the 6th lord or being in the
6th/8th house indicates ulcers/bruisesto such a rclative tike
father. The Sun with such lordship and in such a housc
dcnotes such affectation of head,the Moon face,Mars neck,
Mercury navel, Jupiter nose, Venus eyes, Saturn. feet and the
aodesabdomen.
Notes : In these three slokas, we are instructedto know
of the possibleaffiictionsto the natlve'srelativesand to the native
bimself - both from the horoscopeof the native.

Chapter 17

153

Firstly a certain significator or a certain bhavalord should


join the 6th lord or be in the 6th/8th house so that the relative
signifiedby the said Karaka incurs ulcers, bruises etc. For
erample,in a SagittariusLagnahoroscope,the 6th lord is Venus.
The 6th is Taurus and the 8th is Cancer. Suppose the 4th lord
Jupiter or the Matrukaraka Moon (signifying mother) joins
Venus or is in Taurus. (Cancer though the 8th house, the
Moon thereinshould not be deemedharmful in this regard and
Jupiterin Cancerwill not alsoaffict the motheras he is exalted
thereand protLctsthe 4th by aspect.) As a result, the mother
will incur ulcer, bruisesetc.
The relatives signifiedby planetsand Bhavasare denoted
in ch, 32, infra.
The second clue is to know the possibleaffiiction,to the
native,of a particularareain the body. If the Sun is the lord of'
the 6th houseor is with the 6th lord or is in the 6th/8th,the
native will be apt to incur affiiction of head, dnd so on and
forth. As regards, Rahu and Ketu, they do not own any house
in the normal context. Hence their position in the 6th/8th or
goiningthe 6th lord needonly be considered' Rahu or Ketu in
the 6th/8th will causestomachialdisorders'

rnrnfqq: gqqii tqt qf{ dfeqa:I


Itlt ga ftual i< {tfi{a'l gqattlit: llqll
6. FACIAL DISEASES.' Should the lord of the ascendrnt bc in a sign of Mars or of Mercury and be aspected
of the face'
Merury, there will be diseases
Notes : The lord of the ascendant should be in Aries,
Scorpio, Gemini or Virgo and be aspectedby Mercury. Even
lf Mars, ruling the ascendant,is in Gemini or in Virgo and is
aspectedby Mercury, the native will suffer facial diseases' The
occuPationcan be in anYbhava.
As regardsAries Lagnaand Scorpio Lagna a different look
given
to the placementof Mars in own sign. For Aries Lagna,
be
Mars in Scorpio or for Scorpio Lagna, Mars in Aries and
aspectedby Mercury will not produce the said adversity. unless
Man is seriouslyaffiicted otherwise.

t54

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastrd

q?rur qr{
GrqrreFil
qR iln} r
cr{tFenl sqtur
sqtul q?rur
ilEerr{rftin wd g;uaaq fqfttE{iElstl

qftrrRri fqar qrl ftrrniqqfl {r{it I


agazi tTitr Scors6dir ufqrr {T{ iletl
gla T{r$d {riTillq franfq trc}rr
7-8t. LEPROSy.:
.Mars or Mercury having ownershipof
the ascendingsignand joining
the Moon, R"h-" u;J il;r;:
will causeleprosy.If the Moon is in the ascendantwhich
is noi
however Cancer and be with Rahu, thcre will occur
white
leprosy. saturn in praceof Rahu w'r causebrackreprosy
*nii"
Mars similarlywill affiict one with blood-leprosy.

aq q66r6eTr*{ftfqqr qfE igcl rrtrr

atRrrw: St

iliq:

tR?flqqsrlq qTr

g1l fqii gwr qlilqn faftte,iq IrI oll


T{lfq: q,*q, nfnar argatila} qR r

rrEs{iTr0srFra}
ilr*
q;ao[
ttEl

ar:*gli

qq{ uiltl

rruc:afqfr:fiqfrrqilitr qir r
fqarfarrrri iliterrrqlqlrra:
rrqlrr

T0d dqt

atkqqrre

q{}fqfq: u f Rltl

9-12|. DISEASES IN GENERAL : tf the ascendant


is
occupiedby the lords of the 6th and gth arong with the sun,
the
native will be afflictedby fever and tumours.Mars reptacini
ttre
sun will causesrvelringand hardeningof the brood
vessels-and
and hits by weapons. Mercury so featuring will brin!
Jv-o,u1ds
in billious diseases
whire Jupiterin similarcasewilr destroyan!
disease. similarry venus wiil causediseasesthrough
femares,
Saturn windy diseases,Rahu dangerthrough
foi-.artbi.i
and Ketu naveldiseases,
The Moon in sucha conjunctionwill
inflict dangersthrough water and phregmaticdisoiders.
similar
estimatepbe madefrom the respeitivesignificators
for relativeslike father.
"";;;;;;;
Notes : The bints given abovecan be summed
up as
under :

155

Chapter17
being
Lordsof the 6th and8th in theascendant
with the Sun
" Mars
"

Mercury

" Jupiter
t' Venus
"

Saturn

"

Rahu

"
"

Ketu
the Moon

: Tumours,feveretc.
Diseasesof blood vessels,
hits, woundsetc.
Bilious disease(like
jaundice).
Freedomfrom diseases.
causedby sexual
Diseases
union.
like rheu: Windy diseases
matism,artheritis,
paralysisetc.
: Danger from the so called
Iow-castemen.
: Diseasesof the navel.
: Drowning, cough,tuberculosis,
asthmaand other lung
disorders.

Replacing the ascendantwith a ceriain bhava,theseaffiictions to the concerned relativesbe predicted. For example,if
the 6th and 8th lords join the Moon in the 3rd bhava, danger
to cobornby drowning, lung disordersetc. be known. Should
Venus join the 6th and 8th lords in the I lth house; an elder
brother of the native will incur venerealdiseases.
Thus the qluesgiven by the sageshould be extensivelyand
cffectiv"ly applied in regard to diseasesfor the native and his
relatives.
. The affiictions to be causedby the planets,signsetc. have
been rather exhaustivelygivenin the notesin ch. 47 of my
English translation of Saraveli. Though it wasin the context of
as
death,the samemay be carefully used in knowing diseases
well. The readermay accordinglyconsult the said Notes.
of MediDr. H. L. Cornell, M. D., in his 'Encyclopaedia
different
some
diseases
under
enlists
important
Astrology'
cal
planetarycaptions. By way of adding useful information for
the benefitof the inquisitivereader,I quote someas below :
The Sun : diseasesof the nerves of the brain, cellular
ercitation,blood affiiction,weakconstitution,dryness,apoplexy,

156

Brihat parasaraEora Saslra

diseasesof arteries,bowel disorders,pimples, skin and throat


alfliction, chronic inflamation, conjuctivities, diphtheria,
dizziness,dropsy (Hindu astrology relates dropsyto Jupiter),
fever,fistula,giddiness,glaucoma,violent pains and headiches,
organic heart troubles, palpitation disorders,hyperanaemia,
affiictionsto excretoryand generativesystems,measles,obstruction in the stomach,quinsy,scrofula, scirrvy, sharpness
of urine,
smallpox,disordcrsof spine, strangury,sunstrokes,
swellingsin
neckor feet,tremblings,tumours,venerealdistemperselc.
The Moon : gaseous distention of abdomen, abscesses,
diseasesof alimentary canal, disordersof bladder, blindness,
disordersof bowels,disorders of the brain substance,
bronchial
disorders, cancer, carditis, catarrh, cellularzyrnosis,worms in
children, colds,conjuctivitis, rotten coughs,delirium(Rahu is
the main planet for delirium accordingto Hinctu astrology),
diarrhoea, irregular menses, menstrual disorders,dyspepsia,
effusions,epilepsy, eruptions, disorders of eyes, gout in feet,
osmosis,leucorrhoea,diseases
of genetals,defectsin haemoglobin, hysteria,mentalill health, stonein Kidneys (alsoVenusindicatesthis disorder),scrofula, disordersof larynx,disordersof
breasts,diseasesof mucousand serousmembranes,
miscarriage.
obstruction of bowels and lungs, phthisis, prematurebirths,
profluvial effusions,thin blood, disorderr of uterus,vomitting
etc. Shewill also causeliver defectsfor women(whilc Jupiter
affiictsthe male'sliver).
Mrrs : death by abortions, disordersof varcle, bleeding,
excessivemenses,boils, affections and pains in breasts,burns,
bruises, carbuncles, chickenpox, cholera,congertionof blood,
consumption, contagious feyeri, cutaneous eruptionsrfatty
degenerationof the heart, dyscntery, epidomics, fracturegand
falls, disordersof geneto-urinarysystem, gonorrhoea,haemop.
tysis,hernia,hysteria,itches,lossof blood, homorrhageof lungi,
.malaria (also under Rahu), ulceration of penir,perityphlitio,
piles,semitertialfevers, syphilis, extremeheat in throat, tonsils,
vascularexcitement,abscess
of vulva,yellowjaundiceefc.
Mercory 3 nervous complaints, &sthma, apoplexy,impurc
blood, disorderscausedto brain by overwork, rapid breathing,
shortnessof breathing, colic in the bowels, crampsin the arms,
shoulders, legsand feet, dumbness,falling fits, flatulent colic,
gastro-abdominal troubles, byperasthesia,insomnia, neuralgia

Chapter l7

t57

in and obstructionof kidneys, paralysis of the nervous system,


pulmonarydiseases,
quivering,griplings in stomach,suppression
tremours,
urine,
heart
lowering or exhaustingof the vital
of
of
the
nerves,
worms
in
bowelselc.
fluids
Jupiter : Jupiter will not cause any diseaseby himself
but when affiicted in the figureby adverse heavenlybodies.
Such are : Adiposis (excessiveformation of adipose tissue),
disorders ofadrenals, diseasesfrom corrupt air, alterations in
the red blood particles,disordersof arterial blood, disordersin
the back and of backbone,stonein bladder,cancerof the breast,
cerebralcongestion,digestivedisordeis,dropsy, affectionsof the
ear, eczema,tumour of kidneys, disturbancesof milk glands,
fatty degenerationof muscles,plethoric and sthenicdistentions,
potato like cancer,thoracicdiathesis,painsin vertebrae,diseases
of viscera,liver and spleen.
Venus : comedo, disorders of bowels (like distempers,
flux and mucus in bowels), breathing disorders (causedby tight
lacingand indiscretionsin dress),Bright's Disease,poor circulation of venousblood, cloggingof the system,disorderscausedby
wrong use of cosmetics,diabetes,diphtheria, enlargedtonsils,
humorousdischargefrom eyes, skin eruptions and diseasesin
feet,bilious flatulency,hysteria,diseasesof kidneys,King's Evil,
diseasesof matrix, Night Losses(dischargein sleep),venereal
disorders, disordersof thorax, Typhus Fever, urine infection,
ctc.
Saturn : antiperistalsis,arthritis, articular rheumatism,
black jaundice, fractures of and pains in bones,chronic brondyspnoea,typhoid,
chitis, impotence,club feet,colds, deafness,
disordersof foetusand troublesduring conception,narrowing
of passagesheart affectedby poison,depressionin skull, lumpy
and hard stools,ablation of tonsils,dental diseases
etc.
How to apply thesediseasesis entirelya differentmatter.
The reader will have to make judgements of his based on his
and from variousangles.
own experience,

ttqrqnqi
agql {$
*qeqrmi

qrt il{hi tnqRTdItlrl


rr s,iEr trigg; r
ql*
il'dH rawgiulvrl

Brihat Parasara lIora Saslra

158

qs{d an{i q{ vqtq}Tit si;aq: t


qoeeqrq.rddl{ f,q.lt
a-aina llf rtt

t
artqridqtqqisctgsa*d fafrflavra.

rlTrrqri qil"t <E: *ri

qrflauqGqirtlqrt

qrli awr(t|wt qc.tq{i {q*rtilr l


aqlvi qlrrqrftTrt aqt{i aqq({f{|tltt\etl
fana{m}<q,il ger{td f<faftriqr
Rgrmrr* qri nfvrqt itR tla tt1ett
qsqqsqwreEiq wagrzi
fcfnfaliq t
qrecqf?qil
q,id tlra<fqreQ wa
lllell
g srdtqlfEt} n*q ttletrtt
gr'trufiaa{
'

l3-19t. TIMTNG OF ILLNESS ; The native will be


affiictedby illnessthroughout life if Saturn is with Rahu while
the 6th lord and 6th house are conjunct malefics. One will
sufferfrom (severe)feverat the age of 6 and at the ageof 12 if
Mars is in the 6th while the 6th lord is in the 8th. [f the Moon
whilc Jupiter is in the 6th from the
is in Sagittarius/Pisces
one will sufferfrom leprosy at the ageof 19 and 22.
ascendant,
It Rahu is in the 6th, ascendantlord is in the 8th and Mandi is
in an angle,consumptionwill troublethe nativeat the ageof 26.
Spleenarydisorders will be experiencedat the ageof 29 and 30
if the lords of 6th and 12th are in cxchangeof their signs.
Saturn and the Moon together in the 6th will inflict bloodleprosyat the age of 45. If Saturn is with an inimical planet
while the ascendantlord is in the ascendantitselfwindy disorders
(like rheumatism)will troublethe nativeat the ageof 59.

aqffi qrq{iRq* llioll


Rlufnd
tti(i
qgq{ qqqqq{ |
qsln*qqfr
q"i
(IdTiltntrealt qrql rtqttt
q66l6eqqa
anau q;qdt fqx ! cq* q fadltt* t
qi(isfirqri ilt f{qd dhe}uwq llRlll
20-22'UNFORTUNATEYEARS; Should the Moonbe
conjuuctthe 6th lord while the 8th lord is in the 6th and the

Chopterl7

159

l2th lord is in the ascendant,the native wirl be troubled bv


animalsat the ageof eight. 0 Brahmin,if Rahu is in the 6th
whilc Saturnis in the 8th fron the said Rahu, the child will
havedanler through fire at the ageI and 2 while in the 3rd year
birds will bring someevils.
q6Elceqq*

aaEqa q;qiqils |
,fqt aqtsit g qq{ite kftfeviqnRtlr
HtT

eI6et Trnilttftr

iruqTdI Ef<{t ![at: I

fT{n6evr*st g mtarrla fafqfttinlrRvtl


tri{i
rTgi{{i erei rarmlqir
ar?q{iscereqiqd rfiu*6fettsn{ nR{tl
23-25. aNFORTaNATE
IEARS (continuad).. Danger
through water will have to be feared during the 5th and the ith
yearsif the Sun is in the 6th or 8th while the Moon is in the
l2th from thc saidsun. Saturnin the 8th as Mars is in the Tth
will causesmall-pox,in the 10th yearand 30th yearof age.
If 8th lord joins Rahu in an angre/trinefrom the gth houseand
be in the 8th in Navamsa, the subject will be troubled by
swellingof blood vessels,
urinary disordersetc. during the lgth
year and the 22nd year.
Notes : The evils narratedaboverclatingto the lgt'Li22nd
yearof age necd some clarification. The 8th lord should be
conjunctRahuinthe 2nd, 4th, 5th, llth or l2th from the
ascendant. The said 8th lord should simultaneously
be in the
8th place from the Navamsa ascendant (i.e. in the gth in
Navamsachart). As a result,the native will incur urinary ancl
blood vesseldisordersin l9thl22nd year of age.

iltti
Rgvrer.i qli{i FTr$Ttrffli
I
gdanrei
Ed
{rtHqraqarq:nRqll
26. LOSS THROUGH ENEMIES .. Loss of wealth will
cometo pass during the 3lst yearif the llth and 6th lords
exchangetheir Rasis.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

160

sii

drt{t

qciqi

fqqqrqeq

gnili

q.foiqri trt ga} Rg{iq lrRell

will be his enemies


2'1.INIMICAa SONS " One'sown sons
is with Jupiter'
lord
6th
'Ci*ufiun.o"sly
if the ith lord is in ttre 6th while the
ascendant'
the
in
be
the l2th lord should

qsad{Rai Fr{t{r qGattRlri I


nqq'r<ftffltiqe llRqll
s{ridtiffisia
f,riri

be fear from dogs


28. FEARFROM DOGS " There will
ascen<lantlord and the 6th
Ourinf tt',cl0th and lgth yearif the
lord are in exchange.

st{t ctlqlqttt$f,Isqltt: lll qll


Chapter18

Effects Of The Seventh House


qEt qqt tq
laqsf,q !I I
Ri rasftttrrt
qTqnnq.ui{
qTqFTrqsd qEE

**r"t sq*Tq]=?:{tgd gutnrfilqrr1rr

to me detailingthe
l. O excellentof the Brahmins'listen
in his own sign or in
effectsof the 7th house. If the 7th lord is
through his wife (and
exaltation, one will o..iut full happiness
marriage),
rnerltq]

fq{r

Ei

<Jftroifgret ntt

6{qq66l6eqRqa: t

tqr (Hlfssi fqct ttRtt

be in the 6th' 6th


2. SICK WIFE Should the 7th lord
does not
"
however'
This'
or th;l2th, the wife will be sickly'
above'
as
placement
appfyto own houseor exaltation
Notes:Theplacementofthe?thlordinthe6th/8th/l2th
Venusin an evil house)' If
-be
will causea sickly wife' (Similarly
exaltationor own sign' then this
the saidhousehappensto
'

Chaptertt

16l'

capricorn for a
need not be feared. For example,saturnin
iro outi"" or Venus in Piscesfor an Ariesnative'

fr;11 r
qni g fi'{d g*fnntr
qtqti *{lr<ui qaEttl tt
ur-ge-h
3.EXCESSIVELIBIDINOUSNESSIDEATHOFWIFE:
b.e.exceedinglylibidinous'
tf venus is in the 7th, ibe native will
of wife'
will
cause-loss
Vr""t .i"f"i"g o .ut.fi" in any house

snrneitw:qt{m} qrEJ fl wdga: t


: nvll
ilil cr* q;it srr{t
qr fi{* tt-sc?qt
lrflts*
{fi
agrR iff"il wut cgmaTd qiq ttrtt
lord be endowed
4-5. THE 7TH LORD Should the ?th
"
by a benefic' the
with strengthand be conjunct or be aspected
and fo.rtu.nate'
happy
,oln U" wealthy, honourable'
iu,in.
"Co-ou.*.tv,
or is in an
combust
if the 7th iorrf is in fall or is
wives'
manv
and
one will acquiresick wives
;;;;;;t;,
to them will
Notcs : Plurality of wives and sickness
occupying lis siSnof debilita.orn, io passwith the 7th lord's
got combust or inimical placement' There is
tion or having -lord
for pluralitv of wivesthan what it stated'
,; in" ztl
;;"
experience'However' this
as it will be evident from practical
and disappointments
delays
to the 7th lord wili cause
to spouse' If the
sickness
"ini",i""
of marriage apart from
i"i..p."
will scarcely
wife
native's
the
sign,
?th lord is in an
"n".ty;'
honour him.

q|ifail |t
qfqrdtt {rrlwil
?TI anqlutd
ffiQ {{it
-g
qdE-qn
fq{iiqr qg{rd fi S6 11q11
lord is in a sign
6. PLURALITY OF WIVES " If the ?th
by abenefic,therewill
ofsaturnor ofvenus and beaspected
be particularly in exaltaiord
?th
the
should
t.,"iv
"irr_.
pass'
tion, the sameefrectswill come to

lttaregl qt qn"t q?i trf{Rrf{eq: I


dtfna: tt\ett
Ei rqtqqrtgl FEat(Hlq

162

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastrc

ti furna qtatq qfqrqr{t qf sdtfrar r


T* ngumrqt raqrfffilq.g gr d uerl
{at a gfiqoit ?ttilrl recagwitrei: r

7-gt. MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS .' The native will


befriend barren females(for sexual union) if the Sun is in the
7th. The Moon thereinwill causeassociationwith suchfemales
as correspondingto the sign becoming the 7th. Mars placed
in the 7th will denote associationwith marriageablegirls (or
thosewith menses)or with barrenfemales. Mercury indicates
harlots,mean females and femalesbelongingto traders'community. Wife of a Brahmin or a pregnantfemale will be in the
native'sassociationif Jupiter is in the 7th. Base females and
females having attained their courses are denotedby Saturn/
Rahu/Ketu in the 7th.
Notes : Any planet in the 7th (includingthe ?th lord, vide
ch. 24, sloka79) is normally indicative of absenceof sterlinguessin characterin the mattet of sexualunion.
If the Sun is in the 7th in a horoscope promisinglose
character, the native will scek pleasures from femaleswho are
barren. As regards the Moon, the kind of females to sexually
intercoursewith, will correspondto the sign becoming the 7th
house. For example, when Virgo becomesthe 7th house the
female is a virgin; Libra prostitutes, Gemini a housewife and
so on and so forth. Mars in the 7th denoteg a female that
has come of marriageable age or one who is in her monthly
course or one devoid of conceivingability. Similarly, in other
cases. Jnpiter in theSh is alsono exception.
The aboveresults shouldbe declared,only after ensuring
that the nativeis primarily disposedto go out of the way for
sexualunion, with the support of other horoscopicindications.

gfft't rrQ qrft**Fqigm ttett


gitq
?Tdqq6rif I
tfaalerigqrd q {ti
9-9t. Mars denotes a . female with attractivebreasts.
Saturn indicatessick and weakspousc. Jupiter will bring a
spousewith hard and prominentbrcbstswhile Venuswill bring
one with O:1Tt *O excellent breasts.

163

ChapterlE

Notes, irr$Efi

tif"]}irno specific
wordin c'" ut3*l

lines to mean,tr,rpouse'i,ithesFplancts,{rQhtedto;dfihho'[es:blr
occupation,aspeetor ownership)wi ll'caum ;'obt4'idnoqfiof Bucf;
wives. Thesecan also indicate the kind of females"rh*
grlT '
sexuallyunitpswith. 'riaai:lni 1'gluhnilliw sviisn

-:.

" *ifqwu.s'*"1ifiYrii'-,lft*
i* laiqnrrqrt

.qrarq firxt?tTrt:T$fdfil qrfaf,q<lu6E,lrilt ni alidsd

':r;ffifit qeqTfril
lnrfqi q'{dn
{,}ilt:" ,;
'ltv{t qrwfUl
il"'i'i#.-ui"
rnqla
rivrq:
Erdnq.qq
,i,,
qtqd"rrtscrqT lq'Qlurtmairl
q*
Sqiqtfrrt
qffi tiv.t
qt iqqgilqffl
F'lqqlt q E
-q*
q;Eqirqtsfq a Pfitl|
qqiqrrrr*

p<gd:r Ee tt wfir*r*tl}:ogn

10-13i.Maleficsin. the lZth and ?th while deel9agTg


by
controlled
frfoooLlo'tnr 5th denotethat thenativewill be

il* **;""-*

*irr u" inimicalto therace(o.r,family)'


'ff.!,li

t!{1e
Itn t outt is . occupied or owned by Siturn/M?rst llg
otner
tq
attlleg
be
tvilt begeta harlot as his spouseor she tvill
in a
or
Mars
of
men illegally. Should Venusbe in a Navamsa
the native
hasi of iuIurc or be in aspect to or conjunct Mars'.
Venlp"ipsg.t
the,female',,Ff
partsof
private
iill "kisr" the
ptivat'e Fa{$ ot
ielated to Saturn, the native will jikigs" t[e
'tri i ii soitt)glr1 *vilr:tl :'dt ro'l Jmsempi
thc male' r,!, i
arc
four hiiits given inrfh abqYftUefOApr4E
.i1", Notes i- There
l;n ii .ol.;,'r
"i..t..ji,'-r'r:.i

under :

while
l. The Moon with decreasingrays i4 the 5th -!gu*se
thel2thandtheTthaie"occtffedbyiiiialeficp,Euetsthc
the
spousewill be high-handedand;:rwill'F al,.hggstls4eilvith
familv membersof the native',te
'"-"'r:;;ffi

;; *"t, ij"

ift louse,'b1.b*'nirig

,ll:.lLh
'Iltt9
house : the spouse will be of qtr-qtlonable,charactc1:
is bad
the placement of Saturn (and) orjif,lait'in the 7th lirtittse
the
ruling
7th
for ihe charac(er of the spousg,Mars Erpsaturp
effect.
said
of
the
houseshould not simply leaa to the frfiitioti
C"i".r, teo; Ta1rru*l"nA :f,ilgliisl trofi a$tiiiidants'liave the
isdr'491.
;Sq cpseof
sgqurn,
nr i}vla{la\}Qfr,to
7{\,,1,p;dph.ip,gl,

iitlcrll'li.;;.1!l!Ietl|.;,irllE.rltDsrltotbstsgslcreibnerilgncrl.

t&

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

thesefour ascendants,there must be severeafliction to the


7th from oth6r sources so that the spouseis not chaste in
cbaracter.
3. The native will indulge in kissingthe privities of the
female if Venusis in a Rasi or Navamsaof Mars, or is aspected
by or in conjunction with Mars. That is, he will have unusual
habits in the matter of sexual gratifcation from the female.
4. Venus,iFrelated to Saturn and his divisionsinsteadof
to Mars and his divisions as stated in point 3 above, the
native will haveugly relations with another male, for subduing
his mad lust.

qtiri rffirrQ
qi {qrqFqi rtlytl
qfinl
.rsg'ftt: srtgtFqrigt: I
a$Trqt Tqfftqdr gaq\esqffittlt{tt
l+15. WORTEY SPOUSE.. The native will beget a
spouseendowed with (the sevenprincipal) virtues who will
expand his dynasty by sons aird grandsons if the 7th lord is
exaltedwhile the 7th is occupiedby strong ascendantlord anJ
a benefic.
Notes : The above verses hint at the possibility of the
native obtaining children (and grandchildren) ifthe ascendant
tord with strengthis in the 7th with a benefic as the Zth lord
is disposedin exaltation sign. The combination in question
is meantfor the native begettinga virtuous wife as well. The
mere exaltationoi the 7th lord is capableof bestowinga virtuous
rvife, if not progeoy.

sqi

qTtr{

ilffdf

?rR

qt

qrqrqeqft |

ilFr Grrit q firtqa: nltrtl

16. EVILS TO SPOUSE...If the 7th houseor its lord is


conjunct a malefic the native'swife will 'incur evils, especialtyif
the 7th houseor its lord is bereft of strength.

qc6Ferrtqq(rtri

*qtrf{Fr*

q*{il

gliq}

qfE I

Trfr {rcfid fqfiTf<rt(u tetl

17. LOSS OF S?OASE.. If the ?th lord is devoidof


strengthand is relegatedto the 6th, 8th or the l2th, or ifthe Zth

Chapter 18

t65

lord is in fall, the native'swife will be destroyed


(i.e.shewill die
early).

q,T nfr{i
TT?TqIEi
qrsfq{
$r<lil qntflq

qq{rfirri r

il ftail rrlerr

18. LACK OF CONJUGAL FELICffV.. If the Moon is


in the 7th as the ?th lord is in the l2th and the Karaka (indicator
venus) is bereft of strength,the native wil not be endowedwith
marital happiness.
Notes : The Moon refened to here should obviously be
decreasing.The Moon increasing,while althoughthe other part
of the planetaryconditions as statedin the sloka is fulfilted,lwill
stall the adversityand improvethe situation.

qFTd rmrgilr
ficaid T"{ffi
qqt lqlq<r{di &qTqT
qrf,sl rti( rrte.rr
ql* {* wfq$ nqt r
6q"rqni
qQt q?Errrftd sq?"qErq n\ rrlorr
faqrqq* {*
}ii
anffi
r

{rtd

qqdg{t

agarcerfm:llRtll

19-21.PLURALITY OF WIVES.. One wiil have two


wives if the 7th lord is in fall, or in a malefic,sSign along with a
malefic while the 7th house ,or the ?th Navamsabelongsto a
cunuch planet. If Mars and Venusare in the 7th or if Saturn is
in the 7th while the lord of the ascendantis in the 8th, the native
will have 3 wives. There will be many wives if Venusis in a
dual sign while its lord is in exaltationas the Zth lord is endowed
with strength.
Notes : For a dual marriage,the 7th from the natal ascendant or the 7th from Navamsa ascendantshould be owned by a
eunuch planet. So to say, Gemini, Virgo, Capricorn or Aquarius
should be the 7th as above. While this is fulfilled, the ?th lord
(from natal ascendant)should be in his sign of debilitation or in
a malefic'ssignalong with a malefic.
, The other two yogasare simpleand needno elaboration.

edt
'
i66
"Erihat ParasaraHora Sastra
'
:
i
I'r,i
!i;,r"
r:
:.i)
boqerrl
tib ilivrr*ii,'

{rtri rJqd{RQ F'lweqdqa}q1:r


qs<nZf*sA.S ffi:
rtanl q+qrrR(rr

zz.n*t:or

aTnnt&oi fup,ostoka34).'If the?th

jordis iflatffnho's hofie (6Finthe9thassubhaRasisomeans)


q4hdJg{3isin ownsign,thenativewill marry
UpilS-Yfi1,",ttt
or
q1,1198f;fi?,'?fUtr t n' r
marriageindicated
in thetextwill not
,ri,, il{qfeli Thc,figq,R$
in the modernsocialconditions.These
be practicalin all cases
U$[h,pfrSplyr,hfffl,in knowingof earlyandbelatedmarriages.
pqEqgnt
slokashouldtell us of the possibilityof
tFn*;"lnmplfr,the
at theageof 5 or 9.
literally
qnsl.mfiTfiagg.i
$ n?,

qt<wFi qt

qqqfnd

q{

n{ti

ITqgil r

q{ fqqr{,
fqqe, nq{ft q\ rrqtrr

21,]Etlr*Sun is in the 7th while his dispositorisconjunct


Venus,tKcldh'ftl be marriageat 7th or I lth year of age.

ilqqf{ri I
rI* {rii
lqr$rni
qrl 3ilvrnsri q f{dr(: $q{r} q+( ttlvtt

2fir\t{tugin the2ndwhilethe7thlordis in the llth will


at theageof l0 or 16.
:ff ffi;"ge
qdi
q.-r(tfrti t
qf
s rt,i,r,ffi*"rqt

s.ore 'insi6rrfr

n t

firrrt qqil trt: uR{tl

:i T,2'i Marriagewill take placeduringthc I lth yearif Venus


lord is in
il in iri anglcfrom the ascendantwhilethe ascendant
Sspricorn/Aquarius.

qrfiI ltafit

ffi

tI* ilqq nrqqt nql t

ilrrirlafqrt q frnq: rrqdil q*{ rrtqrr

zrrir 26. Thenative will narryat 12or 19if Venusis inan


bngle from the ascendant while Saturn is in the 7th counted
Iiom Venus.

q;lr$iltM
qiqtsran{i

{nr"qfqri

trF* Fqq{ q

ml t
ir: llRsll

2?. Should Venusbe in the 7th from Moon while Saturn


is in thc 7th from Venus,m4rriagewill be in the l8th year.

Ohapter 18

qii

167

eilqrrfqt(t

qQ qFitili

qrQ

6nffi
fqil

mffni

qqil ;R: niqtl

28. Marriagewillbe in the l5th year if the 2nd lord is in


thc llth while the ascendantlord is in the l0th.

alqi ilq1rfuF* f,rQi qRTf{ri t


srei ?ql{i nr.t fqqt qqt q(: uRqr
29. An exchangebetween the lords of the 2nd and the
I lth will bring marriagel3 yearsafter birth.

(;Errscrrfqai {ft il{H qlqigt I


Erfq{i qciltffisi fqqrd qqi ;r(: uQotl
30. One's 22ndl27thyear will confer marriage if Venusis
in the 7th from the 8th house (i.e. the 2nd from ascendant),
while his dispositoris conjunctMars.
Notes : The Yogasgivenfrom this sloka through sloka 34
will delayone'smarriageas could be easilyunderstood.

qni{Tsqt qrd-?rE {riq{t


aq* r
q us.favi fqqr{ arrt aq: ullrl
"qT{qi
Shouldthe 7th lord be in the l2th while the
31.

natal
ascendantlord is in the 7th in Navamsa,marriagewill be in
23rdl26thyear of age.
Notes : The ascendantlord (in Rasi chart) should be in
the ?th sign in Navamsachart while the 7th lord in Rasi is in
the yearsl2th in Rasito givemarriageat23126of age.

qn{rf{rai qrEid Tgfit* l


$f{i
q=qfq* Tqfili' fqqlE qqe q(: ulRtl
32. Either the 25th year or the 33rd year will bring
marriageif the 8th lord is in the 7th as Venus is in Navamsa
ascendant.

qrqrqqrrqqt q* alal <r6ig* r


qrfavnnuteai Er<eTS fqftfqriqullrl
33. ShouldVenusbe in the 9th from the 9th (i.e. in the

Brlhat ParasaraHora Sastra

l6E

5th house),while Rahu is in one of the said houses(i.e. in thc


sth/gth), marriagewill take placeduring 3lst or 33rd year.

qrqtcqfrtei
gti qgn qrqf,TqtI
f"i lt ecafq{nl fqqr{ erlfr ir(: ulYtr
' 34. The native will many at 30 or 27 if Venus is
in the
ascendantwhile the ?th lord is in the 7th itself.

ilti

{trqrtnet q*

r;arRijil r

3r6er{i rqrefli qffii qlrrnRq illtrr


qti qnmfrtrt cqli rrE<rfnir
rrrr qdifmEt rrc{Td fthf<riq ulqtl

(q: wri *rigi r


nfr,rqtq fefci q{qrt a{r!fa: ulell
qrErcenilri q'i
ilfri tlR<rfnri r
!Erq({Irnl

urrfirHl"qnrci qrcanl fctafeviqtllqtl


qfi{i
qid fiqd qi r
t'titrm
qdEi iI wnTcelnn?ar
$nitq nlqrr

35-39. TIMING OF WIFE'S DEATH .. Loss of wife wil


occurinthe lSth yearor33rd yearof age'ofthe nativeifthe
?fh lord is in fall white Venus is in the 8th. One will losehis
spousein his l9th year if the 7th lord is in the gth while the
l2th lord is in the 7th. The native's wife will die within three
daysof marriagedue to snakebite if the native has Rahu in the
2nd and Mars in the 7th. If Venus is in the gth while his
dispositoris ia a sign of Saturn, deathof wife will.take place
during the native'sllth or 2tst yearofage. Should the ascendant lord be ip his sign of debilitation as the 2nd lord is in the
Eth, lossof wife will occur in the l3th year of age.

r!{rsilfiT?i ffi
Tdt
$fqrTei

ertqti rl Gfl{ q

q"fiaqTfr?i qi r
rqd wqTGEsqnyotl

qdtaq r

"qttili
Rwq qqt qid ;ns?
fiqt fqqrwt uyttl

Chapter t9

169

40-41.THREE MARRIAGES: Shouldthe Moon be in the


7th from Venuswhile Mercury is in the 7th from the Moon and
the 8th lord is in the 5th (from the ascendant),there will be
marriagein the l0th year followed by another in the 22nd year
and yet anotherin the 33rdyear.

qG* q $rqt rlr; qtat rrgfeqfa: r


srret q qiil dRwrq qTqt r aitqfr uvRtl
42, DEATH OF WIFE .' If the 6rh, 7th and 8th are in
their order occupiedby Mars, Rahu and Saturn, the native's
wife will not live (long).

qet ETtq+rtqqqrbqrq:
nt Q.tl
I

Chapter19

EffectsOf The'EighthHouse
sTlgqtq\rcfqrsq $qqfq frqlm ! r
qrg:Fenqfqq:*ri alfrrg: irTqft il ttl
t. LONG LIFE : O excellent of the Bratrmins,listen to
me speakingon the effectsof the 8th house. If the 8th lord is
in an angle,long life is indicated.

srlgT{irfuq: qrt: qE a*q iftqd: i


*leqeqqd qd aniqilicqq iRqa: rrRrr
2. SHORTLIFE : Shouldthe 8th lord join the ascendant
lord or a maleficand be in the 8th itself, the nativewill be shortlived.

q{ l ltfr{r fq;m t,,rqt adfqqensi:t


q il{il fqfff
lllu
F',rrrqqq:
Fqt&tq

170

Brilwt Parasara Hora Sastra

3. SATURN AND TENTH LORD ABOUT I.ONGEVITY:


Similarly consider Saturn and 10th lord in the matter of
longevity.
Notes : To get the actualimport of this verse,we should
read it in the context of the previous verse. So to say, short
life will cometo passif :
l. The 8th lord is in the 8th along wjth a maleficor along
with the ascendantlord or
2. Saturn joins a malelic/ascendant
lord in the gth house
or
3. The l0th lord is in the 8th alongwith a maleficplanet/
ascendantlord.

q68 aqtsfq qa8{il .qqrcft{ftfrqt aqt r


qristat ftml qrsfq EtFiqrg:
trq?qfiluvtl
q$fq
?i{Teniraiu*
lq*{i fqeqfiEi r
itqtgq rqltte eri{r}sceqq: 5.T:1{tl
R$tTcaqqft'{vrq;{r: *rrfam}qq}: I
ini il dRmrecal fa*g<friwrglr\urrll
q{ agfam far<rgfi'n: rfr:}fril: I
qE q) qq{iwcqrsgilrrqrgrrFfli( netl
4-7. LONG LIFE : Therewill be long life lf the 6th lord
is in the 12thor if the 6th lord is in the 6th as the l2th lord is
in the l2th or if the 6th lord and l2th lord are in the ascendant
and the 8th. If the lords of the 5th, gth and ascendant
are in
o\r'n navamsas,
own Rasisor in friendly signl, the native will
enjoya longspanof life. should the Iordsof rhe ascentrant,
gth
and l0th and Saturn are all disposed
severallyin an angle,in a
trine or in the llth, the subjectwill rive long. Like thcse,there
are manyotheryogasdealingrvith the issueof longevity, The
strengthand weaknessof the planetsconcerned
be estimated
in
decidinglongevity.
Notes : In sloka 4, we have three yogasfor long life.
Theseare :
1. The 6th lord in the l2th.

Chapter19

l7L

2. The 6th and l2th lords simultaneously in the 6th and


the l2th.
3. The 6th lord in the ascendantwhile the l2th lord is in
the 8th.
The combinationsgivenin the other two versesare quite
clear.

srGamfuqal*;i qfii
sqqfqt r
knaqtqqql dt+t aili{tnqlgq{ uqrl
q^tq<rfntQ(;si wwl{i r
cri{i
ilit
5'i* q.uqTg{qfr t{?t{ llell
nftXlfr
<;rii
tsri wQ{il t
qn Trqqrftr?e qrilqt{ : { a { \ n t o t l
t;af"fi']qqt: qmr:{Fn: q66IGeqIqfE I
qri {tqrq-arin} !ilrr: (r} !a'f qt u t t rl
trsql
wi'gi I
<i*d
wigr*
r;ri wwQ{lt ?urcqqrg:rqHfr lllRll
qrqqqfiq*|
tri
r;ri{i tntrfqrt
{-rqTfcafqfliq qTffi* a 1R{iq n11tl
8-13. ,SHORTLIFE.' One's span of life will bebetween
20 and 32 yearsif the ascendantlord is weakwhile the 8th lord
ig in an angle. The native will only be short-lived if the 8th
-lord is in fall while the 8th hasa maleficin it and the ascendant
lord is bereft of strength. Death will be instant at birth if the
8th house,8th lotd and the l2th house are all conjunctmalefics.
Malefic in angles/trinesand beneficsin 6thiSth while the ascendant hasin it the 8th lord in fall : this yoga wlll causeimmediate end. If the 5th house,8th houseand the 8th lord are all
conjunct malefics, the lifie span will be very brief. Within a
month of birth, death will befall the child if the 8th lord is in
the 8th itself while the Moon is with maleficsand be bereftof
beneficialaspect.
Notes : If the 8th lord is in an angle,the native-willbe
long-lived, according to sloka I of the present chapter. The'
ascendantiord bereft of strength,in such a case,will reducethe

r72
life spanas per verse g above.
Henceit fotows that the gth
lord's good dispositionis.
alone *J-.i""gfr,
but the powcr of
ascendantlord is a simultaneous
need,for I tong life.
In sloka 12, it is statedthat gth lord
shouldbe in falt in
the ascendant. For no ascendant,the gttr
fora l, O.ii'ffi;;
th.eascendingsign. This is possible
when onty the gth bhava
fails in the 7th or gth sisn
r*urp-t",-in
certain ratitudes,
--ror
supposethe last portion of Virgo
rises. Then there ;;';;i
gth
bility of the.
cuspfalling ii f""irr.
in that case,its ruler,
Venus,can be debilitatedin Virgo, tn"
ascloOing sign. Otherwise,by signsit is not possible.
Shouldthe gth lord be in the gth,.Iong
life to the nativeis
denoted. But when simultaneouslytUL
f"floo is capturedby a
maleficand be without any help from
a benefic,then earlyevils
to life spanwill haveto be predicted,
vide Joka 13 above.

qfii Fqltqrrf{R4 Td
ilwcqfqt,
{reTTqt;Tqi dt+ rinrgri ivrR;
* lyrr
ilinlsfiqdt qee: trriet:

{waf:r
ui: etigt: *iri rldmg: xq?qfr
lttrr

l+15, LONG LIIE


(asainl .' one vtilt be longtived if the
ascendant,ord is in exaftatioi
*itirr in. iioon and Jupiterare
respectiveryin the tth. and
sttr-i-rn-t'rr'e ascendant. If
the
ascendantlord is exceedinglystrong
j"
urp."ted by a benefic
from an.1nele, the person concerned
"oawill be
wealthy, virtuous
and longlived.
Notes : Even if Jupiter lonely
well_phced in rhe gth
house,it leadsto a long sjan of_is
fife. i?fre"isfurtner helped
-ilih.^ho,ff;;J';;,ne
by
the Moon beingin the
ascendant
tord,s
exaltation,doubtlesslythe life
will be.*...aiogty lengthy.

ANT CLASSTCS(Text
wt fl,r Engllsh

tI 'L iI{_I D1 H
2 f V o l u m e ss e r )

Rama Dayalu

Translatlon)

Ka].yqna,varma,

qq $TfTq$ttql$Ftlstttlt:ttR o | |
Chapter20

Effects Of The Ninth House


sT{t qrqqFi

f{s r m{ qq} ilTlsilr: r

F{q}qrq+ qrrisna} unaga} q}a rrtrr


mrqe{rilrfrsiR qdt{i *;aiftqt r
vri{i av$Xt* qrnraga} wiq rrqrr
l-2. COMBINATIONS FOR FORTANES.. O Brahmin.
now listento effectsof the 9th house. one will be fortunate(or
affiuent)if the 9th lord is in the 9th with strength. should
Jupiter be in the 9th houscwhile 9th lord is in an aigre and the
ascendantlord is endowedwith strength,one wilt be-extremely
fortunate.
Notes : "Bhagyasthana"is a name given to the 9th house.
"Bhagya" denotesfortunes, affiuenceetc. Hence from the 9th
house,one's-capacity to retain the wealthearnqd should be
. Btudied.

wrii
qrdq

aeiX* tTrl qgqqt-qi I


*;aqi t't+ fqar qrrqarlfiETa:
ultl

3. FORTUNATE (AFFLUENT) FATHER.. If the 9th


lord is with strengthas venus is in the 9th while Jupiter is in an
anglefrom the ascendant,the native'sfather is fortunate.

sTntrFcTraq
failA qr gd q'tTrsqfiqir
ilri{i alqtTfflrt fqar fqdq q?re nyll
4. INDIGENT FATHER .. If the 9th lord is debiltated
while the zndl4th from the 9th is occupiedby Mars, the native:s
father is poor.
Notes : It is stateo that Mars in the l0th or l2th from
the ascendant(i.e. the 2nd or the 4th from the 9th) while the

174

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

9th lord is in debilitation denotespoverty of wealth for the


father. Even if therebe somewealth of the father, Mars in
the l0th/l2th (not being in own houseor in exaltation) will
make the nativc disinherit patrimonyor enter into litigations.
So to say, such patrimony will not cometo the handsof the
native,that too easily.

qrQd qrqliqrei qrqi{i dtqiqi r


qcniq.gcel {* iliqiil {hidtrrq: rrtrr
5. LONG LIVING FATHER.' Should the 9th lord be in
deep exaltation while Venus is in angle from the ascendantand
Jupiter is in the 9th from NavamsaAscendant,the father of the
native will enjoy a long-spanof life.

qrriri *rrnqi

gqqrrq RttfH r

dEfqil nqir{la} qqr il ffTft rriq rrqrr


6. ROYAL STATUS FOR FATHER.. If the 9th lord is
an angle in.aspectto Jupiter, the native'sfather will be a king
endowedwith conveyances
or be equalto a king.

qnt{i

r{qresi

6f{i

mqrrFri I

{u16t ffiTqrnq dtfrqiraftqil qiq n\etl


7. WEALTHY AND FAMOUS FATHER.' Shou|d the
lord of the 9th be in the 10th while the l0th lord beingaspected
by a beneficthe native'sfatherwill be very rich and farnous.

q<qkqirti qi qrtt
qrqiRqi r
qfqsol Trrfi?qcq: ftqtnil s?e+n:
rtcrt
qraTftamlvriqf qrid qrffiftqi r

g(utt qRA Ee

f\qfiasqfiq'{: rrerr

8-9. VIRTUOaS AND DEVOTED TO FATHER; Should


be in deepexaltationas the 9th lord is in the llth, the
Sun
the
will
be virtuous,dear to king and devotedto father. If
native
while the 9th lord is in
the Sun is in a trine from the ascendant
the 7th in conjnctionwith or in aspectto Jupiter,the nqtivewill
be devotedto his father
^-ii

1:

l,l.

r,r .

-.1

175

Chapter 20

qTQ{i s?rqtq(Q uifr $nq{rRrt l


ElfT{niqr-d} qrrd qTE{ dtfrsrwq: nlotl
10. FORTUNESETC. : Aquisition of fortgnes, conveyancesand famc will follow the 32nd year of age if the 9th lord
ie ln the 2nd while the 2nd lord is in the 9th.

rrrrar<rfnri qaBdq qqf;Ei I


il,iri
crErfiiSfiqal niqrrlqrr
wqlqiq Wi
ll, INIMICAL TO FATHER.' There will be mutual
enmity betweenthe father and the nativeif the ascendant
lord is
in the 9th but with the lord of the 6th. Further, the native's
father will be of contemptibledisposition.

Fqmuqq qQa] fir6|qftg fr{q: t


Frrqql {tqqard qlql frrqrltrm:ntRrl
12.'BEGGED FOOD .' If the 10th lord and 3rd lord are
both bereft of strength while the 9th lord is in fall or in combustion, the nativewill go abeggingfor his food.

qcilcerrEqt rrq rdqi wufgi I


eqA{iilao1its4 us}d qrqt fqiutQtl
!il-{iT?R?i ErdfiTq $adiq t
ilir
t;nrqra{i
{d <;tii qlrqr{rdi lltvll
qrifq sqrTrEt g &g{wrtr{ade r
Eqt{i qrrq(lftrTi i'tqifi qTqnrq+ut{tt
qiill slcfi q{ q{firrr $a'f,iq r
qfii
rugiti u t qtl
rrqrafwt rr$ii
q{
ftgd<arrrfe$qr
fddta aTaqi
TilarEr$rqi TIE} qrtrrqqrqqi (q}rrq\err
frs{iscerE{i {d q?T6Tq qfiloinq I
lllc{l
ttgqll ql(* qd aarT($marri n?T"t
eta*tlqflqnr*
ilimr qwf s{q{ |
qFiqi aqq<fqrct dqf{i qrqrrfrri u{Q.rl
ta

F\

t76

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

e<rGqfqirqqfq

&gdrwwrfevq
r

qEriti ir RqA qd' fftfi t;aiti uRotl


q=qt"{ifiqeqrfqqrad qqoi ftg: r
ftqernrfut qf
ffErrlcmqfiqirrRlrr
qpqmaiqi qr.ft cFrfiTrr$a{nq t
qr{q
qqqi qf stqcilqqFilTr: ilRRu
qGsel

qsqfqqlrd

{rg{rwrnfafiq t
qsilwrrfqai <qJulitl

$aqrfqei wt
fintoffi qstq* snrrrr

1|af,iqr

qrrli {tqqrftR?i ilEtti qrqrfvtri nRVtl


qsfqqisce qq?tx{i
fqg{<qrnfqriar
qd qnrsq ,tqalqiif ilriil

fqqf(i(uRill

13-25.COMBINATIONS FOR FATHER'S DEATH : The


father of thp nativewould havepassedaway prior to the native's
birth if the Sun is in the 6thlSthllzth as the 8th lord is in the
9th, the l2th lord is in the ascendant,
and the 6th lord is in the
5th house. Should the Sun be in the 8th while the 8th lord is in
the 9th, the native'sfather will pass away within a year of his
birth. If the lord of the l2th is in the 9th whilethc 9th lord is in
debilitationNavamsa,the native'sfather will facehis end during
the 3rd/l6th year of the native. Death of father will occur in
the 2ndor l2th yearif the ascendant
lord is in the 8th as the 8th
lord is with the Sun. Should Rahu be in the 8th from the 9th
(i.e. 4th from the ascendant)as the Sun is in the 9th from the
9th (i.e. 5th from the ascendant),
deathof father will take place
in the 16th/l8thyearof the native. If Saturnis in the 9th from
the Moon asthe Sun is with Rahu,the native'sfathbr will die in
the 7th or the 19th year of the native. The nativein his 44th
year will losehis father if the 9th lord is in the l2th as the l2th
lord is in the 9th. If the ascendantlord is in the 8th as the
Moon if in the Sun'sNavamas,the native in his 35th/4lst year
will losehis father. One will lose his father in the 50th year if
the Sutr,beingthe lord of the 9th, is conjunctMars and Saturn.
If the Sun is in the 7th from the 9th (i. e. 3rd from the ascendant) as Rahu is in the 7th from the 3r<l (i.e. 9th from the

Chapter 20

177

ascendant), the 6thl25th year of the native will be fatal for


father. If Saturnis in the 7th from the gth (i. e. 2nd from the
ascendant)as the Sun is inthe Zth from Saturn (i.e. gth from
the ascendant),the ages of 30, 2l or 26 will be fatal for the
father. If the 9th lord is in debilitationwhile his dispositoris
in the 9th, the native will losehis father at 26 or 30. Thus the
astrologcrsmay know the effects(of the 9th house).

qrttr

qrqh"i{ri
{*
snt?qfi nf.Si

qqfiTi r

AqTrqrfilfr rriE rrtqrr

26. FORTUNES .. One will enjoy abundant fortunes if


Venusis in deep exaltation and be in the companyof the 9th
lord as Saturnis in the 3rd.

gtlrr itri qFi r*{i kr<rRri r


f,iuaafq qt *q qgqrd frfafcriquQetl
q'<ffi
RtA qntt qnrr<rftriI
q{fl{yilEq qt *q q6fl.ri RF{f{&

uRqtl

27-28. IURTUNATE ?ERIODS .. Abundant fortunes


will be acquiredafter the 20th yearif the 9th hasJupiter in it as
its lord- is in an anglefrom the ascendant. ShouldMercury be
in his deepexaltationas the 9th lord is in the 9th itself,abundant
fortuneswill be earnedafter the 36th year.

qrif

gaqr

TrrrrrrTfyRiqFn{i qrqiqi r
rtt

qi

qdqEqar$q uRQ.tl

29. Shouldthe ascendantlord be in the 9th as the 9th lord


is^inthe-ascendant,
and Jupiteris in the Zth, therewill be gains
of wealth and conveyances.

' qnqnqrqml
rrdFil{hi fru?i qi r
rrrQi ;itqtrfYrct qnq-ttql rriql; nlotl
30. LACK OF FORTUNES ; If Rahu is in the 9th from
the 9th (i. e.5th from the ascendant),
as his dispositorL ilil;
8th from the ascendantand the 9th lord is in fall, the native
will be devoidof fortunes.

178

Brihat parasara Hora Sastara

qt {rRrfl ir qrrfiq* r
; firrqnqi
il+{i ntffffi
fqm{fr ir qt riq rr11rr
31. FOOD By BEGGING; ShouldSaturn be in rhe
9th
along with the Moon as the ascendantrord is in
fat, trt" outi"e
will acquirefood by begging.

qq qrrqtrFffqq t iqiqt{

rfqd qqr r

faf<riqnlRrr
32._OBrahmin, theseare the effects related
.
to the 9th
house. hll. explained(these)briefly.--ftrese
may be (further)
I
cstimatedwith the help of the stateof tne toros
of the ascendant
and 9th and in other mannersas well.

3TqTdwTEtrf,F[rsqTrr:
||1 t tt
Chapter2l

Effects of The Tenth House


ft*nqffif

llll

qrsg s,etlflfq ilqruil:


I

riiq t ilq W-qrtF{$Trfeaq


rrlrr

l. I now explainthe effectsof the l0th house.


Listen to
these,o Maitreya,in the words of Brahma,
Gargaand others.
Notes : Statementslike.,,BrahmaGargadi
Bhashitam,,go to
prove that sage Parasara,had access
tJsuch expositionsof
Lord Brahma which would not be porriUf.
,"
mortal.. The history of parasarahas beenexprained
""in the
"rJi""ry
notes
for the initial slokasof ch. I supraanO
+t iof.".
"t.

tqe sfn*{i rqlEa tqti TqTrfrii I


wfiaragftrEd qdFql gwc'{5q
rrlrr

2. PATERNAL HA1PINESS..If
tbe lOth lord is strong
and be in exaltationor in own nusil*auamsa,
the native will

Chapter2l

179

derive extremc paternal happiness, will enjoy, fame


and will
perform good deeds.
Notes : Though the word .,Karma,, means
deed, it
actuallyin the context of astrology denotes one's profession,
job, Iivelihood etc. The lOth h6use
rules one's patrimony,
paternalhappiness,last officesto father
and such other matter
while the 9th house,as explained earlier deals
with one's father
as an individual,

nqffqql EqJn$n-Er{rimwrRdq r
tQ, *;rfet}qreeft'a*frsalqrfeqTq5q
rrl u

3. If the l0th lord is devoid of strengtb,


the native will
faceobstructionsin his work. If Rahu is in
an angle or in a
trine, he will perform religious.sacrifices
like Jyotishtoma.
Notes : Should
U^e
stronglydisposed in an angleor
llnu
in a trine, the native will
perform ,.ji",iiiioro.,,
This is Soma
sacrifice deemed as a whole class of .sacrificial
ceremonies
consistingof siiteen vedic rites. ro-r"ii,
the native will bc
extremelyreligiousand meritorious.

fi,fti Un{td
ircn I
{qTfl?q*
(r{AIi q {rfqral RETqTrfts.?fzrrnlen

lvtl

4. If the lOth lord is with a beneficor be in an


auspicious
house, one will always gain through royal patro""g;
;;-;;
business. In a contrary situation, only opposite
results witl
cometo pass.
Notes : Should lhe lOth lord be \iith a benefic
or in
benefic'sRasi,the native'will evergain in his undertatings a
witi
the king (i.e. in his calling). ,,e4-;qeg.qqJ',
means that if-wiri
the
l0th lord is with a mareficor in a marefic'sRasi, the nativ.
be a loserin his callingand will not servethe king (",
; *;#;
person). The short and the .long of the vcrsers
to conveythe
ideathat the rOth rord shourdbe reratedto a benefic',
,ign i.o,
happy and prosperouscailing. connectionswith a r"r-.n" "
*itt
causcgrief.

wt

qtqiq{t

qT*

qrqgqfiqil r
gqFfe arril'qe{: Tqqilfi HRqr: rr{rr

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

180

5. Should the l0th and tl,tf, bb both occupiedby malefics


the native will indulge only in bad deedsand will defile his own
mcn.

tttr<fitgt trgurr rigil ?rqrI


di
sttidt rr6qd gqfa qqil -R:nqtl
6; If the lord of thc l0th is relegatedto the 8th along with
Rahu, the native will hate others, be a great fool and will do
bad deeds.
Notes : The 8th houseoccupiedby Rahu in the company
of the l0th lord will spoil professionalhappiness.ofthe nativi
epert from making him perform questionable and foolish deeds
as well as incurring misconccptionswith one and all

rdi

qidifA

rndq*

trqq'tqmtqil r
ftnrtqRTtlqur:
netl

7. If Saturn, Mar! ano the l0th lord are in the Zth as tho
is with a malefic, the native will be fond of carnal
lord
7th
pleasuresand of filling his belly.
Notes : The effects for the combination Ss above are
describedby the words "SisnodaraParayana" (ftrlrfrq<r<rqq:)
and as far as I understand, the meaningis as above. (Sisna:
male organ, Udrre-belly.)

wqfqiq

n{ffirri
rni<rftrf

qr{i

gtdgil r

qfrfFtqqilq.n;(

rr{t

ilEtl

trridqi t

nfr gslitqiqFl qlq rrerr


r{i
rciXd
fln grtqFqil |
qqt
??rsr3rg'tqrftt
ir? inq: rrlott
ilTql Flql

8-10. Should the l0th lord be in exaltation and be in thc


companyof Jupiteras the 9th lord is in the l0th the nativewill
be endowedwith honour, wealth,and valour. One will lead a
happy life if the llth lord is in the l0th and the l0th lord is in
the asccndantor if the lords of the l0th and llth are conjunct

Cluptcr 2L

l8l

in an anglc. Shouldthc l0th lord in itrength bc ia picccsalong


with Jupiter,the nativc will doubtlessobtainrobes,ornamcnu
and happiness.

ilq?{rlrTqi
t|qgiq
iqlt

rrdf,lqeqfiqt
6{'dil

qt;rr: nt ttl

ll. Should Rahu, Sun, Saturn and Mars be in the llth,


the native will incur cessationof his duties.
Notes : The 4 planets, viz, the Sun, Mars, Rahu and
saturn joining in the I lth housewill ensurethat the native wifi
not be successfulin his performrnce. As a consequence,
he will
not have a happy calling or profession wortb the name, and
will gain nothing.

t'tt

*t

lgtt

mli

wdlt r

liq<tf{Fril q?i Trq{frraniTq rrftr 1s1


111
12. One will be learnedand wealthyif Jupiter rs in pisces
along with Venus while the ascendan tord is strolg and thc
Moon is in exaltation.
Notes : ilt{ means learning in tho normal context.
Apart, this denotessacrcdknowledge derived from meditatbn
on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which inctruo.tr
thc seekerhow to understandhis own nature within him ad to
reunite with the Almighty avoiding reincarnation. Tbir ir
taught by nm*q (Gnanayogr). Jupiter and yenusjoining in
Pisces(the terminal house, denoting final emanciption) wilr
endow the native with such supremeknowredge. rne rird of
thc ascendantsimultaneouslyjoining the exahedMoon renden
the mind fcrtile enoughto produceknowledgeof one'l own sclf.
For one cannot attain the Lord without first knowing what hc
himselfis. Materiarwealth wilr arsocome to the nativc as
l
by'product of the planetary configuration in quertion. So to
tay one will be spiritually and matcrially wealtby.

$di

Flrr<rfiTti il*i

r{qfnffi

ilqiffi

n* trrqq r qt riiq rr11rr

182

Brihat,porasara Hora Sastra

13. Shouldthe l0th lord be inthe ilth while the ltth


lord i5 in the ascendantand Venusis in the l0th, the native
will be endowedwith preciousstones.
Notes : To wit the planets so disposed as mentioned in
the sloka will confer a huge influx of material wealth on the
native.

it;afe*qt

o{qrt

sq}rqqqrfe{tr

geurreft! gui (r m{uQa}rria rrlvtr


14, If the lord of the lOth is exalted in an angle or a
trine and be in the companyof or in aspectto Jupiter,one will
be endowedwith (worthy) deeds,

qrrqnrst drmil wqfqil I


nfd
q.i qifi{fqm} wiE rrttrr
t;sf"rlqtt
15. Shouldthe lOth lord be.inthe ascendant
along with
the ascendantlord as the Moon is ia an angle or in a trine, the
nativewill be interested.ingood deeds.

q?i

t{eqnqil

wfti

frqqriqil r

rrliglfr rfsal

si;a<:ul q,rl

16. If Saturnis in the 10thalong with a debilitatedplanet


while the lOth from Navamsa ascendantis occupied by a
malefic,the native will be bereft of (virtuous)acts.

rfi

;nn<rFnti <rdt r{iRqt r

qtqqtor {gli

366ri

fdpf,} rrie ttt\ett

17. One will indulgein bad acts if the l0th lord is in the
tth while the 8th lord is in the l0th with a malefic.

6frl {tqrrfret
6{qritr{i
nt

n{tt qrqdqi r
r{riffqqrRriq rrqerr

18. Obstructionsto the native's acts will crop up if the


lOth lord is in fall, as both the l0th house from the ascendant
and the lOth from the 10th (i.e, 7th from the ascendant)have
malefic occupations.

Chapter22

q,rirqnqi

r83
q?r'

nA{t aftrd,qi r

w+ri t;nqntt qcfifrcQdl wi( rrterr


rrrrrpi r{d
Rrid r{qrcd
6{{t wigr* r
l*rgwrr g uaifavfi* tiq
rlq rrlorr
r

qfrqrnfut
qri
qrl
rteqtilfui
il.i{i triigt r
qd
FfGilEqeqqi rfirilqr ir] rriq n11rr

19'21.OOMBINATIONS FoR FAME..one will be endowed


with fame if the Moon is in the r0th while the r0th rura
is iia
trine from the lOth and the ascendant rord is io u*uJ-t'.
angle. similar effectswill cometo passif the ilth lord is in
the l0th while the r0th rord- is strong and be in asfeJ to

Jupiter.Famewill cometo the nativeir tne rotr, roiJ-il ii


the9th asthe ascendant
rordis in the tOthandtr,. u*o n ii

the 5th from the ascendant.

' Efr n{qcf itqii ieitqr


mqndqmrffuqgq;r<fr

&EilFet r
q

illttl

22. o excellentof the Brahmins, thus havs been tord about


the effects of the l0th house in a brief manner. other related
effectsbe guessed!y you basedon the relationshipof the lords
cfthe ascendantand ofthe l0th.

stst Flt$T$Tr?Tt6FTIsqrrT;
ltRR| |
Chryter22

Effects Of The Eleventh House


F[rqqririuqpqlq

nqqrfq

a1l-diqrerl **

cqtti

Gq]Eq tr

rar g<ftulrr

I. O excellent of the Brahmins, I now explain effects


relating to the l lth house,the auspiciousness
of which bhavawill
make one happy at all times.

184

Srlhat ParasoraEora Sastra

ilqrfqd rnl cili faotq tesfet}q*: r


r[il{
.Gil gqls=e qqfqrrftsfq
il uitl
2. Shouldthe llthlordbe inthe ilthitselfor beinan
angleor in a trine from the ascendant,
there will be many gains.
Sinilarly if rhe llth lord isexalted, though in combustion,
there will be marrygains.
Notes : The second line of the aboveverse deserves
a
proper approach. .qatwifr means"althoughin combustionor
having lost rays io the Sun". The word ,,gTfr',meaning
"although" in this contextdetersthe othcrwisepossibleinterpretationas "Sun's Navamsaor Sun'sRasi" which of coursewill
be an extremerendering.To wit, the correctimport is that even
though the llth lord is combustbut be in exaltationthe native
will gaia abundantly.

qrtd . qarf{rei uei


lfesrr Rftt rni

*riRqt r

geqrd fifitanq rrqrr

3. If the llth lord is in the 2nd while the 2nd lord is in


angle (from the ascendant)along with Jupiter, the gainswill be
great.

qri

qrtri

fr{fr

qEf"ri

qigi sri

lltrrqeqGqt,
r(afqfrc.ffm ttYll

4. If tho llth lord is in the 3rd while the llth is occupied


by a benefic,the native will gain 2000 Nishkas in his 36th year.
Notes : ,'TTt" meanein the Bhava or house in question,
i.c. the llth bhavaand not the 3rd bhava. Sincefqtt already
precreds,Tri to mean "in the 3rd house" will be redundant.
I
fqq, (Nishlca)though meaning a gold coin was generally
taken lo indicate one Karsha or Suvarnaof 16 Mashas. This
also denoteg q crtain weight of gold in the hoary days. The
sagethus obviously hints at the opulenceof the native in varied
measuresby quantifying the resriltant Nishkas accordingto the
merits of the planetary formationsat birth.

talfffit
ilqil'i
{wq'6u6,
qnfiRri il wnci eqaniqfrerqni n{tl

Chapter 22

lg5

5. If the llth lord is conjujcta'beneficin an angleor in a


trine (from the ascendant),the native will acquire 500 Nishkas
in his 40th year.

il$rt?rfi

geti

rrrrrT?{nili {i

q?rqqfisi I

ui

qasFlfaq} uiq rrqrr

6. The nativc will own 6000Nishkas if the I lth is occupiedby Jupiter *hile thc 2nd and 9th arerespectivqly
taken over
by the Moon and Venus by position.

Frrsliq qt$ri
rFrur.rrTfuq:

q1i
tFrTfrqqFqi I
aftql;riiTaTfrTi{a, rrotr

7. Should Jnpiter,Mercury and the Moon be in the llth


from the llth (i.e. 9th from the ascendant)the native will be
endowedwith wealth,grains,fortunes,diamonds,ornamentsetc.

il*{i

qfi{i

ilitrrqtQ

qrqiqi

aqfeeri I Hrq1cfrgQefaeqq1.1
viq rrerr
8. One will gain J000 Nishkasin his 33rd year if the lltb
lord is in the ascendantand the ascendantlord is in the r lth.

Ht*

qr**

ilqtrRld

ftcqrma$r

irgrnd

qilrffli

uwrfa\ rtetr

9. If the ilth lord is in the 2nd as the 2nd rord is in the


llth, one will amassabundantfortunesafter marriage.

ETEt ilTq<r|{rrQ ilii


urqifrqil r
warnqrfinfqfEaqrqwriTc,'
u{otl
10. If the rlth lord is in the 3rd as the 3rd rord is in the
l lth, one will gain wealth through co-born and be endowed
with excellentornaments

il*ri

n'tqis Er fe+ qrqsqFqi r

Fil qfiratisfn

lq

erfi:

rriliri 1t I tl

ll. There will be no gainsin spite of numerouseffortsif


the llth lord is in fall, incombustionor be in the 6th/gth/12th
with a malefrc.

qet ErTrt$trcT$F[tsuttlT:
ttRllf
Chapter 23

Effects Of The Twelfth House


BIqrE 6rrqqlqrq mqqfq qd faq tr

eqtd qrrvl* rqri rqJfirrtsfr ETnrtrl


aqi q qrreqlt qwrf
.Erqdil|
*al aqqrfelq]u{qwqaiE iRqa: rrRrr
rql* rqd fiwid qr qmuqfrqqi{t r
fEaqnnrRqfr)
fEeqqilirrqlqflT uitl
qruriqqq)
faeqaq?qrtd{wqq: r

q<rsffqaiXe)fa* fE;nftrqm st: uytl

1-4. O Brahmin, now I tell you about the efrectsof the


l2th house. Thcre will[e expenses
on good accountsif the l2th'
lord is with a benefic,or be in own houseor be exaltedor if a
benefic occupiesthe l2th. One will own beautiful housds
and beds and be endowedwith superior scentedarticlesand
.pleasuresif the Moon happensto be the l2th lord and be
exalted orbe in own sign/Navamsaor in the llth/9th/Sth in
Rasi/Navamsa. The said nativewill live with rich clothes,and
ornaments,be learnedand lordly.

q{ Fd{r1dtqidscali{i flsGa* Rft


dRqn: gftt tnH flilgqRqfm1
lqqrfEqqqft{qr;d fffiqruq
u Q *;efen)qar:FqRxqrstiUn:
rlrrq

r
rrrrr
r
nqtl

5-6. And if the t2th lord is in the 6th/gth or be in enemy,s


Navamsa,debilitation Navamsaor in gth in Navamsa,one wilt
be devoid of happinessfrom wife, be troubled by expenses
and
deprived ofgeneral happiness. Ifhe be inan angli/trine,the
native will begeta spouse.

Chapter23

t87

qw Fr|ETrEqi{ *ilEriqt: qRdtfrat r


,
qq trrTrfeqr\
ilRiq{ feqniil rr\err
7. Just as these effectsare derivedfrom the ascendantin
regardto the native,similar deductionsbe madeabout co-born
etc. fi'om the 3rd and other houses.
Nqtes : Hints are given here to know from the native,s
horoscopethe effects related to his co-born,uncles etc. For
example, brother's financesfrom the 4th house(2nd from the
3rd), brother'smarriagefrom the 9th house (?th from the 3rd),
father'shcalth from the 2nd house(6th from thc 9th), motheris
healthfrom the 9th (6th from the 4th), wife'sspendingnature
from the 6th house (i.e. l2th from the ?th) and so on and so
forth. Proceedingon thbselines, we can see the possibility of
predicting many important eventsfor other relativesfrom
the
native'shoroscopeitself.

EwTqFTdqI: (iat: siqqg11qTq6r:I


3rE'{Ilttiqilt: <ia1: qtAi r6qEI: Fr{irT:
lctl
_. 8. Planetsplacedin the visibreharf of the zodiacwilrgive
explicit results while the onesin the invisiblehalf will
secretresults.
"oir.,
Notes : visibre harfis theharf of the zodiacwithin a range
of 180degreesfrom the ascendant'scuspseenbackwards.
The
other half is invisible.
A planet in the visiblehalf of the zodiac will be
more
potentialin effectswhile in the invisible half it
is lesspotential
and unmanifest.

aqqeflrqal:

{r6q}"qffiqige:

ilA{iwdrfg*

il+

qa{ nlq rrerr

9. If Rahu is in the l2th along with Mars, Saturnand the


sun, theaative will go to hell. similar effect wi[ occur
if the
l2th lord is with the Sun.
Notes : The l2th houserelates to one,sfate after
death.
Whetherhe will reincarnate,or attain infcrnal region
or the
Lotus Feet of the Lord will have to be studied fri,
,n" f irt
house. In this connection,refer to ch.26 of Horasara
also.

188

Brihat ParasaraHora Sasto

.rrrrTqnqt Rlrt irfr{i tq}iq(tfti r


{qtrt qtl r1}u:1qrq11ina: ttlott
10. If there is a beneficin the l2th while its lord is exalted
or is conjunct or aspectedby a benefic, one will attain frnal
emancipation.

6qi{i

qtq(qfiqt r
6rtl
inrQm;c< qil: ut ttl

nqiq

qHqeur

({64

ll. One will wanderfrom country to country if the l2th


lord and 12th houseare with malefics and be in aspectto
tnalefics.

Gqt{i qttfnrri

qqqtor it

cqqf

{qdgil |

(sqt uiq rr11rr


TqenrE

12. One will moye in his own countryif the l2th lord and
12th houseare with beneficsand be in aspectto benefics.
Notes : In the previoussloka and the presentone, clues
ere givento know as to whether'onewill be in his own placeor
outsidethe native place. If the l2th house and its lord are
connectedwith benefics,one will progressin his own placewhih
he will wanderhither and thither /without progress)if l2rb lord
and l2th houseare spoilt by malefics.

qi
qqFqil I
t;arfei1li $q}t
rlsr{6er (TrXTFil: q$gRrinfiq utltl
13. Earningswill be through sinful measures
if the l2rh is
occupied by Saturn or Mars etc. arid be not aspectedby a
benefic.

qqfi
!ggiof

rqq{rfuTQ.qti
{qqil

cudgf r

sq{llr{qc{qr

lltYll

14. If the ascendantlord is in the l2th while the l2th


lord is in the'ascendantwith Venus,cxlrcasswill be on religious
grounds.

3tg fl?[qr$fltgrtTrT:
ltRvtl
Chapter24.

Effects Of The Bhava Lords


ttrlqi qr{i
tqgqqFl nefer{t r
qsqqldq
fAqTqTqqrr}sfr il ttltl
T{t{t
I. EFFECTS OF ASCENDANT LORD IN VARIOLIS
HOUSES (uptosloka12) : Shouldthe ascendantlord be in the
asecndantitself, the native will be endowed with physical
happiness(i.e. good health) and prowess. He will be intelli-.
gent,fickle-minded, will have two wives and will unite with
other females.
Notes : The position of the ascendant lord in the
asctndantitself will makethe native fearlessand longlived.

iriri qri ilq} qnrqn rfisa: g<il r


q{f*wr'it
{{ita}
ruERrJqi{d:lRtl
2. If the lord of the ascendantis in the 2nd, he will be
gainful, scholarly, happy, endowed with good qualities, be
religious,honourableand will have many wives.
lord in the 2nd
Notes : The native having the ascendant
progeny
in
and
thus he will
face
obstacles
obtaining
will
house
become
will
further
a
longing
for
issues.
He
wealthy
with
left
be
his
own
efforts.
through

tntd
(lffiqg

qt crtn: feqger-vun{l t
*. ndt GqTmqftqrE qdt rrlrt

3. If the lord of the ascendantis in the 3rd, the native


will equala lion in valour,be endowedwith all kinds of wealth,
be honourable,will havetwo wives,be intelligentand happy,

Brihat parasara Hora Sastra

190

Notes : Shouldthe 3rd housccontainthe ascendantlord,


one will be equalto a king, respected
by othcrsand will indulge
in unnaturalmethodsof sexualgratification.

irrid gqn EIFt: fqqnq{ctF+c:r


irgrrftrtr:
$rdt {sr6qnqf}E{il: tlYll
4. trfthe ascendantlord is in the 4th, the nativewill be
endowedwith paternaland maternalhappiness,will havemany
brothers,be lustful virtuousand charming.
Notes : With the ascendantlord in the 4th house, the
native is of a nobledescent. He will prosperby his own efforts.
He will be ambirious and beautiful. prosperity will come to
him easily. He will everenjoy physicalfelicity.

flfiqi gfri wdt: qffit<ri q qEqqq I


qqq$TiqqnTr*rffiqr{l ft}d} {qrnq: nul
5. lf the ascendantlord is in the 5th, the nativewill have
mediocre progenic happiness,will lose his first child, be
honourable,givento angerand be dearto king.

qfi{i rlG6i tilil}


qrqr6t {rlrir:. {til

lqwtw[aetwe:r
q'}rqEfiEfqq&f
rrtrr

6. If the ascendantlord is in the 6th and related to a


maleficthe native.willbe devoid of physicalhappiness,
and will
be troublcdby encmiesif thereis no benelicaspect.
Notes : The ascendantlord going to the 6th housewill
mar the prospectsof health. However,for Scorpioand Taurus
ascendant, it will be a felicitous augury for freedom from
diseases.
The 6th houseposition of LagnaLord in
.generalwill give
abundantwealthand respectapart from royal 'status. There is,
however,a possibilityof more than one marriageor losingthe
spouseearly.

qri{i qcil* qrt rrut arq ? dtqfa r


qtsaal aRa) an fq<eill ar 1fisfr ar uetl

Chopter 24

l9l

7. If the ascendantlord is a nralcficand be in the 7th, the


native'swife wilr not rive (rong). If the pranetin questiori
be a
benefic,one will wanderaimlessly,facepenuryand be
dejected.
He will alternativelybecomea king (if the saij planct i,
,i.oog).

ilivissaqi
srra: fqufEqTfq{rrcq:
r
qt*
qT*dl
1t,fl
qilt ? trr{T{q:ucll
8. If the ascendant
lord is in the gth, the nativewill be an
accomplishedscholar, be sickly,: th.ievish,be givento
much
lnger, be a gamblerand will join others' wives.
Notes : The only good effectof the ascencrantrorrl
being
in the 8th house is one,s academicaccomplishment.
This
positionwill causeBalarishtaor child mortality.
The native,s
h_ealth-rilill
be poor. I{e will be a repository of misfortunes.
He will semany deathsin the family to his grief. His married
life will be a herl. I{e wilt be a profligate and wil
incur ilfame and disrepute, penury will everbe after nim.
In caseof Aries and Libra ascenclant,
this approach for
evil resultsshould be avoidecland resultsdeclaredafter
further
ecanningthe radix.

qti*

$rTrqi ailt)

gtTTqEIEaIE;t(,Ft$T:
I

ftrugw-a: qe.qtrc'| Erg"uifa: nQtr


9. If the ascendant
lord is in thc 9tlr, ttrcnativewill be
-fortunate,dear to pcople,be a dcvotecof Sri
Vishnu, be skilful,
eloqucntin speechand be enrlowcdwith wife, sonsand wealth.'
Notes : One will gain abundantlyfrom his father. Everv
undertakingof his will be fruitful. He will be well-disposed
to
his co-born, Theseare additionalrcsultsof the ascendantlord
occupyingttre 9th housc.

f,QS q{r} etrr: frqv}<aanFqa:


r

TTqrFr*qi qta: sflfqacq} q dqrq:ttloll


10. If the ascendant
lord is in the lOth,the nativewill be
endowedwith paternalhappiness,rol,al honour (or patronage),
fameamongmen and will doubtlessly
hav.eself-earned
wealth.

Brihat Parasara Hora Saslra

lg2

Notes : The lOth house occupiedby the ascendantlord


ambidenotcsobtainmentof co-born. The native wil! possess
pursuits.
prosper
his
in
will
tions and

qfli

qrqi

iilGt: tRt

qnRfHF.til: I

aqftrdtrr$r qRErqfitta:ll t tll

qqfrit:

ll.Iftheascendantlordisinthellth,thenativewill
nnd many
alwaysbe endowedwith gains,good qualities,f36e
wives.

gtlrltrtq*

ttri{i

rqciqdt

qrlrlal

l6dt<afaafea:t
{q1{q}rrqfqi tttRtt

12.If the ascendantlord is rn the l2th and be devoidof


the native will be bereftof physical
beneficaspect/conjunction,
anger'
happinett,will spendunfruitfully and be givento much

Notes:Iftheascendantlordisinthel2th,thenative'g
gambling'
life will not be prosperous. He will be addicted to
expend
will
Itrieving, debauchiry and other vices' He
wastefullY.

cnil: g?ilFl ua{il: l'


q('FIIiFEllllll
Serql6oEt[: r6ITIt targr:

qt{i

ilii

13. EFFECTS OF 2ND LORD IN VARIOUS HOUSES


(upto sloka 24) : lf the 2nd lord is in the ascendant'the native
witt ue endowedwith sonsand wealth,be inimical to his family'
and will do others'jobs'
lustful,hard-hearted
Notes : One will be fraudulent and will face financial
upheavalswith the lord of the 2nd occupying thc asccndant'
Tiese evil effectswill not wholly apply to Capricorn ascendant,
but with somemodifications.

qra} qqqq l{i1a: t


rl{i uii
frqrqT FgqIqT Itt {aqta: cErFItll lYll
14.If the 2nd lord rsin the 2nd, the nattvewill be wealthy,
proud, will havetwo or more wivesand be bereftof progeny'

193

Chapter 24

cft{i sEt !ft*


w{tq}{t

ffit

tRwl gft t

{qras qqtqrEl }{frqq:lltttt

15. If the 2nd lord is in the 3rd, the native will be


valofous, wise, virtuous, lustful and miserly-all these when
relatedto a benefic. If relatedto a malefic, tho native will be a
heterodox.
Notes : Should the 2nd lord be in the 3rd house, tlre
native will be ill-related to femalesand will earn through proc-F
tutes. If a malefic is related to the 2nd lord in the 3rd, tho
personconcernedwill not be God'fearing and will have dirty
conduct.

q{Hrqaqqt}ffi: t
gnln figt cd=i qqg* Ttl siE lltqll

uin

16. If tho 2od lord is in the 4th, tha aative will acquire ell
kinds of wealth.' If the 2nd lord is.exalted and be cotdunot
Jupiter,one will be equalto a king.
Notes : Thc placementof the 2nd lord in the 4th will aleo
produce a heterodoxand one of questionablecharacter'
The exaltation of the 2nd lord in the 4th appliesonly to
Libra ascendant. obviously the sagesuggeststhat the exaltation
of Mars in the company af Jupiter (in debilitation) in the 4th
housewill prove extremelyfavourable for a Libra native conferring near-iegalhood. It is also not unmeaningful to conclude
that the 2nd lord exaltedand joining Jupiter becominga good
omen for anYascendant.

qqqqfl{f,: t
qt{i
sc$frc{ iltr
uqlqsii{itqtrq qT{e d-qnr uft ttlutt
l?. If the 2nd lord is in the 5th the native will bc wealthy'
Not only thc native, but also his sons,will be intent on earning
wealth.
Notes : The 2nd lord going to the 5tt house will make
oue resortto trickery. His family life will not be hap.py' He
will not be kind to others. He will be very lustfuland will bc
prone to lose a child PrematurelY.

Brilut Parqsara lfora Sastra

t94

qii

ad

RgqrrFi q'i {11il ur{ |


rr1* Ufqfer*teq{r1 qte trtqtt

18. If the 2nd lord is in the 6th along with a benefc the
native will gain wealth througb his cnemies;if be with a.male0c,
therewill bc loss through enemiesapart from drutilation of
shanks.
Notes : There will be severeloss of wealth through thofts
and servants. He will have defects of privities. These are
further effectsofthe 2nd lord occupyingthe 6th house.

qAri Wtt arf,: IRrmqaI fqqn t


qtqfen.e ts qrqt ir qftrqTfquflll t ett
19. If the 2nd lord is in the 7th, the native will be addicted
to others' wiveaand be a doctor If d malefic is relatedto the
raid placement by conjunciion or by aspect, the native's.wife
will (also)be of questionablecharacter.
No&s : The 2nd lord in the 7th house and relatedto a
dirc mahfic will render the mother of the native being of
questionablecharacteraccording'to somehoary authors. Howcver, the 4th houseand its lord deservea special attention in the
context of mother's disPosition.

qiM
qc*gd n\

qTil qftqfrrifa: r
nr{ ciwurqg<la Q tt1"tt

20. lt the 2nd lord is in the 8th, the native will be


endowed with abundant land and wealth. But he will have
limited marital felicity and be bereft of happinessfrom his
elderbrother.

q{qrqd aFrqqa{t qg, l


qtd
fiFt qtdt qfrq{qq fi{u{twrftiq rlRtll
21. If the 2nd lord is in the 9th, the nativewill be wealthy,
diligent,skilful, sick tturing childhbodand will later on bu lt"ppy
(i. e. healthy)and will visit shrines,observingreligiouscodeetc.

qii 6{n iinr: s,{t qTil q qfien: t


q{nair{la:
fr,--q g?qdfvnd: llRRtl

t95

Chapter 24

22. lt the 2nd lord is in the l0th,the native r,lllbe


libidinous,honourable,learned,will have manywivesand ouch
wealthbut be bereft of filial happiness.

qffr
t
arqqrRt q?iilTqlTqFrfr:
c<Hrrqdt qr{t dffarqwt .R:tlRllt
23. If the 2nd.lordis in the l lth, the native,will lrovc all
kinds of wealth, be ever diligent, honouiable and famous'
Notes : The native will undergo miseriesdue to ill-ileatrh
during childhood and with the march of time be *ill trc
endowed with healfh throughout, if the 2nd lord is in thc I lth
house.

qii

sqqqrq{i

tr(qtrTGTTFT

ff{it

ateassq{

qiqRt:

<Qrrlvn

24. lt the 2nd lord is in the 12th, the native r.'ill |r


adventurous, be devoid of wealth,and be interested in .rther'tg
wealthwhile his eldestchild will not keephim happy.
aurqt-{rft T(6{Notes : According to the saying "ffi
BTfir4:rdfsq;t aqTkrvgfr Er
Meaning that if the 2nd lord is in the l2th houscwi.! hvo
or more (favourable)planets,the native will be ext'emely
wealtby. This is found to be a sound clue in actua! casrs.
Howcver,the 2nd lord lonely in the l2th is bad for richcs,
lxcept in the caseof Aries ascendant with Venusin the l2th itr
high dignity.
ffifqil
'

rrrii

. ((qrdti

T?tqrfudfqf,q I

tqla: m6t wrfr @t*sfr dnrqqlll{lr


25, EFFECTS OF 3RD LORD IN I/ARIOAS H.)USES
(upto.sloka36): If the3rdlordisin the ascendantth mtivo
will have self-madewealth, be disposedto worship, be r;lqrrous
and be intelligent although devoid of learning.
. Notes : One will have a lean body with the as"'lndant
having the 3rd lord in it. He will have euch sexual lrst ti'at
cannot be subdued. He will be short-tempereda,ud ill-dicpoeed
to others

Srihat Parasara Hora Sastra

196

fk*t

qWAn s(nl fffia:

criqt<nfr qdt a mEq(Tt'lqrftFlll6: llRqll

will bc
26. lf the 3rd lord is in the 2nd' the native
U".T'
efforts'
corpulent, dcvoid of valour, will not makc much
othen'wealth'
and
ft"ppy and will bave an eye on otbers' wives
house'one will
2nd
the
in
be
lord
Notes : Should the 3rd
gratification' He will not
of
means
sexual
r"sorito.rooatural
' show enthusiasmin his undertakings'

(ti

q6rdtri

I
eqtc<q3nfi?Ft:
qqqnFq llRell

urrg?g* tca

will be
n.lf the 3rd lord is in the 3rd' the nalive
wealth
have
will
and
co-born
through
.rOo*.J with happiness
happy:
cxtremely
and
-O **, bc chccrful

qA q uaige:I
qs?f r6fifii
ml gerrfrRt< (: llRqll
rtnq d
will be b"ppy'
28. If the 3rd tord is in the 4th' thc native
spouse'
a
wicked
acquire
wcat[i anOintelligentbut will

qnFr qqwrfri gq

Trqt ilq tTilt Ttr

gutigc:t
lSqgitirt llRe'tt

29.|tthe3rdlordisinthe5th,thenativewillhaveso
the 3rdlordbeconjunctor
If inthe process
havea formidablewife.
win
native
the
"oAd"ittooot.
;;il;to,um.,

qtdqlf
qrgirq

trAm
e{

it

sq{q{'Uufi |
ilgil-{tfsq}

;t(: llQoll

30.Ifthe3rdlordisinthe6th,thenativewillbeinim
to his
to nis c;'bora, bc afruent, will not be- well'disposcd
aunt'
his
mAternal
to
dcar
bc
nrrtcrnafunclcand
Notcr r Thc studcnt'sattentionis drawn to the statement
wbichhas been.without any
of thetext, viz. qr$n*fcfr-rn:
renteredto denotethe native'sbeing "dear to
-i*r"*pii"n,
Nirlhi while
his msternalaunt". At the sametime, Srnkete
in. thc 6th housegives
on the 3rd lord'splacement
;;;;;li"g

rn

Chapter24

an overt clue to tho native being fond of physicallp matiny with


his materaal aunt. One wonders whether sageParasaracovcflly
points out to one and the samething. Possiblyso, for thc Sans'
krit expressionis so flexible.

ir<:I
trq*qrrt
Fcat aeildt{i
rret g:d qd ar* qrqil rrse inq: ttlttt
31. If the 3rd lord is in the 7th, the native will bc intcr'
estedin servlngthe king and be not happy duriog boybood but
at the end of his life.
Notes :' It is not a favourableindication to hsve an indcp
'/th
endentprofession or businessw[en the 3rd lord is in thc
house. The 7th denptes onc's public relationship' busincss
prospectsetc. and an evil lord is noJ welcomethere' As s
iesuft, the native will be destinedto be in the employ of othors.
Further, this position will give a tendencyto steal' Tho
native will incur a legal award like death'

nt q\ t
ar6et (1-fldti ililqlt
q qtwflt TR*fq lllQtt
{rqlltffi*
32. If the 3rd lord is ii the 8th, the native will be a thief'
wiliderive his livelihood servingothers and will die at tho gatc
of royal palace.

wq.dlahi
iqf
T{tfqqtq}{qRrct

Srg: {ffiqfqn: I
gelfrqqti{f: llllll

33. If the 3rd lord is in the 9th, the native will lack
paternhlbliss, will make fortunes through wife and will enily
progenicand other Pleasures.
'
Notes : Although one rnay have fortunes and progpnic
happiness,one will unendingly feel miserable if the 3rd lord
occupi.s the 9th house. His father will be a contemptiblc
person.

{{t

qcTild

fitSrfqfqf,Tq

Enn: qriacrFqa't
<tr llQvll
$Eefrqd

Brlhat Parasara Hora Saslra

i9p

Y, If {he 3rd lord is in the l0th, the nativewill have all


kinde of happiness and self'made wealth and be intercstedin
nrrrturlog wicked fcmales.

qTqt Tptdlxi

W|alsft

Eqllti

ilqil;r

tttil |

iqTfr fiAit . qqtq6: lllttt

35. If thc 3rd lord is in the llth, the native will always
gain in trading,be intelligentalthough not literate,be adventurous and will serveothers.
Notec : One will have an emaciated body with the 3rd
lord's positionin the I lth house.He will incur misunderstandingr with othersand will not be a rvorthy friend'

qqd
qqilut{i
frcr trer n\ g:

grri amgen;T:I
t*fqqFqt<qcnn tllqll

'l2th,
the native will spend on
36. If the 3rd lord is in the
wicked
father and will be fortunate
cril dccds, will have a
(or
wife).
tbrough a fernale
Notes : Thc 3rd lord going to the l2th will bestowevery
happinessin life. Yct the native will feel highly miserable'
This view is held bY RamadaYalu.
Thie phcement will futther spoil the prospectsof co-born.
If Man also joios thc eaid 3rd lord, sustenanceof co'born will
bo doubtful.

qin utri ilnl fqsqgtft1fq?t: t


qfr<rqaritcfr rtrit: {anF?ir lllell
37. EFFECTS OF THE 4TH LORD IN VARIOU$
fOUSfS (upto sloka4S) : lf the 4th lord is in the ascendant,
the nativc will be eodowedwith learning' virtues, ornaments'
and matcrnal happiness.
bnds, conveyances
Notet : As a result of the 4th lord comiog to occupy the
,rscendant,tbe subject will acquire incomparable.learning in
nrious branches. However, there is an element of risk of
lcing dcprived of one's ancestral properties. After leading
'.'rarricdlife for sometime, the native will give up worldly life
:od msy turn into an ascetic'

Chapter21

rte

ql{t ctEarfqa,.r
qrfr q\ft
qii
qii qr&
tu"rtqf,:'t
qdi
qr{t FAS 3q'FrFqiltlQetl
F*qqQfr
38. If the 4th lord is in tho 2nd, the native wltl enjoy
plcasures,all kinds Qf wealth, family life and honour and be
adventurous. He wlll bc cunning in disposition'
Notes : Tho 2qd house tcnanted by the 4th lord will
bring abundant gains ftom mother and maternal relatives. Thc
*oth., of the nativc will bc able to recei.regreathelp from her
join evil conpany and
Uroit".sUnA sisters. The subject will
woalthand his lust
up
self.earned
will.build
He
risks.
face some
subdued.
be
never
will
for lucre

gtiri tqt. trral Rnl _ Safga: t


q<r<]sq{goft qril rqtqrftfqf,?rr{ lllell
3g.Ifthc4thlord.lsintle3rd,thenativewillbgvaloroug.
He will iave sgrvants, 6e liberal, virtuous and charitableand
wlll possessself-earnedweelth. He will be free from disoases.

s{q'flfi{f,: l'
ggi gcqrdsi q;*
q*fqq:
gd tivott'
egt: firr<tl mfi f,IFrlll
40. If the 4th lord is in the 4th, thc native will be a
all kinds of wealth. He will be skilful'
ninister and will possess
to hic
yirtuous,honourabh,learned,happyand be welldisposed
spouse.

qd{i g?qni gel -aisnfqq: r


fqqqqt} git rr{t ttrtfffikttqla llvtll

4t.Ifthe4thlordisinthe5th,thenativewillbehappy
Sri Vishiru' be
and belikea bi all. He will be devoted to
wealth'
self-earncd
have
virtuous, honourableand will

mg: qeffire: t
{dqi Rgqnri
ir*it *.rgwrtt q airqrintlq 3f,ilr llYRll
devoid
42. If the 4th lord is in the 6th, the nativewill be
and a
a
thief
be
of mGrnal happiness, be given to aoger,
illbe
and
coojor". (or maircian), be independent in action
disposed.
.'

2N

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

Notss : The native will be brought up by another female


in the place of his mother. He will be carelessabout his own
matters. He will have litigations on account of properties.
His mother will be sickly in constitution and be a sourceof
worry to thc farnily members. He will not be welldisposed
toward his mother. These are additional effects for the 6th
houseplacementof the 4th lord in a nativity.

qc{i sH*

qrd

edfirilsq6ffi: r
fqrrfqaqniqrtt R'Htrri {fiq1 n\ rrvlrr

43. If the 4th lord is in the 7th, the native will be endowed
rith a high degreeof education,will sacrificehis patrimony and
be akin to the dumb in an assembly.
Notes : When the 4th lord occupies the ?th house,the
personconcernedwill not enjoy paternal properties. He may
cither loseor sacrificethe same. He rvill not be a householder
for a long timc aqd will give up his family burdenssooneror
later ar a husband and as a father. Though he will achievea
great degreeof education,he will be unable to expresshimself
bcfore a group of men.

qdri

t;q.flqrt

lqrf<qe<fca:r

ffi: qd q+{F,i qta: fi{tqfiq} Riq rrvvrr


44. lf the 4th lord is in the gth the native will be devoid
of domesticand other comforts, will not enjoy much parcntal
happinessand be equal to a neuter.
Notes : The 4th lord's relegation to the gth housewiil
afrect thc progcnic ability of the native and he wiil not be able
to carnally satisfyhis spouse. His happinessin houreboldlife
will not bc apprcciable;someproblem or the otfer will accost
him. His educationwill facemany an obstacre. His childhood
will be with many difficulties.
qqfr
lgw

qlrqsl.twl
$TTATqFRq
iilFl:

qriqifsq:
cFiaHtgq: rt

t{rnifr gsit qr* naq u,{q<lrfiqa:


rrvtrr

45, lt thc 4th lord is in the 9th, the native nill be dearto
onc and all, be devoted to God, be virtuous,honourableand
endowedwith every kind of happiness.

Chapter24
\\
gq{I

201

q*wrqfi fiwffiql
t(TTqfr qTqql qqqlrit

ad qia r

fqeFfi: nYqu

.
46. If the 4th lord is in the 10th, the nativewilt eqioy royal
honours, be an alchemist, be cxtremely pleased, witl enjoy
pleasuresand will conquer his five senses.
Notes : Onc will be professionally happy and prosperous
with the 4th lord in the lOth house. He wilt havc abundant
self-madeproperties. He will, however,lack maternalhappiness
if the 4th lord in the said houseis not happilyplaced.

{aHr
sil*

Endl ga*rrrailka: r
ilqi
itril rtqsroi (t: ty\etl
tqqq

47. lf the 4th lord is in the I lth, .the nativewill have fear
of secretdisease,be liberal, virtuous, charitableand helpful to
others.
Notes : Somesay that the l lth househaving the 4th lord
will ensurefreedom from diseascswhile our sageattributossecret
diseases(like venerealaffiiction or any other diseasescaused by
physicalunion). Apparently the sage does not preferthe 4th
lord (lord of happiness)gettingrclegatedto the llth (the 8th
from the 4th).

qqqteti
qi
ffdl Sriedt qa:

Wfrqcqfqd: t
qi{TssFrc.Rcrfi{fi:
nvctl

48. If the 4th lord is in the l2th the nativewiil bedevoid


of domesticand other comforts, will havc viceeand be foolish
and lndolent.
Notes : Complete absense of happiness, particularly
paternal, will come to pass. One will be bereftof masculine
vigour. His mother is of doubtful character. These ar
additional effeets for the 4th lord being in the l2th house,
accordingto classicalworks.

qffi qr{n qrd} ft6r{ grqeiFea: r


6EqT

qFfqR{q

q1Eqrtr$('[,: uYQ.rl

brihat Parasara Eora Sas|,rra

202 .

49. EFFECTSOF THE SthLORD IN VARIOAS HOASES


(upto sloka60) : lf the 5th lord isin the ascendant,the nativo
will be scholarly, be endowed with progenic happiness,be a
miser, be crooked, and will stealothers' wealth.
'i Notes : The native having the 5th lord in the ascendant
'Though progenichappincssis
will be of.unsteatlydisposition.
denoted by our text, thcre are other exponentswarning of an
unpleasantsituation in respectof one of the native's sons.

qe{t uti

qgg* qrlFqt: t
cnl
Srsrlqol qrEt r*fqq: qqm {fr tttott

50. If the 5th lord is ln the 2nd, the nativewill havemany


sonsand wealth,,be a paterfarnilias, bo honourable,be attached
and be famousin the world.
to his spouSe
Notes : Maharshi Parasarapraisesvery highly the placement of the 5th lord in the 2nd houseand attributes worldwilde
f;rme for the native. It ii actually true in the oeseof Smt'
Indira Gandhi,Prime Minister of India, whosemap of birth is
furnished below : born on lgth Novemberl9l7 (Monday)at
2317hrs IST at Allahabad,8185425N28.

Jup (R)
l 5-0

Ketu
ls34
Asc2E'05

2r-48
Moon
5-35
Merc
en 20-57
l3-ll
Rahu
I 0-34 Sun4-04

Mars
t6-23

20?

24
Chapter

Note the lord of the 5th Mars occupyingthe 2nd housc in


Leo. The nativity has a number of splendidplanetaryinfluences
apart from tbis. As indicatedby sageParasara,the 2nd house
p-osition of the 5th lord gave her a world-wideposition and
honour for a very long numberofyears.
One can notice that the native will haveample opportunitiesof shiningbrilliantly, whetheror not on a world level,
with the 2nd hor:se placement bf ths 5th lord in strength and
dignity. Should there further be sufficient Raja Yogas etc. as
in the caseof the examplechart give4, the nativewill be sure to
hit the headlinesof the world press.
The position of the 5th lord in the 2nd will further cuase
asthmaand catarrh and the native will have infected lungs. Hc
will becomeproud owing to his possessions.

d wti
fqnqra rs{{q
{N

qTqA *T<fsq: I
T{firrifaTil: qiil U{ltl

51. If the 5th lord is in the 3rd, thenativewill be attachc*


ed to his co-born, be a talebearer and a miser,and be always
interestedin his own work.
Notes : The nativb will further be an,imposter. He will
not be helpful to anybody in any rnanner.

qhi qqqmFt qd rrqqeffire: r


ntitgla: ls]Erq qr*Ms{fl
!e: tt{Rtl
52. If the 5th lord is in the 4th, the native will be happy,
-endowedwith maternal happiness,wealth and
intelligence, and
pe a king or a minister or a preceptor.
Notes : A very long life will come to the native's mother.
The native will start acquiring prosperity, right from his youth.
He will also own a posh or beautiful house.Theseare additional
effectsthat wifl come to passwith the 4th househaving the Sth
lord in it.

qfun qilqlcrd qqr6.t g"qrl rr<:I


g.rq|I fqes6Fq:||{ltl
53. If the 5th lord is in the 5th, the qative will hava
progeny if related to a benefic;there will be no issuesif malefic

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

204

is relatedto the saidSthlord placedin 5th. The 5th lord in 5th


will, however,makeonevirtuousanddearto friends.

qti ftgneQ gn: {r1qq} niq r


lttYtl
lmralsuar qTal rantaqalsqqr
. 54. If the 5th lord is in the 6th, the nstive will obtain such
sonswho will be equalto his enemiesor will losethem,or will
acquire an adoptedor purchasedson.
Notes : Maharshi Parasaraenunciatesfour differcnt possi'
bi.litiesif the 5th lord is in the 6th house.
1. Obtainingsonsthat will be inimicalto the native : The
6th housedenotesone'senemies. The planet occupyingthe 6th
will signify the classof enemy.5th lord indicatessons, 9th lord
indicatesfather, 4th lord indicates mother and so on and so
forth. Suchrelativewill be inimicallo the nativecorresponding
to the rulershipof the occupantof the 6th house.
2. Loss of children : The 6th is the maraka sthanafor
children as it is the 2nd from the 5th. Hence loseqf progenyis
denoted.
3. Obtaining an adopted issue: Normally .this occurs
when one is unableto have progenyof his own loins, or fails to
have living children. Point 2 aboveanswersthp circumstances.
4. Purchaseof a child : This is also likc adoptidn. Hence
it follows that the situation of the 5th lord in the 6th house
is not very desirable, of course.excepting Saturn for Virgo
ascendant.
It is also not advisable for a female to have her 9th lord
in the l0th housefrom the point of view of filial happiness.

qtai
sRi
'g'irfaq3$tll

qni siuffia:
r
stfqfii
Gl: ll{tll

55. If the 5th lord is in the 7th, ihe native will bc


honourable,very religious, endowed'with progenic happiness
'and bc helpful to others.
Notes : With the 5th lord going to the ?th house, the
native will be tall in statureand will speakonly truth. He will
honestlyservehis employer,and his dealingswill bc honest' He
will bc firm in diePosition.

20s

Chapter24

'q?qqr{i
gtrEqgTEflfrqa:t
qtri
t6prTcr11wt151a:
sldt rr qc<frn: tt{qll
56. If the 5th lord is in the 8th,the nativewill nof have
be troubledby ccughand pulnonary
muchprogenichappiness,
begivento angerandbe devoidof happiness'
disorders,

qili

qrrqi g{'t q* qTarnr} uiq t

d qr r;ffiat q fqaqrd: 3n{lm: lttelt


57. If the 5th lord is in the 9th; the nativewill be a prince
or equalto him, will author treatises,be famous and wiil shine
in his race.
Notes : The ptacementof the 5th lord in tbe 9th houseis
a good augury for writership, authorship, editorship and the
like. See the fgltowing horoscope of tho most venerable
JagadguruAdi Sankaracbarya.
Sun
Merc
Ven

Ketu
I
bl."r" note tbat the 5th lord is in the 9th in a houseof
Jupiter. Mars is a favourableplanet for Cancer ascendantand
iir Jispotitor himself is in a mystiquehouse(Aquarius) in aspect
to Saturn in exchange. This great person's philosophical expo'

Brihat parasaraHora Sostra

296

sitionsin an endeavour to re-stand Hinduism on firm grounds


are ofperennial importanceandhis horoscopeshould servea
perfect exampleof our aboverule.
I havegivenanother horoscopedealing with authorshipon
page 88 of . "Doctrines of Suka Nadi-RetoldD which is as
under:
.Bornori 21.5.1944
at 1902hrs War time,l3N40,7gE20.

Merc
Yen
Moon

Sat
+

Rahrr
Mars
Jup

The nativehasauthoreda number'of bookson a subject


dear to his heart. Mark the Sth lord Jupiter in exaltation in
the9th.
Apart from the 5th lord being in the 9th for fame via
authorship, the ?th house having the 5th lord witl equalty
contribute to suchachievements.See the horoscopeof late
Sri C. G. Rajan on the nert page.
The birtir data are : born 5th July 1894AD as takenfrom
his prefacegiven to 'Cancer Ascendant Volume' of Saptarshi
Nadi seriesof Madras Govt. Publications. Sri C. G. Rajan
did a great service to the lovers of astrologyby bringing out
dozensof volumeson astrologyin Tamil and English. He had

Chapter 24

207

also edited a couple of volumesin Tamr'l of SaptarshiNadis on


bghalf of the Orientel Manuscripts Library, University of
Madras. He had as well produced a couple of astronomical
treatiseslike SiddhantaRaja Siromtni (Graha Kuanam) containing planetarytablesfrom 3200 BC to 3100 AD. Note 'tbe 5th
lord in the 7th in his natusalong with Venus.

g*i {rcqqrqrq qqq}q} A qtqil I


q qn{ftfffi*
ufugeftit
riq rrtrrr
58. Ifthe5thlordisinthe l0th, thenative will enjoya
Rajayogaand various pleasures,and be very fbmous.
Notes : For enjoying a superior degreeof material bene_
fits like wealth, posltion, fami etc. th;sth lord is the best
placedin the lOth house than elsewhere. This one position
with sterling quatities will equal many Rajayogas.It is a prerequisiteof course tha! in such a placementthe 5th lord is
very close to the meridian, if not exactly on the meridian,
preferablywith exaltation or such other dighities. If he is placed
in an enemy'shouseor suchother affictionstormentinghim, he
will prove-ratheradversethan a Rajayogamaker,

Brihat Parasara Hora'Sastra

?08

gti ilqi
qq'[,at

qtfr ftsrqR q?rqrerr:I


rr{1aq} Eg"Er-{rFril:utetl

59. Ifthe 5ttr lord is'in the lltb, the nbtivewill be


learned, dear to people, be an author of treatises,be very
skilful and be endowedwith manysonsand wealth'
Notes : The 5th lord's stationin the l lth housewill keep
one free from misfortunesand unhappiness. He will be of
will be abundant'
helpingnature. His academicachievements
children,
but the said llth
his
of
respect
in
happy
be
He-wiil
(viderute 48,
5th
lord
for
the
sign
friendly
a
be
should
house
lf
the
5th lord' is
Nadi-Retold).
Suka
of
Doctrlncs
p. 96 of
itre Sun in
for
example
house,
I
the
l'th
placed
in
inimically
progeny
ascendant,
the
of
Aries
case
in
the
l
lth
in
the
Aquarius
wiit be inimical to the native. However,obtainment of progeny
will not be obstructedin that caseeven.

qt{i
{flg"{il

qqqrl(t
{rsql

cna: 5"{q}&aa: t
flffi5"TGrfrsaeil| lQoll

60. If the 5th lord is in the l2th, the native'will be bereft


of happinessfrom his own sons, will' have an adopted or
purchasedson.
Notes : The placementof the 5th lord in the l2th in
terminalhousewill causevariouskinds of miseriesin lhe matter
of children. One may not obtaina child at all, or may incur
inimical relations with his own child. Adoption will surely
dometo passif Saturnor Mercury ruling the 5th is in the 12th.
In other cases, the disposition of Saturn/Mercury/Jupiterwill
havetobe secn whilethe 5th lord is in the l2th. Further
grave'defectswith the 5th lord in the l2th are difficultiesin
digestionand abdorninal disorders.

q6Bi qr{t wt} ttrrq fifaiga: t


qrqrnddt nr;it eqit gur{q i{: llqtll
61. EFFECTS OF THE 6TH LORD IN VARIOUS
HOUSES (upto slokaT2) ; If the 6th lord is in the ascendant,
the nativewill be sickly, famous,inimical to his own men, rich,.
honourable,adventurousand virtuous.

Chaptcr 24

2Og

Notes : The 6th l_ordin thc ascending


signwiil bring various
diseases
to the native. He wilt incur adveiseeffectsin th! mattei
of acquisitionof progeny.
Venus in Taurus ascendantwill plrrticularlygive benefic
resultsin full meesureas stated. He wilt also not stall obtainment of children. There will, however,be moredaughtersthan
sons,while the first child wilt be a male.

qcii
qrldl

qnsmr{ Frqet
ffirrc: I

gtfi

EtffTI sqr{fi6:

fiirr lqRtl

62. If the 6th lord is in the 2nd, the nativewill be advcnturous, famousamonghis racemen,will live in arien countrieg
(or places), be happy, be a skilful speaker and
b" ;*;t;
interestedin his own work.
Notes : The native wil further be skilful in dearingwith
hoary lore. His financialpositionwill be somewhatshaky.
He
will enjoy good health.

q6d{i RErr: srti|: Tlfi fqfiErqil:


I
qrrt
rr.Tqqf,|rr ttilt{*trt{Flfi: ilql.tl
63. If the 6th rord is in the 3rd, the nativewiil be given to
anger,be bcreft of courage, inimicar to ail of his co-birn
and
will havedisobedientscrvanrs.
Notes : Thc 3rd lrouse containing the 6th lord wilt not
servethe nativewith intelligence
at alr times. To wit, he will
be partly deprivedof benefitsdue to his intclrigence.
He wilt
also not be steadyin disposition.

qcii

g<tqrqrt {rg: gcfaafwa:r

T{Fal fq{r

afl qqfq*sfafqtTErruqvtl

64. rf the 6th rord is in the 4th, the nativewil be


devoid
of maternal happiness,be intelligent, be a talebearer,b. j;l;;
fickle-mindedand very rich.

adw: gafi

q{q qq il{q fffr&s,q r

{qar gafn*ra gr{t T{rd eltfiqa: nq{rr

Brihat Parasara llora Sastra

2t0

65. If the 6th lord is in the 5th, the native will have
f,uctuatingfinances. He will incur enmity with his sons and
friends. He will be happy,selfishand kind.

aGi f<gurci it
-

qdi: q qil

Tffiileragirn 1
i* g,il qs{ rflf{q{ nqqtl

66. If the 6th lord is in the6th, the nativewill haveenmity


with the group of his kinsmenbut be friendly to othersand will
enjoy mediocrehappinessin matterslike wealth.
Notes : The native will enjoy happinessof conveyances
and bc free from diseases. His life span will also be considerabiy lengtby. Theseare additional effects for the 6th lord in
the 6th itself.

qldn {r<qrqsf wil ilrgdfvFa: I


rffftnq glrqq qr.it wtrit r<i1C llqell
67. If the 6th lord is in the 7th, the nativewill be deprived
of happinessthrough wedlock. He will be famous,virtuous,
bonourable,adventurousand wealthy
Notes : Apart from denying marital happiness,the 6th
lord's occupancyof thc 7th house will dissatisfythe native
in the matter of progenY. His own spousewill be his sworn
enemy.

qrtiseent qrdl idt rrrf{tfqqnq r


r(itr(1als(fq: il(sll
{(ac.ntkflrdt s
68. If the 6th lord is in the 8th, the native wilt be sickly,
inimical,will desireothers'wealth,be interestedin others'wives
and bo impure (or degmded).
Notes : It is not good for one's purity of character if the
8th houseis occupiedby the 6th lord. The native will be ever
incurring enmity with othersand be not happy. He will have
I Srecneye on others' learningand an eyeoJ others' wealth'

qdi

luq$i

qrqn

qrrr qiltoqrqrqfq'fil t

qfuarfa:. lalqqfara qTqfttqett

Chaptcr 24

Ztl

69. If the 6th lord is in the 9th, the nativewill trade


in
wood and stones (crSFI also means poison), and
will have
fluctuatingprofessionalfortunes.
Notes : The Maharshi seemsto suggestthat one will deal
in building construction materiar by sa1-ingthat one
wiil seil
wood and stoneswith the 6th tord in the 9th. It wilr
furthei
causeups and downsin one'slivelihood.

qalt
1166{I
qFi rril.T:
E{rrt
E{rt qFt
5nR13: r
Elwril:rE ftg*rilr fqil a gd {AE ueotl
70. If the 6th rord is in the l0th, the nativewiu be wenknown amonghis men, rvill not be respectfuilydisposed
to ni,
father and will be happy in foreign countries. He will
be a
gifted speaker.
Notes : one wiil be greatryvalorous and rearnedin Sastras
(or' ancient lore). There will be litigations on
account of
ancestralproperties. Dutifulness and living in foreign ptace
will also come to pass. These are in furthiran". to
ti. oge;s
viewsfor the placementof the 6th lord in the l0th house.

qcei{i
qcdi FTt$tri
qrri q6t:

{q*

tl?crFlqrX 1

yrqq Hr6dtwrdtfn;gg"g<ifs{il:nsltl
7t. If the 6th.lord is in the lith, the native
gain
will -*iff
wealththrough his cnemies,be virtuous, adventurous
ana
be somewhatbereftof progenichappiness.
Notes : One will, to someextent,be happyand to yet
some
e:rtgnt be unhappy if the 6th lord occupiesthe
I lth house.
This is in regardto progeny. There is also a view
that this
positioncan wholly deny acquisitionof a child.

qsdd aqqqrqqQ Err

fqaqiq'l wiaqnl

E{Tgia El I

dtqt{ng rFrT:usRtl

72. If the 6th lord is in the l2th the native


will always
spend on vices, be hostile to learnedpeople
and will torture
living beings.

Notes: The nativewill be of questionable.


morality and
will ever be intent on deriving,.iuui
iio,n"od.i
ftr"rur.,
females
aswell.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

2t2

Eri{i qrdtl snfi: qT{ri{ FFqe' I


gGEl fqqffurlsu'l:<}ilt} qTiltwfiqa: llsllt
73. EFFECTS OF THE 7TH LORD IN VARIOUS
HOUSES (upto slokaSt) : lt thc 7th lord is in the ascendant,
the nativewill go to others'wives,be wicred, skiiful, devoidof
oourage-andaffiicted by windy diseases.
Notes : The native will not be firm in his wordsand
actions. He will impart couragein others although he himself
will be bereft of courage. So say learnedastrologeisin the
coutextof the ascendantbeingoccupiedby the 7th lord.

{riri rq,i qrd} lrgr*fu: qqfiea: t


mdqraarFarq rftdq{f ir rFFr: llleYll
74. lf the 7th lord is in the 2nd, the nativewill have
many wives,will gain wealththrough his wife and bd procrastinating in nature.
Notes : This position will further give corrupt character
making one addicted to many women' He will lose his wife
carly. His prosperitywill ascendwith his marriage.

{Tiri

fiti

ilil

qirqtq} A qr;R: I

rErfqasmt g* aimq f*tfq vitqfalle{ll


75. lf the 7th lord is in the 3rd, thc nativewill faceloss
of childrenand sometimeswith greatdilficulty therswill exist a
living son. There is also the possibilityof birth of a daughter
(who will sustain).
Notes : Three salient features in regard to progenyare
denotedby sageParasarafor thc 3rd houseplacementof the 7th
tord. Firstly, lossof chrldrenin general. Secondly,possibility
of (rarely)acquiringa daughter. Lastly, no possibilityof having
a living son. In fine, probablya femalechild will live long to
keepthe nativehappy, while male children will passaway as
they are born.

{Tiri gqrrr+t ErFrI ?nTq sfr q{r I


rqd ttqfqql dtnq uqteqtar<)ngq u\eqll

Chapter24

213

76. lt the 7th lotd is in the 4th, the wife of the native
will not be under his control. He will be fond of truth, bc
intelligentand religious. He will sufferfrom dentaldiseases.
Notes : A disobedientwife follows the 4th house position
of the 7th lord. This is Mabarshi's instruction. However,
Ramadayalustatesin this context thus, qffilfrflfr{rtffrrdr ilqqfqt
meaningthat the native'swife will brilliantly shinewith chastity
or devotionto husband. Lord Rama's sacredhoroscopeis a
classicexamplehavingCancerascendantwith Saturo, the ?th
lord, in the 4th-of course in exaltation. I do not possess
eventhe slightestcompctenceto saythat the Maharshi,sview is
untenable..
'In
this context, however,I quote a horoscope from
"SaptarshiNadi" (Volume for Tiurus ascendant). The whole
Nadi wasa product of intcrcoursebetweenfour groupsof sages,.
eachgroup havingsevengreat sages,in the benign presencJof
Parvati, a consort of Lord Siva. h, the seminaron Taurus
asce.,dant,
Parasarawasalso a participant. The horoscope in
particrrlar(bearingNo. 25 in thc original volume)wasanalysed
by Parasara
himselfas one of the sevenRishisio dialogue. See
the nativity :

Merc
Sun
Ven

211

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastru

Dealing with the above horoscope, Parasaradescribes


lhe native's spouse thus : "she will be somewhat shorttcmpered. Shewill deliver auspiciouswords. She will be dear
to her husband. Shewill live begettingfame from all the four
directions. She will be fortunate. She will be freefrom any
blemish(or Dosha). Shewill be dark in complexion. She will
feed the needy. In beauty, she will be akin to Rathi (the
extremelycharmingspouseof the extremely ch'armingCupid,
the Hindu God of beautyand son of Maha Vishnu). She will
many ornamentsand be intelligent. Shewill be modest
possess
and will not haveany desirefor other men (than her spouse,i.e.
describes
the native in que3tion)." This is how sageParasara
the wife of the native in questionin verses27-29 ibid. Though
no direct reason has been attributed for the chastity of the
spouse,we cannotignorethe dispositionof the 7th lord, particularly with debilitatedMoon in the 7th. The ?th lord is in the
' 4th giving the native a spousewho would be extremelydevout
proving an asset to the husband. As such the view of our
presentsloka in regardto the spouseis at the outset defective.
Thus the wife cannot be out of the control of the native. The
Chaukambhaedition also clearlystatesthat the native'swife will
not be chaste, see qrql{aqlilfrilr and hencethe versionof our
slokais also rightly interpreted.

{titi qsqt qra qrfi qrigsnftm:r


gtitr erlftr{q ttw wierrrftrq:
rieetl
77.lt the 7th lord is in the5th, nativewill be honourable,
cndowedwith all (i.e. sevenprincipal)virtues, always delighted
and endowedwith all kinds of wealth.
Notes : I have observed two salient featuresin the 7th
tord's gcttinginto the 5th house. These are : (l) Delay and
in marriedlife. The conjugallife seldomproves
disappointments
(2)
Severeaflliction to progenic indications' Either
happy.
there will be unhappinesson account of children or lossof
children.
The effects mentioned by the sage, viz' virtues, wealth,
honour and (general) happinesswitl also come to pasS. The
happinessabout marriageand progenywill visibly be absent.

Chapter24

215

This will furthergrverise to the native'sassociation


with
greatpeople. He will beendowedwith boostedspirits.

{ri{i Rgur*i

qqt as r{nfiTfl |

R"qT qilscr il it ?{d Tldt gdfifiir: llecll


78. If the 7th lord is in the 6th, the native will begeta
sickly wife, be inimical to her, given to anger and devoid of
happiness.
Notes : The ?th lord in the 6th will reducethe general
happinessof the native apart from severelyinflicting his conjugal
bliss. His own healthwill be poor while his wife will be weak
in constitution. Shewill equallyhaveadversehealth conditions
The native will coaleascewith harlots.

{rifr wtt qr* qtil rr<gwFca:r


u"tt fqqwdrlq'tq t{Fi qrdfurnl nst.tl
79. lt the ?th lord is in the ?th, the nativewilt be endowcd
with happinessthrough wife, be couriageous,skilful and inteltigent but only affiicted by windy diseases.
Notes : By using the word "ii'qti" in the text meaning
"only", the sagehints that the only possible defect in' the ?th
lord's placementin the 7th itself will be. troubles from windy
(like rheumatism,artheritis elc.).
diseases
One undesirable quality will, however, be found in the
native, contrary to no adverse indication in the text, and tbat
is his addiction tg other females. This is an exceptionto Venus
occupyingthe 7th houseidentiel with Taurus or Libra.

{ti{i

qigrrqrd

qrd} {rrgd{iira: I

qntsfq <lrrgmrser
3:dlarft t qqfl ucotl
80. If the 7th lord is in the 8th, the native wilt be dcprived
of marital happiness. His wife will be troubled by diseases,bc
devoid of good dispositionand will not obey the native.
Notes : As the 7th lord goesto the 8th house,the native's
spouse will be liable to incur affiictions to her longevity.
However, marriage may bring some pecuniary gains for the
native.

'

216

Brihat PorssaraHora Sastra

eTit qdqrq?i rrqrt'tfq: (eFrrt: l


qrmaHq?tr snil} qEr(lq.[r}

;tT:ltc{tl

81. If the 7th lord is in the 9th, the nativewill haveunion


with many women,be welFdisposedto his own wife and will
havemany undertakings(or assignments).

trit n{qrqrt FrrcrrqFn q{Il3il |


tqri udra] ilal utg?rfEitil: ile Qtl
82. If the 7th lord is in the l0th, the nativewill begeta
disobedientwife, will be religious and endowed with wealth,
tons etc.

rTii

qrlTrilqi

ni<ciqqrrrq: I

geftqcm{ q qt: tr;q$rcr}niq tre1rr


83. If the th lord is in the I lth, the nativewill gainwealtl
through bis wife, be endpwedwith lesshappinessfrom sonsetc.
and will havedaughters.
Notes : If the ?th lord is in the llth house,there is a
possibilityof the nativelosinghis childrcn to his grief. He will
obtain (more)daughters. His own sonswill be hostile to him
rnd will causehim no happiness. Living son alsoseemsto be
very rcmote a ProbabilitY.

. rtirf qqt ilal qfu: uqqlsfqqr r


qrqtsRqcrftils qrrEit{l at niq ncvtl
84. If the 7th lord is in tthe l2th, thenativewill incur
pnury,be a miserand his livelihoodwill be relatedto clothos.
His wife will be a spendthrift.

qqffi
lfiai

nq1 qn?a11et<lfqsftrd:r
Trgunni q f f i
rqqlilr ilc{tl

85. EFFECTS OF THE 8TH LORD IN YARIOUS


HOUSES (upro sloka 96) : lf the 8th lord is in the ascendant,
the native will be devoid of physicalfelicity and will suffer from
wounds. He will be hostile to godsand brahmins(or religious
pcoplc).

2t7

Chapter24

qi
qerii
o6arqta:
rqTqer
q{ ilq qiq wr{ f,cefqd a qrq* trcqrr
86. If the 8th lord is in the 2nd, the nativewill be devoid
of bodily vigour, will enjoy a little wealth and will not regain
lost wealth.

Trili
{tilil

q{t qR srqctd r qrrt I


qtlQlq{q

qTq*

qqqftrd: trc\erl

87. If the 8th lord is in the 3rd, the nativewill be devoid


offraternal happiness,he indolent and devoid of servantsand
strength.

<?*i gqqrqrt nEEta) nitiqq: r

q{egdf,*

fraalql n dqrq:rrcqrl

88. If the 8th lord rs in the 4th, the child will be deprived
of its mother. He will be devoid of a house, lands and
and will doubtlesslybetrayhis friends.
happiness
Notes : Maharshi Parasarausesthe word "frR[" meaning
child. Henceit is apparentthat the nativewill lose his mother
in the very childhood if the 8th lord is in the4th house.

qriri
qiqrTri
erqnl qicqt*

fls{fa: sqTqt I
{lutXra E;nFqe:trcetl

89. If the 8th lord is in the 5th, the native will be dullrsltted, 'will have limited number of of children, be longlived
i6nd wealthy.
Notes : One's financial acquisitions, though abundant,
'will'not be steadyand be subjectedto fluctuations. Though his
intentionsand actionswill be bonafide, theywill go unrecogni'zod. He will not be steadyin disposition and will off and on
ehange his line of thinking. He will not enjoy filial bliss.
fhese are additional hints for the Sth.lord'sstationingin the Sth
houseat birth.

rFd{i Rgmatt nTtil qicqa: r


<lqwnttqrq ffin micoq Ee{ nc.otl

218

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasta

90. If the 8th lord is in the 6th, the native will win over
and during childhoodwill
his enemies,be affiictedby diseases
water.
snakes
and
through
incur danger
Notes : The position of the 8th lord in the 6th houseis a
over enemiesand in litigations. The native
sureshotof success
danger
throughsnakes,scorpionseto. during
to
reduced
will be
he
will be free from such calamities.
Afterwards
childhood.
position
is
not
very favourablefor one'shealth.
this
However,
span
of life.
long
a
indicates
This also

irr<qrsd ircrt qTqtad nlq t


$i{i
arFrR r riqqrftta|wl qrq!il EErr neltl
91. If the 8th lord is in the ?th, the native will havetwo
wives. If the 8th lord is conjunct a maleflc in the 7th there
(qr livelihood).
will surelybe downfull in his business
Notes : The 7th housebeingoccupiedby the 8th lord is a
forerunnerof difficultiesin married life. There will be want.of
betweenthe nativeand his spouse. The constitutunderstanding
will be quite weak and shewill alwaysbe
spouse
of
the
ion
or dangers.
uncertainties
subjectedto
Outwardlythe nativemay poseto be God-fearing. But he
will not be sincerely devotedto the Almighty. He will be an
expertin stealingothers'things.

t;dri $tqrqti wm itatget {d: I


h,i* qsqqq:Tqrsqklfaal$qFi;{T:ueRtl
92. If the 8th lord is in the 8th the native will bc long'
tived. If the said planet be weak being in the 8th, the longevity
will be medium, while the native will be a thief, be blameworthy
and will blame others well.
Notes : In remainingin the 8th itself,the 8th lord should
be quite strongin Shadbala,so the native will be long'lived. If
he is bereft of strength, the native will not enjoy full spanof
life.
The 8th house in occupationby its own lord will give a
spouse with questionable character. However she will be a
sourceof financial help to the natirrc by her own earningsor

Chapter24

219

properties. The native will inherii ancestralpropertiesas well.


The evil effectscitedabovewill not cometo passfor an Aquarius
nativehaving Mercury in exaltationin the gth in Virgo. He
shouldbe within the first half of Virgo to stall the said evils.
h the later portion of Virgo his potenceconsiderablydecreases.

qcei{T irq:Tanl u{r}6t


-

S6eqrqfq[d{*Er

rrftao: I

"
rTTa6rnq{r($,:
nqltt

93. If the 8th lord is in the 9th, the nativewill betrayhis


relig on, be a heterodox,will begeta wicked wife and will steal
others'wealth.
Notes : The native will suffer frequent misfortunesand
downfalls. His prosperitywill not be unobstructedand he will
fidd it difficult to cope up with professionaladversities. IIis
father will suffera cut in longevity.His understanding
with his
father will be dtficient. Progenic happinesswill not come to
him in full measure. His wife will be of "questionablebirth".
Shewill go to other men and begetprogeny. The nativehimself
will be addicted to others' housewives.These are additional
efrectsof the 8th lord occupyingthe 9th housein a nativity. In
the caseof a Gemini native,Saturnoccupyingthe 9th house(his
Moolatrikona)will not produce these malefic effects. But his
benefictendencieswill be quite meagre.

{?ri{i n{qrdei
ftq*<ufEafqa:r
qf
fq{3: 6fti{q
iq {im nt.ytl
94. If the 8th lord is in the l0th the nativewill be devoid
ot i.raternalbliss, be a tale-bearer and be bereft of livelihood.
If there is an-aspcctin the process from a benefic, then these
evilswill not mature.
Notes : There is a school of thought to saythat the 8th
lord occupyingthe 9th house will cause the deathsof parents
right in lhe native's boyhood. Apparently one will not enjoy
for a long duration.
parentalhappiness
placement
of the 8th lord will produce all kinds of
This
fortunes,fame,propertiesand the like.
livelihood,
miseriesin
Accordiog to MaharshiParasara,if the 8th lord in the 10th
houseis (well) rdated to a benefic,no evils will cometo pass.

220

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasta


\\

ilrq$IrR{t TrTIt qqqfqr: r

(;rr{T

eretg:<rt
qct rwq atafgaqwFt* ueul
95. If the 8th lord alongwith a maleficisin the llth, the
.
nativewill be devoid of wealthand will be miserablein boyhood
but happylater on. Shouldthe 8th lord be in conjunctionwith
a beneficand be in the llth, the nativewill be long-lived.
. Notes : The Sth lord in the I lth house,unlessrelatedto a
malefic,particularlyby conjunction,will not deprivethe native
of financialbenefits. If he is alone in the llth, he will not
prove that bad in this respect. Moreover,for Taurus ascendant,
Jupiterin the llth housc is not baneful. And for Scorpio
ascendant,Mercury in the llth will prove a highly favourable
bargainin the matter of wealth,fame,knowledgeetc.

dTrrqrqr{ Uq,r{ aqq6{ qil |


rrtii
Eriqr$q qicqra: aqrt s fe{ier: 1e.qtl
96. If the 8th lord is in the l2th, the native will spendon
evil deedsand will incur a short life. More so, if there be addF
tionally a maleficin thc saidhouse.

qrt{i

qrqt

qrilew

qkil silqinl

sqqfiEr: r

RGq{q ;fsilFrq firgfua: tperl

97. EFFECTS OF TEE gTH LORD IN .Y'A,RIOUS


HousES (up to sloka ths) : rt the 9th rorctis in.the.ascendant,
the nativewill be fortunate(or.prosperous),
wiil be honouredby
the king, be virtuous, dharmi4g,ilearnedand ,honoureAUime
public.
Notes: If the gth rord,isrin:the rising .s!gn;ithe,native.will
hold a very high position which wil bring him wearthand fame.
He will be free from enemies. A .female ibaviqg .the
saiil
positionwill prove a worthy housewifeanrl be rid
df affiictions
from other planetarysources.l(Theseeffects,nillnot be enjoyed
by a Scorpio native.)

qrrt{i

ffrrrrqQ qfrea} q;rEFFr$r:


I

qTqetrinr{ firt't ratgarfagwrhEa:


rrqcrr

Chapter 24

221

98. If the 9th lord is in the 2nd, the nativewill be a


scholar,be dear to all, wealthy, sensuousand endowed with
happinessfrom wife, sonsetc..

qrai

qrEtTr{q' qr(t} qRtq(trrF{fr: t


uftrrl
gureirerftf sqvifqqqfiqfl: tttQ.n

99. If the 9th lord is in the 3rd, the nativewill be entlowed


with fraternalblies,be wealthy,virtuousand charming.

{rQi

gfwar$

t{qfaqla{q

Temqe{iTf,:r

qqwqil

c+;qr: nlootl

100. If the 9th lord is in the 4th, the nativewill enjoy


houses,conveyances
and happiness,
will haveall kinds of wealth
and be devotedto his mother.

TFt{i
qiltrrqrt {il+ilq{rqFrf,: r
gwRaw) dH qTrtilnqfieal ;R:1lo{tl
l0l. If the 9th lord is in the 5th the.nativewill be endowed with sonsand prosperity,devotedto elders,bold, charitable
and learned.

qrQqi f<gww.i qcq{Trrq}si;lr: t


mgofeqd{t: {r1frT: qtfsa: Tr?[r
ttt oRtr
102. If thc 9th ior.l is in the 6tlr, the native nril enjoy
meagre prosperity, be devoid of happiness from materaal
relativesand be alwaystroubledby. enemies.

qrQ*

qnqrqd

qT<qlTrtE
tqt{q: I
qnrt
dtfeqtrqTfr
faqqrilq:
u I oQtl
Wrqq
103. O Brahmin, If the 9th lord is in the Zth, the native
will begethappinessafter marriage,be virtuous, and famous.
Notes : one will further be abre to achieve successin ail
his undertakings. His prosperity wilr pick up after marriage.
.The nativewill be not well disposedto his
father. These e
additional effects due to the 7th house placementof the 9th
lord.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

222

qrfi{i ${flqi
wrra6ta} a<} q\ r
rleryras<i *q irczl FITFTT
wat trlovtr
104.If thc 9th lord is in the 8th, the native will not be
prosperous
from his elderbrothcr.
and will not enjoy happiness
Notes : Having got the 9th lord relegatedto the 8th
house,one will be devoid of fortunes.He will facefailuresin all
his undertakings. He will not achieveprofessionaland financial
stability. His father will primarily incur a cut in longevity.
The native will be a souroeof miscries to his eldcr brothers/
sisters.
A blessingin disguisewith this position is a probable
inheritenceof patrimony by the native.

wQt

$narffqi

gunl<riwr;a)

alqrarurG<a: t

(an'q: { q

qd lltotll

105. If the 9th lord is in the 9th, the nativewill be endowed with abundantfortunes,virtues and beauty and will enjoy
much happinessfrom co-born.
Notes : Should the 9th lord be in the 9th itself,one will
obtain fraternal bliss. His co-bronwill amass fortune. The
nativehimself will own propertics in a largescale. He will
in eachand every undertaking. His father
achieveeasysuccess
will play a significant role in his (i.e. the native's)progress.
The native'smother will be free from diseases.The nativewill
be nurturedby his maternalgrandparents.

qrrli
n{ilqrai
q;{t tilqliletsfq

slal Ttqrsq diRTt: I

gqqq

wgfwc: lllot ll

106.If the 9th lord is in the 10th,the nativewill be a king


or equal to him or be a ministeror an army chief, be virtuous
and dearto all.
that with the 9th lord goingto
Notes : The sagesuggests
the l0th the nativewill be eithera king or a ministeror an army
chief. Apparently,if the 9th lord is prepotent,one will enjoy
royal status. The strength proportionately falling down will
makethe nativeenjoycomparativelylesserpositions.

Chapter24

223

sFtri qnTqnrri q?Tilrq] &A fet r


rl{ift Swtrai q gqrqq guq-a6fq
llloell
107. If the 9th lord is in the llth, the native will enjoy
financialgainsday by day, be devoted to elders, virtuousand
meritoriousin acts.
Notes : The nativewho hasthe 9th lord in the I lth house
will seeincreasingphasesof fortunesand prosperity. The 9th
lord indicatesone'sprosperityand the I lth housegains. Hence
the said position is extremely favourablefor materialupliftment. This will, however,not applyto Gemini ascendanthaving
Saturn,the 9th lord, in the llth house. On the contrary it
will provehighly detrimentalfor the prosperityof the native.
Additional effectsdue to the 9th lord'g placementin the
llth house (excepting of course Gemini ascending),high
honours,spiritualsuccess,
metaphysicalachievementsand gains
through father.

rnrlnl aqqqr.lgfr qrrqUfffit Tqq I


vmri uqql fii{ fidi}sRfqrffqrE nIocl|
108. If the 9th lord is in the l2th, the nativewill incur
of
loss fortunes, will alwaysspend on auspiciousactsand will
becomepoor on accountof entertainingguests.
Notes : The 9th lord in the l2th is saidto causelossof
wealth on aecount of entertainingguests. In the modern
-contextlavishpartieswill take this role. The nativewill land in
financial difficulties on account of throwing parties and the
like.
This po'sitionis not also auspiciousfor the happinessof
elder brothersand sisters.

nftl qrai vn) feaq aqrfrq{t nfq: r


c|El tril tql q{qq ql1fafai fEi rrtoerr
IO9. EFFECTS OF THE |OTH LORD IN VARIOUS
HOUSES (upto sloka 120) : If the l0th lord is in the ascendant,
the native will be scholarly, famous, be a poet, will incur
diseasesin boyhood and be happy later on. His wealth will
increaseday by day.

1'

Brihat ParasaraHora Sasrra

224

Notes : The l0ttr lord occupying the ascendantis very


.favourablefor richesgiving a royal statusto the native. The
following figurebelongsto SarabhojlMaharajaof Tanjore.

Rahu
Moon
Sat
Jup
Ven

In the abovechart, the lord of the l0th is Mercury who is


The 2nd lord venus is in the
in tbc ascendantin own sign.
native amassed a vast
The
..rrr1rr^nnof exalted Jupiter.
the Tanjore Saraswati
established
He
and wealth'
lt;;i;
literatureof ancient
of
treasure-housc
a
rr,r"i"r Library which is
lore.
Theascendanthavingthel0thlordinitwillcontributeto
and learned. It will also
the nativ;'; becoming well educated
make one widelY famous'
IftherearenbBa|arishtacombinationsandifthe6thlord
position of the l0t! lord in
is sufficientlyfavourable, then the
in boyhood'
diseases
cause
will not
the ascendant

qtiti
a6q6ei

u?qr.Ri
.iiil?q{ir

qE{q Uurta:t
fraftqci{ir: ttl I oll

'it optri
.zt

u2t

ll0 If the lOth lord is in the 2nd, the nativewill bc


' wealthy, virtuous, honoured by the king, charitablc'and will
enjoy happinessfrom father and others.
Notes : The placement of the lOth lord in the 2nd will
through one'sown profession
give immeasurablefinancialsuccess
or calling, apart from a large scale patrimony. (This will be
more effective for Gemini ascendant having the lOth lord
Jupiter in the 2nd in exaltation). His fame will spread in all
corners,accordingto other classical-exponents.
The horoscopeof Mr. Morarji Desai,an erstwhile Primc
Minister of India, as given below, is a perfect example to 'dcpict
professionalfame etc.
'
Born on 29'2.1896atl258 hrs (LMT) in Bulsar(Gujrat)'

Mars
Merc
Venus

RASI
Moon
Ketu

The lOth lord is in the 2nd house speakingfor the wide


political fam6 he earned through a number of years. He also
bccn
occupiedthe covetedposition of Prime Minilter. He has 'The
professionally.
and
financialty
person
both
a successful
exaltationof Saturnin a trine, and of Jupiter in the 2nd have
been key factors in the natfve's success. The I lth housc
receivesits owo lord's aspectfrom exaltation sign giving gains in
a bctter manner.

226

Brihat Parasara lIora Sastra


'Indiru
Also refer to the birth chart of Mrs
Gandhi,
where Mars ruling the lOth house is in the 2nd house.
Except for a brief period, she continues to .be the prime
Minister from 1966 onwards. Her fame has spread in all
cornersand she is consideredto be one of the most skilful
administrators.
lfi',rT{t

r6n qrd

f:rr{i

guRrFT?it:qFq"t sFrqdl q(: unltl

ErE1?qqqiliqa:
r

lll. If the lOth lord is in the 3rd, the nativewill enjoy


happinessfrom brothers and servants,be valorous,'virtuoui
eloquentand truthful

6fti

qqsnci

qdf qR!Q* <tr:I

cn-qfe-gqtu1nl gqq

q;Hrtfqut lqtl

l12. If the lOth lord is in the 4th, the nativewill be happy,


be always interestedin his mother's welfare, will lord over
landsand houses,be virtuousand wealthy.
conveyances,

$qm
(lttil

qffiTi

qfitml

H{fTqrffiftqil: r
q?TqrlT grilqfq illlltl

ll3. If the lOth lord is in the 5th, the native will be


endowedwith all kinds of learning,bc always dolightedand be
wealthyand endowedwith sons.
Notes : The lord of the l0th house occupyingthe 5th
housewill provea greatassetfor the nativc bestowingabundant
wealthwhichwill never.Ieavehim. He will havea number of
children. There will seldon be filial grief for him. He witl
alwaysmoveamongwealthypeople. In the matterof learning
and education,sky is the limit in his case. He will be very
truthfully disposedand command all materialcomfortsof life.
Dr. Rabindranath Tagore's natusis given below which will
deccribehis radiant intelligence, brilliant learning and unparalleled poeticabilities.Birth data : born May 7,1861 at 3.15AM
IST at 22N35 88E30.
.
Note the l0th lord Jupiterin exaltationin the 5th obtaining
a potential statusover other planets in the horoscope. Jupiter's

Chopter 24

227

RASI

powerful aspecton his dispositgr, the Moon, lent that trenendous mental impetus to the native that he was a preeminentpoet with a matchlesslearning. Mercury ruling the
4th houseis unaffectedby the Sun, being 16"apart.

ftgurart fqEq't<qfirqfqa:
T{{i
r
qfftfg-c:
tgttsft uiqfa: {r{fx:
nt tvtl
ll4. If the l0th lord is in the 6th, the native will be
bereft of paternalbliss. Although he may be skilful he will be
bereft of wealthand be troubled by enemies.
Notes : fhe 10th lord goingto the 6th houseis a dirc
blemish for professional and monetary stability. One will
undergofrequent changesin his calling and will. suffer losscr
therein. His financial growth will bs severelypanlyzed,. Hc
will have a number of enemiescontributing to his decline. He
will incur lasting diseases. An advantage, however,will como
to bim in the form of'extreme intelligence.

qlct{i

atwrqd ilfr itn!!erFre:1,


tr{t't gqqq ilrif q?Eq{rn: (rrTt t t trr

115.If the 10th lord is in the 7th, the netivewill bc

228

Brihat ParosaraHora Sastra

endowedwith happinessthrough wifc, be intelligent, virtuous,


eloquent,truthful and religious.

nfri

q;aqrqd tfsal

{tefgrca*

irnil:

ctlaq: r

qtft;qme{or:nttqlr

tl6. If tbe l0th lord is in the 8th, rhc native will be


dcvoid of (good) acts,longlivedand intent on bla/ningothers.
Notcs : Thc lOth lord's placement in the 8th house
denotespotenceof longevity. The l0th .lord is rhe indicator of
one'sKarmic credit and his strength or his positionin the 8th
housewill contribute to great longevity. That the l0th lord
sbould be considcredakin to Saturn in the matter of life span is
a fact taught to us by Mabarshi Parasra,vide sloka 3 in ch. ig.
Tho nrle as per the presentverse will, however,not apply to
Gemini ascendanthoroscopc having Jupiter in the 8th (in fall)
.whicb will in fact adversely rfrect longevity. And a Leo native
will be a significant bcneficiary with Venus in the 8th in
cxslation and will enjoy a considerablylong span of life.

rrct\i qrqi qrd rmt rrwgnilew:r


qtg?Tfti{iT: ltl lstl
l17. If tbe l0th lord is in thegth, one born of royal scion
will becomea king whereasan ordinarynative witl be equalto a
ting. This placementwill confer wealth and progenichappiness
etc.

qvqqlq6
6fri
rtr{qe:
fq.ldt sFrrRilr rr Snkr*

rdt r
il(: ||ttqtl

It8. If the l0th lord is in the l0th, th nativcwiltbe


rkilful in all jobs, be valorous,truthful and devotedto elders.

ildn
efq

arqqsrei qkil rrqmFra: r


gsrqtlqrR RFr.ilffir q{| gd} n qI atl

119. If'thc l0th lordisin the llth, the nativewitl be


codowedwitb wealth, happinessand sons. He will bc virtuous,
truthful and elwaysdeligbted.

2rg

24
Chapter
.qqwn?Q tu qTiltlt ewt: I
rr*i
nea}s,fr qd fitd agroarfr fqfil{: lllioll

120. If the l0th lord is in the l2th, the nativewill spend


through royal abodes (i e. kings), will have fear from cnemies
and will be worried in spiteof beingskilful.
Notes : Expenditurethrough royal abodespossibty indicates that thc native will lose on taxes, fines etc. to thc
governmentas the l2th house is involved. Otherwise,this can
mean luxurious political expenses. This placementwill cause
iroubles in financial matters through the Governmcnt.

qt it

mlfta:

qrii

qTf,:qfrqnlqftlTl

qd r

rfcqFR"l FiIr Fmr<qfktr lltllll

I2I. EFFECTSOF THE IITH LORD IN TlANOUS


HOUSES (upto sloka 132) z If the I lth lord ir in the ascendant'
the native will be genuine in disposition,be rich, happy, evcnsighted,be a poet, be eloquentin speechand bc alweyscndowed
with gains.
Notes : Whrin the llth lord is in the ascendent,the nstive
witl alwaysbefriepdthe virtuousand reject evil associations. Hc
will be extremelyprosperousafter marriage.

' trrili qffirqd


qrl: sriqqTfiqt: t
T{' fbg* itTitTarfq6{q qd ffi lltllll
122, lf the llth lord is in the 2nd, the native will bc cndowed with all kinds of wealth and all kinds of accomplishments,
bc charitable,religious and alwayshappy.

$[tt: $TFt:
FrTfnt i
q?il qq{c}la: Ilil]Ntd

rqeq tltllll

123.If the llth lord is in the 3rd,"thenative willbe


skilful in all joba, wealthy, endowedwith fraternal bliss and may
sometimesincur gout Pains.
\\
qt(

|
trrit q<rqrRi ilrq) qqgqT{
dtriqramrl w*
Ktfqq<qrfiqil: lllRYll

It4. If the llth lord is in the 4th, the native will gain

na

Brihot ParasaraHora Sastta

from matenralrelatives,will undertake visitsto shrinesandwill


posse$happinessof houseand lands.

qtti

qirfldei

qqGt qfea: !!il: I

fru+frsfq qs?itar:rqd q{ra: qdt ut R{rl


125. If tho llth lord is in the sth, the native's children
happy, educatedand virtuous. He will be himself
be
wil!
rcligiousand haPPY.

trrqrer,t qr* tqqqGqa: r


iltiri
qqfa: llrit q {qfq qRdtfsc:lttRq,tl
126.If the llth lord isin rhe 6th. the native will be
affiictcd by diseases,be cruel, living in foreign places and
troubled bY enemies.
Notes: The placementofthe llth lordinthe6thhouse
'acquisition' of diseases.
The
will augment the chancesof
nativcwill incur defects of hearing orgao. ([n Aquarius,the
llth lord will particularlyaffiict a Virgo native.with dirc
deafness.)The native will be so selfishthat for his own happinesshe will leavc his family membersand live away from his
home or hometown. Scrvitude will befit him rather than an
independent profession. He will often undergo financial
fwersals.

qdi .rtqr.Ri qrql in<5q r{r I


lnr(rrr Tfr htit srql rrtqtenqtlailtR\erl
lf,l. If the llth lord is in the 7th, the native will alwaye
gain through his wife's relatives, be liberal, virtuous, sensuous
and will remain at the commandof his spouse.
Notes : Should the 7th housebe occupied by the llth
lord, the native will alwayslook upto and receivehelp from his
wifc'c rehtives. He will be quite aflluent as well. He will lack
in wisdom. Judgement will lack in him in thi matter of
cxpensesand he cannot make out where to spendand where not
A strong urge to seek union with others' females will
alweyr be prevaleat in him but none will bother for him. Bven
lis own spousewill bossover him.

23r

Chapter 24

Elii{i rFHqIir(E qfi: nriE cnrt r

aeqrt{q q}E{tti qqd qrsi ftrq:ttlRqtt

128. If the llth ford is'in the 8th, the nativewill incur
reversalsin his undertakingsand will live long while his wife
bim.
will predecease
:
The
I lth lord in the 8th house increasesthe
Notes
The geniture given earlier of Sri Morarji
longevity.
native's
an ample
the 8th beingthe llth lord bea.rs
in
Mars
having
Desai
not be
rule
should
this
However,
effect.
this
to
testimony
havingMercury, the I lth lord, in the
applicdto Leo ascendant
8th housein debilitation
qIutETIl qtqt <t: t
Rlri{r rrlrqqlqtai
q (tqHE*
qEl: qtqEra
ailfuq: ll I RQtt
12g.lf the llth lord is in the 9th the nativewill be
fortunate,skilful, truthful' honouredby the king and be affiuent'

qr${i qqrr*et

qqffa}

f(qu{<a} u'tqq qtq{r{t

Wrrfaqfr',
fq*f?rq: lllQoll

130. If the llth lord is in the l0th, the native will be


honouredby-the king, be vlrtuous, attached to his religion'
intelligent,trulitful and will.subduehis senses'
Note3 : with the 1lth lord occupyingthe l0th house' one
He
witl be primarily intent on public welfare and redemption'
myriad
out
bring
and
religion
his
*iii A"fi," deepinto the core of
an epochof his
truths to educatethe public' He will create
sacredhorosThe
histo,ry'
of
pages
own which will go into the
as given
example
fitting
a
is
Swamiji
Fnakti Vedanta
1530
hrs
at
AD,
"iSti
lu96
Ist,
"op.
september
triorn, Hewas born on
at Calcutta.
Inthischart,thellthlordVenusisinthelothindebili.
in
tation and in the company of the l0th lord Mercury
his
enhanced
Venus
to
occurring
Neechabhanga
exaltation. The
had many
meritsand took him to matchlessheights' Swamiji
peak in
in
Saturn
I'iz'
horoscope,
his
in
other brilliant features
Ketu and
the llth house, the 3 important planets-the Sun'
(and
beingin one
i"piirt - all effectivelyjoining in the 9th house
foundedHare
uoi ,u^. Navamsa)und .o on and so forth' Hc

232

Brihat Parasaral{ora Sasfra

Moon
Mars

Sun
Jup
Ketu
Lagna

Merc
Venus

spreading
the gcled nameof Lord Krishna
Irj:1r:,il::":t
to.the
West-He broughtout in printhiscomment"ri.,on
VrOai
Gita erc. in uncountable
volumcs.Above alt, ho ir; ;;;
word on thelips of millions.
It is my experience
that a pranetwith canceteddeb'itation
would give suchsplendidresultskeepingotherplAnefs
bd;;;
and makethe world conscious
of sucha n-ative.itls of ;;;;;
a prcrequisite
that the ascendant
rordshourdprimariiyt ;.*
cnough. In the cascof swamiji, the sour stands
well-fonifiei
and robedwith identitywith the praise-worthy
Lord. r"rurtiue
prepotent9th house conrainingascendant
rta
Jiu tiu
Sunand Ketu.
"roog
The readercan arwaysnote that if tbe ilth rord
is weil
disposedin the t0th house,the native concerned
wlll dedicate
his life for othersand be devoidof desiresto meeting
porsonal
--cnds' Thatis the moral we rearnfrom the-swa.i.ii
sLiir.

aTrii ***t1*
erq: rig n{q r
qfti'i ir qdak qiit q iif ei,rrlnl

l3l. If the llth.lord is in the llth, the native


will gainin
all his undcrtakingswhile his rearningand happiness
wiil be on
the increaseday by day.

Chapter 24

23,/

tTrtqt Eq{ETEqtntqriq :eq: ftn |


rfrtfit qlsfnt
**=eri*,irrcF,:trllRtl

132. If the I lth lord is in the l2th, the nativewill


always
elqe_ndon good dieds, be s-ensuous,
will have rnuny *iu"s and
will befriendbarbarians(or foreigneisin general).

.
.

Eqt{i qr;i qrfr cqq{frq}qi} qia r


qqfqqrfrqfqil,rrtigtl
s
!rie: sq{rit

133.EFFECTSOF THE I2TH LORD IN YARIOUS


IraasES (uptosroka144): If rhe r2rh rord is in the
thenativewifl be a spendthrift,be weak in constitutioo,
"r.roo"ii
*iii
sufferfrom phregmaticdisorders,and be devoidor weatl
aiJ
lcarning.
Notes: phregmatic
disorders
retateto breathing.troubres,
lung disorders,tuberculosis
etc. With the l2th lori g";;;
therisingsign,thenativewill alwayssufferfrom oo. aii.uri
oi
theother. He will everbe in the grip of fear
-"iir-ill'viiii
of
death.
H;
witt acquiremanv vices. His uri'a"it"rings
success.

.qtd qiqrqrt qq6,ri E4T: sEi r


ufqs': fsqqr{t i gorelweuFqil:rr?lvH
134. lt the l2th rord is in the 2nd,the nativewil
arwavs
spendon auspiciousdeeds,be religious, will speak,"..ify
be endowedwith virtues and happiness.
"lJ

rqid r{il fld sqqtffiqfqil: r


q*E?qq"efl nffi
eqq: nli{rr

135.If the l2th lord is in the 3rd, theinative


will be
devoidoJfraternarbriss,w'l hateothersaad wit
pr"."r",rrrnourishment(i.e. be quiteselfish).

cqid qqrrrqpi qrg:


Qefiqfqils l
qfqqnTqr&il Erfi?a{q fti-ftt n

t tqrr

136.If rhe l2th llord is in rhe 4th the native


.
will be
devoidof maternalhappiness
and wili day-'by day aocrueloss6
in respectof lands,conveyances
and houses.

234

Brilnt ParasaraHora Sastrd

aqt{i

\
gTTTTI$T

rtt

il

?qi{i

ftgrrrer,i

qalaurfeefqil:r

a;lrtrttt afqhaq*

;rt: nli\etl

137. If the 12th lord is in the 5th, the nativewill be bereft


of sonsand learning. He will spend as well as visit shrinesin
t
order to begeta sbn.

iilril:

EsT;re[(5'q
I

xleftqrft s g:dt a q(slTqniild(: ulQerl


138.If the l2th lold is in the 6th, the nativewill incur
enmity with'his own men. be givento anger,be sinful, miserable
and will go to qthers' wives.

qirl

Eqql {T(fi: TGTI


ErfiFRt
drrr qTqtqd iq qq-fqurfTqfqa:rrllerr

I39. If the l2th lord is in the 7th, the native will incur
oxpenditureon accountof his wife, will not enjoy conjugalbliss
and will be bereftof learningand strength.

Era{i letrrrqTQ qra} atrrrfiQa: ftil I


&lars. qEqsFI{q wgotgor{Xfl:
lt{yotl
140. If the l2th lord is in thc 8th, the native will always
gain, will speakaffably,will injoy a mediumspanof life and be
endowedwith all good qualities.
Notes : By 'medium life' it is meant to denotea spanof
life of 60 years.So to saythe l2th lord in the 8th will not be in
a position to contribute to higher bracket of longevity.

'

q*rn qr{qqrqtq gri*


rriqr: r
q+at eqrqiqrqailR: ulyrtr
Rffiq

l4l. If the l2th lord is in the 9th, tbe nativewill dishonour his elders,be inimical even to his friends and be always
intent on achievinghis own ends.

aqi* trcqqrqei arql rTq$'qq{lE l


,frq*sft {q ilq Fqiqtq Qqrq,} uly1tl
142.lf the l2th lord is in the l0rh, the nativewili incur
expenditurethrough royal personsand will cnjoy only rnoderate
paternalbliss.

. 235

Chapter24

.qnn qrwrnttt qTi Ufr: nqlq*r


qi.r

<Grii red rqrfqtqqil ;R: utvirl

143. If the l2th lord is in tho I lth, the nativewill incur


gain through
losses,be brought up by othersand will sometirnes
others.
Notes : One will face obstacles in begettinga child if the
,
l2th lord occupies tho llth house. He will at last adopt
a child.

sqiri qwnet

aaqTtirq{Q qrq* r

r ntFq<i aer Fltit aqqrl Ttq lt tvvrl


144. It the l2th lord is in the l2th, the nativewill only
face heavy expenditure, will not have physical felicity, bq
iritable and spiteful.

tfr t nfqd fqq I qRrrTai q q( 'EFr{|


qcrcqfqiia
q{qi
aiqcTf{frEnlv{tt
G<tqitrtTq darq fefqrqhqan qq{ r
gumc*iitratn:
sqTqilu lvtrrr
fqrlri
fdk'tqkg qGr*d*: n$a*\ryq
r
-t
qqt trtverl
lokn
R{qdqdqi

qrE

ffi

sq{ qnf?rdnt

da iqfqF{ XiRfar

il fl+mqi qd qct nlvctl

145-148.MISCELLANEOUS .' O Brahmin, thoseare the


efrectsofhouse lords which are to be deduced consideringtheir
strenghs and weaknesses.In the case of a planet owning two
bhavas, the results are to be deductedbasedon its two lordships
(for the sameplacement). If contrary risults are thus indicated,
the resultswill be nullified, while results of varied nature will
come to pass. The planet will yield full, half or a quarter of
the effects accordiry to its strength being full, medium and
negligiblerespectively. Thus I have told you about the effects
due to bhava lords in various bhavas.
,Notes : We get important and key clue to analysethe
efrectsof a bhava lord placed in a certain bhava. Except the
Sun and the Moon, the other 5 planetsown two bhavaseach. In

236

Brihat ParasaraEora Sastra

the caseof the Sun and the Moon, the results cited will come to
pass. (Herealso onc ahouldgive due considerationto various
other relative factors. Simply applying the effects without
checkingothet sourceswill leadto pitfalls.)
When a planet ownstwo signs,its placementin a certain
bhavais affectedby its two lordships. For example,takethe
caseof Saturnin the 5th house.fora Piscesnptive. His position
in tbe 5th as the I lth lord w:lt givechildren end happiness
through them. And as the l2th lord, he witl deny progenyso
that the native resorts to visiting shrines elc. in a bid to
obtain a progeny. [n such a contrary situation the drfferent
results mentionedfor Saturn'sposition in the sth shouldnot be
Btraightaway
declared but alternativesourceslike Jupiter(the
significatorof progery) and the Moon (the owner of the 5th
house)shouldbe looked upto.
Next we are clearly instructed in regard to results of
mutually drfferentspheres. For exampleagain take the same
caseof PiscesascendanthavingSaturn in the 5th house. Othor
rcsults mentionedfor the l lth lord beingin the 5th houseere :
nativebeingreligiousand happy. As the l2th lord in the 5tb,
the resultmentionedis that the nativewill bo devoid of education. After sortingout the controversyaboutprogeny,it should
be declaredthat Saturnin the 5th will deprivethe nativeborn
in Piscesascendantof learning(as due to l2th lor{sbip) and
witl make the native religiousand happy (as the I tth lobd).

qqlsnfiI{tltQtfiqrsilq: ilR{fl
Chapter 25

Effects Of Non-LuminousPlanets
ttqrfqlqtadent qt{ii rnqsd
sr$rt'rdq$qi

eilTrI

q qqTfr T',eErteQrr
Ittl

l; Thus f haveexplained the effects of the sevenphnets


viz. the Sun e/c. Now I tell you about the effects oi nonluminous planets.

Chapter25

237

qn fmqi"t{r: g(ffiu} faq or:ue: r


qFdFAqqd:A q qrcrlql ?r<:carirlrr
2. EFFECTS OF DHT}A,IA IN YARIOUS BHAVAS
(uptosloka 13) : lf Dhuma is in the ascendant,
the native will
be valiant,endowed with beautifuleyes.stupeliedin disposition,
unkind,wickedand highlyshort-tempcrcd.
Notes : Beforedbclaringresultsdue to placements
of nonluminousplanets(i.e. Dhuma etc.), the student will do well
to refer to the sage'sinstructionin the concluding versesof the
presentchapter.
I havegiveniu my hotesfor slokas 66-69in ch.3 details
of ownership,exaltationand debilitation signs-for the l0 Upagrahas and Muhurta planets as culled out from Keeranuru
Nataraja'sJetakslankaram. These will benefit the reader to
(or
of thesealso fer edch'
consider
'Forlordships secondarylordships)
example, Gulika is 'lord' of Aquarius. Hence in
sign.
the caseof a Cancer native, he is the 'qth lord' apart fronr
Saturn'scandidacyfor 8th lordship. Of courseprimary importancebe given to Saturn and he should not be underratedin
that case.
The resultsdue to Dhuma, Gulika etc. will mature in
the Dasaperiodsof their dispositors. For example, if Gulika
is place.din Virgo, the effectsdue to Gulika will come to pa"s ln
the major and sub periods of Mercury
In giving effects Gulika is comparcd to,Saturn, Kata to
Rahu, Ardha Praharato Mercury and Yarnaghantaka
to Jupiter.
The first two a_remalefic in nature while the laJter twci are
benefics. Of all, Gulika js the most powerful in adverse
results while Yamaghantaka(son of Jupiter) is the gighty
benefic.

*rfJ ffit g Srrgl


Gdtl dfiA

ql

Tlsqrqaaqris:l
q?Eqf,]+ian:.tt1.tt

3. If Dhuma is in the 2nd, the native will b'e sickly,


wealthy,devoid of a limb, will incur humiliationat royal level,
be dullwitted and be a eunuch.

238

Brihat Parasara Hors Sastra

{frqri n"trigrwq $afqa: fsdEE:t


qf vqcw+ei wqal ffiTq ntq rrvrr'
i. If Dhuma is in the 3rd, the nativewill be intelligent,
very bold, delighted,eloquent,aod be endowed with men and
wealth.

6q"rg.qfriqq.fr fqrd qEft g:f<c r


qi qgt RrsrFi qi{rrcer{ifqrm: u{tl
5. If Dhuma is in the 4th, the native will be grievedon
accountof beinggiven up by his Ibmale but will be learnedin
all sastras,

ernrrqnr]
ffia)
gcf,r (.?qfr

qrqqiftqil |

qt

rr gFwafnEfua:
rrqrr

6. If Dhuma is in the 5th, the native will have limited


progeny,be deviod of wealth, be great,will eat anything and be
bereft of friends and Mantras.

qaqrsqlqqqil

qr

e6tulXa: eerir:

ir
(iil

Rgqrqnr
*qfffiwe: ll\ell

7. If Dhuma is in the 6th, the native will be strong,will


conquerhis enemies,-be very brilliant, famous and free from
diseases.

fqdq: qnd slit qreR{ rlfra: r


qt wari qril] fcrier: <aierrriq rrcrr
8. If Dhumais in the 7th, the native will be pcnniless,
be
ever sensuous,
skilful in goining to others'femalesand be'always
devoid of brilliance.

fqdtur qReqre: alieql

iqn$.e I

srfsq] faqr: rarfr qi t?trr* sfil nQ.tl


9. If Dhuma is in the 8th, the native will be bereft of
courage but be enthusiastic,be truthful, disagreeable,hardheartedand selfish.

Chapter 25

239

r;it qrdt qqrfiqn:r


{ffilmlqqrqf,l
q{rqTi fwt qi u{eq irqEqnnFT:nloll
I0. If Dhuma is in the 9th, the nqiivewill be endowed
with sonsand fortunes,be rich, honourablo, kind, religiou,
,oJ
well disposedto his relatives.

eaelxnaigw: wiilft rfaeq tdt r


r*rt

qnql

f{rTi {*

mqqaRqa:uIttl

ll. If Dhuma is in the l0th,'the nativewifl be endowed


with sons and fortunes, be delighted, intelligent, happy
and
truthful.

eraelFqf(qlqraq) qq{iqq

q*

ilqqil

tq

fqdtill

nefiFsilr r
dlarlfqE: trr Rtl

12. It Dhuma is in the llth, the nativewill be endowed


with wealth,grainsand-gold,be beautiful,wilt, fuye t<nowieOle
of arts, be modest and be skilfut in singing.

.rfaa: qmsql q a+ aTq{r(gil|


nccrtg dsm) 6qq{t^ fqdq: ri6: il t ltl
,l3. IfDhumais in the l2th, the nativewill be morallv
fallen,will indutgein sinfulacts,be interestedin others'
wives,
addictedto vives,unkind and crafty.

qfi vrt q qrflri q6r{} g:<fj{tea:


I
qTils*
qFEc1;1qq
.q<rT
qptvtl
d,{}
TTI
14, EFFECTS OF VYATIPATA IN VARIOUS
HOUSES
(uptosloka 25) : If Vyatipata (alsoknown
p"r")
in short
is in the ascendant,the native will be troubledby ";
miseries,be
cruel, will indulgein destructiveacts, be foolish uoa
*itt u.'iii:
disposedto his relatives.

f@sfa|v.rilT qlft uqFQqreniatr

faq"qvqTsFilfiqq gtarim

qFTFnqrtrl {tr

l5' If vvatioata.isinthe 2nd, the native will


be moralv
crooked,
bebiiioui. witt enjoipG;;";;;, ril""" ti"o"t";-r;;;f"i
be wickedand sinful.

2&

Brihat Parasara llora Sastra

fiqqr*

wit qrcr qilE*

wcTa

({*

{ErEriFr$r:I

qri tqrdtvil q+.'in:ulqrl

'

16. If Vyatipata is in the 3rd, the nativewill be firm in


disposition,be a warrior, be liberal, very rich, dear to king,
and be beadof an army.

eFuarnf'uqqIq{R:

Saelwrraqfqa:t
agtril q{T qtr{qEr tct;cgatwr (: ul\etl

17. If Vyatipatais in the 4th, .the native will be endowed


with relativeretc. but not sonsand fortunes.

Ek) 6q{rrlrfl:
nqfrwfq*dqil]

qt*

qsqqi

fmqt

qfil r

fqqeq: lr{url

18. If Vyatipata is in the 5th, the native will be poor; be


charmiog in appearance,will have imbalatrcesof phlegm,bile
end wind, be hard-beartedand shameless.

{q{fir

ggBerq qqtc?Tlri ir iflFr'6: r

n,qrg frWr: nT?il:int {r1q* uta rrlerr


19. If Vyati-patais in the 6th, the native will destroyhis
enemies,be physicatly mighty, skilful in use of all kinds of
weaponsand in arts, and be peacefulin disposilion.

uq{rtqtflr{if: T?'lfqa} g:wdga:r


qR Fq?i 6rq't finfvq: {<u}6e:uQotl
20. If Vyatipatais in the 7rh, the natiue will be bereftof
wealth, wife and sons, will subdue to females,bc miserable,
sensuous,
shaAeless
and friendl).to others.

fqtilrnl fqsqqq g$rrl faqfqF{s:r


Tituftt Rqt qrR qffisrqf{cFr.r:uRltl
21. If Vyatipatais in the 8th, the nativewill havedeformity of eyes,be ugly, unfortuilate,spitefuf to Brahminsand be
troubled.bydisordersof blood.

Chapter
25

241

trddtllrt1tr6'] kti
q{i
qradt q

egfral
rffiqlq

Tfa'd; I
fcdT{r ltRRtl

22. lf Vyatipatais in the 9th, the nativewill have many


kinds of businessand rnany friends, be very learned, welldisposedto bis wife and be eloquent.

(-{tn} q{6qFal a{trig nlfrE:r


td'tQ qrdii A qgqrfr frq{ur: u1?tl
23. lf Vyatipata is in the l0th, the nativewiil be rich,
religious, peaceful, skilful in reli$ious acts, very learoedand
farsighted.

srraqrr.ill

qrfi

ftqqr{t

!uet: I

wqqql rfreima: wt qrqqe rfr rrqvrr


24, If Vyatipatais in the I lth, the nativewilt be extremely
opulent, be honourable, truthful, firm in policy, endowed with
many horsesand be interestedin singing.

o,Ht q Egtqfqd arjql q{ca Tqt: I


aqqeqTi rri qrd' fsiql Rq-{;qguRtrr
25. If Vyatipata is in the t2th, the nativewill be given to
anger,associated
with many activities,disabled,irreligiousand
will hatc his own relatives.

f<rq eil'Gr: ltr.d qrqq g{qrcqfq: r


qRql ngi ?iliil qT{d
lFTdrq: uRt,tl
26. EFFECTS OF PARIDHI (OR PARIYESHA) M
VARIOUS HOUSES (upto stoka 37) : tf paridhi is in the
ascendant,the native will be learned, truthful, peaceful,rich,
endowedwith sons,pure, charitableand dear to elders.

trqr) Gq{q *rit gd q{qttqq: |


qrei qRul artrr: stf{ft
rTrrq:uRetl

27. lf Paridhi is in the 2nd, the native will be wealthy,


charming, will enjoy pleasures,be happy, very religiousand be a
Iord.

242

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

qqqtql

(iTfqq:

SiA

tq{qriqa: t
T?fr $qf+d$rf;Eil: nQcrl

qftal

28. If Paridhi is in the 3rd, the native will be fond of his


wifc, bc very cbarming, pious, wetl disposedto his men, be a
scrvantand be respectfulof his elders

qfrql {qqrdet f{fiqii rqR{qq r


q!$ Rrq -{d gaii riFd*fqq nRQ.rl
29. lf Paridhi is in the 4th, the native will be wonderlFuck, helpful to enemies as well, kind, endowedwith everything and bc skilful in singing.

ewrq fielq rt;r:irqqrq sri{frct: r


q.!t qftsl qre: ritqri qqfr qwq: niotl
30. If Paridhi is in the 5th, the native will bc afruent,
virtuour, splendorous, affectionatc, religious and dear to hie
wifc.

amNgwrl

*Tft qffit

qRul R$rrrri

qU

(il: I

wqt ?R:ul ttl

31. If Paridhiis in the 6th, the native wilt be famousand


wealthy,be endowedwith sons and pleasures, be helpful to all
and will conquerhis enemies.

lrf,nTer:gqttfr
qRql qim{Fi

q?irril: gfrwr: I

Ttfrqt qrfq{rr aflqeulRtl

32. lf Pari<lhiis in tbe 7th, the native will have limited


numbcr of children, bc dcvoid of happiness,be of mediocre
intelligence,very hard-hearted,and will have a sickly wife.

qrqr6qfrftqt: nrqrt
IUTrrql T6*t: I
qfulq Fmqrq qfrql rl;qifwil ullll
33. If Paridhi is in the 8th, the nativewill be spiritually
dlsposed,peaceful,strong-bodied,firm in decision, religiousand
,Entre.

Chapter 25

243

grG<a: gtfr m'* qrr6d cleuafqxr,

qfqut sT{t qdt

Ferarmguaqng:
nlvtl

34. If Paridbi is in the 9th, the nativewilt be endowed


with sons, be happy, brilliant, very a{fluent, be devoid .of
passion,be honourableand b: happywith evenan ioia.
excessive

rncrfrrilTaqr dft E6s,rql Urri{rt: r


qRul {r} xrQ winrreniqRq:nl$l
35. If Paridhi is in the l0th, the nativewill be versedin
arts, will enjoy pleasures,be strong-bodied,and be learned in
all sastras.

rftrftrt'l gqqiriq cR rr{ wqqfu: I


iilrri qfreft qrd qqlfiqGqqqirrlqrr
36.If Paridhi is in the I lth, the nativewill enjoy pleasures
through women,be virtuous,intelligent, dearto his peopleand
will sufferdisordersof digestivefire.
qqr{

qnur

qrdi

dqqF(

g:q$Trrt Scrtlgqq

rrFrtt: iil |

g\Fr-<n<rwr:uletl

37. If Paridhiis in the 12th, the nativewill alwaysbe a


.
spendthrift,be miserable,firm and will dishonourelders.

urn?qf(wflFl:
' qiiqlqqkflrrarqfi

iF'ail: grr{tt: wdq t


;R: lllqll
il-gqi

38. EFFECTS OF CHA?A ( LNDRA DHANUS OR


KODANDA) IN VARIOUS HOLTSES(upto. sloko 49) : lf
Chapais in the ascendant,the native will be endowed with
and devoid of all
wealth,grainsand gold, be grateful,agreeable
affiictions.

fsdm: $qF${taq}fq{fa} fquznsGqa:


r
qrqdl
q
?rqd
6qqq et*iltqr: uletl
39. If Chapais in the 2nd, the native will speakaffably,be
very rich, modest,learned,charmingand religious.

Brihat parasara Hora Sastra

244

Uqoil5ftrrqrkmqtriqfra:
rqQ rgfq rril &r.gl

ftrr I
{ffilqa: uyotl

40. If Cbapais in the 3rd, the nativewill be a miser, be


versedin many arts, will indulgein thieving,be devoidof some
limb and be unfriendly.

qq
lttt*

qlqiarqni
{rqwerqfqr; 1
lSriFA g atrtril ilg qrqt rrvtrr

41. If Chapa is in the 4th, the native will be happy,


endowedwith quadiupeds,wealth, grains etc , be Uonouredby
the king and be devoid of sickness.

'

tfqqn {tdqnT q tqqrf,: fsdqa: r


qlt q=qqi an* file: Trtir{g nyltl

42, If Chapais in the 5th, the native will be splendorous,


far-sighted,piout, affableand wilt acquire prosperity in alt his
undertakings

nlrilrslaqdrq qfr t'tfrfq: nfq: r


q66rqrflrt qR efufqfrrnq ||vltl
43. If Chapais in the 6th, the narive will destroy his
cnemies,be happy,affectionate,
pure and will achieve plentiful- .
nessin all his undertakings.

trr* UorqTFi:nnafcaTfqt: fqq: r


qrt sqrffirlri qqf,fr il dvrq:nvvrr
. U. lt Chapais in the 7th, rhe native will be wealthy,
endowed with all yirtues, learnedin sastras,religious,
an'd
agreeable.

qtr*ta:
ertaapqtili

rrqrtqttqq. I
T(:
qrt ilqi
fqaqtm: uy111

45. If chapais in the gth,the native wit beinterested


in
other'sjobs,becruel,interested
in other'swivesandueoereciive
limbcd.

n5

Chapter 25

tql

reaulq Fr<fr frqqrfss: r

u{rQ qTqt qfi

qrdE} dt,fana: uvt,rl

46. If Chapais in the 9th, the nativewill perform,penance,


will take to religious observations,
be highly'learned, and be
famousamongmen.

qBUeu*rqfr rilqQcqrfqn q\ r
6{t

<nig*

sfrq*

qffiara: uvett

4T. lfChapaisin the l0th, the nativewillbe endowed


with many sons,abundantwealth,cows, buffaloesetc. and will
be famousamong men.

nrtTi qrqda Er alq1Jq6] q*aT't


frrlTrl am'fqrfiq+art'lqrrqrrdqirItyc ||
48. If Chapa is in the llth, thenative will be gainful,
free from diseases,
very fiery in disposition, affectionateto his
wife and will have knowlcdge of mantras and weapons(or
missiles).

calsfacr{t Btfefficql qqiftiil I


qlt etet'tigrd qpril fqtiq: wil uvell
49. If Chapais in the l2th thenativewill be wicked,very
lionourable, evil in disposition, shameless,will go to other's
femalesand be ever poor.

gi{riT: e{faaq gdt erslf<g"r: fqq: r


ril f{rfqf{ Trsqrr:$itrqdiriq\
tr{"rr
50. EFFECTS OF DHWAJA (i e. SIKHI ORU?AKETU)
IN VARIOUS HOUSES (upto sloka 6t) : tf Dhwajais in the
ascendant,the native will be skilful in all branchesof learning,
be happy, e{ficientin speech,agreeableand be very affectionate.

.rrr.tr fqdqE: sriil

ffrcqrTq* rqi I

sreqEqqfiealqr;if f$f|fr {r{rrGse:u{ttl


51. If Dhwaja is in the 2nd,'th nativewill be a good and
affablespcaker,be splendorous,
will write poetry, be scholarly,
honourable,modestand cndorvedwith conveyanccs.

246

Brihat Parasara Hora Sustrd

qE{: strrat q F{rrS qaqFrd:r


eqqrQ g fhfaft frT*rit nEilq*u{Rtl
52. If Dhwaja is in the 3rd, the nativewill be miserly,
cruel in acts,thin-bodied,poor and wil! incur severediseases.

Gqqq UqTrct;a:eiFtc6lsfc nfafw: |


qSRiFig ftrfcft qil qirft qtaqqffi u{irl

53. If Dhwaja is in the 4th, the native will be charming,


very virtuous, gentle, interestedin Vedasand bc alwayshappy.

qtfr *rit

rf'ilfstir

gfttrn rferq

qeilRqrdi

eri I

qrdt $qftaqlrfiert: 11{ytl

54. If Dhwajais in the 5th, the native will be happy, will


be versedin arts,skilledin expedients,
intelligent,
enjoypleasures,
cloquent and will resPectelders.

q6.rr?u?r:I
ItilQI
, ftgrqlf uq* sI 6 smrl fqqqq: iltttl
rTldttslH4t6(:
a

55. If Dhwajais in the 6th, the native will be ominouslbr


maternalrctatives,will win over his enemies,be er.dowedwith
and skilful.
many relatives,valiant,splendorous

qtrdcrtqfuce:

rrqt

*qqqFqa: t

cqi g qrqturl i{trTq g'ae'lEe:


u{qrl
56. If Dhwajo is in the 7th, the native will be interestedin
gambling,be sensuous, will enjoy pleasurcs and will befriend
prostitutes.

dlqsdr-E: qrql faitcql fa;ar: Rir I


qigrqfi Dqfr lre qil(qq1qqT6':
n{etl
57. lf Dhwaja is in the.8th, the native will be intercstedin
baseacts, be sinful, shameless,will blame otherg'will lack in
marital happinessand will take others' side.

u7

Clnpter 25

l11t*ltittl aiqqil
13trI
fffit
q{i f{rfqfr nR u{nft
tlfqE: utqtl
58. If Dhwaja is in the 9th, the native will wear (religioue)
badges,be delighted,helpfullydisposedto all and be skilled in
religiousdeeds.

ntfHtii il ?tcfiq:I
{ea}rnrawr:
rnar fefr: wtTlttt: 6,tr fnfqfr frq ! trtett
59. O Brahmin, if Dhwajais in the l0th, the nativewill be
endowedwith happinessand fortunes, be fond of femalerr'bc
charitableand will befriendBrahmins.

faircrq: g{df q trri frrfqh 1fqil: I


u;rrirq: {f,rl: qr: ({fiTqlft

dfir<: llQoll

60. If Dhwaja is in the llth, the native will ever acquire


.affiuent, fortunate, valiant
gains,be very religious,honourable,
and skilled in sacrificialrites.

qqn{qa: n<: xarqFlqor}


tnqlqqir'f ltr: f{rfqfr qqi

3lT: I

sfr ttqttr

61. If Dhwaja is in the l2th, the nativewill bc interested


in sinful acts, be valiant, untrustworthy, unkind, interested in
others' femalesand be short'tempered.

'<JqIf:
ag?i

rdii srqt Erqriqrfqffi: 116:I


gfe* vn: <tFlqlqlsfiq:fqil: tlqRll

62. EFFECTS OF GULIKA IN YARIOUS HOASES


(upto slokaT3) : lf Gulika is in the ascendant,the nutive will
be lustful, sinful, crafty, wicked and very
ie-africtcd by diseases,
miserable.
'non-luminous
phnets, Gulika
Notes : Out of all the
as well as
horoscopy
natal
in
consideration
deservesa special
in birth
factor
very
important
is
also
a
This
horary astrology.
calculations'
important
other
such
rectification, and
the native will incur sever
lf Gulika is in the ascendant,
bad acts like thieving' He
to
take
will
He
defectsof e1es.

248

Brihat parasara Hora Sastrd

yil!. disregard religion, be deprived of progeny and be


dullheaded.His longevitywill incur a severecur.
As already stated, in the case of each Upagraha
and
Muhurta Vela, the dispositorshould invariablybe considered
beforc coming to a conclusion.

frFrfi 3:fqa: Qlalenr{t ? rd?rT:I


qiTn gftr* am) fr:rql qqfil mqEr:
nlrltl
63. If Gulika is in the 2nct,the nativewiil be
unsightlyin
appearance,miserable,mean, given to
vices, shameressand
penniless.
. Notes : Should Gulika be in the
2nd house,the native
will further be unfortunate. His learning
will be obstructed off
and on. He will have speechdcfects,f,e
harsh i" ,;;;;;;ii
live awayfrom his people, will not have
famity
n"ppii"*, J"
'untruthful, will
involve in a scan.al, be unfit ,; ,;;;;;;;;
othersand *ill in the Dasaperiodsui tt.
zoo lord facetroubles
equal to death.

qrtq:
fiigf
luligm:
Ftil gfq* !ilil} qli*

eaqqfqq:r
ncgfwa: lttytl

64. If Gulikg is in the 3rd, thc native will


be charmingin
&ppearance,
will head a village, be fond of virtuousmen,
and be
honouredby the king.
Notes : With Gulika in the 3rd house, one
will face
destruction of co-born. Though fairly rich,
he will feel
distresscd.

trit gqqfuqw: rnr qqfd qrqF( |


*dt

gfq+ qqqrltl

lrcfrarftrl

qln rrqrrr.
qiq
r

65. If Gulika is in rhe 4rh, the native


will be sickly,
devoid of happiness,sinful and affiicted due
to wiqay anj
bilious excesses.
Notes : The native will not befriend anybody
but be
inimicalto othersincrusiveof his reratives. He
will be devoid
of convcyancesor will face risks through conveyances.
He will

ahapter25

24g

not have a good houseto live in. His last days will be
miserable
anddeathwill bepainfulaftera longconfinement.

Regfafraa'l$qqfdt aul qiet: t


gtqt {ilsilrrri Ft'lf,ird}rRar} viq rrqqrr
66. If Gulika is in the 5rh, the nativewill not be praiseworthy, be poor, short-lived, spiteful,mean, be a eunuch, be
subduedby his wife and be a heterodox.
Notes : The native's virility or. progenic ability wiil be
significantlyaffected by Gutika's occupyingthe house of
progeny. He will not be in a position to obtainissuesunless
Jupiterand the 5th lord are favourabri. Gulika in this house
will makeone devoid of God-fearing tendencyand be the
at
disposal of his wife. His personar dispositionwil not be
agreeabte.

daqn: {g6arg.} ftgrrni qTrriqtr


{*ca: rtrrtr: rflqt alemq:.{!a} Qa: nq\etl
67. If Gulika is in the 6th, the native will be devo,id
of
enemies,be strong-bodied,splenorous,liked by his
.rrit usiastic,very friendly and helpful in disposition.
"if",
Notes : When Gulika is in the 6th house,thc native
will
be intcrcstcdin conrroting ev' spirits and make
a rivelihood
from suchachievemcnts. He wiil obtain children.
H" ;ili;;
very courageous' There wi[ be freedomfrom diseasesif
the
6th hoUsecontainingGulika is a beneficsign.

'
f*fqa: qrTE;strrt:F{nq;} {arlqa: |
*fEril; rt'tainE gfq+ Rcnqftq*lQetl

6E' If Gurika is in the zth, the native wiil subdueto


his
gpouse,be sinful, will go to others'
females,be emaciated,
{ev9i-d of friendship and will live. on wife,s (or a fcmale,sj
yealth.
Notes : Gulika occupying the 7th fiouse,
will make the
nativetbrive on a femarc's weaithor through
the contributions
of his own spouse. His conjugallife will not
cause him any
hapniness. IIe will possibly huu. mor. than
one marriagc.

Brihat ParasaraHora Saslta

250

His knowledgewill not be quite much. In relation to public


dealings,he will incur misunderstandings
and enmity.

qur{r{:fca gealewlwlsfkfadq:t
GEri gfq+' fr:tql qTqt laafca: utQ.rr
69. If Gulika is in the 8th, the native will be troubledby
hunger,be miserable,cruel, very rnuch short-tempered,very
unkind, poor and bereft of good qualities.
Notes : The native will find it difficult to get evena
squaremeal. His facewill be ugly. His eyeswill be diseased.
His teeth will be yellowish. He will be quite short in stature.
Theseare additionaleffectsas due to the 8th housepositionof
Golika, son of Saturn.

rgrtn:
gFdt ufi

!f: I

qr{: lqq<} lQrrgfa: neotl

70. If Gulika is in the 9th, the native will undergomany


ordeals,be emaciated,will performevil acts, be very unkind,
sluggishand be a tale-bearer
Notes ; If Gulika is in the 9th houseone will be dcvoid
of paternalblissand good fortunes His father will passaway
io the native'schildhooditself. None of the native'sundcrtakingswill bearfruits.

grrFqil: qdt qlrat tqmqfreesq: I


E{rt gflq* qrtr q}quqtfqn' qd uetrl
71. lf Gulika is in the l0th, the native will beendowed
with sons,be happy,will enjoymany things,be fond of worshipping godsand fire and will practisemeditationand religion.
'
Notes : The placementof Gulika in the l0th house, will
prove favourablefor Yoga, Meditationand such other achievements. The native,at one stage,will turn irito a heterodoxand
discardhis religiouscode.

${t*qt

qqTsrrer}E?uri a fqi ra: t

cnirri gfq* urd {targ il{qler: ueRtl

2SI
Chapter 25
'
72.lf Gulika is in the llth, the native willenjoy women
be a leaderof men, be helpful to his relatives,be short
of class,.
in statureand be an emperor.
Notes : If Gulika is in the I lth house,the subjectwill be
in the companyof many females. He will be devoidof good
. wealth statusetc.
character. He will enjoy progenichappiness,
and be charmingin aPPearance.

{tsfiqtfa{-d: qn} alaq} 3{rilsau: t


Eqqi gtq* ilil} nlng 5ai falttultt
73. lf Gulika is in the l2th, the nativewill indulgein base
deeds, be sint'ut, defective'limbed,unfortunate, indolent, and
will join mean PeoPle.
Notes : Gulika's tenancy in the l2th hduseat birth will
bring innunterablemisfortunesand cause lossof wealth on evil
missions. One vrill, however,enjoy progenichappiness.

swrqa eilft *rit qqfa fl;Gt: I


Hs'krn] ErcIg'TgSrtS 3fe:a 5'{tillevll
qrl

14. IiTTTI'TS CT PRANAPADA'S POSITION WITH


'L'IIE
ASCENDANT (upto sloka 85.) : lt
RE|IEREN{:LT'O
Pranapadais in the'ascendattt,the native will be weak, sickly,
dumb, lunatic, dullwittcd, defective-limbed,miserable and
emaciated.
Notcs : Pranapadais a special ascendant. How to calculate this specialsensitivepoint could be found on p. 47 supra'
Pranapadawill fall in a certain degreeand its relation
will portend manyan eventas
with referanceto natal ascendant
verses'
present
l2
the
in
shown
tersely

q6ufl
T6Fx"d
wFsffiRqe qlli

q6T?q]
qqql

qErM: I

qrq*

;T(: lle{ll

75. If Prlnirpadais in the 2nd, the nativewill be endowed


with abundant grains (rice, wheat etc.), abundant wealth,
abundantchildrenand be fortunate.
abundantattendc.nts,

2s2

Brihat ParasaraHora Saslra

fqd nrierrgrd faeq<lsfeefqrqa:


r
qdtai
srurqa gaqFirffiilr usqtl
76. If Pranapadais in the 3rd, the nativewill be injurious,
.
(or mischievous),
proud, hard-hcarted,very {irty and Ueaevoij
of respectfor elders.

g<rt g gqt 6Ttt: sarnq ltrqq: I


gfl lt<Ftot: rita: sT,i n e?qilerrt:
ueen
??. If Pranapadais in the 4th, the native will be happy,
friendly, attachbdto femalesand elders,soft and truthful.

gfm}tcerawRqqGEa: r
{({rIT{
TsqqFQ smql
miilqsqfq: uectl
78. If Praiapadais in the 5th, the native will be happy,
will do good acts,be kind, and veryaffectionate.

qq{qqnralwr} q;qrFqft{q: erFr:I


q68 $torre trit Rnqlso-qrgiq uuetl
r

79, If Pranapada
is in the 6th, the nariveryill be subdued
by his relatives and cnemics,be sharp, will have
d;f;;;
--'--"'digestiveIire, be wicked,sickly,afHuentan{ qhorrliv.O.

foqfq

qdd

qci1qai.Fru1qe

$tql ctq*ilqrir.r
ftKTuq: $frWq 1ro;1

80. IfPranapadais in the 7rh, the n4rive


WillbSgreeneyed,everlibidinous,fiercein appeqranpe,
bg nol worthrespect
and be ill-disposed.

rlqq"fiT&mg{q srutqresse}gfr t
qllca.
qrfqig,rit.eqc-{qdqr*,rfrtft
pranapadais

in.the.8th, the g141iv9l?ill


- -.81. If
b;4flicted
by diseases,
be troubledanclwill in"u. mis.irV appggpt
en
of the
king, relatives,servantsand sons.

g?qq rl;rttrtT;;r:
fgqEdr: t.
{fiq:
srri tr{ftqil Tiq: HErsg6e}fqqqq: ttq3tl

Chapter 25.

253

82. If Pranapada
is in the 9th,'thenative will be endowed
-very
with sons,be
rich, fortunate, charming, will serveothers
and be not wicked but be skilful.

dtfoq qfrtnq <al gurig clfqE:r


Err} n
srq *qFiiqwnr:ncQtl
83. If Pranapedais in the r0th, the nativewil be heroic,
intelligent,skilful, be an expertin carrying out royal orders,anj
will worshipgods.

fM
gurq rr* q){}q;RilTfiTf,:I
ilqrqnfiqi
$T!i qkrsl srTTiqq:
ncytl
84. If Pranapadais in the I lth, the nativewill be famous,
virtuous, learned, wealthy, fair_complexionedand attached
to
motner.

qlrl gyq t1n$

ql

s$n lrnfi

feiqt Gvffqgr

fiorl qt qrqi i<]nq{tl

85. IfPranapadaisin the l2tb, thenativewillbe


mean,
wicked,defective-limbed,
wifl hate Brahmins and relativesand
will sufferfrom eyediseases
or be one_eyed.

FqsflYra|;Ii
TcqsflYraFri

'

rdtrrtqqrf"

! |

{$
aqt qrfr nnr{tni gat{hi qq,iih nqqtl
tlfr ft'fdevrtet rqalfteE{rrqaqi r

Tflrsqffii*"

q{ir6qrfr nr"tf<urqlcetl

86-87.O Brahmin, these are the effects


for Dhooma etc.
-

Before O.U".t"g';;;";;r:
1*U-*:li-*pada _ascendant).

andorr,..pruo.i,'rfi"il;';j:.,;
:*^:[:,j'".:l-11'
_Sun.
conceivedby their positions,
relationi and

aspectsupurt fioi
their strengthor weakness.
Notes : lVe areadvisedto look upto the
Sun and others
while declaringthe effects due to Ofroiru,
Gulika etc. So to
saythe dispositorsof Dhooma etc. snouio
be scrutinizedto
know the extentof effects. For example
if Gulika is due to
give bad effects,but his dispositori, ,".i1-"rp."ted,
well-placedor
wet-rerated,the evirs are minimised. conversety
if favourable

254
effcctsare due to Gulika etc. the weakncssor advcrseplacement of the respictivsdispositorwill not allow maturity of such
good effects.
Another hint we takp from thesetwo versesis : We should
balancethe results due to Dhooma, Gulika etc. with the
resuttsdue to the planetsfrom Sunto Saturn (and of coursethe
nodes).For example,Gulika is in the llth and good effectsare
due. If a planet posited in the same llth dcnotescontrary
'
results, then the strength of the two will lcad to correct
cstimationof the situation.

qrr qE$6a{f6efiqTdrsqrq:
ilRqtl
Chapter 26

Evaluation of Planetary Aspects


qrrq1 ! mlaqr {tarief tfilRei ilqr I

Ela * i{rq} ila*d rqq frw{fa ttltt

l. O Glorious, it is said that aspects(cif planets)and


strengthsare to be known in deciding the effects. How many
kinds are these? Pleaseclarify my doubts.

'

gfl <t|rrsvrq qfta: X{gliil ir n Bq r


qqr dawrnqleqr ftf, ili 6'qqF4(c illll
q Rmloi q qg{d q cd} l
lH
qrqaqr

5HqulFf, qqEqFfi l[Ff ilqI lllll

g!fi ir qcad {, nfr-vita-gm: 5d: I


fHqelq

f{E{-f"s}qr-qg$*Ttq

| |v ||

tqrcFt: g{<rar{: gfaqrkilr t


tfr
greFer<cnilrilq Tfoaranfaqa qql uttl
2'5. PLANETARY ASPECTS .' O Brahmin,I have earlier statedaspectsbased on signs. The other kind is between

Chapter26

z1s
planetswhich I detail below. 3rd and l0th, 5rh and
9th, 4th
and 8th and lastly zth-on thcsepracesthe aspectsinci."s"
graduallyin slabsof quartersi.e l14, 112,3l4thandfult.
The
effects(due to such aspects)wiil also be proportionate. Ail
planetsaspect the Tth fully. Saturn, Jupiter and Mars have
specialaspectsrespectivelyon 3rd and lOth, 5th and 9th, and
4th and 8th. The ancientpreceptorshaveexprainedthesewhich
are ordinary (arising by mere sign .positions).-By subtle
mathematicalcalculations,theseaspectswill baveto be clearly
understoodas under.

r
$qq fqntEq6at q$Tf{$q}sfUr6r?r({
qiE
feqrq:rtvileqr{qTqr Gwm gq FtaT
| | q,||

qgqft+ fqilrqf{| rfiqGE{r{qTq qeT I


+{rFq+?qdEqaq ilfi !faa:,fafifb* rr\err
fkrilEqTliq-dl Ergqi q-o?j|aqr{ga q Tq I

rqfq+ q fan <rfn wqftafargirrcilcrruqtl

68. ASPECTUAL EVALUATIONS .. Deduct the longitude of tbe aspected planet (or house)from that of the
aspectingplanet. Ifthe sum exceedssix signs(or I80 deg)
deduct the sumagain from l0 signs (br 300 deg). Con,,,ert
the latestsum into degreesand divide by two. The resultant
productis Drishti Kona or aspectualangle. If the difference
(betweenaspectorand aspected)is in excessof 5 signs, ignore.
signsand multiply the degreesetc. .by 2 which is the aspectual
value. If the differenceis in excessof 4 signsdeductit from 5
signs(or 150 deg)and the resultantdegreeetc. beeomeDrishti
value.If the differenceis in excessof 3 signsdeductit from 4
sigps(or 120 degress)and halve the product to be increasedby
30 to get Drishti value. If the diference is above 2 signs
ignoresignsand add t 5 to the degreesetc. to get Drishti value.
If it is in excessof one sign,ignore Rasisand divide thc degrees
etc. by 2 to get Drishti value.

cwfu* fqqrrfl{r rrFrrarrFirrTq


$l q\ r
qrq tnflF{* iri nal aGrf{ * feq ! rrerr

Brihat parasara Hora Sastara

256

gni aet urrn t{f,r qlrqr Gvgvr: r


qfi;*q,i qTFogtFrrTr:
GdfinqTfqm:
ulotl
9.10. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION FOR SATURN,S
ASPECTS.. O Brahmin, if Saturnis the aspectingplanetfind
out tbe differencebetweenhim and the aspectedplanet; if the
sum is aboveI sign, multiply the degreesetc. (ignoring sign)
by 2 to get Drishti value. If the sum is above nine sinls, the
'sum
degreesto elapsebe doubredto get aspectualvatue. rf thi
is above 2 signs, the degreesetc. (in excessof 2 signs) be
halvedand deductedfrom 60. tfthe sum exceecrs
g signsiaia to
the degreesetc, a figure of 30 to get Drishti value. in other
cases,the sumsbe processedas explainedearlier.

fne.ai E qlrnq efta(T ad|firfl |


qtqlqrTffiqigrm Bt, c'i gq|Ff,lflf
ltl
II.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATION FOR MARS'
ASPECTS.. Deduct the longitude of Mars from that of the
planet aspected(by Mars). If the sum is 3 Rasis& c or 7
Rasis& c, the degreesetc. (after ignoring Rasis) be reduceO
from 60. If it is abovg2.Rasis,the degreesetc. be increased
by
half of it (i.e. add 50'/,1 and superadd15. If the sum.is b
signs,one Rupa is the value.

fesqri

ffiq

E aflq?q qT'rd rn-ta-gqi

idr*rr:

gt {affifi-i
aEfitq

at(fl{irirT6ai rtl1tr

rqa 1fta: nqrqt I

ff.rFri ErRTfiFrrs,Ff liq rr11rr

12, SPECIAL CONSIDERATION FOR JUPITER'S


ASPECTS.. Deduct the longitude of Jupiter from that of the
planetaspectedby him. If the resultantsum is 3 Rasis& c or
7 Rasis & c, halve the degreesetc. (ignoring Rasis) and
increaseit by 45. If the sum is 4 Rasis& c or g Rasis & c, the
degrees etc. (ignoring Rasis) be subtracted from 60. This
will be the aspectualvalue. The sum being in conformitywith
others than thesebe treatedas statedearlier.
Notes : Throughout this chapter and others related to
calculationof strengthsof planetsand houses,the term ..Virupa'

Chapter 26

2s7

has been used which denotes 'Shashtiamsas'or 'Kalas'. 60 such


units makeonq Rupa.
The planet that aspects is Drishti Graba or the aspector.
The planet that is aspected is known as Drisya Graha
or the aspected. The longitude of 'the aspected'.is to be
deducted from that of the aspector. If the longitudeof the
aspectedis lesserthan that of the aspector, increasethe longitude of 'the aspected'by 360 to facilitate deduction,which will
yield the aspectualor Drishti angle.
After finding out the'Drishtiangles,the variousquantities
will have to be processedas under with the relevant principles :
Rule l. When aspectual angle is between 30 and 60
degrees,reduce30 degrees from the resultant aspectualangle
and tlivide by 2 to get aspectualvalue.
Rule 2. If the aspectudlangle is above60 but below 90
degrees,reduce60 from the aspectual angleand add 15 to get
aspectualvalue.
Rule 3. In case the aspectual angle is above90 but less
than 120 degreesthe aspectualanglebe redirced from I20, then
halvedand then increacedby 30, to get aspectualvalue.
Rule 4. If the aspectual angle is between 120and 150
degrees,reducetle angle of aspect ttom 150to get aspectual
value,
Rule 5. If the aspectualangle is between 150 and 180
degreesreduce I50 from aspectualangle and double the
resultantsum to get aspectualvalue.
Rule 6. When the aspectual
angleis above 180but below
300 degreesdeductthe aspectualangle from 300and halvethe
resultantsum, to get aspectualvalue.
Needless
to mentionthereis no aspectualvalueif the angle
is between300 and 30 degrees.
. For housein aspect,considerthe cusp of the hpuse, akin
to a planetary degree.
In the caseof aspectsfrom Saturn, Mars and Jupiter,the
following additionsmay be notedas a simple formula.
A) Mars : When the aspectangleis 9G120degreesor 210. 249degrees,
add 15 Virupasto the valueobtainedfrom
the speculum.

grihat parasara Eora Sastra

258

B) Jupiter : When theaspect anglc is 120-t50degreesor


.240-270 degrees incrcase the speculum valuc by 30
'
Virupas.
C) Saturn : When the aspect angle is 6G90 degreesor
270-300degrebsand 45 Virupas to the value obtained
from the speculum.
Without undergoing these ordeals, tbe studentcan eaeily
find out the Drishti valueson the above lines from the Speculum
of AspectualValuesgiven below :
'

Spccdum of Aspetual Vdues (Conrputerlzed)

Deg:Mn Vlrup.

Deg:Mn Yirupa

Deg:l\,In Virupl

.00
30: 0
30:30 .25
3l: 0 '.50
3l:30
.75
'32:
0 1.00
9223O 1.25
33: 0 1.50
33:il0 1.75
34: 0 2.00
34:30 2.25
35: 0 2.5A
35:30 ?.7s
36: 0 3.00
36:30 3.25
77t 0 3.50
lt:to
3.7s
38: 0 4.00
38:30 4.25
39: 0 4.50
39:30 4.75
4ft 0 5.00
40:30 5.25
4l: 0 5.50

4l:30 5.75
42: 0 6.00
42230 6.25
43:O . 6.50
43:30 6.75
44t O 7.00
M:30 7.25
45: 0 7.50
45:30 7.75
16: 0 8.00
46:30 8.25
472O 8.50
47:30 8.75
48: 0. 9.00
48:30 9.25
49: 0 9.50
49:30 9.75
50: 0 10.00
50:30 t6.2s
5l: 0 10.50
5l:30 10.75
522O 11.00

53:0 11.50
53:30 I t.Z5
5 4 :0 1 2 . 0 0 '
54:30 tZ.2S
55: 0 12.50
55:30 12.75
56:0 t3.00
56:30 t3.25
57:0 t3.50
57:30 13.75
58:0 14.00
58:3O 14.25
59: 0 14.50.
'
59:30' 14.7J
60:0 15.00
60:30 15.50
6I: 0 t6.m
6l:30 16.i0
62: 0 17.00
62:30 l7.SO
63: 0 18.00
63:30 t8.50
64: 0 19.00

52:30ll.?5

Chapter 26

259

Deh:lltn Virupa

Deg:Mn Virnpa

Deg:MnVirrF

64:30 19.50
65:0 ?0.00'
65:30 20.50
66: 0 21.00
66:30 21.50
67: 0 2200
67:30 22.50
68: 0 23.00
68:30 23.50
' 69: 0 24.m
69:30 24.50
?0: 0 25.00
'?0:30 25.50
7l: 0 26.m
?l:30 26.50
12| O 27.00
72230 27.5O
73: O 28.00
73:30 28.50
74: O 2g:W
74:30 29 50
75: 0 30.00
75:30 30,50
76: 0 31.00
7623031.50
772O 32.00
77:30 32.50
78: 0 33.00
78:30 3350
79: 0 34.00
793A 3{.50
80: 0 35.00
80:30 35.50
8l: 0 36.00
8l:30 36.50

82:0 37.00
82:30 37.50
83: 0 38.00
83:30 38.50
84:0 39.00
8l:30 39,50
85: 0 40.00
85:30 40.50
86:0 41.00
86:30 4t.50
87: 0 42.00
E7:30 42.50
88: 0 43.00
88:30 43.50
89: 0 44.00
89:30 M50
90: 0 45.00
90:30 44.75
9l: 0 44.50
9l:30 44.25
92: 0 44.00
92:30 43.75
93: 0 43.50.
93:30 43.25
94: 0 43.00
94:30 42.75
95: 0 42.50
95|30'42.25
96:'0 42.00
96:30 41.75
97: 0 41.50
97.30 41.2s
98:0 41.00
98:30 40.75
99: 0 ,10.50

99:30 &.25
100:0 40.00
100:30 39.75
l0l:0 39.50
l0l:30 39.25
102:0 39.00
102:30'38.50
38.75
103:0
103:30 38.25
104:0 38.00
104:30 37.75
105:0 37.fi
105:3037.25
106:0 37.00
106:30 36.75
107:0 36.50
107:30 3625
108:0 36.00
108:3035.75
109:0 35.50
I09;30 35.25
t l0: 0 35.00
I 10:30 34.75
lll: 0 34.50
I I 1:3O 34.25
I 12:0 34.00
l12:30 33.75
ll3:0 33.50
I l3:30 33.2'5
114:0 33.00
. I L4:30 32.75
ll5: 0 32.fi
ll5:30 tLN
116:0 32.00
116:30,1.15

260

Brilat Parasara Hora Sastra

Deg:lldnVhupr

Deg:l\,InVirupa

Deg:Mp Virupa

l17:0 31.50
I 17:30 31.25
I 18:0 31.00
I l8:30 30.75
I 19:0 30.50
itg:to 3025
120:0 30.00
120:30 29.50
l2l: 0 29.q0
l2l:30 2850
l22zO. 28.00
122|30 27.50
123:0 n.N
123:30 26.50
l24z 0 26.00
'124:3025.50
t25: 0 25.00
125:3024fr
126:0 U.@
t26:30 23.50
tTl| o 23.00
Ittzt0 22fi
'128:
0 22'0o
128:3021.50
129:O 2l.m
129:30 20.50
130:0 20.00
13030 19.50
l3l: 0 19.00
l3l:30 18.50
'132: 0 18.00
132:3017.50
133:0 l?.00
1332fi. 16.50
134:0 16.9,

t34:30 15.50
135:0 15.00
135:3014.50
136:0 14.00
136:3013.50
l3?: 0 13.00
137:3012.50
138:0 12.00
I 38:30 I 1.50
1390
: 11.00
139:3010.50
l'CI: 0 10.00
140:30 9.50
1 4 1 0: ' 9 . 0 0
l4l:30 8.50
142:0 8.00
142:30 7.50
143:0 7.00
143:30 6 50
144:0 6.00
144:30 t.50
145:0 5.00
145:30 4.50
146:0 4.00
146:30 3.50
147:O 3.00
147:30 2 50
148:0 2 0O
148:30 1.50
149:0 1.00
149:30 .50
.00
150:0
150:30 1.00
l5l: 0 2.00
t5t:i0 3.Qo

152:0 4.00
152:30 5.00
153:0 6.00
153:30 7.00
154:0 8.00
154:30 9.00
155:0 10.00
J55:3OI1.00
' 1 5 6 :0 1 2 . 0 0
156:3013.00
157:0 1400
157:3015.00
158:0 16.00
158:3017.00
159:0 18.00
159:30 19.00
160:0 20.00
160:3021.00
16l:0 2240
16l:30 23.00
te2;0 24.00
162:30 25.00
163:0 26.00
163:3027.W
164:0
'164:30 2E.00
2g.m
165:0 30.00
165:3031.00
166:0 32.00
166:30 33.00
16?:0 34.m
. 35.00
167:30
168:0 36.00
168:3037.W
169:0 38.00

26t

Clapter 26

Deg:Mn Virupa

169:30 39.00
170:0 40.m
170:3041.00
l7l: 0 42.00
l7l:30 43.00
172:O 44.(n
172:30 45.00
173:0 46.00
173:3047.00
174;O 48.00
l74z30 49.00
175:0 50.00
175:3051.00
176:0 52.00
176:3053.00
177:O 54.00
177:30 55.00
178:0 '56.00
' 1 7 8 : 3 05 7 . 0 0
179:O 58.00
179:30 59.00
180:0 60.00
180:30 59.75
l8l: 0 59.50
l8l:30 59.25
182:0 59.00
182:3058.75
183:0 58.50
183:30 58.25
184:0 58.00
184:3057.75
185:0 57.50
185:3057.25
186:0 57.00
186:30 56.75

Deg:MnVirupr
187:0 56.50
187:30 56.25
188:0 56.00
188:3055.75
189:0 55.50
189:30 55;25
190:0 55.00
190:30 54.75
l9l: 0 54.50
l9l:30 54.25
192:0 Sa.OO
192:30 53.75
t93: 0 '53.50
193:30 53.25
194:0 53.00
194:30 52.75
195:0 52.50
195:30 52.25
196:0 52.00
196:30 51.75
197:0 51.50
lf7:30 s1.25
198:0 51.00
198:30 50.75
199:0 50.50
199:30 5O25
200: 0 50.00
200:30 49.75
201:0 49.50
49.25
201:30
'
202:0 49.00
202:30 48.75
203:0 48.50
203:30 48.25
204:0 48.00

Deg:Ml Virupl

204:30 17.75
205:0 47.50
205:30 47.25
206:0 47.m
206:30 46.75
.207:O 46.50
207:30 46.25
208:0 46 00
208:30 45.75
209:.0 45 50
209:30 45.25
210:0 45.00
210:30.44j5
2l l: 0 44.50
2ll:30 M.25
212.0 44.00
212:30 43.75
213:0 43.50
2l3t30 43.25
214:O 43.00
21423042.75
215:0 42.50
215:30 42.25
216zO 42.00
2t6|?0 4t.75
217:0 41.50
217:fi 41.25
218:0 41.00
218:30N.75
219:O 40.50
219:3O40.25
22O:0 ,10.00
22430 39.75
221:.O 39.50
22t$A }9,25

262
Ilcg:nft firupt
fr22 0 39.00
22223O38.75
2232O 3t.5d'
12330 3t.25
224:O 38.00
X2423037.15
2252O 37.50
225230 37.2s
X26:0 37.00
226:30 36.75
X27zO 36.50
227.30 36.2s
228:O 36.00
22E:30 35J5
2292O 35.50
229t3O 35.25
23O:0 35.00
230:30 34.75
231:0 34.50
231:30 34.25
2322O 34.00
232:,N 33:75
233:0 33,50
233:30 33.25
234t 0 33.00
214:30 32.75
235tO 32.50
235:30 32.25
23620 32.00
236230 31.75
23720 31.50
237:30 31.25
238:0 31.00
23t:30 30.75
23*, 0 30.50

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

Deg:MnViropr
239:30 30.25
240:0 30.00
240:30 29.75
241:0 29.50
241:30 29.25
' 242:0 29.00
242:30 28.7s
243:0 28.50
243:30 28.25
244: 0 28.00
244:30 27.75
245:O 21.50
245:30 27.2s
246:O 27.N
246:30 26.75
247:0 26.50
247:30 26.25
248:0 26.00
248:30 25.75
249:O 25.50
249:30 25.25
250:0 25.00
250:30 24.?5
251:0 24.50
251:30 24.25
252: O 24.N
252:30 23.75
253:0 23.50
253:30 23.25
254:0 23.00
254:30 22.75
255: 0 22.50
255:30 22.25
256:O 22.A0
256:30 21.75

Deg:lfin Virupl

257:0 21.50
257:30 21.25
258:0 21.00
258:30 2A.75
25920 '20.25
20.50
259:30
260:0 20.00
260:30 19.75
261:0 19.50
261:30 19.25
262:0 l9.m
262:30 18.75
263:O 18.50
263:3018.2S
264:O 18.00
264:30 17.75
265:0 12.50
265:30 17.25
266:0 12.00
266:30 t6.Ts
2672O 16.50
267:30 16.25
268:0 16.00
268:30 15.75
269:O t5.50
269:30 lS.2S
270:O 15.00
270:30 14.75
271:O 14.50
271:30 14.25
272:O 14.00
272:30 13.75
273:O 13.50
273:30 13.25
274:0 13.00

alupter 27
Deg:Mn Virupa

274:30 12.75
275:0 12.50
275:30 12.25
2?6:O 12.00
277:30 11.75
276:O 11.50
277:30 11.25
27*, 0 I r.00
278:3O 10.75
279:O 10.50
279:30 10.25
280:0 10.00
280;30 9.7s
2 8 1 :0 9 . 5 0
281:30 9.25
282: O 9.00
282:30 8.75

263
Deg:Mn Virupa

283:0
283:30
284:0
284:30
285:0
285:30
' 286:0
286:30
287:0
287:30
288:0
288:30
289:0
289:30
290:0
290:30
291:O

8.50
8.25
8.00
7.75
7.50
7.25
?.00
6.75
6.50
6.25
6.00
5.75
5.50
5.25
5.00
4.75
4.50

Dcg:ltdnVirupr
'291:30
292: O
292230
293:0
293:30
294:0
294:30
295:O
295:30
296:A
296:fi
297:O
297:30
298:0
298;30
2992O
299:30

4.25
4.00
3.75
3.5d
3.25
3.00
2.75
2.5O
2.25
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
l.0O
.75
.50
.25

qq grFitEil&rFlilRetl
Chepte 27

'Evaluation
slq Flcaqd q?t

Of Strengths

?qr{-ililfirtFrr.rt'l

dtfti <lqt qrutfqt qrq fq{ilalq rr1r


qrftFs

fafq{qei ersqggqqciuiq r

STHAANA BALA (upto sloka 6)


l-lt.
FIRSTLY
UCECHABAII .'Now about tbe strengthsby classespositional,
temporal etc. (Firstly, Ucbchabala forming part of positional

264

Brihat parasara Hora Sastrd

strength or Sthaanabah). Deduct frcjm the longitude of thc


planet its (decp) debilitation point. If the sum is lcssthan 6
signs,considerit as it isi if it exceeds6 signs,deductthe samc
from 12 signs. The sum s6 got be converted into degressetc.
and divided by 3 which is the planet's uchchabataor exaltation
strength(in Virupas)
Notes : These strengths are called Shadbala. These
consistof the following :
l. SthaanaBala (or positionalstrength)
2. Dig Bala (or directionalstrength)
3. Kala Bala (Temporal Strcngtb) inclusive of Ayana Bala
(or equinoctial strength)
4. CheshtaBala (or motional strength)
5. NaisargikaBala (or naturalstrength)
6. Drik Bala (or aspectualstrength)
Thesestrengthsare computed for the sevenplanetsfrom
the Sun to Saturn. The nodesaronot considered.
Firstly exprainedis sthaanaBaradue to a pranet'eposition.
This strengthcomprisesof lhe following considerations:
l. UchchaBala(or exaltationstrength)
'
2. SaplaiarCajlBala(or strengthaccruingout ofpositions
in Rasi, Hora,
_Decailate, Saptamamsa, Navamra,
Dvadasamsaand Trimsamsa).
'
3. OjhayugmarasiamsaBala (strength acquiredby place_
rnent in odd/cven Rasi and in odd/cven Navamsaj.
4. Kendradi Bala (due to placement in angte, or
succedentor cadenthouse).
5. Drekkana Bala (due to .placement in first, secondor
third decanateof a sign).
In thc present.versesunder commentthe sageexplainsthe
mcthod to know the Uchchabalaof a planet. To find out this
strength, wc nced two tbiogs. Firstly the planet,s actual
longitude. secondlyits debilitationpoint which is constant for
all horoscopos' The deep debiritationpoints of the 7 planets
are noted on pp 38-39supra.
For example,assumethe Sun's placement in a given case
is Pisces12" l5' (or 342" r5'). His deep debiritatiori point
is
'Libra
l0' (or 190"). Hence :

Chapter27

26s

(Sun'sposition-Deep debilitationpoint)+ 3
: 3 4 2 o 1 5 ' m i n u s1 9 0 '
3
: I 52' I 5' -- 3 :50.25 Virupas
If the sumbeforedivisionby 3 is in excessof lg0 degrees
deductit from 360 and then divide by 3 which will bethc
plairet's uchchabala in Virupas. Marimum Uchchabala is
or I Rupa.
always60 shashtiamsas

farlq+qriqrfaftT"ftrdffrTR{'
uRtl
qrfq ftqrnt $qrri rilI I
qfqflflt
xtT6utt: qrfiq*nftau* il gqT:$tT: itQtl
qq
qkqnrqrfr-qrqto-arcrirtqq r

ffi

il*rqsq

ecaqttcglqqq nytl

2-4. SAPTAVARGAJA BALA.. If a planet is in its


Moolatrikona Rasi, it gets45 Virupas, in own Rasi 30 Virupas,
cxtreme.friend's Rasi 20 Virupas, friend's Rasi 15 Virupas,
neutral's Rasi l0 Virupas, enemy's Rasi 4 Virr:pas and in
extremeenemy'sRasi 2 Virupas. Slmilarly those values occur
for the other 6 divisional occupations,u'2. Hora, Decanate,
Saptamamsa.Navamm, Dvadasamsaand Trimsamsa. When all
th.c: are added togethr the planet'b SaptavargajaBala emerges.
Notes : Next step is to find out thc Saptavargajabala of a
planet. The tablesof varioue Vargasas well as the compound
relationshipsof the planets,are given in the previouspag.r. T.be
compound relationshipsof two given planets, vide p. i2 npra
(including Hora lordship etc.) be seen in thc Rasi chart only
and not in the concerned divisional chart. Then the strengths
in Virupas for oach of the Saptavargasbe found out and added,
which is then called saptavargajabala of the planet.

{*t(

sqqiisr} fqqlsr.fErfnd eeq r

4tr. OJHAYUGMARASIAMSA BALA .. Each of Venus


and the Moon in cven Rasis and others in odd Rasisacquire a
quarter of Rupa (i.e. 15 Virupas). Theseare applicableto such
Navamsasalso"

266

Brihat pdrasara Hom Sastra

Notcs : Each of Jupiter, the Sun, Mars, Mercury and


.
Saturnget 15 Virupasif they are placed in odd Rasis. Venus
and the Moon get similar strengthfor placementin an even
rign. Similarlyfor placementin such odd or evenNavatrsas.
The rtrengthsacquiredby Rasiand Navamsapositionsbe atlded
together to know the Ojhayugmarasiamsa
bala. (Male aad
neutral planets get this strength in male Rasi/Navamsa.
Femaleplanetsget such strengthin female Rasi/Navamsa.)

trnfEgR qilT:<iar:gurfsufsg..furf
iTritrnfr ||I Ir
5. KENDRADI BILA.. A planet in an angle getsfull
;trength while one in succedenthousegetsbalfand the one in
cadenthousegetsa quarter(of Rupa)(as Kendradi bala),
Notes : Kendradi means angles etc. This denotesthree
groupsof four Rasiseach.. Theseare angles,(i.e. lst, 4th, Zth
(i.e. 2nd, sth, 8th and llth) and cadents,
and l0th) succedents,
(i e. 3rd, 6th, 9th and l2rh). The following are the Kendradi
I
.
balas :
(l) Planetin angle:60 Virupas
(2) Planetin succedent:3OVirupas
(3) Planetin cadent:15 Virupas

BTrilqsrTrqqfig
irydt ficii, Sfi,
tqts{'q}qTaqraqt&:Erfqii *r{ rrqii

, 6. DREKKANA BALA':
|vlale, female and .hernaphrodite planets respectively g9t a quarter Ruln acbordingto
placementsin the first, secondarrd third decaqatcs,
.
Notes : This strengthis acquiredby a plapet witf.Xeference to its decanateposition beingin lhe lst..?n4or 3rd iqrt of a
sign. Male planetsare : the Sun, Mars, a4d 'Jppiter. female
planets
Venus_and.the
.are.
.{oon-. _!1tp1+, a;rd Mercury are
eunuchbodies. A Drekkanabalaof l5 Virupai will beacquired
by planetsas under :
Male planet in lst Drelckana.
Femaleplanet in 2nd Drekkana.
Eunuchplanbtin 3rd Drekkana.
For calculationsof Drekkana,seeSpeculumof Drekkanas,
supra. Ncedlessto mention that if the Drekkana position is

Clapter 27

261

otherthan whatis required,then the strengthon this countis


nil. Thisstrengthis alsocalledLingaBala.
(l) Uchchabala,(2) SaptavaTbe Balassofar acquired,viz.
rgajabala,(3) Ojhayugmarasiamsa
bala, (4) Kendradibalaand
(5) Drekkanabala be all added togetherto get net Sthaanabala
or positional strength. These are in Virupas and hence bc
divided by 60 to know the strength in Rupas.

qqh gqrq{<i, dtqwiloqrsedmrqrftr: r


qltd q tq]{ir?tq f(eqrqqflfir+ sfr rrsrr
q{q fc{ilgqf,EqTlrRrfrr{ffinqferncq r

7-71. DTGBALA OR DTRECTTONAL STRENGTH :


Deduct the 4th house (i.e. Nadir) from the longitudesof
Sun and Mars; the ?th house (i.e. descendant)from that of
Jupiterand Mercury; tb 10thhouse(i.e. meridian)from that of
Venusand the Moon; and lastly the agcendantfrom that of
Saturn. If the sum is above 180 degreesdeduct the sum from
360. The sum arrived in either way be dividedby 3 which will
be thepigbala (or directionalstrength) of the planet.
, Notes : As seenearlier,Jupiter and MercuryhaveDigbata
ln the ascendant. Venusand the Moon have this bala in the
4th hquse(i e, Nadir), Saturn in tho descendantand the Sun and
Matq op the meridian. These strengthsare full on the cuspof
the respectivehouseand nil on the cusp of the oppositehouse.
Hence note down the longitude of.the concernedplanet and the
cuspal degree on which it is bereft of directional strength.
Deduct the latter from the former. If the product exceeds180'
deduct the same again from 360. The sum so arrived at be
{iviaed by 3, which will denote the Digbala of the planet in
Virupas. The directional strengthacquired by a planet when it
is oq its most, powerful point is I Rupa or 60 Virupas. For
exami,leSaturn exactly on the 7th cusp gets I Rupa, and exactly
on the ascending degree gets zero Virupa as directional
strength.

gtfrrraE fd{ilqrir.nd fenrcgii i?{{ netl


qirqlq-rtflii
q qd EEi rqrfqrq r
qf*qd ir*tqi qil F{ gaer fE nall

268

&filwt Parasara Hora fustrd

8.9, KAALA B.'LA OR TEMPORAL STRENGTH


(upto sloka 17) : Firstly NATHONNATHA BALA. Find out
the differencebetweenmidnight and apparent birth time which
is called Unnata. Deduct Unnata from 30 ghatis to obhin Nata
(rc). Double the Nata in ghatis which wilt indicate idcntical
Natha bala for the Moon, Mars and Saturn. Deduct the Natha
from 60 to know the Unnatha bala of the Sun, Jupiter and
Venus. Mercury, irrespective of day and night, gets full
NathonnathaBala (i.e. of I Rupa or 60 Virupas).
Notes : Kaala Bata (or temporal strength) comprises of
the following sub divisions:
l) NathonnathaBala (diurnal and nocturnal strengths).
2) PakshaBala (Paksha:fortnight).
3) Tribhaga Bala (strengthdue to day/nigbt bclqg'msdein
3 parts).
4') Varsha-Masa-Dina-Hora Bala (Varsha:astrological
year, Masa:month, Dina:week day and Hora:.
planetaryhour).
5) Ayana Bala (equinoctialstrenglh).
6) Yudhdha Bala (strengthdue to partaking in planetary
war).
Though Naisargikabala discussedin betweenin stota 14,
this is an independent sours .of strength without referenceto
Kala bala.
Firstly Nathonnatabala, Moon, Mars and Saturn cet this
strengthin the night. The Sun,Jupit-erand Venuseetiiurnat
ctr.engthor strengthin-$ay time. The sameVirupas oT stren4h
vill be identically h-eldby atl the planets of each group. T[at
is whatever will be the Sun's-Nathonnatastreigifi-wili be
identically held by Jupiter and Venus. Simitarly- ine otbei
group.
Fornula : Natha ghatis(apparent) x 2:Natha bala for
.
Moon group.
50-Moon's NathaBala:Bala for Sun group
gets l_Rupa as Nathonnatha bala irrespe. It{eqcury.alw-ay,s
ctive of the birth beingin day or night time.
Another simplemethod is asunder :
:
Natha Bala
Brith time in degrces
3
Unnatha Bala :
ltO Minus birth'time in.degrees

269

Chapter 27

For this purposecount from apparent midnight to birth


time at the rate of one degree per minute of time, or 15" per
hour. This will convert the birth time into degreesetc.

Erqrqffqd ntt qri watq fknttq q t

qs.qlfqt RrilearctE
snrftFqfaft{iq u I otl
qftea:r
qHd
R
fr{t}eq ilc{Ff ilq qFffit qeNqirq illtrl
9

l0-ll. PAKSHA BALA .' Deduct from the Moon's longiof the Sun. If the sum exceeds6 signs, deduct the
tbat
tude
same from 12. The product so obtained be convertedinto
desreesetc,. and divided by 3 which will indicate the Paksha
baia of each of the beneficplanets. The Pakshabala of benefic
shouldbe deducted from 60 which will go to eachmalefic as
Pakshabala.
Notes : Pakshabala is decidedon the follo'wing basis :
Moon minus Sun
Paksha bala for tenefic :
Pakshabala for malefic :60 minus benefic'sPakshabala,
'Beneficsform one group and eachof them will get the
(Mercury is to be treated as a
samefigure of Pakshabata.
The Moon in dark half is a
malefic.
a
conjunct
is
malefic-if he
be deductedfrom 6o to
of
benefics
should
bala
The
mut.n".1
If Moon-Sun isabovel80,dcduct
geta malefic'sPakshabala.

il*;i"'r'.i;er

theMoonis in a sroupor u.n.i'", or otherwise

her Pakshabala is alwaysdoubledjust as the Sun's Ayana bala.

qlrani-nffi, firEfeqFrt
frafemqt tr
Rnxiig qlrani'nflqi,
qFf
q
goi {rfi g*: tt.13tt
rrrrlrTdiEt|qi

12. TRIBHAGA BALA .' One Rupa is obtained by


Mercury (if birth is) in the first one third part of day time,. by
thc Sun in the secondone third part of the day and by Saturn in
the last third part of the day. Similarly, the Moon, Venus and
Mars get full strength (of one Rupa) in the first, secondand
last one third parts of the night. Jupiter gets this strengthat
all times.

210

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

Notes : This strength goes to one planet only, as I rupa.


Jupiter, bowevef,gcts I Rupa irrespectiveof birth time.
Thc day duration or night duration according to birth
beingin day or night must be dividedby 3. With the follgwing
table, Tribhaga bala can be kaown, according to thc birth
being :
in lst patt of day:1 Rupa to Mercury
in 2nd part of day:1 Rupa to the Sun
in 3rd part of day:1 Rupa to Saturn
.
in lst part of night:l Rupa to the Moon
in 2nd part of nighl:1 Rupa to Venus
in 3rd part of night:l Rupa to Mars
at any time:l Rupa to Jupiter
.
Thus two planetswill get I Rupa of Tribhaga bala. ThBt
planet in
is I Rupa to Jppiter and I Rupa to the respective
whosepart the birth occurs. The other 5 planetsdo uot get aDy
Tribhaga bala.

qdrTrqfainr{t
Anfiq

qd

fauqfraqt-'q'q{q: t

qfktlii

*nttrri

gil n l t t l

I3. VARSHA-MAASA-DINA.HORABALA .. I5,.30, 45


and 60 Virupas are in order given to Varsha lord, Maasalord
Dina lord and Hora lord. Naisargikabala (or natural,strength)
hasalreadybeenexplained.
Notes : Under this hqadiiry, four different planets get
certainVirupas. Thesestrengthsare :
15 ViruPas
Varsha(Abda) lord :
Masa (nronth) lord = 30Virupas'
: 45 Virupas
Dina (day) lord
:
60 Virupas
Hora (hour) lord
How to decidethe saidlordshipsis explainedas under.
Varsha lord : Astrological year is different from othet
mcasures. The day on which the astrologicalyear begins can
be found out from the Speculum of abbreviatedAharganas,
vide p.272.To know the Varsbalord we shouldfirst ascertainthe
number of dayspast from thc beginning of Creation. This is a
very tedious process and hence we are concernedwith the
abbreviated Ahargana (or the number of days past from

Chapter 27

.'

271

Creation). According to late Rev. Ebenezer Burgess, who


translatedSurya Siddhantain Englisb, as on January l, 1g60,
the number of dlys past from the beginning of Creation are
714,404,108,573.
To know tho day on which the astrologicalyear in which
birth took placebeganadopt ihe following formula. Divide the
number of days past from the day of Crcation till the day of
birth by .60. Rejoot remainder and mulriply the qgotient by
3. Increascthe post-multiplied product by I and divide by 7.
The remainderwill indicatc the week day on which the astrological year giving birth to the native opened. Remainder I
indicatesSunday,2 Monday and so on and so forth.
Assumethat birth took place on June l, 1984. Locate
from the Speculum of Abbreviated Aharganasfor January O
date 1984as 65142. Add 153 being the numberof d4ysupto
the day of birth (inclusivc thc birth date). Thus we get abbreviated days past from crcation to birth as 65295. This product
ihen divided by 3CI yields a quotient of l8l. Ramaindcr is to
te rejected. l8I multiplied by 3 indicates543. Increasedby l,
this gives544. When 544 is divided by 7, thc remainderis 5.
That is, the astrological year of birth for one born on June l,
1984 began on a Thursday. Hence this strengthor Varsha
bala goesto Jupiter, the ruler of Thursday
Mgsa Iord ; Divide the same Ahargana by 30 and the
quotient (devoid of remainder) iodi*t"r' months passedfrom
Creationto birth. The completed months be multiplied by 2
gnd increasedby l. The Iatestsum should be divided by Z and
the remainder indicates on which the birth month began.
Continuing with the same case, we divide 65295 by 30.
Quotientis 2176. This sum multiplied by 2 and increasedby
4353. Dividing 4353 by 7, we get a remainderof 6
I .denots
denotingFriday. That is, the month of birth beganon Friday
and lhe Masa bala goesto Venus,the lord of Friday.
Dim lord : Though the week day of birth can be known
from ephemeris or perpetual calendars,we better adopt the
method prescribed which will confirm if the Ahargana followed
iscorrect or is otherwise. The number of tr,.ys as arrived above
indicating Ahargana be divided by 7 and the remainder will
indicate the week day of birtb. In the examplecase65295

Brihat ParasaraHora S.astra

272

dividedby ? leavesa remainder of 6. That is June 1,1984is


Friday. Hencethe Aharganafollowed by us is correct. While
consideringDina bala, the birth should be treated from sunris
to sunrise.
Hence in this case,the Dina bala goes to Venus,ruler of
ttto"t;oruBara
: Hora meansplanetaryhour. Eachday from
runriseto sunriseis divided into 24 equalparts of one hour or
2.5 ghatikas. TheseHoras are ruled by the 7 planetsfrom the
Sun to Saturn. The first Flora of the day is ruled by the lord
of the weekday. The 2nd one is ruled by the lord of the 6th
weekday countedfrom the first ruler. The 3rd Hora is ruled
by fte lord of tbe 6th week day countedfrom the 2nd Hora
lord. Similarly it proceedsin the same mannertill the first
Hora of the next day is taken over by the lord of that. day
himself. Whicheverplanet rules the birth Hora getsthe Hora
Bala. Horas are to be calculated for mean local time and ngt
standardtime of birth.
For easy ,referince, consult the Speculum of Horas
infra.
Vide
Speculumof AbbreviatedAharganafor Januaiy 0
Yr.

Ahargana

18 0 0
I 801
t802
1803
1804f
1805
1806
1807.
I 808*
1809
l8l0
1 8 1I
Itl21

4s8
823
ll88
1553
l9l8
2284
2649
494
859
1225
1590
1955
2120

Yr.

Ahargana

't813
1814
lSls
l8l6*
t 8l7
l8l8
't8l9
I 820r
l82l
1822
1823.
1E24t
rt25

2686

3 0 sI
34t6
3 7 8I
4t47
45t2
4877
5242
56 0 8
5963
6338
6703
7069

Yr.
I 826
7434
1827 7799
1828* 8164
1829 8530
I 83q
8E95
l83l'
9260
I 832* 9625
r 833. 9991
I 834 10356
I 835 10721
I 836.r I 1086

1S37 r1452
1838 ll8l7

Clapter 27

Yr.

Ahargano

t2t82
12547
t29t3
13278
13643
I 4008
14374
1 4 73 9
r5f04
15469
15835
I 6200
l 6565
l 6930
t7296
t7 661
I 8026
r8391
t8757
8s8 19122
8 5 9 t9487
860r I 9852

I 839
I 840*
t 841
1842
I 843
1844*
I 845
I 846
r847
1848r
I 849
I 850
l85l
1852'
I 853
I 854
I 855
1856r
I 857

8 6 1 202r8
t862 2 0 5 8 3
I 8 6 3 20948
I 864r 213r3
I 865 2r679
t 8 6 6 22044
r867 22409
I 8 6 8 r 2 2 7 74
I 8 6 9 23r40
I 870 2350s
l 8 7 l 23870
1872* 24235
t 8 7 3 2460r
1874 24966

273
Yr.

Ahargena

25334
25696
26062
26427
26792 .
271s7
t 8 8 r 2 7s 2 3
I 882 27888
I 8 8 3 28253
18 8 4 1 2 8 6 r8
I 8 8 5 28984
1 8 8 6 29349
I 8 8 7 2 9 7t 4
I 888* 30079
I 889 30445
I 890 30810
I 891 3tl75
1892l 3 1 5 4 0
t 893 31906
I 8 9 4 3 2 2 7|
I 8 9 5 32636
[ 896* 33001
I 8 9 7 33367
. 18 9 8 3 3 73 2
1 8 9 9 34091
I 9 0 0 34462
I 9 0 1 34827
1902 3 5 r 9 2
I 903 35557
I 9 0 4 * 35922
I 905 36288
I 906 366s3
I 907 37018
l908lt 37383
I 9 0 9 3 7 74 9
l9r0 38114
I 875
1876*
t877
I 878
1 8 79
I 880*

Yr.

Ahrrgur

t9t I 38479
19t2r' 38844
r9l3 392tO
t9t4 39575
t9t5 39940
t9t6t 40305
t9t7 4067r
r9r8 41036
l9t9 41401
t920.41766
r92t 42132
t922 42497
t923 42862
1924| 43227
1925 43593
1926 43958
t927 44323
1928e44688
1929 4s054
1930 45419
l93t 45784
19321 46149
1933 46s'!.5
1934 46880
1935 47245
1936*47610
1937 47976
1938 48341
1939 48706
1 9 4 0 14 9 0 7 1
1941 49437
1942 49802
t943 50167
t944s 50532
1945 50898
1946 51263

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

274
Yr.

Abargrnr

1947 51628
1948t 51993
r949 52359
r950 52724
r 9 5I 5 3 0 8 9
t952* 53454
I 9s3 53820
r 9 5 4 5 4 18 5
I 955 54550
1 9 5 6 * 5 4 9 15
1957 55281
l 958 55646
1 9 5 9 5 6 0 1I
1 9 6 0 15 6 3 7 6
l96t 56742
t962 57107
1 9 6 3 . 5 74 7 2
1964157837

Yr.

Abargana

I 96s 58203
1966 58568
t967 58933
19681 59298
I 969 59664
t970 60029
1 9 7| 6 0 3 9 4
t972* 60759
t913 6r125
t974 61490
t975 61855
1976r 62220
1977 62586
1 9 7 8 6 2 9 5l
r 9 7 9 6 3 3I 6
1 9 8 0 * ' 66 34 60 84 17
l98l
1982 64412

Yr.

Abargana

I 983 64777
1984f 65142
l 985 65508
r986 65873
1987 66238
r9881 66603
I 989 66969
I 990 67334
l99t
67699
t992* 68064
l 993 68430
t994 68795
1995 69160
1996n 69525
t 9 9 7 6 9 8 9I
1998 702s6
t999 70621

r Lerp Years.
CommonYeors-Deysfor ZeroDrtes of Months
Date
Jan. 0
Feb. 0
Mar.0
April0

Days
0
3l
59
90

Date

Days

Dete

Days

May 0
June 0
July 0
Aug.0

t20
I 5l
l8l
212

Sept.0
oct. 0
Nov. 0
Dec. 0

243
273
304
334

Ieap Yers-Days

Dete
Jan. 0
Feb. 0
Mar.0
April0

Days
0

?r

60
91

for Zero Drtes of Months

Date

Deys

Date

Days

May 0
June 0
July 0
Aug. 0

t2l
r52
182
2r3

Sept.0
w. 0
Nov.0
D e c .0

244
274
305
335

27,5

Chapter 27
Speculumof Horas
Thu

Frl

Merc

JuP

Ven

Sun

Moon

Mar

Merc JuP

Merc JuP

Ven

Sat

Sun

Moon Mar

Moon Mar
Sun
Sat

Merc

JUP

Ven

Sat

Sun

Moon

lvrar

Merc

JuP

Ven

Sat

Sun

Moon Mars Merc

Hora

Sun

Mon

Tbe

l.
2..
3.

Sun

Moon

Mar

Ven

Sat

4.
5.
6.

Jup

Ven

Mars Merc
7.
Sun Moon
8.
Ven Sat
9.
10. Merc JuP
1 1 . Moon Mars
S,ln
12. Sat
Ven
1 3 . Jup

14.
15.

Mars
Sun

Merc
Moon

1 6 . Ven Sat
'Merc
JuP
17.
1 8 . Moon Mars
1 9 . Sat Sun

Wed

Sgt

Sat

JuP

Ven

Sat

Sun Moon

Mars
Sun

Merc
Moon

JuP
Mars

Ven Sat
Merc JuP

Ven

Sat

Sun

Merc

JuP

. Ven
Merc

Moon Mars
Sat 'Sun

Moon Mars
Sat

Sun

Ven
JuP
Mars Merc

JuP

Ven

Moon

Mars Mere

Sat
JuP

Sun
Ven

Moon
Sat

Sun

Moon

Mars

Merc JuP

Ven

Sat

Sun

Moon Mars

Merc

JuP

Ven

Sat

Merc

JuP

Moon Mars

Sun
Ven

Sqt

Sun

Moon Mars Merc

JUP

Ven

Sat

Sun

Moon

Moon

Mars

Merc

JuP

Ven

Sat

Sat

Sun

Moon

Mars

Merc JuP

Merc JuP

Ven

Sat

V.l

20.

Jup

21.

Mars Merc

22.
23.
24.

Sun
Ven

Sun

Moon Mars

Brihat Paravra Hora Sastra

276

$aqqqfsatmddai{ei t
fcq ! trtvtr
*rrdl
14. NAISARGIKA BALA (NATURAL STRENGTH) :
Divide one Rupa (or 60 Virupas)by 7 and multiply the resultant
product by I to 7 separatelywhich will indicate the Natural
Strengthdue to Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, the
Moon and the Sun, respectively.
Notes : As per the aboverule, the Naisargika Bala in
Rupas are indicated below so that the reader need not calculate
himsclf.
.
Sun : l.(X[ Rupa
Moon: 0.857Rupa
Mars : 0.286Rupa
.
Merc - 0.429 Rupa
JuP : 0'571 Rurra
Ven : 0.714Rupa
Sat : 0.143Rupa
This strengthis acquiredby a planet due to its luminosity.
The brightestgetsthe highest Naisargika Bala while the least
bright glts ttre leastNaisargikaBala. The Sun is the brightest
amongthe 7 planetswhile Saturnis the darkest. The brightness
from the abovefigures.
ofthe planetscan be guessed
and has nothingto do with
strength
is
independent
This an
all
nativities
and for ever. Hence
for
is
constant
. Kala Bala, and
done.
need
be
no individualcalculations
NaisargikaBala hasa significantuse in the Shadbala. If
planets
are of equal Shadbala, then the one with higher
two
NaisargikaBala prevails over the other.

rtrttfiFl: w: sqf: qou'6,i{r:wrqfr t


fi [l {tl
wqir{qlnfirqeqqrs$drv

q1ilftr,Eilrfuatn fenrmugar Frqr:I


FqToi qqM

rfi.etq

f"ffiIullrtl

ilqrss(Idaq{fiori qd, f,Tq fiil uil I


iqqTqftf ad{nlstl
n{flqnq fefuim

277

Chapter 27

15-17AYANA BALA : 45, 33 and 12 are the Khandas


for calculatingAyana Bala. Add Ayanamsato the planet (for
which Ayana Bala is required)and find out the Bhuja (distance
from the nearestequinox). Add the figure correspondingto the
Rasi (of the Bhuja) to thc Bhuja. The degreesetc. of the Bhuja
to the
(devoidof Rasi)be multipliedby the figure corresponding
higher of the left out Khandas and divided by 30. Add the
resultant product to the sum obtained earlier. Convert this
into Rasi etc. lf the Moon and Saturn are in Libra or ahead
add to this 3 Rasis,and if in Aries to Virgo reducefrom 3 Rasis.
Similarly it is reversefor the Sun, Mars, Venusand Jupiter,(i.e.
additionor deductionir converse). For Mercury 3 Rasis are
alwaysadditive. The resultantsum in Rasi,degreesand minutes
be dividedby 3 to get the Ayaua Bala in Rupas'
Notes : Ayana Bala can be found out on the following
simple formula.
AyanaBala: 2t 27-!\r!anti X OO
-(23"27' plus or minusKranti) x 1.2793
The following points haveto be rememberedin respectof
of Krantis. when the Moon or SaturnhavesouthernKranti or
when the Sun,Mars, Jupiteror VenushaveNorthernKranti, take
plus. In a contrary situationin respectof these6 planets,take
minus. As far as Mercury is concerned' it is always plus
whetherhe has southern Kranti or Northern Kranti. Krantis
(or declinations)can be ascertained from standard modern
ephemeris.
The Sun'sAyana Bala is againmultiplied by 2 whereasfor
otherstheproductarrivedinVirupasisconsideredasitis.
The following speculumwill help the readerto easilywork
out the Ayana Bala,whenthe Kranti of a planetis known'

Brihat ParasardHora Sastra

218

Specnlumof Ayanr Bela

Kruti Ayrna
Bde
+
23" 27',

Krenti Ayrnt
Bela
!
23" 27',

Krrnti Ayrna
Bals
+
23" 27',

oa

00
05
09
014
019
023
o28
033
038
o42
o47

os2

056

tr

:(
llG

lrs
120
124
129
134
l3E
143
148
153
ls7
22
27

2rr

216

22r
225
230

0.0
0.1

o.2
03
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
t.l
1.2
1.3
t.4
1.5
t.6
1.7
l.E
1.9
2.C
2.1
2.2
2.3
2..4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3"0
3.1
,.2

;;,
239
2U
249

3.r
t.4

3.s

3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
33
4.0
38
4.1
312
4.2
317
4.3
t22
4.4
426
4.5
331
4.6
336
4.7
340
4.t
345
4.9
350
5.0
355
5.1
359
- 5.2
44
5.3
49
5.4
413
5.5
418
5.6
423
5.7
427
5.8
432
5.9
431
6.0
44r
6.1
446
6.2
451
6.3
455
6.4
50
6.5
55

2s4
258

5 r0
5 14
5 19
5 24
5 28
5 33
5 38
5 42
5 47
5 s2
5 56
6t
66
6ll
6 15
6 20
6 2s
6 29
6 34
6 39
6 43
6 48
6 53
6 57
72
77
7 tr
7 16
7 2t
7 26
7 30
7 35
7N

6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.O
?.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.)
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
E.8
8.9
9.0
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8

n9

Chapter27
Kranti Ayana
Bda
+
23'27',

Knnti Ayana
Balr
+
23'27',

Kranll Ayanr

8dr
+
23"27'.

Ot

'9.9

7 44
7 49
7 54
7 58
8 3
I 8
8 12
8 l7
I22
I27
8 31
8 36
8 4l
8 45
8 50
8 55
8 59
9 4
9 9
913
9 18
9 23

10.0
l0.l
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8'
10.9
11.0
ll.l
ll.2
ll.3
ll.4
ll.5
ll.6
ll.7
ll.8
ll.9
12.0

9 27
9 32
9 37
9 42
9 46
9 51
9 56
r0 0
l0 5
t0 r0
r0 14
l0 19

l2.r
12.2
r2.3
12.4
l2.s
12.6
12.7
12.8
t2.9
13.0
l3.l
13.2

l0 24
t0 28
ld 33
l0 38
l0 43
l0 47
l0 52
l0 57
ll I
1l 6
ll ll
I I l5
ll20
tt 25
tl 29
ll34
139
144
148
ll 53
. ll 58
122
127
t2 t2
t2 16
t22l
1226
1230
t2 35
t2 40
t2 44
t2 49
t2 54
t2 59

13.3
13.4
l3.5
13.6
t3.7
13.8
t3.9
t4.0
l4.l
t4.2
t4.3
t4.4
t4.5
14.6
14.7
14.8
14.9
15.0
1 5 I.
152
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6

ts.7
15.8
15.9
16.0
l6.l
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
t6.6

13 3
16.7
13 8
16.8
t3 13 16.9
1 3t 7
17.0
1 32 2
tT.l
1327
17.2
1 33 l
t7.3
1 33 6 - r 7 . 4
134l
t7.5
134s
t7.6
.1350
t7.7
1355
17.8
14 0
t7.9
t4 4
18.0
t4 9
l8.l
t4 t4
t8.2
1 4l 8 . 1 8 . 3
t4 23
18.4
1428 18.5
t4 32
t8.6
t4 37
18.7
t4 42
18.8
t4 46
18.9
t4 5l
19.0
1456 19.l
ls 0
19.2
t.5 5
19.3
15 l0
t9.4
1515
19.5.
1519
19.6
1524
lg,7
t5 29
19.8
1533
19.9
l5 38
20.0

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

2E0
fr.Dtl

Ayrnr
Bdr

230 27',

Krantl Ayau
Bela
+
23'27',

Krenti Ayana
Bela
+
23" 27'.

t8 22
t8 27
l8 32
l8 36
1841
1846
1850
1855
19 0
19 4
t9 9
19 14
t9 18
t9 23
l9 28
1933
t9 37
t9 42
t9 4?
1951
1956
20 |
20 s
20 l0
20 rs
20 19
20 24
20 29
20 33
20 38
20 43
2048
20 s2
20 51

2t 2
21 6
2t tt
2tt6
2t 20
2t 25
21 30
21 34
2t 39
2l44
2149
2t 53
21 58
22 3
22 7
22 12
22 17
22 2t
22 2.6
22 3t
22 35
22 &
22 4s
22 49 .
22 s4
22 59
23 4
23 8
23 13
23 t8
23 22
2327
23 32
23 36

oa

1543
1547
t5 52
t5 57
16 I
16 6
16 I r
16 16
t6 2C
1 62 5
1630
16 34
16 39
t6 u
1648
1653
1658
t7 2
t7 7
t7 t2
t7 t6
t7 21
t7 26
l7 3t
t7 35
t7 6
t7 45
r7 49
t7 s4
t7 59
18 3
18 8
l8 13
tE l7

20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
20.5'
20.6
20.7
20.8
20.9
2t.0
2t.l
21.2
2i.3
21.4
2t.5
21.6
2t.7
2r.8
2t.9
t\.o
22.r
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.s
22.6
22.?
22.8
22.9
23.O
23.r
23.2
23.3
23.4

23.s
23.6
23.7
23.8
23.9
24.0
24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
24.s
24.6
24.7
24.8
24.9
25.0
25.1
2s.2
2s.3
2s.4
25.5
25.6
'25.7
25.8
.25.9
26.0
26.1
26.2
26.3
26.4
26.5
26.6
26.7
26.8

26.9
27.0
27.1
272
27.3
27.4
27.5
27.6
27.7
27.8
279
28.0
2S.l
28.2
28.3
28.4
28.5
28.6
28.7
28.8
2E.9
29.0
29,1
29.2
29.3
29.4
29.5
29.6
29.7
29.E
29.9
30.0
30.1
30.2

281

Chapter27
Krauti Ayena

Bah

23"27',
ZS+,t
23 46
23 50
23 55
24 0
24 5
24 9
2 41 4
2 4t 9
24 23
2428
24 33
2 43 7
24 42
24 47
2 45 1
24 56
25 |
25 5
25 r0
25 r5

30.3
30.4
30.5
30.6
30.7
30.8
30.9
31.0
3l.l
3t.2
31.3
3t.4
3r.5
31.6
31.7
31.8
31.9
320
32.r
32.2
32.3

25 24
25 29
25 34
25 38
25 43
25 48
25 52
25 s7
26 2
26 6
26 rl
26 16

32.5
326
32.7
32.8
32.9
33.0
33.1
33.2
33.3
33.4
33.5
33.6

is zo

32.4

Kranti Ayane
Bala
+
.23" 27',

Kranti Ayana
Bala
+
23"27',

26 21
26 25
2630
26 35
26 39
26 41
26 49
26 53
26 58
27 3
27 7
27 12
27 17
27 22
2726
27 31
27 36
27 40
2745
27 50
27 54
27 59
28 4
28 8
28 13
28 lE
28 22
28 27
28 32
28 37
28 41
284
28 51
28 55

29 0
29 5
29 9
29 rl
29 19
29 23
2928
29 33
29 38
2942
294',t
'29
52
2956
30 I
30 6
30 l0
30 15
3020
3024
3029
3034
' 30 38
3043
3048
3053
30 57
31 2
31 7
3l I I
3l 16
3t 2t
3t 25
3130
3135

33.7
33.8
33.9
34.0
34.1
34.2
34.3
34.4
34.5
34.6
34.7
34.8
34.9
35.0
3s.l
35.2
35.3
35.4
35.5
35.6
35.7
35.8
35.9
36.0
36.1
36.2
36.3
36.4
36.5
36.6
36.7
36.8
36.9
37.0

37.1
3'.1.2
37.3
37.4
37.5
37.6
37.7
37.8
37.9
38.0
38.1
38.2
38.3
38.4
38.5
38.6
38.7
38.8
38.9
39.0
39.1
39.2
19.3
39.4
39.5
39.6
39.7
39.8
39.9
40.0
40.1
40.2
40.3
40.4

Brihat Parasara Eora Sastra

282
Kranti

Ayana
Bala

2?'27',

,, ,n

40.5

31 44
31 49
3t 54
31 58
32 3
32 8
32 12
32t7
32 22
3 22 6
32 31
32 36
3240
32 45
32 50
32 s4
32 59
33 4
33 9
33 13
33 l8
33 23
33 27
33 32
33 37
3 34 1
33 46
33 51
33 55
34 0
34 5
34 t0
3414

40.6
40.1
40.8
40.9
410
4l.l
4r.2
41.3
4t.4
4l.s
41.6
4t.7
418
4r.9
42.0
42.1
42.2
42.3
42.4
42.5
42.6
42.7
42.8
42.9
43.0
43.1
41.2
43.3
43.4
43.5
43.6
43.7
43.8

Kranti Ayana
Balo
+
23" 27',
,O rt,
34 24
34 28
34 33
34 38
34 42
34 47
34 52
34 s6
35 I
35 6
35 1l
35 15
35 20
35 2s
35 29
35 34
35 39
35 43
35 48
35 53
'
3s 57
36 2
36 7
36 l l
36 16
36 21
36 26
36 30
36 35
36 40
36 44
36 49
36 54

43.g
44.0
44.1
4:4.2
44.3
14.4
44.5
44.6
44.7
44.8
44.9
45.0
45.1
45.2
45.3
45.4
45.5
4s.6
45.7
45.8
4s.9
46.0
46.1
46.2
46.3
46.4
46.5
46.6
46.7
46.8
46.9
47.0
47.r
47.2

Kranti Ayana
Bala
+
23'27',
36 58
37 3
37 g
37 t2
37 t7
37 22
,7 27
37 3t
37 36
37 41
g7 45
37 50
37 55
37 59
38 4
38 9
38 13
38 l8
38 23
38 27
38 32
38 37
38 42
38 46
38 sl
38 56
39 0

47.3
47.4
47.5
47.6
47.7
47.8
47.9
48.0
48.r
48.2
48.3
48.4
48.5
48.6
48.7
48.8
48.9
49.0
49.r
49.2
49.3
49.4
49.s
49.6
49.7
49.8
49.9

39 s
39l0
39 14
39 19
39 24
39 28
39 33

50.0
50.1
50.2
50.3
s0.4
50.5
50.6

283

Chapter 27
Kranti

Ayann
Bala

23" 27',

Kranti Ayana
Bala
t
. 23" 27',

Kranti

Ayena
Bala

23'27',
o,

50.7
39 38
50.8
39 43
39 4',:, 50 9
51.0
3952
5l.l
3957
5r.2
40 |
51.3
40 6
51.4
40 ll
51.5
40 15
51.6
40 20
51.7
25
40
51.8
40 29
51.9
40 34
52.0
40 39
52.1
40 43
52'2
40 48
s2.3
40 53
52.4
40 58
52.5
41 2
52.6
7
4t
52.7
4t 12
52.8
4r 16
52.9
41 21
41 26 . 53.0
53.1
41 30
53.2
4t 35
53.3
4t 40
53.4
41 45
53.5
4t 49
53.6
4l s4
53.7
41 59
53.8
42 3

42 8
42 13
42 17
42 22
42 27
42 31
4236
424t
42 4s
42 50
42 55
43 0
43 4
43 9
43 14
43 lE
4323
4328
43 32
43 37
9342
43 46
4 35 L
43 s6
44 0
44 5
44 ro
44 r5
4419
44 24
44 29
44 33

53.9
s4.0
54.1
54.2
54.3
54.4
54.5
5'1.6
54.7
54.8
54.9
55.0
55.1
55.2
55.3
SS.+
55.5
55.6
55.7
55.8
55.9
56.0
'56.1
56.2
56;3
56.4
56.5
56.6
56.7
56.8
56.9
57.0

44 38
44 43
44 47
44 s2
44 51
45 r
45 6
45 l I
4s 16
45 20
45 25
45 30
45 34
45 39
45 44
45 48
45 53
45 s8
46 2
46 7
46 t2
46 16
46 2l'
46 26
463L
46 35
46 40
46 45
46 49
46 54

57.1
57.2
57.3
57.4
S7.s
57.6
51.7
57.8
57.9
58.0
58.1
58.2
58.3
58,4
58.5
58.6
58.7
58.8
58.9
59.0
59.1
59.2
59.3
59.4
59.5
59.6
59.7
59.8
59.9
60.0

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

284

qa*<u{

{tf

fq*: qrqd tuq

is,ar<d ilqtq e I
arqricawq qil{ u{etl

I8. MOTIONAL STRENGTHFOR SUN AND MOON :


Tbe Sun'sCheshtaBala(or motionalstrength)will correspond
to his AyanaBela. The Moon'sPakshaBala will itself be her
CheshtaBala.
Notes : For the Sun and the Moon, ttierc is no scparate
methodof CheshtaBala computation.The Sun'sAyana Balawill
itself be his Cheshtallala(or motionalstrength)whiletheMoon's
PakshaBalnis her CheshtaBala.For the othcr 5 planets,the
method is describedin slokas24'25 intra.

qlqEilrrc{i

assr{qqlEgq

ir{n I

icaerlgm*d deqFf qtE rrterr

It+i

19. DRIG BALA (ASPECTUAL ST'RENGTH): Reduce


one fourth of the Drishti Pinda if a planethas maleficaspectson
by a benefic. Superadd the
it and add a fourth if it is aspected
and
Jupiter
to get the net strengthof a
of
Mercury
entire aspect
planet.

3r{r iil(rgTqi g tqqa}rq aq}fqq:r


irrtFfir faig: eai, fifqilta afr quq rtQoll
20. PLANETARY l4tAR : Shouldthere be a war between
the starry planets(i.e. between2 planetsfrom Mars to Saturn,in
a given horoscope),the differencebetweenthe Shadbalasof the
two shouldbe addedto the victor'sshadbalaand deductedfrom
the Shadbalaof the vanquished.
.[6q{fit

fqft'il

qrr q$filq<t ifil

qfaarfuq*

TFi{I

q?airTl

{TIII I

qEMIqcaqI qfil: uRttl

qltirgqrnqtiaq r

ln) fawrglt: rat( mI rauntieq trlRtl


tilEl

q?aqilTffq

Tttftcg

qra{,

Ed

q?i{t{Tx[

Q t

EFf tanfrqrRq: nllrl

2t-23 PLANETARY MOTTONS(MARS TO SATURN) :


Eight kinds of motionsare attributedto planets.TheseareVakra

285

Chapter27

Anuvakra(entering the previous sign in retro(retrogression),


grademotion), Vikala (devoidof Motion or in stationaryposition), Manda (somewhatslower motion than usual), Mandatara
(slowerthan the previousmentionedmotion), Sama (somewhat
increasingin motion as againstManda),Chara(fasterthan Sama)
and Atichara (entering next sign in acceleratedmotion)' The
strengthsallotted due to such8 motionsare : 60, 30, 15, 30, 15'
7.5,45 and 30.
(.t?ilirf,'liqft'{

qg.qrfil6 5d qfirt?salM

Ttd gqtq llqYlt

qFftFil f*fu{iii ilati iserq'.i ftqfa t


Tqrqf<{ilqilqiaarfaredftri a uqfau{ IIR{l I

24-2sMOTIONAL STRENGTHFOR MARS ETC' : Add


togetherthemeanandtruelongitudesofaplanetanddivideth
ori, by to,o. Reducesthis sum from the Seeghrocha(or apogee)
of the planet.' The resultantproduct will indicatethe cheshta
Kendra(or Seeghrakendra)of the planetfrom l2 signs'The Rasi'
minutes
degreesand minutesso arrivedbe convertedinto degrees,
of
strength
motional
the
denote
will
which
3
by
divided
etc. and
the planet. Thus thereare six sourcesofstrengthcalledSthaana
nata OigUata,Kaalabala,Drigbala, Cheshta Bala and Naisargika
Bala.

Notes : Take the averagebetweena planet's mean longi'


tude and true longitude (i. e. Mars to Saturn)' Deduct this
productfrom its seeghrochawhich will be its cheshta Kendra.
if tni. exceeds 180 degreesdeduct again from 360 degrees.
Divide the Cheshta Kendra by 3 which will be the motional
strengthof the Planet.

qnqd
clqtqq
$qqrqgqq;ermrraTuf{ir
${

qtqq

qT I
R.aq\, llRtrll

rrlsofrqTrrgrti-qrqr;enef(gq .qt( I
w{ grrmutaaql{q <{{ llRell
wiframl
nlemg.rfurd qfiIftqd qrft5d R( t

ifi rafaafoal
u(!ft awcuq-qrl1f

llRqll

'

286

Brihat ParqsaraHora Sastra

iqfiegi
irEir sdcrflfqqcrfiaai r
qfa rnrqi{ rq6eqTrTI?riir $|rq
nRt.tl
26-29 BHAV.4 BALAS .' Thus I explained about the
planetarystrengths. Deductthe 7th house(longitudeof descendant) from the bhavaif the bhava happensto be in Virgo,
Gemini,Libra,Aquariusor the first half of Sagittarius.
If Aries,
Taurus,Leo or first half of Capricorn or the secondhalf of
happento be the bhava,deductthe 4th house(Nadir)
Sagittarius
from it. Shouldthe Bhavabe in Canceror in Scorpio deduct
from it the asccndant. And deduct the lOth house(meridian)
from the bhavahappeningto fall in Capricorn secondhalf or
case)
Pisces. Convertthe product so obtained(in the respective
into degreesetc. and divideby 3 to get the strengthof the bhava.
If the balancein the processof deductingthe Nadir, Meridian,
ascendant
or descendant
exceeds6 signs,deductit againfrom l2
signsbeforeconvertinginto degreesand dividing by 3. The
productafter division should be increasedby a fourth if the
bhavain qucstionhasa beneficaspect on it. Arid a malefic's
aspectwill entail one fourth reduction. If Jupiter or Mercury
aspecta bhava,add that planet'saspcctual strcngth also. And
.thensuleradd the strengthacquiredby the lord of that Bhava.
This will be the net strengthof that Bhava.
ctuGrtrlEil$tIEtFxI

q;Er((fq{{ilq

Ri vitqTaq] $rut:

qqt*E

eat,itc

{ fttrl I
afiEt?tq ll Qo11

Tt?uqF[5sH]Ert:I

f<fir Soalqqrcq{qEutq qmfqd sq

u1ltl

30-31SPECIAL RULES .'The bhavasoccupiedby Jupiter


and Mercuri will eachget an addition of I rupa whild cach of
the bhavaoccupiedby Saturn,.Mars and the SunsufferI rupa
reduction. 15 virupaswill haveto be addedto the bhavas fallRasisif birth happensto be in day time, to
ing in Seershodaya
the bhavasfalling in dual (or common)Rasisif birth happensto
be in twilight and to the bhavasfalling in PrishtodayaRasis if
birth be in night.

oirnq*59{TqT{q amiln nqfir?uq:r


;rEilrFrrr:
g(rfTT{rE<nigfimr: $qq illRrl

Chapter27

287

Taqr{f{i mirqriq

f,il gqfqq} qil: I

eTftrs$fq?qTRqi{ iqafnn} Gw! rr11rr


32-33.SHADBALA REQU{;:EMENZ,S.' 390,360, 300,
42C,390,330and 300 Virupasarethe ShadbalaPindas needed
for the Sunetc. (upto Saturn) to bc consideredstrong. If the
strengthexceeds,the planetis deemedto be very strong.
Notes : The minimum Shadbala requirementsof the
planetsare as under'i
The Sun : 6.5 Rupas
.
The Moon: 6.0 Rupas
: 5.0 Rupas
.
Mars
MercurY : 7'0 RuPas
Jupiter : 6.5 Rupas
: 5.5 Rupas
Venus
- 5.0 Rapas
Saturn
If a planet has the requiredshadbala,it will prove favourto
able the native by virtue of its strength. However, Saturn's
cxtermestrengthwill give long life as wcll as miseries.

gqd*unqtori g
Tds{*r{* faq t r
q -q-drf{ rfiq-sTRlgcrnnil:
{snqq:
nlYtl
ailwFtir fiqriFq|?T-ftq-*ra-urflsqi r
ftfuafrrqtiiir.?nit dqq: q3<q: q1te1it1
a?{rferq

t,iil

q}q-ffErq}: qqqq {qK

fqqrqqaET:
sEilS.rrffi$aenfrq t rrltrr
34-36. Jupiter, Mercury and the Sun are strong if each of
their SthaanaBala, Digbala,Kaalabala,CheshtaBalaand Ayana
Balaare respectively165,35, 50, l12 and 30 Virupas.The same
requiredfor the Moon and Venusare 133,50, 30, 100 and 4O
For Mars and Saturntheseare 96, 30, 40,67 and 20.
Notes : Even if the Shadbala pinda is short of the sums
stipulatedin the previoustwo slokas,certain minimum requirementsof the constituentstrengthswill makethe planet
ably favourablc.For this purpose,Jupiter,Mercury and"ooiid.rthe Sun

288

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasffa


'A'
group. The Moon and Venusform 'B' group
can be put in
while Mars and Saturn 'C' group. The constituent Balas in
Virupasthat should be minimumare :
'Type

Group'At

Sthaanabala
Digbala
Kaalabala
Cheshtabala
Ayanabala

Group'B'

165
35
50
'll2

Group.C'

133
50
30
100
fi

30

96
30
40
67
20

Ayanabala hirs been separatety shown above. It is


normallya practiceto includeAyana Bala in the Kaalabalaitself. In that case,Ayanabalashould be separatelyscen apart
from seeingthe rest of the Kaalabala,as per the requirements
denotedabove.

qi F'?qrq*rriq ildfrrrftq' sd &q t I

qtl{raqt: frmtrr}

t q}qtm,uietl

tqi qat cq1 mf s qFtser 16rrrr:I


qln6qt*E lEtl ilfrt{
sqilfilfrruQen

. 37-38. BHAVA EFFECTS ; O Brahmin, thus the various


sourcesof strengthsbe gathered.together and effects declared.
Whateveryogasor effectshave been stated with respect to a
bhava will come to passthrough the strongestplanet.

qft*q

*ffq)

{:

{rq{rrei ;lil$Fr: I

e{rqfq(tkqq infrwrq* fqtfim: ntc.rl


u6t*A-qqdrrr[trrrnturfrsrtit:
iiq

t q?qai qrfr aeq qnzf a drq: ttvott

39.40. ELIGIBILITY TO ISSUE FRUNFAL PREDICTIONS .' O Maitreya, the wordsof one who hasachievedskill in
mathematics, one who has put in industrious efrorts in the
branch of grammar, one who has knowledgcof justice, one who
is intelligent, one who has knowledgeof geography, space and
time, one who has conqueredhis senses,one who ir skilfully
logical (in estimation)and one who is favourable to astrology,
will doubtlessbe truthful.

slQuefiueTgxtlq:
lt Rqtl
C.bepter28

Ishta And Kashta Balas


sTs ieaqfrta q qqrult t,qatrlqq I
lttll
srqtqft ffiqqflnq
T{mlq
l. Now I narrate the benefic and evil tendenciesof thc
planetsbasedon which the Dasa efrects-good or bod-can bc
decided.

witqti q{ duq: lc.wtfkll qqurqtq I


llRll
tql <rfrni\a-<fvrffini5:
2. EXALTATION RlyS .' Deduct t-e planct's debilita'
tion point from its actual position. If the sum excecds6 sings,
deduct from 12 signs. The said sum should then be increased
by I Rasi. The degreesetc. be multiplied by 2 which when
consideredalong with Rasiswill indicate the Uchcha Rasmi of
the planet.

ffiarq

ilafi{

eiulSanfrwq t

.n6'cr+rl gqn'tri gtg*i ezn ffi ! ttltt


qfqlq
loqltaqr t
' flqtnqFft"dsqis
rrnfqt ttvtt
rflF{
aqfiilsq}gd
irerH
3-4. CHESHTA RASMI .' Cheshta Rasmis arc to be calculated from CheshtaKendra similar to Uchcha Rasmicomputations. The Cheshta Keqdras of planets from l\{ars to Saturn
havealreadybeenexplained.. Add 3 Rasis to SayanaSun (i.o.
Sun with Ayanamsa),which will be the ChesbtaKendra fot thc
Sun. The sidereallongitude of the Sun should be deductcd
from the Moon to get the Moon's Cheshta Kendra. If thc
CheshtaKendra (for any planet) is in excessof 6 signs;deduct it
from 12 signs. Add I sign and multiply the degreesetc. by 2
which will indicate the CheshtaRasmiof the planet.

290

Brihat Parasora.HoraSastra

ndqtfrqftnd

qr<fiu: ss'h{* r

stwr{rt frqa}sennrnq{q wqe lt{tl


5. BENEFICIAL AND MALEEIC RAYS.. Add the
Uchcha Rasmisand CheshtaRasmistogether and divide by two.
The result will bc auspiciousrays (Subha Rasmis). Deduct
from 8 the Subha Rasmis to obtain inauspicious rays (or
Asubha Rasmis).

stdcentrq fuq ftFn{eng affiq 1


mdfqtedd q

6{e ireuftaavrga{uqtl

6. ISHTA AND KASHTA (BENEFIC AND MALEFIC


TENDENCIES) .. Reduce I from each of Cheshta Rasmi and
Uchcha Rasmi. Then multiply the productsby l0 and add
together. Half of the sum will representthe Ishta phala (benefic
tendency)of the planet. ReduceIshta Phala from 60 to obtain
the planet's Kashta Phala (or malefictendency).

TAd Tefrs}li ir <idirgq{toai r


ffi't {rTri efu-qn dtqi fiqq u\etl
qfiaftsmtlqfr"{|ET!f,cftmtr rrilT:l
qsrt} al Er q?d q {q+66i 1[ tretr
qffti fuAd
qk:
?qrqd It I
mtiq?Eqfg iri f?s ! qws{rq netl
. 7-9. ISHTA KASHTA SAPTAVARGAIA PHALA : 60,
45, 30, 22,15,t,4,2 and 0 are the Subhankas(or SubhaGriha
Pankthis or beneficpoints) due to a planet's placement respectively in exaltation, Moolatrikona, owo sign, extreme friend's
sigo,friend'ssign,equal'ssign,enemy'ssign, bitter enemy'ssign
and debilitation sign. If Subhanka is deducted from 60,
Asubhanka (or Asubha Pankthi or inauspicious points) will
cmerge. O Brahmin, in other Vargas,theseare halved.

qeqftqGEsFfqrirrE q{ qu8 ilil: rrqq I

,rgri f?T fqiiqfqfil {ncil frfrqa{utorr


10. A planet is consideredauspiciousin the first five of the
placesnor
-rai{
. In the sixth_placeitis equal,i.e. neither good
bod. And in the other thrce placesif is inauspicious.

291

Chapter 28
t{qT{

TEEfiIEctillT

ad: md q{

{'islq+

il{r ffiqd

qia t

s}ftTlq{ qfqilq.tt

q{

imt{

qffiqd qqtrrcq ilw

ttt ttl

eaqisfu*t
qr.r$ci &q I tttttt

II.I2. NATURE OF EFFECTS DAE TO DIGBALA


ETC : The directional strengthof planet is itself representative
of the effectsdue to the direction and Dinabala itself is indicative of efrectsdue to day. Whatever quantum of Digbala etc. are
obtained by a planet will be the extent of auspicious efrects
acquirableon account of that strength. Deductingthosefigurcs
is known. Ifauspiciousfrom 60, the extent of inauspiciousness
nesi is more in the caseof planet's strength, thc Dasa and
Bhavasrelated to that planetwill be auspicious.' And thcsearc
is predominaot.
converseif inauspiciousness

qfi: qufq: ttfhtcl qd*i uitq 1lq t


qqrri ir ll t I rl
Rir{.rFrsilrfq q.{qflfi
qqq$rsFn$qiq {?{r{ {roa ,rf it{r| |
{64 il ITTFTFTKI qt srdt il{r6tutvn

13.14. SAPTAVARGAJA BALA AND ISHTA KASHTA


(Continued) .' The various strengths (i.e. the other 6 vargar
vide slokas7-9 supra) be multiplied by the respective planet's
of the
shadbalapinda which will indicate the auspiciousness
vargaconcerned. Auspicious or inauspicious aspect will be
obtainedby multiplying the Subhaor AsubhaPankthi.Similarly
auspiciornor inauspiciouseffectswill be known by multiplying
the auspicious or inauspicious strength by the respectivc
Pankthi.

qr.nni q sA qt{il qiltil q sA s* t


fiTficrdiqq{ lrltlt
qw*rrril
flft
si{ il qfr 1=cur<qi Efi( ?FnI
flwAfiqqr qa qA $aqi il{'{ irlltqll

zrswngi<rf{nd} sti {fqf{n snq t


q'i qqrqd ilrfiil qn6'cq wei. qt( tllelt

Brlhat Parasara Hora Sastra

292

qtedttrti *{ FrA q r<u}sqqr I


rrfinEqqi EA
r*rqFaqt: fxqr rrtsrr
rqrtTfir+n mAi qrqtnrr: sdtfre: r
affiflf q n(fll nflfr Fqrt{qn{trt utetl
aqtcrod sqq l
dq'laq ?qriiqm
qrf
:iri {qls{Eqq uQolp
W ndaqrqni
15-20.EFFECTSOF A BHAYA.' The strengthof a Bhava
and its lord have already been explained. The actual effects
will bc a combination of bhavastrengthand its lord's strength.
If there is a benefic in the bhavaadd the sarf,eto the auspicious
effectsand deduct from inauspiciouseffects, which will denote
the not auspiciousor'inauspiciouseffects. If a malefic is in the
bhava, reverse the process, i.e. add inauspicious effecte and
deduct auspiciouseffects. Similarly aspectsand etrengths. If a
planet is cxalted or with suc[ a dignity, add auspicious effects
and reduceinauspiciouseffects. For debilitatlon etc. it is convers. InAshtakaY4tg,add Bindus (auspiciouspoints) and
'deductKaranas (inauspiciouspoints). If a bhava extendsto two
Rasis,the rectification will be done as per both the lords. In
that casewhichever Rasi has more Bindus that Rasi will yield
more favourable results concerning that Bhava. If both the
Rasishave more auspiciousBindus take the average. Thus the
auspiciousand inauspiciouseffectsofa bhava be understood.

gtq qEre?rq:tfRQ.
||
Cbapter 29

Bhava Padas
wFrFqq qGilai darai q q{ fAq ! r
qrs..qQfqfq:uttl
affiqmf il( {fu

f,rir{ qrlfrri <nil RGecrirq<:rrqq I


rRrRtrqRri (ITil

Frftr(Ir ftrlw| 11111

29'

Chapter 29

qiqrqrq
w{rdi iqiri qd Gq t I
rtqq{
frg: ttltt
ttrtrFr{ il?r tql
!

r-3. METHOD oF PADA (w\ CATcULATIONS : O


Brahmin, I shall now tell you about the Padas (or Arudhas)
for bhavasand planets as well, as laid down by the earlier
great sages. The Pada ofthe ascendantwill correspondto the
sign arrived at by counting so many signs from the ascendant
lord as he is away from the ascendant. Similarly Padasfor other
nousesbe known through their lords. The word "Pada" exclusively denotesthe Padafor ascendant(or Lagna Pada).
Notes : Maharshi Jaimini (author of Poon"a Mimamsa)
extensivelydealtwith this systemof astrologyasgiven in ch. 2933 hereof. Though sageParasarahas originally sown seeds,later
on Jaimini delved deepand located many pearlsout of his great
wisdom and intuition. Thus it has become to be known more
by the nameJaimini astrologyrather than Parasari.
To work out the Padasetc' enunciatedin these chapters,
we shall considera nativity as indicated below calling it th.e
standardnativitY.
Date of birth : May 21, 1944at 1902 hrs (War time)
79E 20 13 N40
Merc
Ven
Moon

Ascdt
o" 48',34

29t

Brihat PaiosaralIora Sb*ra

I
Navamsa

t;
I

Merc

Moon
Ven

Inngitrdes

Thc Sun
Thc Moon
Man
Mercury
Jupiter
Vcnus
Saturn
Bahu
Ketu

37
'27

t2.
3s

96

18

14
116
27
639

54

,97
277

7
t7

l8
6
'46
t3
't3

37

50
4l
6

37

Chapter 29

29s

. In calculatingthe Arudhas for the variouehousos, we have


to proceedas under. First ofall we understandthe 12 Arudhas
thus :
l. l-a.gnaPada (or simply Pada)
2. Dhana Pada
3. Vikrama(Bhratru)Pada
4. Matru (Sukha)Pada
5. Mantra or Putra Pada
6. Roga or Satru Pada
'1. Dara Pada(Kalatra
Pada)
8. Marana Pada
9. Pitru Pada
10. Karma Pada
11. Labha Pada
12. Vyaya Pada

Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudha of
Arudbaof

lst house.
2nd house.
3rd house.
4th bouec.
5th house.
6th house:
7th house.
8th house.
9th house.
l0th house.
llth houso.
l2th house.

In calculating the Arudha pada for a house; note the


number of signsits lord movedaway from that particular sign.
Count so many signs from the lord in question. The sign so
arrived will be the Arudha for the sign under consideration.
In the standardnativity, Scorpio is the ascendantand its
lord Mars is 9 signsaway from the ascendantand is iri Canccr.

2Xt

brihat parasaratiora Sastra


w.:coun!9 signcfrom Cancerandgetpisces.pisces
f.n3
is thus
the Arudhaor padaof the ascendant
(i.e.Lgna pada).Now see
the Arudhachartfor tle sai-dnativityon p. ZlS. (ffre
nguies
nllkqd in Romannumbersdenoteth; Bha;afor whitb
it
sianas
u Pada.)
In the seidchart, for erample, Scorpiohasthe
Mantrarudha(5th),vikramarudha
(3rd)andLabhaiuarta
rr rttl. iagiiiariuc hasnone.Thus,onesignrnaycontainmorethanoo.
er-uanu
whilcanothersignmaynot bean Arudhaat all.

tqFqFi
a.ild i{' qt rfagr{fe r
nfur1 Tqeid
qiq lytl
_qeri,q{ nqrq'qfr;
rTNTr
qE
ilq q{iq
d*M
r

gtnl q ffi

nt friri

alr{

rTEt il{tl

+5. S?ECIAL EXCE?TION.S .. The same house


or the
7th from it does not becomeits pada. when the pada
fails in
thc same house, the l0th therefrom be treatedas
its pada.
similarly when the zth trecomesthe pada of a house,
,a" an
from the originar housein questionbe treated as its paia.-ir
*rl
ruler of a bhavabe in the 4th from the bhava, th.o
;i"-;;;;
houseoccupiedbc noted as the pada.
Notes : In thesetwo slokas,exceptionsto the earlier
rules
in calculatingArudhas are outlined. Theseare :
l. If the lord of a houseis in tbat very house,
then the
Pada for the timc being farts in that houseitserf. l"',i"i*r1,
!s per thc exccption, we have to count ten srgnsto get
the actual
P-ada, For examplc, Sagittariusis certain Bhava ni"i"g
lrpir*
thcrein, with the pade having .fallen, in Sagittariri
lili:
Insteadof trcating sagittariusas the Arudha, we
count l0 signs
from sagittariusand reach virgo. Thus virgo is the paaaili
Jupiter having bcen in Sagittarius.
2. If the lord of b_hava
is in its opposite house,then for the
tlme beingthe zth itserf becomesArubha. Instead
,rr"ri"g
thEt 7th houseag pada Arudha, we have to count
l0 "isigns from
the said zth housewhich wiil indicatethe 4th r-.
,nJlrigi""i
Bhavainquestion as Arudha. For example,Aquarius
f
ascendanthaving saturn in the 7th in Leo. couotioj-io'it*; th;
from Leo, we reach Taurus. Hence Taurus is tne
iruOna ?oi
Aquarius ascendanthavrng Saturn in Leo.

Chapter 29

Zg7

3. If the lord of a bhava is in the 4th from the bhava, no


"
countingis required. The houseoccupiedby the lord itself (i.e,
4th from the bhava) is the Arudha. For example, Leo ascendant havingthe Sun is the 4th sign in ScorpiogetsScorpioitself
as Arudha Lagna.

qrrrqrrEm <rnldaq a<qaiGEr! r

ri{RrTirfr{i (tr{r fu
frnrGqqR{
fqrid

sirEr*ilqtl
tr{qTqfuI
fqrtqq qq fry ! ailnTtrsd a\ rrurr
6-7. PADAS FOR PLANTES : Note the posirion o f a
planetand seehow many signsaway is its own sign with referenceto its position. Count so many sign from the said own
sign and the resultant slgn will become the Arudha of the
planets. lf a planet owns two Rasisor if a Rasi is ownedby two
planets,considerthe strongerand declareeffectsaccordingly.
'
Mtes : Here we are taught of what can be called as
Graharudhaor planet'sArudha. From a perusalof the above
verses, we can take it to mean that there are 9 planetary
Arudhas. Sincethe sageuses"Rasi ownedby two planets" he
obviouslyhints at co-rulershipof Rahu and Ketu. Rahu is a
co-rulerof Aquariuswhile Ketu shares ownership of Scorpio
(Vide sloka 157, ch. 46 infra).
Assumethat the Sun is in Capricorn. Counting from Caprigorn to Leo we get 8 signs. Again from Leo we count 8 signs
and reach Pisces which is the Arudba for the Sun. The exceptions statedfor Bhavarudhasdo not apply to Graharudhas.
In caseof other 5 planets(Mars to Saturn) each owns two
signs. Then the counting of planet's Arudha in such a caseis
with referenceto the strongerofthe two signs. For deciding
strengthsof signsand planetsone has to usehis wise judgement
apart from consultinghintsgiven in ch. 46. However,we do not
haveany authenticinformaticn availableas to how to useGraharudhas. Either we haveto work on bxperienceor keepsilent on
this issue. The literature available on Jaimini system being
limited nothing more can be said about this.

298

Brihat ParssaraEora Sastra

qaqfsrpr qcf f6f;q


Brens
$ Eq t
qilesrE{i
?qrt
rfiltslifqfr 11q11
qiT?rq qFra qrqTilqr g<rerFm:r

qrtruq grr,r\

qilFil: qrrf,lseTqruetl

fqcttq,ji si{ iid re}rafq1frqi, ,


q6qr wai nr* rgur q qaTFrqr
ulotl
qrq
qqqF<
wrcurwlq
R$tlr ugr:I
qrTT
TTFttil rrlrgail
Efliil ile iqrq:trf ttl

g-t l. PADA AND FINANCE (upro


sloks 15): OBrahmin,
I now telr you of someeffectsof pranetsbasedon pada.
If th;
llth from Lagnapada is occupiedoraspectedby a planet, the
native will be happy and rich; weatthwill comet-t.ougt,
meansif a beneficis rcrated as above. A maletic *ilr "iJ";;;
.""r.i
wealththrough questionable
means. If there be both u"o"n"
and a malefic,it wiil be.throughboth means. If the pruo"i-ii.
"
guestion(i.e. the one so relatedto llth from ragna pada)
be in
exaltationor in own sign etc.,therewill be preniy or gains anJ
plenty of happiness
o

tl{l?ilrqT{

qfreir

qTi{

qqT ilil

.qtf

q,frqq

qrqfil r

strqft laqsnqt illlt1

12. O excellentof the Brahmins, if the i2th from lagn


Padais upaspected
as the llrh from I agnapada is U.iog
cd by a planet,then the gainswill be uninterrupted.
"spiJ

qtr1frwigel
qni*

ftnM

Bq r r

qTfr cerfq cHriffirqrr*rrqlrr

qqrcntil

fq[!

tldrcgvqq$.rit I

lltt Fqlfqilr lol trqqnqtftti iltttvll


silirFrT TilQrrnirFi f{F{nf,irai|lrrr I
seildig iE d* araw riq riqqfrrrt rrr
13-15.O Brahmin, the quantumof gains will correspond
to the number of planetsin or aspecting the I lth from
.Iagna

Chaptcr29

299

Pada. If thereisArgalaforthe eaid llth there will bo more


gainswhile a beneficArgala will bring still more gains. If the
saidbeneficcausingArgala be in his exaltation,the gains will be
etill higher. Ifthe said llth is aspectedby a beneficfrom the
ascendanlthe 9th etc. gainswill increasein the ascending
order.
In all thesecases,tbe l2th from Pada be simultaneouslyfree
from maleficassociation.
Notes : From the Arudha ascendant,the llth house' is
important in deciding the financialgainsto be enjoyedby the
native. Sirnultaneously
the l2th from Arudha Lagna should be
free from maleficrelationship. If the planetrelatedto the l lth
from Lagnarudhais strongerthan the one relatedto l2th from
Lagnarudha,even then there will be gains. lf moreare well
relatedto the I lth gainswill be still n1ore.
For Argala, seech. 3l infra
A beneficplacedin theascendantaspectingthe I lth from
.
Arudha Lagnawill be still beneficial. If the aspectis from the
9th from Lagna,it will confer much moregains. The llth
Arudha aspcctedby a favourableplanetrvill alsoconferabundant
gains. In the standardnativity, Jupiter is in the 9th in exattation
and aspects the I lth house from Arudha Lagnaand also the
llth Arudha (i e. Labharudha). Hencein Jupiter'sDasa, the
native can hope for abundantfinancial and professionalgains.

q(Fqrrlit

.qt fqs t qqqngilffiil |

naer6eafwtiti fHakrsiaq aEInlqtl


qqqA gflfrr
FqT'rh nq*qt r
qnqiri
qT*sfq crqil rrturr
fali fqarqd
16-17.PADA AND FINANCIAL LOSSES(upto stoka 2I) :
Ifthe l2th from Lagna Padais aspectedby conjunctboth benofics
and malefics,there will be.abundant earningsbut plenty of
expenses,The benefic will cause through fair mcans,."l"fi"
tlrough unfair meansand mixed planets through both fair a.nd
unfair means.
Notes : In the standard nativity, the l2th house from
Arudhapadah aspectedby Mars (8th aspect).Henccthe expenses
are equallyhigh.

Brilwt ParasaraElora Sastra

300

qnr{s6q

EqA {Tsfit'FildnFw{i r
<rcrqqq qq.t qFqliFE16a{rfrdm: u{etl

18. If the 12th from Lagna Padais conjunctthe Sun,


Venusand Rahu, therewill be lossof wealththrough the king.
The Moon aspecting(the saidtrio in the said house) will specifically causemore suchlosses.
:

qiilsitrl
Eqt qlrl quaXilfnil r "
ilfarrat eqal fnid qrqqsil{q urrr:utetl

19. If Mercury is in the l2th from the Lagna Padaand be


with or aspectedby benefic similarly therewill be expenses
through paternal relatives. A malefic so related to the said
Mercury will causelossof wealththrough-disputes.

qfl{ qt g{rqd dtfqfil qrqdqi: r


6,qql( eqrr] qrcq:eqsiq feq(qq ! rrlorr
20. O Brahmin,if Jupiteris in the l2th from Lagna Pada,
aspectedby others,the expenseswil{be through taxes and on
one'sown.

snsalR ur{i

R1i urqtor {gt r

q;qqAfEril kq ! qq{qf{

EFtaIrq:
nqttl

21. O Brahmin, if Saturnis in the l2th from the Lagna


Pada along with Mars and is aspecled by others, the expenses
will be through one'sco-born.

aTTcqqar{{i rqrl t q}rn:nfqatqqrr


ilF{Ft

q ilq}fi

ilqq}q6TrR{rrilRRtl

' 22. GAINFUL SOURCES.'IVhateversourcesof expenses


are indicatedabove with referenceto the l2th from Lagna Pada,
gainsthrough similar sourceswill occur if thc llth house so
featurcswith referenceto Lagna Pada.

En@rE qqt {TgTqil ifeqa: find t


Sfircqqrg.trtttt: flrfqil frftilsq tr uRirl

301

Chapter 29

23. THE 7TH HOUSE FROM PADA (upto slaka 27) : lf


Rahu or Ketu is placed in the 7th from Lagna Pada, the native
will be troubled by stomachialdisorders,or by fre.

EInFilE qcirl
. wit rRdt

*9, wragtfna: t
qieqq:nqvrl
q $fq$

24. Should there be Ketu in the ?th from the Lagna Pada
and be with aspect to or be conjunct another malefic,the native
will be adventur<ius,will have (prematurely)grey hair and big
male organ.

qqrq wf,+ wfi te{rr.-fuisrrt: l


aqqttlsfq f,trftqq wqt w: uR{tl
"fr
25. Should one, two or all the three of Jupitgr, Venus and
the Moon be in the 7th from [:gna Pada,the native will be very.
wealthy.

sgq;) qra1 *e: q* arsaqq:qrrqI


aflvq dsfq q+$ qidtffi{d feq t rrlqrr
26. Whether a beneficor a maleficif be exalted in the 7tb
from Iagna Pada,the native wilt be afruent, and be famoug.

t trtrT: qta* qqfi qcna rfqm qqr t


fqr?qrmtq t qlqr Gfinsfq q<rfaq t rrlsrr
2?. O Brahmin, theseyogasas narratedby me with refcrence to the 7th fromthe Iagna Pada be also considered from
the 2nd oflagnaPada.

swrql tQtqf qr frql il qr ou*,


qfrt Edt $rqit: fanf ffi
?f6rrrrlrrr
28. Anyone of Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be exalted in
the 2nd from Iagna Pada and be with strength, will pake the
subjectrich.

[t'

t qlrnq qi wi qqrq qfrfrr qqt I


* trrrr: $R6iisfq firiqr rtqqftrdr:uRall

grihat parasaraHora Sastra

302

T\y yogasso far statedby me with refc,rence


to Iagna
?9.
Padabe similarlyevaluatedfrom Karakamsaas well.
Notes : Karakamsa is the Navamsa occupied by Atmakaraka. For more informationabout Karekamsa,seech. -a9
infra. Atmakarakabtc. are discussed
in ch. 32.

BfT66t{ fqili drA R{e$rfh* qA( |


q{a} qR {T q TrrqnfqqF{tq qrii nQotl

BTrcdrE
*'rdtg
flftTnTrrRt

feu* Er<qi kq t r
ilfq

rqfiqgdgt il?tll

D{"tqi{qout 1d tri fmqrRqq qAEr

qGeat

aqarqri

qrd

{rqqise6: li1tl

qt ni(qt qrfq *d
T1 fefiqt r
g{f,i, 'ilrqa, da: rrnrtrq'qerE:nlltl
rar{?r<ri *{ H r}si q r{fiq* r
q*Fi f"t i{ ir dvra:rrlvrr
rdf*
qni nnr<r{ fqs t ffiqrFEqi Rq* r
fqefqi
$;nirqi

fqqFflqTeqrqKTqJfqqaq: ui{rl
fqq ! fqq:
*aqil qF{ I

frennqltt"sloi
qd qrqqileq

ET itqT TrqI udrrq: illirtl

uqftrrd

faq ! I

Fqrfrdd qqrqt{q ETnrqrqud atq nlstl


30-37.GENERAL .. If Mercuryis in the 2nd from Arudha
Lagna,the nativewill lord over the whole country. Venus in
the 2nd from Lagna Pada will make one a poet or a speaker._lffi
the Dara Pada(i.e. the Padaof the 7th house)falls in anAfrt"
or in a trine countedfrom the LagnaPadaor if the Lagna pada
and Dara Padaboth havesirongplanets, the native will be rich
and be famou$in his country. If the Dara Padafalls in the 6th/
8th/l2th from the Lagta Pada,then the native will be pog1,1fim'Iagna Padaand the 7th therefromor an angle/atrine/an upa'chaya
therefrombe occupiedby a strongplanet,tberewill be happiness
betweenthe husbahdand wife. If the Lagna Padaand Dara Pada
are mutuallyangularor trinal, therewill be amity betweenthe

Chapter 30

303

coupre;if thesebe in mutually 6th/gth/t2th, doubtlessly mutual


cnmity will crop up. o Brahmin,simitarry mutuar reiationsuif
or gain or loss through son etq. be known basedon Lagna pada
and the relative Bhava raq4*fiFtne Lagna pada and Dara pada
are mutuallyangularor 3rd and I lth or trinal, the nativewill be
a king ruling thc earth. si.milardeductionsbe madewith.referenceto mutual positions of Iagna pada and Dhana pada.

qqlqqilsxTlq:ulott
Chapter 30

Up" Pada
sTrftqqqqrfireq sqqrfr qd faq ! r
qQqqt grqr<tlEafqq{utll
$ntr
Ergwrqrd fqs ! ftrri
qirqEqtr
tilqq<tuq
rrrgqrsd og**,,q,,
q+M
ilq ilsn Ttorq eqaq r

qqrieryt
g"Engci
tTFTragt

ilRq
{"1
eT?

qnuqgiid ulrr

qrqe faqqrq ! r
qrqi qtq{tfqil rrvrr

sqrrrl q*wril arcfrisv fl ;r<:I

gq{q}rrd} ,iq qt risg ER?TrrT6,:


nul
tFricrr qlq: {qrq edcqfqrqqfiqil: r

rrFt gq

Q rrqrr

I-6. O Brahmin, now I tell you about IJpa pada, tho


auspiciousness
of which will confer on then ative happinessfrom
progeny, wife etc. The pada of Lagna (i.e. Arudha tagna)
explainedearlier is (of course)of prime importance.Upa pada is
calculatedfor the bhava following the natal ascendant. This
upa Padais also called Gaunapada.o excellentof the Brahmias,

.,$
Brihat ParasaraHora Sasfta

304

if Upa Padais conjunctor aspectedby a beneficplanet,one wili


obtain full happinessfrom progeny and spouse. Should the
Upa padabe in a malefic's sign or iq aspectedby or.. is conand go withjunct
-out a malefic, one will become an ascetic
a wife. If (in the said circumstances)there be a "benefic
aspect (on upa pada or the related' malefic), or conjunction'
deprivalof sfouse will not cometo pass. In this case,the Sun if
.*ilt.d or ina friendly sign,is.not a malefic. He is a malerlcif
in debilitationor in an enemy'ssign.
Notes : RegardingUpa pada calculations,therc are more
thln two views on the same sloka of Parasaraor an idcntical
Sutra from Jaimini. In our text, the word "qgqq" (Anuchara)
is used which denotes"the house following the ascendantat
birth". some interpretthis as the 5th from ascendantwhile I
which
the natalascendant,
feel it shouldbe the housesucceeding
sense.
is the l2th trousein normal
Howevet,when we studyother commentarieson Jaimini'
(for examplechaukamba Hindi edition), we are taught that it is
an' odd sign
iU. tZrtt housefrom natal ascendantin the caseof
in the
ascendant
natal
from
ur".naing and it is the 2nd house
is
meseerhs'
argument'
sign ascending' This
caseof io
"r.o
from
the
2nd
or
l2th
the
moresound. Accordinglythe Padafor
pada' tle rules
L"goo is called Upa pada. In calculating Upa
be kept in
chapter
previous
mentionedin verses4 and 5 of the
mind.
Now take the standardnativity. The ascendantis Scorpio'
is
an evensign. Its 2nd houseis sagittariuswhoselord Jupiter
from
8
signs
count
8 signsaway from Sagittarius. Hence we
Jup-iter(in Cancer). We so reach Aquarius which is the Upa
pada in this case.

{rrTr6qt
{rur*gww'cn Gtftq* t
llell
{qS qq1qt a 5ftti ft sui cit{
t
srtsieq Giitd q ;itqt{i ffiqE

qaa ttctt
6ql 1
cqe|qqlRgtI : u Q t l

silt6} qr{{r
ETr{ffiqfti
A=qiqi taliqiA il fi{fteqltq

qqF( rq.A

qrtl

305

Chapter 30

stTfs6' Efln

?n fqqi iRqil sfrrt

.g."g" qiq tttott


sfq
sqrsi GaEsfq
rarfqqtigil t
eqqiil atml qfq
ilfq qr grrfr rrlf( nttll
q.qfr
q([r
!t
rlsri q ;nl GerqtTq
dqlsd
sarrqfq
ffir} qritq q rinq:ntRtl

ir? qRn*

fqlr !

7.12. EFFECT OF 2ND FROM UPA PADA .. If thc 2Nd


from Upa pada is a beneficsign or is aspectedby or conjunctwith
a benefic,the samegood results(as for wife and sons)will comc
to pass. If there be a planet in the 2nd from Upa pada in
debilitation sign/Amsaor be conjunct with a debilitatedlmalefic
planet, there will be destructionof wife. If the said occtrpant
be in exaltationsign/Navamsaor be aspectedby another planct,
therewill be many charmingand virtuouswives. O Brahmin, if
Gemini happensto be the 2nd from Upa pada, then also thcre
will be many wives. O excellint of the Brahmins, if the Uparudha or the 2nd therefrom be occupiedby its own lord or
if the saidlord is in his other own house,the deathof wife will
be at an advancedage.
Notes : In the examplecase,the Upa pada is in Aquarius,
a malefic'ssign and is powprfully aspectedby malefic Mars and
is without benefic'saspect. However, thc 2nd from Upa pada is
well fortified as its lord Jupiter is exalted and aspects the said
2nd house. Hence the native is happily married and endowed
with progenichappiness.
Loss of wife is to be expcctedif thc 2nd from Upa pada is
occupiedby a debilitated planet, or the occupantof the aaid 2nd
is in debilitation Navamsa,or is conjunct a debilitatedplanet (i.e.
a baneficdebilitatedjoining a maleficin the 2ird from Upa pada)
or a beneficjoining a maleficin said 2nd house.
Taurus becomingthe Upa pada is said to givc many wives
or plurality of marriage.
Although there may be combinations for early loss of
spouseif the 2nd lord from Uparudha(or Upapada)is in the 2nd
itself or is in his other sign, it.will considerablyprototthe native
from sucha calamity. And the spouseas a resultwill live udto
an advancedage.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

306

fi?qrtn iilTrr<+ l
Tq<nft ilrqilstd
swqfq
fqqttl qq&?r q i$q: ullrl
vtTtsaqfrf:(ffi
fiqc'etrrrdsq il |
qqr;rftqri
gTaq Qr(FTNT:
il fdq{qrE||tvil
qI
sqTse GrdA
rSnwau* Gq t r
ltRTRtgr{it qrqt rtezft sqgqrTf]qf,Tltltll
13-15. WIFE FROM THE 2ND OF UPAPADA (upto
sloka22) .' [f a planet beingconstantindicator of wife (i.e. 7th
lord or Venus)is in own house,therewill be lossof wife only at
a latcr stage. If the lord of Upaoadaor the constantsignificator of wife is in exaltation,the wife will be from a noble family;
reversewill be the case,if he is debilitated. O Brahmin, if the
2nd from Upapadais relatedto a benefic,the wife will be beauti'
fut, fortunate and virtuous.

sqIGUq fuflt q nfrtrp feqa]qfE t


qT{il{r qne faq ! tttqtt
3rwrntqR"q6qTql
16 ShouldSaturnand Rahu be in the 2nd from Upa pada,
the nativewill losehis wife on account of calumny or through
death.

sqr6e Gft fl fnfeqtl qqr fiqilJ t


<{ilqETtqrdt qTqA irrl {rfrdt lltell
17. The native'swife will be troubledby disorderof blood,
leucorrhoea(r<<) etc. if Venus and Ketu are in the 2nd from
Upapada.

tq+E
t{tfl:

frqnl 61 6q1sR{anitilr t
nft <r6tkreisfeqvq{dgiil || | e||

18.Mercurywith Ketu in the 2nd from Upapadawill cause


breakageof boneswhile Rahu, Saturn and tbe Sun will cause
distressof bones.

TTqrSt twrflqi
tqqif

il?rrr$qt laqtf,q ! t

3,wtT *nftnr<hdXat ttqett

307

Chapter3o

qrcf iil'd laqlwq ! r


mqiiewrfient nRotl
it?
1qefannl
xapqfqq] faq ! tqqtfr ftqa] qn r
qet rqqtg-?*ca} qrqt a;mawFqar
llRtlt
lg;afawrfiqil t
m(e|?
qri
iitf fqqRqmlllRll
qq.dt-ral ilil
g'weiis.i<ta

19-22. Mercury and Rahu in the 2nd from llpapada


will give a stout-bodiedwife. If the 2nd from Upapada
happensto be a sign of Mercury and is tenanted by Mars and
Saturn,the wife of the native will suffer from nasal disorders.
Similarlya signof Mars becomingthe 2nd from Upapada and
occupiedby Mars and Saturnwill causenasaldisordersto one's
wife. Jupiter and Saturnwill, if be in thO2nd from Upapada'
to the wife. If Mercury and Mars
causedisordersof ears/eyes
be in the 2nd from Upapadaother than own signsor if Rahu is
with Jupiter in the 2nd from TJpapada,the native'swife will
sufferfrom dentaldisorders. Saturn and Rahu together in a
sign of Saturnwhich is the 2nd from Upapadawill causelamenessor windy disordersto the native'swife. These evilswill not
cometo passilthere be conjunction or aspect from a benefic
(or from anotherbeneficin the caseofaffliction being causedby
a benefichimself).

wnlqq<Eqr6T< ql qrfvr:qcdrtlGq ! t
aqlaaieqTfqq:tcq eavrcq faqlaq! llllll

qqtq

iafria6nf({Rq: I

16F[

23-23t. O Brahmin,all theseeffectsbe deducedfrom the natal


ascendant,Lagna Pada, the 7th from Upapadaand the lords
thereof. So sayNaradaand others.

aq* fqq ! nRwrer qfEulvtl


svql
t
Erg"dr
dcrrsdsqqrdfr{6gaar
qriuk{arae fq*: gr} fqqrqa:nR{tr

tatva<rgalit
nqosfqq{t
t

fqq

gel
!

{trixarnaq|

'

ftgfo*tirT{fi: llRqll

Brihat Porasara Hora Sastra

308

srilt<fi

ga$qt rwqt t

gulfuqi

q*q rrlsrr
il{T{ firqt <nfr aggagal ;r<:I
.tdtTlt1et: g} 11nJ ilrqi f6war I rrRctt
K g"Xal

ilfq

qqli\tfll

25-28.ABOUT SONS .' If Saturn,the Moon and Mercury


are togetherin the 9th from one of the said places (sloka23),
there will be no sonat all s'hile the Sun, Jupiter and Rahu so
placedwill give a numberof sons. The .Moon so placed will
qive a son while a mixture of planetswill delaythe obtainmentof
i son.The son causedby the conjunctionof the Sun,Jupiterand
Rahu above will be stroDg, valorous, greatly successfuland
will destroyenemies. If Marsand Saturn are in the said 9th,
therewill be no son, or a son will be obtained by adoption or
brother'sson will come in adoption. In all these cases,odd
signswill yield many sonswhile evensign will causeonly a few.

frt

ffifqc!

!flE{rrilsq [enqt
qilf,FrFrtrfliq

frrnaruqtftil r
qta: renril q?Errlerr
ftcr;dfdt,'Rffd

q.f fa{iwsqscqrqfq q}ri f{f*nnE u! otl

29-30,MANY SON.S AND MANY DAUGHTER,S.' O


Brahmin, if Leo happensto be Upapadaand is aspectedby the
Moon, there will be a limited numberof children. Similarly
Virgo will causemany daughters.

rrf{<r( f"qlrql q<q utgfr<mlil t


iT? qfq66ra Eiik+ llllll
31. CO-BORN FROM,I$GNA PADA (upto sloka36) :
Rahu and Saturn in tn6fd/t f tn}<in-mg6-a pada will destroy
the co-born of the native-in the llth elder brothers/slstersand
in the 3rd younger ones.

\r

o
J-

iM

re rds

qA qrfq qt

il{il

r?i

anf6rl

q I

,iunniqtfa*rrlRrr

309

Chapter 3O

32.If Venusis in the 3rd/llth from Lapa Pada,therewould


havebeenan abortion to the motber earlier. Sameis the effect
if Venusis in the 8th from natal ascendant,or from Lagnarudha'

dtq mafrtwgfrf<rit gitr<<t: ! t


a;iequeg'en:llllll
Etrnernfrfal t

EIFIEIRr: srafqt: I
qe* sna(Tt
naandgfr loe qflitreli Gq t lllYll
sft66d6adit{fr fEqiq} frcqirq ! t
lllttt
nft<t} qar fil ! qrrnl aI Qdt<rr:
ilaI rqqT"tq: Frr{?i ilqr de<r: I
ffi aEti qtHt{q{ lllqll
Cdtt errri

s,
P

O Brahmin,as statedby vener'


33-36.Theseare the'effects,
ablesagesfor the 3rd and the I lth from Lagna Pada' Should
the Min, Jupiter,Mercury and Mars be in the 3rd/l lth from
the LagnaPada,there will be manyvalorousco-born' Should
SaturriandMars be in the 3rdi llth from lagna Pada or lend
aspectsthereto,youngerand eldercoborn will respectivelybe
destroyed.If Saturnis alonein one of the said housesthe native
will bi sparedwhile the co-bornwill die. Ketu in the 3rd/l lth
from one'ssisters.\
wilt giveabundantbappiness

qtq6rE
{qrq??I{ftt

q66rilqFQqtqRa uwqfqil t
qEk anR6:illsll
qk}

37. OTHER MATTERS FROM LAGNA PADA (upto


sloka 43) .' If the 6th from Lagna Pada is occupiedby a malefrc
and is bereft of conjunction/aspectofa benefic,the native will
be a thief.
\f

Turi qQ+qdfdn t
ql arEi
ilFrqi{ir rr}q <re} qdqrtqgfr Gq ! ttlqtt
.
38. If Rahu is in the Tthllztb from LagnaPada or aspect
one of the said houses,the nativewill be endowedwith spiritual
knowledgeand be verYfortunate.

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

310

qRd iffi
ffi miffiqql u\ r
rfrqFA ir qrii rrierr
siireae iN,
39. If Mercury is in Lagna Pada,the native will lord over
whole country while Jupiter will make him a knower of all
things Venusin this contextdenotesa poet/speaker.
Note : Also seeverse30, ch.29.

:/

vy

v
t/

s!rG6r( qqq qre q;Fi qmiai I


dtqFqrqt Gqqaq nvorl
<iaaqilh*
40. O excellentof the B'ahmins,if benelicsoccupythe 2nd

' from the Upapadaor from LagnaPada,the nativewill be endowed with all kinds of wealthand be intelligent.

r'qrGati{qiru'hi

qrq+q(itli

Gffiq*t

qkl mfr faRmquYttl

41. Onewill surely becomeathiefif thelordof the 2nd


from Upapadais in the 2nd house (from thc natal ascendant),
and be with a malefic planet.

x;st-6s6@

(rEI tr{rrt faq t I

rieFrn1 qrqi iltt: Tf,auEIq +g{iqi uv1tl


i6$q: FrtR(rd*flI{ Htqi r
nilqi

fq{q{qflt{t

u,Ff fq'}i

qilf{iq uvirl

42-43.O Brahmin, if Rahu is in the 2nd from the lord of


7th countedfrom Upapada,the native will have long and projectedtceth. Ketu so placedwill causestammering,and Saturn
oo placedwill make one look ugly. Mixed will be the effectsif
thcre are mired planets.

TANT CLASSICS(Text .|Ilth Engllsh

Translatlon)

AVALI Q Volunnes set) -Kalyanavarma


KET NIDttI - B,ama Dayalu
for

Detalled

11st

:RANIANPUBLICATIONS
! 6 , A n s a r l R o a d, D a t y a G e n J

NE!\l DELIII-110ooa(LNpLaI

| | 1 I ll
sTsrrs{fltsrTTEl:
Ctrapter3l

"Argala Or Planetary Intervention


qqql I qrsriar q}mr qrat qqilTseril |

arr{ ar}gfwarfr qqmqsqi 3t t rrqtt


l. O illustrioussage,you have told of (some)auspicious
effectsrelated to Argala. Kindly narrate its conditions and
effects.

niq ! sr{qr ?rrqqqT qlsqii Taq I


frqr daqci q rqlE qlsqalfisrleqql llRll
qg{ q q+ eni tl aqr aqfett
.

'

ttltt
iqEtuttl: sqIE <in aqlqf(cr6Edtqrrt:
qil
qI
srrifi: l
fqdm rwtTiaql ETtltr
qFII
qa
iiq ! qtumt:llYll
qdri arfumr:
ailfq qniet iqr f{q+dr Gq}<q ! r
d-nfq daqlqTni $qqrifaif fag: ttttt
qr,tarqd md aGrlsFE I
q=qri
arlquar qI q 64iqqlE f,Fril Gu ! ttqtt
g6qEI qflaat w Gqr qsqqT F{aTI
Bi{qt aqfem}tq;qr Sfaft: t'ftra}aqt tt\stt
'
<rfqral rQilerlrlq fHqr Gfqqrstiqr |
frqtum ![sF[aI fmm q <Iurrl llcll
qa qnl Rqa: <ieeacq qr6r;at qqt t
qR qd id fqfq{id faqtdq !ttQtt
1Rq

'

2-9t.FORMATION OF ARGALA.' Maitreya, I explain


below Argala to know definite effects of houses and planets.
planets iithe 4th, 2nd and the l lth (from a houseor a planet)

3t2

Erihat Parasara Eora Sastrd

causeArgala while obstructorsof the Argala will be thosein the


lOth, l2th and 3rd. If the Argala causingplanetis strongerthan
the obetructingone, the former will prevail. .Or if the number
of Argalasare more than the obstructingplanets,then also the
Argala will prevail. If therc are 3 or more maleficsin the 3rd,
they will cause vipareeta Argala(more effectiveintervention)
which will alsobe harmlessand be very favourabre. The 5th is
also an Argala place whirethe pranetin the 9th wifl counteract
cuchArgala.As the nodeshaveretrogrademotions, the Argalas
and obstructionsbe also counted accordingly in a ,"i"r*
manner.Sagessaythat the Argalacausedby one planetwill yield
limited effects,by two medium and more than two excellent
effccts. Argalasshould be countedfrom a sign or a planet as the
casemay be. The Argata unobstructedwilr be fruitiul while the
one duly obstructedwill go astray. The Argala effectswill
be
derivedin the Dasaperiodsof the Rasi or planct concerned.
'Argala'
in Sanskritis figuratively usedto denote
- Notes :
an impediment or obstruction. Arga:a is calculatcdfrom
a
houseor from a planet. The 4th, 2nd and I lth houseoccupants
causeArgala for a bhava or a planet. A planet in the
lOth
(from w-herethe Argara is carcurated)wiil obstruct
the erguio
comingfrom the4th. simitarr.va pranetin r2rh wilr counteiaci
Argala emanatingfrom the 2nd while the one in r rth wilr
impeJe
Argalafrom the 3rd. Somesuggcstthat the Argaraoustiuctlhe
' ion placcs
are countabrefrom the Argara ptacesinircaa of i;;
the origionalplaceor ptanet. This is not logical
gf"o."
into Gocharavedha (or obstructionsduring transits)
"nOwili
"
confirm our findings.
Just as wc mark thc GosnaraVedhas along with benefic
phbes, let us havethe Argara and their obstructions
as under :
.42tt5

m-Tt'-T

.t

Now geea hypotheticalgenituregiven on the next page


for
an easygraspof the Argala scheme.
The ascendaniin the hypotheticalchart is Aries. Mars
in the 4th, Sun and Mercury in thc 2nd, and Jupit-er
i" tfrc
llth causeArgala for the ascendant. (An Argala bybencfic
goes
under the name'subhargala'and is deemeAfavouraUte.
nui we
will confine ourselvesto the crtent of Argala in
simple ,rnr.l.

313

Chapter3l

The Argala of 4th houseMar$js counteredby lOth houseSaturn,


that of Sun-Mercuryin the 2nd by Venusin the l2th and that of
Jupiterjn the I lth by Moon-Rahuin the 3rd.
As far as the nodesare concerDedthese are calculated in a
a reversemanner. From Rahu, the 2nd horrsecounted in
reverse order contains Sun-Mercury causing Argala to Rahu
which is, however,obstructcdby Mars in the l2th from Rahu
(counted in reverse manner), similarly in all cases these be
properly understood.
By way of additional information, seeGocharavcdha and
beneficplacesfor examplefor the Sun which will prove that our
interpretation of Argala obstructedis correct :
I6l0il

F-rt-?--T

In the above figures, thc upper ones denotethe Sun's


favourabletransitsfrom the Moon and the lower ones denote
obstructiveforcesin suchhousesfrom the liloon. For example
the Sun in the 3rd housefrom the Mbon during transit will be
favourable. But his favourabledispositionwilt remain curbed
if simultaneously
the 9th from the Moon is transitedby another
planet(than of courseSaturn,which is an exception).Again just

Brihat Parasara Hora Sanil

314

as there is Vipareetargala(or Argala itself eliminated), there is


also Vipareeta Vedha. Vipareeta Vedha will proveauspicious
eliminatingthe Vedhaor obstruction.Supposethe beneficeffects
of the Sun in the 3rd from the Moon are being obstructedby
anotherin the 9th from the Moon. The momentanotherplanct
joins the Sun in the 3rd from the Moon, the Vedhain the 9th
from the Moon is off and the Sun in the 3rd proves auipicious
till he hasa comPanion.
In the matter of Argala aird its obstruction, also seethe
followingverse.

qfils;eps
tr{rqifgrirg*iq}:.r
s{rifli
fpau.rr.rlqq fqq] fqq! fqrffifEla * wq u ! otl
1^ SPECIAL : The Argala caused by placementof a
planetin the first one fourth part of thc Rasi is countered by
anotherplaccdin the 4th quartcr of the respectiveobstructive
Rasi. Simllarly2nd quarter'sArgala is eliminatedby the 3rd
quarterPlacemcnt.
Notes : We havc learnt that an Argala, for examplein the
4th from a bhavaor a planet is eliminatedby anothelplacedin
Here,the rulesfor
the lOth housefrom the original planet/house.
down.
Accordin$ly,
narrowed
still
are
of
Argala
obstruction
getting
Argala
nullified.
of
circumstances
two
there are only
(of
quarters.
into
four
occurs
the
Argala
which
Make the sign in
occurs
is
also
obstruction
where
sign
the
?" 30' each). Similarly
madein four quarters. If the Argalacausingplanetis in the first
guarter (or first 7" 30' of the sign)while the obstructingplanetis
in the 4th quarter(i.e.22" 30'-30"), the obstructionindeedwill
come to pass. Otherwisenot. So to say Argala will operate
snd the obstructionwill fail. Likewisewhile the Argala planet
is in tbe 2nd quarterof the sign(i.e. 7' 30'-15'), the obstruction
(planetia 15"-22" 30' i.e. 3rd quarter)will combatthe Argala'

qt ilfi ql qrp frqlq{wi|iil rrrnI


riil qn'tsfafqqnl Egfircrrt] g*( tt tt tt

gwft t
rrr trrQ: qql qrRqBfcae8q
tr

r"ifqlii

al{

rtqFqrrilqsoq* tttRtt

315

Chapter 31.

srf*

it qi

Eiln

qlEqr-Ail
qr{*

qgc

qtenqqrlfiqd: I

f{q I

qqgEifqdlfsfq: tl t l ll
{{tr{r-$trSetta: I
\

lC

gefiarladqa] {faurar: utvrl


qad fiqqd,
firn urEr(g(d sg I
5qt

ersa* qut q,ce qq qrrqlEq]qiE rrt{rr


Ecri <tqqrql{ FIT$t FnqqqFqd: I
wrrit q eqi fqr ! aqqrfuqdc-orrq*nltrll
qnnqniCIrnt g qkd Egfq,i 'udq r
qed qrqr{.Tui q. lqarrqTqfqa]nq

u t\etl

ll-17. ARGALA EFFECTS.' Shouldtherebe Argala for


and for the 7th from
ihe Arudha Pada,for the natalascendant,
fortunate.
A malefic or a
be
famous
and
will
native
both, the
the
ascendantwill
aspecting
Argala
unobstructed
beneficcausing
house
the
denotes
on
2nd
aspect
Similarly
famous.
makeone
from
grains,
house-happiness
co3rd
and
of
wealth
acquisition
quadrupeds
and
relatives;
the
house-residences,
4th
the
born;
5th house-sons,grand sonsand intelligeice,the 6th house-fear
from enemies; the 7th house-abundant wealth and marital
the 8th house-difficulties, the 9th house-fortunes;
happiness,
honour;the llth house-gains,and the
house-royal
the l0th
12th house-expenses. The Argala by beneficswillgive various
kinds of happiness,while benefic effectswill be meddlingwith
maleficArgalas. Argala by both beneficsand maleficswill yield
mixed results.
Notes : For our own benefitwe should understandthe
'Argala' in a suitablemannerapart from the manner the
word
Argala functionsvis-a-visArgala elimination.
l. Argala can be causedby a beneficwhich is known as
Subhargala. This Argala can be from a malefic also, so that
the'beneficcausingArgala stallsthe maleficrole going against
the native. If the benefic'sArgala is obstructedby another,
ihen the beneficwill becomeineffectivein Argala and the firstnentioned malefic will operatefreely.
2. Atgala can be by a malefic with referenceto a benefic
so that the native doesnot enjoy good effectsdue to the benefc.

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasta

316

This is Papargad(or malefic Argala) If the Argata is eliminated


by a beneficor a nralefic,then again the first mentioned benefic will be at liberty to act accordingto his own disposition.
3. Argala is operablewith referenceto Bhavas(or houses)
as well.
Othcr relativerulesneedbe well understoodbeforeapplication of the Argala.
\
qiiqsEq$mq{t

enitg H a q ! r

afril{ir qlqt qrqr TTTfqEfff i l r

i n q : l r{c tl

Argala for the ascen18. Shouldthcre be (unobstructed)


dant, the 5th and 9th the nativewill doubtlesslybecome a king
and fortunate.

sretEfi't(fitsqt4:il1Rtl
Chapter32

Planetary Karakatwas
(Indications)
i[efisd {E5r.rk*rttfqrtrtTiqrRt,r{r6l{ |
qcmqf{{Fraq
(rafiq qTs6ed<qfi1il t tl

rrirt:qqlr?r(laf Rqr;arl fHE aErr


q*{
sran+{ tfqqGel nqnt u1ll

l-2. I now detail belowAtmakarka etc. obtainablefrom


amongthe 7 planetsvrzthe Sun to Saturn. Somesaythat Rahu
will becomea Karka when there is a stateof similarityin terms
of longitudebetween(two) planets. Yet some say that the 8
planetsincludingRahu will haveto be consideredirrespective
of
luch a state.

snirTT
HqtfEder{iqal q'{Irfufrl [E: I
sinqrrl nqftrr{r( drgrct fqfiqrfirfi: rrlrr

3r7

Chapter 32

qIQft tqtqmrcs: t
{ri <tPqroqrfusqr{
i{Tnfuq:

fiTc6: FlrqilIqr{r}s?tEtfiIt6: tlvll

qeqinl rleq(ie: uqwia: u gE Q t


qiteat: <afra: ttttt
' fqq'tqqqilaqlwn:
6l<tn"t qfa t
. r*ntqrEulsu:*qnq{Rrtt: 'wqt
f6e lttqtt
qrrqt<q6rqt*q sqd
qq qtarrftn] fqiiq'f faqqf,q tt
qeil qql cfGlsRa crrqi fqiRqrqr: tt\ett
.
ilqI llcll
ir a;ffi}utq
$iqrdtft1qrfr
planets3-8. ATMA KARAKA DEFINED " Among the
of
number
maximum
traversed
has
from the Sun etc. whichever
degrees
If
the
Atmakarka'
degreesin a particularsign is called
arJidentical,then the onewith more minutesof arc and if the
of
minutesare also identicalthen the one with higher seconds
three
are
these
thatcase'
In
arcwillhave to be considered'
of
calledAnthyakaraka,Madhyakarkaand Upakheta'In the case
The
30'
from
sign
particular
that
Rahu,deducthis longitudein
per further
Karakaswill have to be decided as above and as
is the
Atmakaraka
Karakas'
rulesgivenbelow. Out of these
just as the
native
the
on
prime
say
mostimportant and hasa
and is the
king is tL. rrrortfamo,rsu*oog the men of his country
mdn'
release
and
arrest
to
entitlid
heai of all affairs and is

qql rrcnirqrfqtr ! gzrwrenEqlqil: I


weqt eltmrig afurtft tnl(fiI: ltell
tEFRtqtF: I
3{Rqrgtqt{r? qqff,
rIqI qt

q{sft?qr<q} laq-! tttott

aqTss?qs'R* Ti

'TIsa(q{qqlqft: llt lll

qfilmi

qqfit fq I
rln sE rgururi a sqqt

qgqt lt qaq qcr


eisqwlrcq] Gq I t
lltlll
ilqri Sie eielrrt Errqrcram:

g'12. IMPORTANCE OF ATMAKARAKA O Brahmin'


" the other
just as the minister cannot go against the king'
predominate
rrz, Putrakaraka, Amalyakarka etc' cannot
Li"t*,

318

Brihat Parasarallora Sastra

over Atmakarakain the affairsof thc nativc. If the Atmakarka


is adverse,other karakascannotgivc their bcnclic effects(fully).
Similarly if Atmakaraka is favourable,other karakascannot
prcdominate
with their maleficinfluences.

3TTiITITI{S'fli$fr

?qil{JsrTliqsRfi: I

il(cFqii{rs}

sll?tt d*qn}TrTqrifl.6:trI Qtl


il??q?ltqt: fqara*qtErqicr: 5TE6rtfi: I

grl;;(qiqrs] infaatfr;riqinql A q: u lytl


( ErffiRfi) irft fqfq{to faq}eq ! r
q{rcrrfil(efi qt arEronsfqm: g{Tut{tl
{T{lfrtr}qt5:}

qef;il

giTt['l{r'u 1

tqriai qpq w.qfqutqtl


al rel $rFrgcq)
il{nnrqr(i?i qJq} *q} Gqtrq ! r
ftqr6Tq{'q{rnrrrsFi iiri {r$rTs{q\u tstl
13-17. OTHER KARAKAS .' The planet next to Atmakarakain termgof longitudc is calledAmatyakaraka.Similarly
follow.oneanother in terms of longitudeare Bhratru Karaka,
Matru karaka, Prtru karaka, Putrakaraka,Gnati karaka and
Streekaraka.Thescare charakarakasor inconstantsignificators.
SomeconsiderMatrukarakaand Putrakarakaas idcntical. If
two planctshave the samelongitude, both becomcthe same
karakain which case there will be a deficit of otre karaka. [n
that circuntstance,
considerconstant significator in thc context
for thc concernedrelative.
influcnce
benelic/malefic
of
Notes : A total of eight Chara karakas (inconstantor
as under :
are suggested
variablesiguificators)
'
l. Atma Karaka (highestin longitudedevoidof Rasis)
2. Amatya Karaka (nextto Atma Karaka in longitude)
3. Bhratru Karaka (next to Amatya Karaka in longitude)
4. Matru Karaka (next to Bhratru Karaka in longitudc)
5: Pitru Karaka (next to Matru Karaka in longitude)
6. Putra Karaka (next to Pitru Karaka in longitude)
7. Gnati Karaka (next to Pitru Karaka in longitude)
8. StreeKaraka (next to Gnati Karaka in longitude)

Chapter'32'

39

The sagealso suggests


a schoolof thought.whichconsiders
only seven significators,treating Matru Karaka and putra
Karaka as identical. This sectionthus countsonty ? Karakas.
Sincesomeadvocatethe use of g karakas, Rahu is also
addedto the sevenplanetsfrom Sun to Saturn. The degrees
traversedby Rahu shouldbe countedfrom the end of the Rasi
he is in. In the standardnativity (ch.'29)trrefoilowing are the
kara\a planets. We take 8 Karkas into consideration.

Karaka
Atmakaraka
Amatyakaraka
Bhratru Karaka
Matru Karaka
Pitru Karaka
Putra Karaka
Gnati Karaka
Dara Karaka'

Planet
The Moon
Venus
Jupiter
Rahu
Mercury
The Sun
Mars
Saturn

Longitude

27'35',46"
27 t7 50
26 713
22 22 54
t4 54 13
71218
6 1 8. 4 6
3 941

If two planets have the samelongitude identicalto the


secondof arc, both of them will be qualifiedfor that particular
karakaatwaor significatorship. In that case, there will be
shortageof planet for Dara Karakatwa. The constantindicator
Venusshouldthen bc consideredin the matter of marriage etc.
is comingunder Dara Karaka.

EftI;Tr(trsEqqrfq Rer<reaq {'I{fiq-{q I

Tr f\+rml ** ql qcil qfq-{na}:uletl


q?ar<ql*dt +*
TrTafiI{m' sErrt I
qlq* qfq{t qqrq:6'*{Tn qqdtrqfqnta.tl
irurqqqwdtfi

qrgqErnrq Er?aqT:I

g<l: &emg:{{lE tfr:, gq; wivanquiotl

fqqrqrfqr: qrt't fqarl {q{rr} dqr l


qrilrqEr{qftq;?zn q+ q Rqqrnw ilRltl

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

320

l8-21. CONSTANT SIGNIFICATOR,S.' I narratebelow


constant
significatorsas relatedto the planets. The stronger
the
&mongthe Sun 4nd Venusindicafesthe father while the stronger
amongthe Moon a;ndMars gdicatesthe'mother. Mars denotes
sister,brother-in-law,younger brother and mother. Mercury
rulesmaternalrelative while Jupiter indicates paternal grandfather. Husbandand sons are respectivclydenoted by Venus
and Saturn. From Ketu note wife, father, mother, parents-inlaw and maternalgrand father. Theseare conslantsignificators.
Notes : The above planetarysignificancecan be tabulated
8SUnder:

Korakatwa

Planet

Strongerof the two indicatesfather,


Strongerof the two indicatesmother.
Sister, brother-in-law, younger brother
and mother.
Matcrnal relatives
Paternalgrand-father
Husband
Sons
Wife, father, mother, parents-in-law,
maternalgrandfather.

Sun/Venus
Moon/Mars
Mars
Mercury
Jupitcr
Venus
Saturn
Ketu

in verses
The abovemay be linked with theviewsexpressed
chapter.
this
rest
of
in
the
occurring

srqrQ 6.rrfiI{ Eel daqtTsmqfeq! t


<fra:

goq*

ilRt{qqrqlil

qg{*

llRRll

qui q Trrgel:I
5qr( Edhrd flirr lqtq
qqr q'd ttRlrt
tis<rq qFqq g"J Er<T:
t
I'?{r{6eq* !et: fqTraRi &ffiq
tR tr{ fqqrfiq tarafiE qdi a\ ttlvtt

22-24. HOaSES RELATED.' Theseconstantsignificances


are derivablefrom the Bhavascounted from the said constant

Chapter 32

321

significators.The 9th from the Sun denotes


father,the 4th from
the Moon mother, the 3r. from Mars brothers,
the 6;il- i-;;;
Mercury maternaruncle,the 5th from Jupiter
sons, irr"-^iii,
from venus wife and the gth from saturn deatrr.
rnl r""*"J
shouldconsiderat theseand declarereratcdeffects
il;i;;;:
Notes : From these three verses,the constant
Karakas
bmergeas under as normalrydiscussea
in standard riteratureon
astrology :
The S'rn
The Moon Mars
Mercury
Jupiter
Venus
Saturn

father
mother
brothers(and sisters)
maternalrelatives
Sons(and daughters)
wife (or husband)
death(or longeviiy)

sTqrt {rflirkrlTFq trtrg.ra}rrwrna


r
Qaq wqfil ETriTrr
fqq: fMrq{rq &qf uR{rr
sd tqH q fqes frw: t;-a{irTr{T: I
t tr{ fir<firrfr{ r{rrrg fniqa, ulqll
qrt gri r.ri cdqrTcqrqrqET
T{TT
frq I I
$rqff, 6.r$F.[<qr*frri,iq q q- ftqilr:
uletl
sqfiTeliqeiTrl tgr;qls;q qR *;arr: I
ltEE a{gqrq$r.q: q}sfq .r1.q!F,
iriqil lRqrr
flqr;qisfq fr qra: frarnl
,6,r{+|
qlsfq ilsrfiql fqs t qfiq "
lvige: nRQ.rr
awdwvgma) ttw rrrfil frrqqn r
qd gqrgariur fiq*$q: sq e\' q
rr orr
25-30.yoGA KARAKAS (OR MUTUALCOWORKERS)
:
O Brahmin, I make below_ap"rring
."f"rience
-Vogukarakas
to yogakarakas
(or mutual co-workers). planets
i-e.or.
if they
are in nrutualansles identical with
own '*rrr
signs, exaltation, or
friendly sign. rn lire l'th house,u-pruo"i
be significantrlr
so. Planetssimply (i e. not being
in fri;; g & C) in the ascendant, the 4th and 7th do not become
,u.nfig.nranr.
Even if

322

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasfta

as menthey be placedin other housesbut with such dignities


planets'
a pereven
With
such
yogakarakas'
tioned shall become
One
born
affiuent"
be
and
king
a
s-onof meanbirth will become
effecis
the
Thus
king'
a
become
oitoy"f scion then will surely
planets and the
U" aoLt"a considering the number of such
to.
order the native belongs
Notes : Rule I : If two planetsare in mutual angles from
sign or
the ascendaotand be with dignitieslike exaltation' own
as
known
are
and
iriendly sign,they.acton behalfof eachother
in
is
the
occupants
of
or co-workers. If one
i"r"rp"*-r"rakas
tnctottrhouse,tbeeffectswillstillbepronounced.Thisisn
to be consideredfrom the Moon'
Ru|e2:Eventhoughtheconditionofmutualangu|arit
three
is fulfilled, if the two planets do not enjoy one of the
between
correlationship
no
is
dignities required, then there
tbem.
Rule 3 : If two planetsare mutually angular,both being
endowedwith dignitiei like exaltation,own sign or friendly sign'
they will becomecoworkersalthough not placedin angles from
the ascendant.
Theserules are exemplifiedin the undernotedcharts' with
'referenceto the said three rules.

Chapter 32

323

Brihat Porasara Hora Sastra

324

In cbart l, Saturnand the the Sun are in mutual angles


from the ascendantand in their own signs. Hencethey will act
as co-workerscasringawaymutualenmity. And Saturnalthough
a dire maleficfor Scorpio ascendantwill become a Yogakaraka
by virtue of mutual angularity with the Sun having fulfilled
dignity reQuirements.
In chart 2, Mars and the Sunare in mutual angles from
but do not possesany dignity like exaltation' or
the ascendant
own housebut are debilitated. Hencethey will not act as Yoga
giving planets.
In chart 3, both Jupiter and Saturnare not angtlar from
but are investedrvith exaltationpositions. Hence
the ascendant
both the planetswill mutually representand becomefavourable
in their Dasaperiods. Also, seethe chart of Sri Morarji Desai
under sloka 110,ch. 24 in which Jupiter, Saturnand Mars play
as mutualco-workers.
It is specificallystatedthat the lOth housepositionfor one
of the planetsin the circumstanc$becomesexceedinglyfavourable. In the examplechart 1, the Sunis in the l0th withParaspara Yogakarakaqualification in oppositionto Saturn'Hencethe
Sun will exceedinglyrevealbeneficialresults.Devoid of Saturnor
any other co-worker,the Sun in the lOth will not be that powerful. In other words, by virtue of co'workership,the Sun's role
gets immeasurablYfortified.
Thereare someschoolsof thought which do not consider
coworkershipac given in rule 3 above.

qqTsd qErqaprTfq firitf ltFlfir(tfi?r I


Er;Rrr q?rrftd qq fqqr{riq6r(6rl llltll

g?rrTrdtht{tqq
grfir{{isqiilirs
gt gii ffitq
gili

rEl a: W

qr(rr{6+{

Qr

Efla g 6frq{: llllll


q.-df {Fdqqren:I
dsfr .6I{t6 EilIt llllll

gfr Tq, gE: tql gatl'rr: fca: qfa:t


gwwtgil

dt<}

F{qq

qrqtFr<rfiI:lllYll

3l-34. HOUSE SIGNIFICANCE : I now narrate the


of the houses. Thc first housedenotesthe soul (and
significance

AhaptertI

t25

self),the2nd house wife,the llth preborn, the


3rd younger
brothers/sisters,the 5th progenyand the 7th house
Iil,
also said that a planet in the 5th becomesa karaka "ii":
ror wre. ine
significatorsof the housein order are : the Sun,Jupiter,
M;;
the Moon, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, Saturn, Jupiier.'
t;;."ry:
Jupiterand Saturn.
Notes : The karakatwasof eachhouse are better
signified
in ch. I I supra.The readermay consultthe said
chapterai ,*,"1i
Certainindicationsare additionalin the present
case.
The significatorof eachbhavais enunciatedin
sloka 34
above. For an easygrasp,theseare :
1..The Sun
Ist house(self,soul, constitutionetc.)
2. Jupiter
2nd house(family,finance,wifectc.)
3. Mars
3rd house(courage,later-bornetc
)
.4. The Moon 4th house(mother)
5. Jupiter
5th house(progeny)
6. Mars
6th house(enemies)
7. Venus
7th house(wife, conjugalblissetc
)
8. Saturn
8th house(longeviry)
9. Jupiter
9th-house(fortunes,religion etc.)
10. Mercury
lOth house(honour)
I l. Jupiter
llth house(pre-born)
12. Saturn
l2th house(expenditure)
Although we haveslatedthe significatorsof
the bhavasto
be certainplanets,erch bhavasignifiesmore than
what is stated
above. In that casethe significatorcan atso be different.
For
example,Jupiter is karakafor the gth house wt icn
neans tr,ai
he is holding the portfolio of the native,s fortunes.
When the
questionoffather arisesfrom the gth house,
the significatorthei
is the Sun. Or take the caseof l2rh house. The
1ienifi;t;; i;
Saturn. The r2th houseindicatesfinal emancipation
as welr for
which Saturnis not the indicator but Ketu.
Thus a detailed
approachto significancethrough bhavasis required.

giFtrqFltrltITqT:
?crFnFeqiqqTqq{ |
Ttrqdtql T;Er{rT vqeruaqqT: nlll
qil wqT: Tlrrrq[rkn:
faqtf,q t r
TTraqT
gqt q]frq ql qmrntd,
ilfq, qqutulqrl

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasnd

326

rmn qrtrit trrrtlqt: tlcnql faqqaqlt


qsi iqlqqriur gqdsft {* niq ttlutt

35-3?.OexcellentoftheBrahmins,afterknowingthe
declared'
merits of the lst houseetc. the good and bad effects'be
Associat'
bhavas'
8th,'6th, 2nd and l2th are malefic
iiii,lia,
ionwiththesehouseswillinflictevils.Anglesandlrinesare
bhavas,the associationwith which turns even evils
;;p;;;t
into ausPiciousness.
and
Notes : The 6 bhavasvz' llth, 3rd, 8th, 6th' 2nd
said
the
of
one
occupying
or
planet
owning
I 2th ; adverse: A
adversary'
houseswill becomea functional maleflcand hence
l--- Th. other 6 bhavas,viz. ascendant,4th, sth' ?th' 9th and
lotharegoodhouses.P|anetsassociatedwiththesehouses
pro"e favourablealthoughby natureevil or adverse'
Also seech. 34 for more information'

stsTrFt(ntnqqlsqlq: ll 1 Qll
Chapter33

Effects Of Karakamsa
qwsf wqqeqrfiT tntiqlqd
Gq ! t
lcrFElrrRri Tqt{i qqFt{ rgfifqilq ll t ll
l. O Brahmin, as laid down by Lord Brahma, I now tell
about the effectsof Karakamsaidentical with Aries etc.
vou
'
Not"r : Karakamsais the Navamsaoccupiedby the Atma
Karaka planet. The Atmakarakais the one who traversedthe
8
ttigh.., number of degreesetc' (devoid of Rasi), among the
the
i6
cxplained
been
bave
plinets, from Sun to Rahu. These
previouschaPters.

Tt qqrqrqkr
qin

qqsql

fqq

tqii
eriqnnt I
qqq{e
t
fqiqe: ttRtt

tn

Chapter33

lqffi

qftr1

6tki

q qq*fil:

fqaimi

gqfl?i ql"'.'r

ilRq nogarffiuerrw: nltl


fuqiri {qqlr{qqq I

wu: wleasqwqid auref6oqnw{' uytt


g-di{i a eFrrqwa} qilfiftflqill q:r
qFdqi{"* {tfir: {tsr ilg: qffi rrtrr
uifti
sTrr3qta qad <rqrrrfer
q6rit @qtitt;gfu:
dqqcaqT
rrqn
qqfr
ric-1wr-lqrqniqt*
frfiqc: r
6uuifr iT ilsTrlfiq,Knl

qrqt

siT: netl

r|aiqi or<*, wral gftavq Gqqrq t r


nqiE ? qd qrqdlffrtrrcrr
ils{Iq
2-8. KARAKAMSA VARIOU.S ,S/G/VS.' If Atmakaraka
be in Aries Navamsa,there will be nuisance from rats and cats
at all times. A maleficjoining will further increasethe nuisance.
Should Atmakaraka be in Taurus Navamsa, happiness from
quadrupedswill result. Shouldhe be in Gemini Navamsa,the
nativewill be afflictedby itch etc. If he be in CancerNavamsa,
therewill be fcar from wateretc. If he be in Leo Navamsa,
fear will be from tiger etc. If he be in Virgo Navamsa,.itch,
corpulence,fire etc. will causetrouble while in Libra Nav4rnsa,
the Atmakarakawill make one a trader and skilful in making
robesetc. Scorpio Navamsaholding the said planet will bring
troubles from snakesetc. and also affiiction to mother's breasts.
etc. if it is
There witl be falls from height and conveyances
SagittariusNavamsathat is occupiedby Atmakaraka. Capricorn
Navamsa in this respect denotes gains from water-dwellrng
beingsand conch, pearl, coral etc. If it is Aquarius Navamsa
holding the said planet,the native will construct tanks etc.
And in Pisces Navamsa the Atmakaraka will grant final
emancipation. A beneflc'saspectwill removeevils while that of
a maleflc will causeno good.

6rt6iri qt frr ! il'iid q ttqrt I


uqdfrfhil ildl qrEfi qqfr r(kfi: ilQ.rl

tze

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

sqimeqrFlf?: iri

qli qr qtq{fqil: r

ua-&aqfr qrfr fq{fqarqtf aiq rr1orr


gqrt c. fs*r ! ri=q-Fqei-qm{ir
rrq{{Qfi qrr'A 'iscria1a fqf{iq 1t trl
9-ll. O Brahmin, if there be onty benefics in the
Karakamsaand the Navamsaof Lagnaand be aspcctedby benefics,the nativewill undoubtedlybecomea king. Should the
angles/trines
from the Karakamsabe occupiedby benefics
devoid
of malelicassociation,
the nativewill be endowedwith wealth
and learning. The combrnationof benefic and malefic will in
this c:ontext
yield mixedresults. If the Upakheta(or upagraha,
vidc sloka5 ch. 32) is in its cxaltationsign, or own/frienlysign,
and is devoido f malefic aspect,thc nativc will go to heavens
after death.

qaTss(rTTd(q
Rqrid$qqr fd

sTr* qrr<r[r+: r
sci q?i fqsqst:llRtl

12. If the Atmakaraka is in ths divisionsof the Moon,


Mars'orVenus,thc natiVewill go to others'wives. Otherwise,
the contrarywill prevail.

srwii

qql qrdl ilqflriqt

RftEfnlruq fuer{ qqe

Gq r I

fqfrqa:u{ t tl

sqi!, {qn qlt Eftir: $ilgel ntq r


q qtail utytl
ml flsfq {HqTE"t
lffi*

qn qq*

Firi

drfqaq:llrilqqrlq

mqrfqrqfirqmq:
r
tfa-fqarwFqa: rrt {rr

g6qt s6frtawT @
eini nrl r
Ti ntfqrq: t,rft <tqdtql si.ar: ntqll
Til Tqt{Frit ErRt:g'c}fqard'f( r

<qlalrra ugaq) qrdqr c\a;agn lfstl


frqlerlsvrlt fqq ! ilqi nls? i{rq: I
lqqott T{rr{lni *d qkq ilrail rrqerr

Chapter3t

t29

13-18. EFFECTS OF PLANETS IN KARAKAMSA : O


Brahmin,if the Sun is in the Karakamsa,the nativewill be engaged in royal assignments.
If the Full Moon is there,he will enjoy
pleasures
and be a scholar;more so if Venusaspects. If strong
Mars is in Karakamsa,he will usethe weapon spear, will live
through fire and be an alchemist Sbould strongMercury be
in Karakamsa,
he will be skilfulin arts and trading, be intelligent and educated. Jupi.terin Karakamsa denotesone doing
goodacts,endrwedwith spiritualism
and Vedic learning. One
will be endowed wrth a longevityof 100years, be sensuous
and will look after stateaffairsif Venusis in Karakamsa.Saturn
in Karakamsawill givesuchlivelihood as due to the native's
family. Rahu in Karakamsadenotcsa thief, a bowman,a
machinerymaker,and a doctortreatingpoisonous
afllictions.If
Ketu be in Karakamsa,one will dealin elephants
and be a thief

qfEq a.{TEii qqt{ Stfa: sqrqfrr


{qEce} qd +q qIqE6el tlilE u t qrl
quwqrrfigal
fqqtft qh rETI
qltfer*
TTq6iqi wqrqqltiq* uRorr
srdqr{T t

q{qFil

eqi{qqIgtr': r

aftq t*ifq t qrlq qf6Fl ie 'TrqenRttl


qFGt
Seqr q6l ue"tl16a6n:r
{sE g Ria t lqerq} ir qmerrRRrr
19-22.RAHU-SUN IN KARAKAMSA : Shoutd Rahu
and the Sun be in Karakamsatherewill be fear from snakes;if a
beneficaspectsthe said combinationthere will be no fear but a
maleficaspectswiil bring death (through serpents). If Rahu
and the Sun occupybenefic Shadvargas,being in Karakamsa,
one will be a doctor treating poisonousaffiictionswhile the
aspect from Mars on the said combination denotesthat the
nativewill burn either his own houseor that of others.Mercury's
aspect,insteadof that of Mars, will bot causethe said effects.If
Rahu and the Sun be in Karakamsaand be in a malefic'ssign in
aspectto Jupiter,one will burn neighbouringhouse while the
aspectof Venuswill not causesuchan event.

330

Brilat ParasaraHora Sasna

Tfq+? til Tqi{i Wqoior {tfwil r


aliqaual qra: rq{ q}r}sqqTq+( rrqlrr
r$$e qth* fqqel qr frt{a: r
quqri qqEe"tulqrq*

aTsd ivrR:rrlvrr

23-24.GALIKA IN KARAKAMSA : Should the Full


Moon aspectthe Karakamsa-placed
Gulika, the nativewill lose
his wealthto thievesor will himself be a thief. If Gulika is in
Karakamsa but is unaspectedby others, one will administer
poison to othersor will himself die of poisoning. Mercury's
aspectin this context will give largetesticles.

q*al Fnsi{i q w$i


qRRq suhlq]

Itgifui

faqlnq! r

qr

mu@E: srqTqil
nRtrr
qrq*
qr:
eRaa. {tfea}
r

lurfnyi fafiqT qrqi qrie} t1qqntr,tl


rRqT aru'lga: qqsqilr
tq{*ffii
grdilg* qE& qrqe iTs? ina: rtlsrr
ilcff wfaatqei wa: icqlsqqru\ r
nftqrifeTe aftn1 ila: i;qfiaar1uQctl

$qq*fafi
Ftrqrrqid qalc\ r
tfil i*qa: qhii 6r(Ftd$d faq ! rrRerr
25.29. EFFECTS OF ASPECTSON KETU IN KARAKAMSA .' tf Ketu is in Karakamsain aspectto a malefic,one's
ears will be severed or he will suffer from diseasesof ears.
Venusaspectingdenotesone initiated into religions order. One
will be devoidof strength if Mercury and Saturn aspect. If
Mercury and Venusaspect,he will be the son of a female slave
or of a femalerenarried. With Saturn'saspectone will perforrn
penanoeor bea servantor will be a pseudo-ascetic.Venus and
the Sun togetheraspectingwill makeone servethe king. Thus,
O Brahmin, are told briefly the effectsof Karakamsa.

etnqui q {r{r<q{ rara grqErfts:r


iiqfr{qTsnoi $an ulorl
afrg 1fiml

Chapter3t

331

TqI{ g.<lgdugat:t
trl deqfrq?er:

<ql ars{lalfa:rrrq rnrinq fafiq'i lll l ll


30.3I. EFFECTSOF THE 2ND FROM KARAKAMSA :
If the 2nd from Karakamsafalls in the divisionsof Venus/Mars,
one will be addictedto others' wives and if Venus or Mars
aspectthe said 2nd, the tendencywill last till death. If Ketu is
ttre Znd from Karakamsain a division of Venus/Mars, such
addictionwill not prevail while the position of Jupiterwill cause
suchan evil. Rahu in the said casewill destroywcalth'

rqirrq qdo'i qrt wa: {(: ltillqqq I


afrnl {qqt qrd: fia* ile ina: tt11tt
32. EFFECTS OF THE 3RD FROM KARAKAMSA:
A maleficin the 3rd from Karakamsawill make onh valorous
while a benficwill make one timid.

waqqifnt t
a? il rq}tqi di qra: {rfirirrll q}q rrtQrr
nfa<rEqtafml Endrq q fweqql t
qfiad gr'tgrai gwtt altti 1(q ttiYll

ainreagrimt

ttar g rfeqt fiqd Emtrermi faq I r


q;E' iEtf,T.[* t{i qt*qlq: sqTqillll{tt

33-35.EFFECTS OF THE 4TH FROM KARAKAMSA :


If the 4th from Karakamsabe occupiedby Venusand the Moon,
one will own palacial(or large)buildings. Similaris the effectof
an exaltedplanet in the said 4th. A house made of stones is
denotedby the occupation of Rahu and Saturn. Mars and Ketu
indicatea housemade of bricks wbile Jupiterdenotes one made
of wood. The Sun so related will give a houseof grass. If the
I\{oon be in the 4th from Karakamsa,one will have union with
house.
his wife in an uncomPounded

qqqhTq dqq: t
Eq<r6sql
sEnqilillqrl
11f?i1Qi qGeT$ai fn{qii

qlral

twgtal g qrcFrt fraqtTfqrre]n*q r


*gEcal g rEuft rqr'frlsqEl &q t tti\stt

332

Srihat ParasaraHora Sastra

vtrggfc* rd

tTri {afaetenqq I
t|.trTwq qrls't
qts't ?rTrt11qilpQetl
tu
rql qqTqt qTil: ni Filtrft q\ r
vr-tl ugd* ia) rrql a alqaeeaq
alAqreqr;urerr
ulqrr
*'at q qfawq;a't qraq] ,ru* tFq ! t
ut,ii g rfqqfrt't $rarrrti qTrrn EFT:ilyotl
36.40.EFFbicTS OFTHESTH FROM KARAKAMSA :
IfR ahu and Mars are in the 5th from Karakamsa,one
will suffer
from a pulmonary consumption, more so if the Moon
aspects
them. Thc aspectof Mars on the saidhousewill bring boils
or
ulcers.Ketu'saspecton ths saitl housewill causedysentery
and
said-diseases
causedby (impurc)water.If Rahu and Gurikabe in
the house therc will bc fear liorn mean people aud poison.
ShouldMercurybe in thc saidhouse,the native witt Uean-ascetic
of the highestorder or one hordingstaff. The sun and Mar. in
the saidhouseresprcctivery
denoteone using a knife ancrspear.
saturn denores
a bowmanin this context. Rahu and retu in
the said house respectivcrydenote a machinistand a watch
maker. Venusin the saidhousewill makeone a poet and an
eloqucntspeakcr.

tl|i{i aiq=q} q6fc ffiaqnqi rr q?qSEI


{*q fmf}agn}ss} aa}stqen}qft ?'yltl
gaon *eilde
H,ifqE q?qtn iTcrrI
*EiqTtafqrqrfq, ;Territ nT|e{fi}sfqRT uyltl
dqfqn:
ginel
iq {}qi(nrilqr r
(qrqsTg {|rqil Tr'|ilil} rfqqr FliT: ilvltl
qi<qqlrril: qTQF[il:rEr rrqfi: I
ffi'q
*gn qtqaalsnl rqunlv aria q uvytl
RrqEr[tTqfsflq: r( grure;ual faq t r

Fqivtq Gdlqil: +faq s-nlq qEfia f( rrvru


41.45. EFFECTS OF KARAKAMSA AND THE sTH
THEREFROM : lf Jupiter and the Moon are in Karakamsaor
the 5th thereof,the nativewill be an author. Venusin
the said

Chapter33

333

placewill make one an ordinary writer while Mercury will give


still lessereffectsin this respect. Should Jupiterbe alone in the
said house,one will be a knower of everything,be a writer, and
be versedin Vedasand Vedantaphilosophy, but not an oratorian
or a grammarian.Mars in this respectdenotesa logician,Mercury
a Mimamsaka(follower of Mimamsaphilosophy,one of the six
chief systemsof Hindu philosophy), Saturn one dull-witted in
the assembly,the Sun a musician, the Moon a follower of
Sankhya Philosophy (of sage Kapila enumerating 25 true
principleswith emphasison final bliss),and versedin rhetorics
and singing,and Ketu or Rahu an astrologer. Should Jupiter
be relatedto the said positions(causedby others than him), the
effectedstatedwill effectivelycometo pass. Somesay that the
2nd from Karakamsabe alsosimilarly considered.

tqrrd q66qi qfi n{n} qrqe qa: r

qrQsaeFc Edtisfr sci {r!ilq nYqrl


46. EFFECTS OF THE 6TH FROM KARAKAMSA : lf
the 6th from Karakamsais occupiedby a malefic,the native will
be an agriculturistwhile he will be indolent if a beneficis there.
The 3rd from Karakamsabe also similarly considered

qi

qilg6

il?

FIT{dt

qI qTq1irqrftgnr{t t
ti *q nandl llY\ell
{*,

<ql q Sn tqrr, ntl qrfq {dsfirfit t


attfitrslqr rd q fqu{r Tlilt llve ll
.aqfigqdt

47.48. EFFECTS OF THE 7TH FROM KARAKAMSA :


' If the Moon and Jupiter are in the 7th from Karakamsa, the
native will begeta very beautiful wife. Venusin the said house
denotesa sensuouswife while Mercury indicatesa wife versed
in arts. The Sun so relatedwill givea wife confining domestic
core while Saturn denotesa wife of a higher age bracket, or a
pious/sickwife. Rahu in this context will bring a widow in
rharriage.

garfugi <ti ?qirrq dfutgtan t


llYerl
ntf umgcserq{eeiqfeaqgi

Brihat parasara Hora Sasta

334

49. EFFECTS OFTHESTH FRO,W KARAKAMSA : tf


a beneficor the planet owningthe 8th from Karakamsabe in ihe
8th from Karakamsa,the nativewill be long-livedwhilea maiefic
so placedwill reducethe life span. Aspect/conjunction
of both
beneficsand maleficswill yield a medium spano$life.

rfTts'iffiq

qiq{r{t

qEi

tqi{nEir ffii

{qrgtifHil

$FRT:squ{'fqqa} q{: ntotl

qr+

w,raqgtfu*t

rqudfqqal irrFi fqcfiqdt q qT?i*lt{ttl

iqi
5n5iqrEq vrfr-nggilf'afrr
geatd v\ irrFr:vtruiEfegr} n{: tltRn
6r(niltT"q
gtuqgRfufr r
ffi}
geilkt Tqrq gttln{ r rrq+ ntltl
iTErsfq
r6ra6i{tiq

ffi+

qnntqttnt r

qsfltfqrfril

il qwf qrtrft6'{ ntYll


r[t1l[,l{nit
iqt 1ftgal*fw* faq ! r
rtt{t tgq-q-q*1 ffa.fi] wfr 4aq lt{trl
geuil q g*faf rr
iqi
+q*ii
r{tc}qfi qlswc} fqqd} 'iq qrqe utqtl
50.56. EFFECTS OF THE gTH FROM KARAKAMSA :
If the 9th from Karakasmsais aspectedor occupiedby a benefic,
the nativewill be truthful, devotedto eldersand attached to his
own religion. If a maleficis so relatedas above, one will be
attachedto his religion in boyhoodbut will take to falsehoodin
old age. If Saturnand Rahu are so relatedas above, one will
betray his eldersand be averseto ancient learning. If Jupiter
and the Sun are so relatedas above,one will betray his elders
and will be disobedientto them. Should Mars and Venusbe so
relatedas above,and joining in six identicalvargas,a femaleillrelatedto the native will die. Mercury and the Moon so related
will causeimprisonmentof the nativedue to associationwith a
femalenot of his own. If Jupiteris alone related to the 9th
from Karakamsaby aspector by conjunction, the nativewill be
addictedto femalesand be devotedto sensualenjoyments.

335

Chapter 33

qvdaltfe,* r
Enl
frq{qn} rtq are} rrFft<}qil{f6qq ntetl
qrqdag*fa* t
Eqrn EFT{fiI{niit
EqFITi silqt Qrfq: fmqJrta qfqa:ntctl
quqngifa* t
firuiflcq
{{ri
;tr: tt{Q.tt
AqFtt( q6flrqwr nqq{r<}
rFI{.6i{rliq

E{tq

fi,r(6l{nEq

gattett

"'

<fqffiqefqt

fqs t qnft\ ttaqqr1 uiq ttqott

57-60. EFFECTS OF THE IOTH FROM KARAKAMSA :


tf the l0th from Karakamsabdaspectedor conjoinedby a benefic, the native will have firm riches, be sagacious,strong and
intelligent. A maleficso relatedwill causeharm to his profes'
sion and deprivehim of paternalbliss. Mercury and Venusso
relatedwill confer many gainsin business(or profession)and
will make him do many greatdeeds. The luminariesso related
to the l0th from Karakamsaand if be in aspectto or conjunction with Jupiterthe nativewillacquire a kingdom.

Fqti qrrdagtfrrt t
{i{rli6n{i
uq*wgdt <tc: wiwig il$r5( uirtrl
qrnrili
fdqrd

qqtn

g
STrTqtcf,Ttt5tlt:t
tq!ffi*t qq qrq* ils" dqlq: uqRtl

61.62. EFFECTS OF TIIE ILTH FROM KARAKAMSA :


If the l lth from Karakamsabe aspectedby or conjuncta benefic,
the nativewill enjoy happinessfrom coborn apart from gaining
in everyundertakingof his. If a maleficis in the said llth the
nati','ewill gain by.questionablemeans,be famousand valorous.

slrr6'i{|q EqqFqIi q('It

q1Eqq} t\

qu1aqfrsqQ*ql r6tw+ q qi$it{ nrrltl


rnriltr< aqqerti q}w(Q {qqt I

f{rrfaqtq* ir(q qrrq}fiqqrTrrrEuqvtl


nnrivnl 6ql +ill qwialilfuil r
rrqrrr
f,Er g qrqil !fia: HrtEqqErrriFr{

336

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

tri qfv qr tcl mnninq uqt Rqi r


qqd
qwtiir
rIT{vqT{qttTrIIq llqill

ad q *qil *al wgtilfer*fq qr r


? iril qrq* gftn: qwld a qrqfr ulretl
t|qw igt til) mr<dnq aqqfrq* r
fqnqfta$*Tqw frfqd{i
faq}fiq ! nqcrr
q?iq igt *al mr<fiiqrrraqqfqtr
qlqf rrRa{}wq rnftan} qui rr: nqQ.tl
{IT
gTqr
iq RTfi
i{li till rRriqrTE aqqRqi r
qerqi qsqui qfiilqfilnl e} uqfaaq ueorl
cgil +ilf er;qmill q*;tr: r
Fii

icqql gtlfuuf

Twr fnqqfiarilTu\efu

rr-d.n crqit grrl *Ti qrt<-mqr


qfta: rwisq ttri firFqqr
R{ qrneRtl

qilTrt{Tq aqt qlR; qrqT1n}ar n\ r


rqrfq ql}trn qftmarq I dvrq:rr\eQrr
qrqaisfqnal
{* ffiisfq q[il *qs: t
q.Srtqlq
wrfl5'Rqilt
sd atq rruvrr
63.74. EFFECTS OF THE I2TH FROM KARAKAMSA :
If the l2th from Karakamsahasa benefic,the expensess
will be
on good accountwhile a maleficwill causebad expenses.If the
said l2th be vacantthen alsogood effects(in respectof expenses)
will follow. If there be a beneficplanetin exaltationor in own
housein the l2th from Karakamsaor if Ketu is so placed and
aspectedby or conjuncta beneficone will attain heavensafter
death. one will attain final emancipationif Ketu is in the l2th
(from Karakamsa)identical with Aries/Sagittariusand is
aspectedby a benefic. If Ketu in the l2th from Karakamsa
and be with aspect/conjunction
of a malefic one will not attain
final emancipation.
If the Sunand Ketu are in the said l2th the
nativewill worship Lord Siva. The Moon and Ketu in the
said l2th denOtes a worshipper of Gauri (a con-sort of
Lord Siva) Venusand Ketu in the said l2th denotesa

Chapter 33

337

worshipperof Lakshmi (a consortof Lord Vishnu)and a wealthy


person. Mars and Ketu in the said l2th denotes a worshippcr
of Lord Subramanya(an offspringof Lord Siva). Rahu in the
l2th from Karakamsawill make one worship Durga or some
meandeity. Ketu alone in the said l2th denotesSubramanya's
or Ganesa's worshipper. If Saturn is in the said l2th in a
malefic'ssign one will worshipmeandeities. Venusand Saturn
in the said l2th in a malefic's sign will also make one worship
meandeities. Similar inferencescan be drawn from the 6th
Navamsacountedfrom Amatya Karaka's Navamsa.

nr{fiiqrrq fam}qtt qrqdrat G q ! t


qtq?il Tt??-fl??il} qrTA Fnse dwq: rt\elrr

qrtr dttH ae ilil

frtqr)

{tfirttfer,i alwl rtqtrqd

q+( r

ntq nequ

75-76. MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS (upto stoka 84) :


O Brahmin, if therc are two maleficsin a trine from Karakamsa,
the native will have knowledge of Mantras (sacred spells) and
Tantras (mysticalformularies for the worship of deitiesfor attainment of super-humanpowers). If a malefic simultaneously
aspectsthe said yoga,the nativewill use these learningsfor
malevolentpurposeswhile a benefic'saspect will makehim use
the samefor public good

wqnt q*nr: r
q
FEqEt: e{q}rrqT}riq rrsurr
g<T q?i qroqf{qt't q+f,r:
qlqqsi qrqlrft rmfqarfeal viq rrseu
*g16i gd di
{tqgodt nailqi I
q({ wa}arsQ fraril} rrg.3q} q& rrsa,rr
errtql q\ ilrrr q.?E6el
a fafiqa: r
{F{d
tilio'i
{rr1"i

fqul Tqii

qt{nEg<t g,iatsfq*qq: {Rqa: gEr:lteotl


Req,Tfq$nq rq irErr rlql q inq: r
r(qif qqrlql qr ae*a"t ffi
qlilucttl

338

Brihut ParasaraHora Sastra

wutggfed ir? fqqiiul fqqrfta:r


sinnrq rrq+ qri +qil dfisri flql llcRtl
ugfrEfqr slrflr rrrflI" r tinq: r
q ibqil ir? qfewq;arRr6:ncltl
H
.\
\

I
!q r<cd .Tr Eoit qqfa rTr;Trr:
fildr""t il{n <qt, w} qqrTqr}wiqrrevrr
*qfr q gi ar wa: gfrrw?flrrr: I
77-84L.Ifthe Moon is in the Karakamsain aspectto Venus,
the native will be an alchemistand if be in aspectto Mercury he
will be a doctor capableof curingall diseases.If the Moon is in
the 4th from Karakamsaand be in aspect to Venus, the native
be affiicted by white leprosy;if in aspect to Mars blood and
biliousdisorders,and if to Ketu black leprosy. Should Rahu
and Mars be in the 4th or sth from Karakamsa the native will
suffer from pulmonary consumptioh and if there be Moon's
aspectsimultaneouslythis affiictionwill be certain. Mars alone
in the 4th/5th from Karakamsawill cause/ulcers. If Ketu be in
the 4th or 5th from Karakamsaone will suffer from dysenteryand
affiictionsdue to (impure) water. Rahu and Gulika in the 4th/5th
from Karakamsawill make one a doctor curing poisonousaffictions or will causetroublesthroughpoison. Should Saturn be
alone in the 4th or 5th from Karakamsa,the native will be skilful in archery. Ketu lonely placed in the 4th/sth from
Karakamsawill make one a maker of watchesetc. Mercury so
placedwill make one an asceticof the highestorder or an ascetic
holding staff. Rahu, Sun and Mars respectively in these places
denotea machinist, a knife user and spear/arrowuser.

Fqt{iTr rlrqt Tqtnt--T"i-r rfRqalil{Tuc{tl


T?qont uiw16;
wifqqfqvtr<q: r

itr ieqfQ frFeqrrm'*

riq rreqrr

85-86.The Moon and Jupiterin the Karakamsaor the 5th


therefromdenotesa writer well-versedin all branchesof learning.
Thc gradeof writershipwill comparativelydescendin the *r. of
Venusand furthcr in the caseof Mercury if so placed as above.

Chapter 33

td

339

ta

ilalsqtn;mrf rqui r

qqrqn ilcetl
n" {* fifiqHt firartil{iT
e{faqnfiwn} dti a qTrit q sqrfiq r
{raqil{q fs{i,iq,i<i<rnfaq aqirrccrr
sqme) qi( Gnq sqilqnrri {rqt r
qa;1agmqrqqi
dfqtsnl
1d rrcerr
eqid qr rsqi ql* qrd iqrfqrl qia r
qri' q qiqqlqr: urfqeainatrrqnlueotl
<e't iErraferiq rflaalq sqrqi r
*'et q qfqaa: rarwffi;{re7frrnq; uQ,ltl
. FrrrrTxrcEr
ifrfb{twa;adt
uiq r
q
Bdlt a qdtt rri{n*i fqqrQq uQ,err
qri qewmdilicfi Errrtrrqtufqeq I
87-92+.PLANETS IN sTH FROM KARAKAMSA: Should
Venusbc in the 5th from Karakamsa,the native will be a poet,
be eloquentand be a poet. Jupiter replacing denotesthat he
will be an expbnent and be all-knowing but bb unable
to speak in an assembly. He will be further a grammarian
and a scholarin Vedasand Upanishads. Saturnin this context
will makeone ineffectivein an assembly,while Mercury will
make him a skilful in Meemamsa(one of the six chief Darsanas).
Mars in Karakamsaor the 5th therefrom will make one Justice
while the Moon denotesa SankhyaYogi, a rh.etor or a singer.
The Sun in the said 5th will makeone learned in Vedanta and
music. Ketu in the said Sth will make one a nathematician
and
ekilful in astrology. Should Jupiterbe relatedto the said Ketu,
theselearningswill be by inheritance. All theseas well apply to
the 2nd/3rd from Karakamsa and to the Karakamsaitself agrbrt
from applying to the 5th from Karakamsa.

*a} reinqGdtl qr Tdtt Tmuqn[qir rrrlrr

qrqci

fqriiq

TrFrE] fiFr{q:

93-93+.Should Ketu be in the 2ndi3rd from Karakamsa,


the nativewill be defective in speech,more so if a malefic
aspectsKetu as above.

340

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasta

qi[qqrfq Gdlqrtqrnqq]: rrevrr


stqrrFqtaTE
qrqsrrt ar4ra} fdqa: I
*q{q:
stTlswutq t frrn: (FFH1:
fifffir qqr 1C1l
*{re"qmq[d
iqr: q{ qqqil: r
qi
{mq{rilfiEfrqr6aqq}fHq! ueqtl
!r{Ft q fq*q} qh: tr6r}sgv: r
q{ruTrrqgq} st1GTrTurulq r{q leetl
q'tqlsd qrqsptseiqraqli r
iqcrrrfr
qd il?drfaqrqrni gatftni rq.qar{ uqcll
anqRftqgvriw qd qrcd fqqflqilr r
{fr ieird: s}qd rr<ckrsef qrrTuc.qrl
94-99.If maleficsbe in the Karakamsa,Arudha Lagnaand
the 2nd and 8th from these places,there will be Kemidruma
yoga;the effectsof which will be still severcr if the Moon's aspect
be there.The effectsduefor theseyogaswil cometo passin the
Dasaperiodsof the Rasisor praners eo'cerned. Kimadruma
Yoga will operate additionalry if there are mateficsin the 2nd
and 8 from the Rasi whose Dasa will bc in currency. The
resultsof suchyoga will alsobe inauspicious. If the 2nd and
8th in the chart castfor the beginningof a l)asa have male6cs,
then also Kemadrumaprevailsthroughoutthe Dasa.

qllT6t{fiTeqTq:18VtI
BTeT
Chapter34

Yoga Karakas
nnoirrqrr*i qtf *tti rr.n faq t r
qer qrqrftrqilq [{q}rsFf
8Tglttl
l. O Brahmin, thus I have told you about the
effects
derivablethrough Krakamsa.Now listen to tre eifect,
out
of planetaryhouselord ships.
"riring

Chaptert4

341

qlrqT il fErFil qq sFT{ |


ENTt ,iltqd g,{: qrr{n" &rloqql; 11111
Frd *aferlqeqq friiq
I
{rlrq
hnFqwq:

qsqq

ctTrt

;rqTr

E{Irt

feqeufEqr: e{
aqqfBdtqrdm:

qzt
a

?q

fatiaranta*rrlrr

R*agegtaii 1

qr: {ttFEFTr:Tlil: tiytl


sr(qqte r6FTrri{r:
r

rwrftrtrgrlqr

nqqrqqJr{}qllr rrrrr
rnrqaqlqftan;dqft iI q$TlriT:I
ilT
faqqurf{qe}sq} *wei g (a6il: ||qtl
seloi{ Edt q}q} Fnfilq trqrF6:I
r red{iqa'lq}se qqf'{raqdfiq trurr
2.7. NATURE DUE TO LORDSHIPS OF PLANETS :
Beneficsowningangleswill not give beneficefrectswhile malefics
owning angleswill not remain inauspicious, The lord of a trine
will giveauspiciousresults.The lord of the ascendant
is specially
auspiciousas the ascendantis an angleas well as trine. The 5th,
and 9th housesare specially for wealth while the 7th and toth
are speciallyfor happiness.Any planetowning the 3rd, 6th, or
the llth willgive evil effects.The effectsdue to the lords of the
l2th, and 8th will dependon their association.In eachgroup,
will be in' the ascendingorder. The 8th lord is
the significance
not auspiciousas he owns the l2th from the 9th. If the lord of
the 8th simultaneously
ownsthe 3rd,7th or llth, he will prove
specificallyharmful while his simultaneousownershipof a trine
will bestowauspiciouseffects.The planet owning a predominant
housewill stall the effects due to another owning a lesssignificant houseand will give his own results.The 8th lordship of
the Sun and the Moon is not evil.
Notes : The rules given in this part will help us to decide
the gcod and bad planetsfor eachascendantbasedon lordships.
A summary of these rules is given below to enable use of
suitableapplicationof lordships.
l. Kcnrlradhipatya
Dosha: This blemishgoesto naturalbenefics by virtue of angularlordship. For example,for Gemini ascen

342

Drihat ParasaraHora Sasffa

dant the ownershipof4th and 7th goesto Jupiterand hence he


is not a beneficfor this ascendant.Lagna lord owning an angle
i.e.4thl7thll0th,shallnot proveinauspicious.
(Even if he owns
an evil house,he is not classified
as a malefic.) Natural benefics
are increasingMoon, Mercury,Jupiterand Venus.T'heirangular
lordsbip blemish will be in the ascendingorder. That is the
Moon is the leastmaleficaod Venus is the mostmaleficby such
ownership.
2. Maleffc as ownerof angle: If a maleficownsan angle
he will not be inauspicious. This doesnot meanthat tre wrtt
becomeauspicious.(ThesaBehas cautiously worded his verse.)
To be auspiciousby virtueof angularrordship,the maleficshouri
simultaneously
own a trine. If he doesnot own a trine, he will
be neutral by mere angular lordship;ncither he will be disadvantageous.
For Libra ascendant.
Satrunis classified
as unsullied
yogakarakabecausehe owns the 4th (an angle)and the 5th (a
trine).The Sun's benelicencero Taurus asccndantcannot be
comparedto Saturn's for Libra, becausethe Sun hasonly one
-Mars
housewhich is angularto the ascendant.For Leo ascendar,t
becomesa top rank beneficas he owns an angle(4th) and a trine
(9th). similarly for cancer ascendant.
The sameMars for capricorn asccndant
by virtue-ofangularlordshipis not that,up.iio,
he doesnot simultaneously
because
own a trine. Sirnilarlyhis rote
for Aquariusascendant.weak Moon by virtue of angularlordship remainsjust neutral.
3. Primarilywearth-givers
are the rordsof 5th and 9th. The
lords of 7th and lfth contribute to one's happinerr.pact oi
them should be individuarlywertdisposed.
Trinar lordship to
Jupiterwill enablehim give wearthabundantryand uninteiruptedly. . venus becoming rord of 7th or l0rh wil give generar
ifthe occupiesan angleor a trine.
happiness
4. Lords of 3rd, 6th and llth are classifiedas evil planets
while the lords of 2nd, l2th and 8th wifi act accordingto association. If these lords simultaneousryown such another
house,they will be significantlyharmful. If sucha planet simultaneouslyownsa trine he will befavourable.For example,Jupiter
is doubly evil for Libra ascendantas he ownsthe 3id and 6th.
saturn,though owning the 8th, will be favourabrefor a Gemini
nativityas he is the lord of the 9th as wcll. In consideringtwo

Chapter 34

34?

lordships in any context, the Moolatrikona house has prime


importanceas againstthe other ordinary house. The Moolatrikona lordship will reveal itself effectively rather than the other
own house.
5. When twc planets are involved in a context,.the one
with good lordshipwill stall the evil effects of anothcr planet
owning a lesspowerful house.To wit, if the 9th lord and the 8th
lord are both involvedin a yoga, the 9th lord will give his good
effectsobstructingthe evils due to the 8th lord.
6. We havethe following two setsof good houses,(a) lst,
4th, 7th and the l0th. (b) 5th and 9th. In eachgroupthe benefic
dispositionwill ascendfrom house to house. That is, Zth lord
is more powerfulthan the 4th. The 9th lord is so as against the
5th lord
7. Similarly two setsof evil housesare before us; (a) 3rd,
6rh and llth. (b) l2th, 2nd and 8th. Here againthe .maleficence
order. To wit, the llth lord is the
wilt move inthe ascending
mostevil in his group whilethc 8th lord is so in his group.
8. The summary of points 6 and 7 is : the l0th and 9th
lords are the highestbeneficplanetswhile the I lth and 8th loras
are the mostadlerse.Thus,the lOth lord'scounterpart
is the I lth
lord and the 9rh lord's counterpartis the 8th lord. (lf we consihe getsone best house and one
der Saturnfor Aries ascendant,
worst house,i.e. the lOth and llth houses.
The I tth housebeing
bis Moolatrikona,hc is predominantlythe I lth lord ratherthan
the l0th lord and hencevery evil. Similarly his role for Cemini
ascendantin which casethe 9th lordship prevailsover his 8th
lordship aud so he is not cvil but favourable.)
9. The rolesof variousplanetsare generallybasedon these
groundsand what we have had so far is a rough frame-work.
However,no decisionshouldbe takenat one single point. For
actual picture,the sageclassifiesthe planetsfurther in the succeeding verses.
10. As far as Rahu and Ketu are conccrned,they act
accordingto their position,associationand dispositors,ride verse
16 infra.

gqdl

{rql qkil

ffit*

gq: amet:fiqr qaqrfrrrfqq'r:rrcrt

q?a} qdqq v"qi I

t44

brihat ParasaraHora Sosta

gdegiw{rma
rqqr wrrlf,(q I
dl,i'adft{3er: rrircrr{q q?i}ili,{ tttrt
*?rfuqeqqlala:qurai nfqa] e u: r

qrailga{flqr

qqanqJf,ltin{ nlotl

$-rc. NATURAL BENEFICS AND MALEFrcS.. Jupiter and


Venusare beneficswhile the Moon is mediocre in beneficence.
Mercury is neutral (i.e. a beneficwhenassociated
with a benefic
and a maleficwhen relatedto a malefic).Malefics are the Sun,
Saturnand Mars. Full Moon, Mercury, Jupiterand Venusare
strongerin the ascendingorder Weak Moon, the Sun, Saturn
and Mars are stronger(in malefic disposition) in the ascending
order. In revealing maleficencedue to angular rulership, thJ
Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venusare significantin the asc"nding order.
Notes: Jupiter and Venusare first ratc beneficswhile the
Moon is next to them. The Moon's variable dispositionshave
beengivenin the earlierpages.Mercury is neutral, i.e. a benefic
in relationto a beneficand is a maleficin relation to a malefic.
He has no dispositionof his own. If he is atone,he will be
favourable.consideringthe Moon and Mercury in beneficclasses,
the four planetsviz. Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venusare
superiorin the ascendingorder.That is Mercury is more beneficial rhan Moon, Jupiter is more beneficialthan Mercury and
venus is the highestbenefic.However,some exponentshold the
view that Jupiter is the highestbenefic,see,.Subhanampotih',
As regardsmalefics,the Sun,Saturnand Mars comeunder
this classwhen the nodes are excludedfor they do not bave
their own disposition.Here again,the sun is the reast maleffc,
saturn is rnoremalefic than the sun; and Mars is the highcsi
maleficas againstthe Sun and Saturn.

talffi

tqrdi
wrv<g6H I
qni al ftqilf n& g'ds;eit{: fiqa: rrttrr

gahcalferil qrfq fqq] qlqd.r* ?rqrI

clfuFrqqwu* qfi fqaqrdlqr anl qeil rrt Rrr

ll-12. ANGULAR AND TRINAL LORDSHIhS: If there be


an exchangebetweenan angular lord and a trinal lord, or if these

Chaptert4

34s

two lords join in an angle or in a trine, or if a trinal lord is in


angleor viceversa,or if therebe full aspectbetweenthem, they
causea yoga.One born in sucha voeawi4 becomea king and be
famous.
Notes: Tbe following permutationswill emergefrom these
two verseswhich yogaswill make the nativefamousgivingroyal
status.Theseare :
(l) exchangebetwcenan angular lord and a trinal lord.
For exampleGenrini ascendant having Mercury in Aquarius
and Saturnin Virgo.
(2) angular.lordand trinal lord in a trine, whether they
own or not.
(3) angularlord and trinal lord in an angle,whether they
own or not.
(4) trinal lord in an angle,whetherhe ownsor not.
(5) angularlord in a trine, whetherhe ownsor not.
(6) angularlord and trinal lord in mutual opposition (as
full aspectis required),particularlyin good bhavas.

n]oiqrri qtnrq *;irnei q qr4t I


tai nlsi Rqal nss'l fqqiqralqnrr: ulltl
13. If ono and the sarncplanetgetsthe lordshipsof a trine
well
asan angleor if a planet is irr an angleor in a trine, it
as
will prcve speciallya yogakaraka.

+iwt*q qrqrri qr ql{aT qqfirRdr I


w fadqfqqtisfq q d;immrea: u lytl
14, AI,|GaLAR LORDSHIP : It has been said that r
maleficowningan anglewill becomeauspiciotrswhichis true only
whenit simultaneguslylords over a trine and not by merelyowning an angle.
Note : This aspect has beenclarified in the initial verses
of the presentchapter.

*at}qtfEqtaq qrqT{rrnfuql
irql: Glr;uqriq r dd qq*

l[ln I
;rt: nlttl

15. If the lords of an angleor a trine ownssimultaneously


an evil house,he(i.e.the angularlorcl or the trinal lord)doesnot

346

Drihat Parasara llora Sa$ra

causea Rajayogaby mere relationsstipulated (as per slokas I I


and 12 above).
Notes : In this context,if the evil houseis Moolatrikona,
that evil lordshipwill prevail. Alternativelyif the angleor trine
is Moolatrikona,the evil lordshipis suppressed
so that the good
lordshipshowsup. Here suchangularlord and suchtrinal lord
by mererelations (as per verses ll and 12) do not become
Yogakarakaor statusmakers.

rqw*ngal
\

diriqFtrfr

rfq qer(qFmqrqalr
qsal eftliri arlrql uptl

16. RAHU & KETU : Rahu and Kctu give predominently


the effectsasdue to their conjunction with a house lord or as
duc to the housethey occupy.
Notes : As alreadystated,Rahu owns Aquariusand Ketu
Scorpio. Still they do not havea dispositionof their own in
the matter of giving particularefferts. (ln poiut of fact, these
ownershipsare for calculationof someof 'Jaimni' dasasetc.and
not in a commoncontext.) Inasmuchas they do not have a
sign of their own, they havealsonot beenspecificallyclassified
as maleficor beneficfor the variousascendants
as could be seen
from the rules enunciatedby sage Parasarain the current
chapter. Henccit is suggested
that the results to be given by
Rahu and Ketu will dcpendon theirassociation
with otherlords
and occupationof houses. So to say,if thcy are relatedto good
lords they will revealeffectsfavourableto the native, otherwise
not, Alternativelythey should be in favourable houseslike
angle,trine etc. so that good effcctsfollow their position.

qfc *i fe6'lui rlr Frqilat ael*El r


ariaraaiunqfr laal .TTqlqnRrl utstl
17. If a node is in an anglein aspectto or association
wirh
a trinal lord or be in a trine in similar relation with an angular
lord it will becomeYogakaraka.
Notes : Two important positions are indicatedfor a node
becomingYogakarakafor a native. It should be in an anglein
relation to a trinal lord or be in a trine in aspectto an angular

347

Chapter t4

lord. In such a situation Rahu or Ketu will become a


Yogakaraka

q'fffiettri scftrq d uqr *rrw(fir: I


t ttsgxrcr: dar: gtat EE + gi ! rrle rr
18. O Sage,pleasenarrateaccordingto the signs rising
to which planet is a yogakarakaand which is inauspicious.

qqr $e iqqr fqs ! a*argtuf


q?ti{cisfq

{g*

{* r

s*qrsqrq-qrr || t etI

rTrrrr:{qr garaerm*
ffEqlrqfqilr:
r
qlqqtiq
{r{
sqiqfd-Eflqql: uRorr
qnaiutq q'fqTq qsoqt& fqfiqilq r
{{:

flellfqqeil

Tql;qp$'iiq

qfa1: .eqtl

qrnlqlsfq Qqrt uig: qr[Tt} ?E: I


iqq.q)(qqrid sd iid faqlaq ! rrRRn

19-22.PLANETS & ARIES ASCENDANT : O Brahmin,


listento thesewith examples. Even though Mars is the lord of
the 8th, be will be helplul to (other)auspiciousplanets. Saturn,
Mercury and Venus are malefics. Auspiciousare Jupiter and
the Sun. The mereconjunctionof Saturnand Jupiter will not
produceauspiciouseffects(althoughthey own a trine and angle).
If Jupiter is at the disposalof a malefic, he will surely give
inauspiciousresults. Venusis a direct (or independent)killer.
saturn etc. will also inflict deathif associatedwith an adVerse
planet(i.e. Venus). That is how the effectswiil be derived by
an Aries native.
Notes: For Aries ascendantMars is the ruler of the lst and
the 8th. The ascendantis his Mooratrikona sign while the gth
is,hissecondarysign. He will hencepredominanllybc favourable
He cannotbe independently
auspiciousbut canhetpanotherfavourableplanetlike the Sun or Jupiter or eventhe Moon through
wbgT he will revealhis good quarities. It is atsonot illogicario
concludethat if Mars is well relatedto Jupiteror the Sun or the
Moon and is in good bhavas, favourable effects will come
throughhim.

Brihat parasaralIora Sastra

348

As rcgardsother unsullied beneficplanetsfor this ascendant


we have only two. These are Jupiter and the Sun. Even if
Jupiter is capturedby anotheradversary,his gocidresultswill be
stalled. Saturn,Mercury and Vcnusare maleficsand will cause
harm. Venuswill provea killer as he is the 2nd and 7th lord.
Saturn and Mercury will also inflict deathif relatedto Venus.
The Moon's role is not discussedby the sage. The Moon will
give mixed results according to associationetc. as she is an
angularruler.
An associationbetween Jupiter-Sun, Jupiter-Mars or
Mars-Sunwilt be highly favourablefor the ascendantin question.
Jupiter-Saturnassociationwill not proveto be helpful although
they own the 9th and t0th. It is because,Saturnis llth lo;d
with primc emphasison his Aquariusowneruhip.

dtag*;aa: qnr: {q} qrf{FEqrsrl


r
Trqqlqm(:
*Rlurraetllr$ra: uRI tl
dtqrEql gffi{qrfq
Tqqr;rJlqq$i?i

qFa qT($'etqTun:
I

sar;(?rfr rtRfw:ulvtl

23-24.FOR TAURAS ASCENDANT : Jupiter, Venus


and the Moon are malefics. Saturnand the Sun are auspicious.
Saturn will causeRajayoga. Mercury is somewhatauspicious,
Jupiter etc.and Mars will inflict death. Thesehints are for a
Taurusnative.
Notes : Jupiter is a maleficfor Taurusascendautand will
avail of the first opportunity to inflict harm as he ownsthe gth
and llth housesboth of which are evil. He is the first-rate
adversary. The Moon being the 3rd lord is not auspicious.
Venus is also classifiedhere as an evil planetand a maraka
planet, The words ,,frqtEq]" (Jeevadayo)indicate the Jupiter
group, i.e. Jupiter, the Moon and Venus. Accordingto the
following words of Susloka Sataka-qq1 sE.T*s) ;f qqqlfq il
Scorpio ascendantthere is no blemish (to ivlars)of
*vrrrq-for
the 6th lordship and also for Taurus ascendant(in the caseof
Venus). Sale Parasara apparently took into serious consideration the 6th lordship (Moolatrikona) of Venusand calssified
him as an adversary. Though there are somemore exponents
to favour Susloka Sataka's line of thinking, Parasarabeingan

Chapter 34

g4g

undisputed authority should be given more weight. The Sun


and Saturnare beriefics. Saturn owns thc bcst trine and best
angleand hencehc will bestorvkingly statuson the native. The
. Sun though a maiefic by virtue of owning an angleproves
auspicious. The rule that a malefic owning an angleshould
own a trine also,so that he becomesa Yogakaraka(vide sloka
14 supra) is naturally not applicablc to the luminaries as
they own only one sign each. As regardsthe role of Mercury,
and he is not
. he is only of mixed nature for Taurus ascendant
an excellent benefic by virtue of orvning a Maraka house in
addition to a trine. The 5th is his Mqolatrikonaand exaltation
sign, If Mercuryjoins Saturn/Sun,he will act more effectively.
Mars is classifiedas a killer apart from Jupiter,Venusand
the L{oon. Mars is a killer for he owns the 7th and l2th. The
role of Jupiter and Venus as killers is also understandable.
Though the Moon is said to be a killer, she cannot inde. pendentlydo so for sheis only the 3rd lord which is the least
maleficamong 3rd, 6th and I lth. The luminariesare considered
not inauspiciouseven by ownership of the 8th house;as such
the 3rd house lordshsp of the Moon in the caseof Taurus be
lenientlyviewedfrom the point of wiew of inflictingdeath. Her
connectionswith Jupiter, or Mars can empower her to inflict
deathon the Taurusnative.

qlqt'tqT\urr: enn: gfi gq rfq:


{c: r
qhl
rnlmiq dtqa
tqq* wrr uR{tr
{Rfr gufa6arse} ur{aafq q$Fi[:r
aEar<\r<rizi sqTqq||q {fci: rr?qrr
25-26. FOR GEMINI ASCENDANI : Mars, Jupiter and
the Sun are malefics while Venusis the only auspiciousplanet.
The conjunction of Jupiter and saturn is similar to that for
Aries ascendant. The Moon is the prime killer, but it is
dependanton her association. Thus have beenexplainedby
the scholarsthe effectsfor Gemini ascendant.
Notes : The three planets,viz. Jupiter, the Sun and Mars
are adversefor Gemini ascendant. There is no hint on saturn's
role exceptthat Saturn-Jupiterconjunctiondoesnot yield a yoga
just as it does not do so for an Aries native. saturn
o*ni tf,e

350

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

8th and the 9th while the 9th is his Moolatrikona. Jupiterowns
thc 7th and l0th. It is my personalfeeling that an exchange
between Saturn and Jupiter in the 9th and l0th or their placement in conjunction in the 9th/lOth, or Saturn in the 9th as
Jupiter is in the l0 will provea very favourablepoint. (This
line of thinking cannot be extendedto Aries ascenclant,
i.e.
exchangebetween 9th and l0th lords & C for Jupiterwill be
in fall in the l0th in a key house.)
For Gemini ascendant,Mars ownstwo evil houses,the 6th
llth
and hencg he is a malefic. The Sun owningthe 3rd
end
will not be helpful.
Venus, the lord of the 5th and l2th, is declaredto be
higt ly favourable, as the 5th is his Moolatrikona. In view of
the friendship between Venus and Mercury, the l2th lordship
of Venus is not seriously consideredadverse. On the same
lines,Mercury for Libra ascendant is consideredfavourable
although he owns the l2th, which is his Moolatrikonaand
exaltation-thus a predominant house.

rrni?ggdl qrql qqteh<a: lt$r: I


riqf,qE: ilRetl
gutalnm: qwrdqql

fr6nrsriqalsdq wE<atq

neivrr@adid wi qlfti

$TTNE:I
qdtfqfq: uRqtl

27-28. CANCER ASCENDANT : Venus and Mercury


are malefics,Mars, Jupiter and the Moon are auspicious.Mars
is capableof conferringa full-fledgedyoga and giving auspicious
effects. Saturnand the Sun are killers and give effectsaccording
to association.. Theseare Cancerascendant'seffects.
Notes : The role of the Sun is comparedto that of Saturn
a
killer.
The Sun is the lord of tbe 2nd and Saturnrulesthe
as
7th and 8th for Cancer ascendant. Both the housesof Saturn
are inauspiciousand hencehe is classifiedas a killer. However,
they are not independently capable of doing bad or good but
act as per their relationshipwith others.
Venus is inauspicious by virtue of angular lordship
(4th house-Moolatrikona) and the llth lordship. (The llth
lord for a movablesign is a malefic, i.e. Saturn for Aries,
Venus for Cancer, the Sun for Libra and Mars for Capricorn

Chapter 34

351

ascendants.)Thus Venus gets a dual role to do evil lor a


Cancer native. The 3rd and l2th lordship of Mercury will
inflict harm and hencehe is inauspicious.
The best planet for this ascendantis Mars as he owns a
trine as well as an angle. The l0th lordshipwill prevail much
more favourably as the l0th is the best of the 4 anglesand
Aries is the Moolatrikona sign of Mars. The other two
favourable planets are Jupiter and the Moon. Jupiter is the
lord of the 6th and 9th. Though 6th is his Moolatrikona,the
sagehasgiven preferenceto the 9th lordship for obviouslytwo
reasons: firstly the 9th is bestof the two trinesand Jupiteris
a close friend of the Moon, the ascendantlord. The 3rd
favourableplanet is the Moon who is the ascendantlord. The
order of preferenceis Mars, Jupiterand the lvloon, i.e. benefic
tendencywill descendfrom one to another and hencethe Moon
is the leastbenefic. If Mars is well relatedto Jupiter,the Moon
or to the Sun, he can do wondersfor a Cancernative. The best
place as far as Saturn is concernedis Capricorn in the company
of Mars or the Moon.

glnrnrnicr: qrn: gteq61, {rrrrrrgr:


I
q{
wislqqdq
r
$wlrfl: nRQ.tl
lrr(fiql {tfrrq?a: sr{qqtE I6FTTTE:
I
feqeQ sqTilrsd id RrRrei"rrlorr
29-30. LEO ASCENDAI{I .. Mercury, Venusand Saturn
are malefics.Auspicious effects will be givin by Mars, Jupiter
andthe Sun. The conjunctionofJupiterand Venus(though
Kendra Kona lords) will not produce auspiciousresults.Saturn
and the Moon are killers who will give effectsaccording to
sssociation. Theseare the effectsapplicableto Leo ascendant.
Notes : Just as the Sun is noted as a killer for Cancer
ascendant,the Moon is similarly classifiedas a killer for Leo
ascendantas she is the lord of the l2th house. This killer-role
has not barred the Moon from becominga Yogakarakaor an
auspiciousplanet for Leo ascendant as per our experience.
Saturn's adverse role is becauseof two plime reasons*firstly
he is a sworn enemy of the ascendantlord and secondlyhe is the
7th lord apart from being the 6th lord. Mercury's rolc is

352

Brihat parosara Hora Sasfta

equallyominousas the 2nd and l2th comeunderhis regent.The


3rd and lOth lordship (a bad houseand an anglerespectively)
makesVenusunreliable.
Mars is again the bestpranetfor Leo ascendant
foilowed
by favourablerolesto.be enactedby Jupiter and the sun. Mars
rules the 4th and 9th; Jupiter the 5th and gth and the Sun
ascendant. Here again,the Sun is the 3rd in ordcr.

gcrsilftErE:qrqT: irr[-v|st qwrql I


qrd+gqilAE qfui
qlqm'rts't
trltrl
qnfi]sfq fifr:, ari;
RT{q{sqsE: I
\*a

'

m;qrf,ril(qdrt{ sirrqqTfil

qRtw: ulRtl

31-32. VIRGO ASCENDANT.. Mars, Jupiter and the


Moon are malefics while Mercury and Venusare auspiciorrs.
The conjunction of Venus and Mercury will produceyoga.
Venus is a killer as well. The Sun,srole will dependon [i,
association. Theseeffectsare for Virgo ascendant..
Notes : Mercury ruling the ascendantand the l0th house
and Venus lording over the 2nd and 9th are classified as
favourableplanets. venus by virtue of owningthe 2nd wilr
act as a killer also. (Mars ruling the gth can arsoa"t ar killer.)
" Moon
Jupiterrulestwo angres-the 4th and the 7th-while the
is the llth lord. For these reasons.thesetwo are considered
inauspicious. The Sun will be good if he joins good planets
in good bouses,for example in the l0th along *ith tut.r"ury.
There is no hint in the text about Saturn'srole. By virtue of
the 5th lordshipand good relationship with the ascendant
lord
Mercury, he will prove auspicious, But the staindue to 6th
Iordshipwill causea changein his dispositionand he cannotbe
countedas an invariable dependent.

*t*qgar:
q?iil
qtfrt

qrqr: wirErgul {ql I

qq*rrq
(lErERTr4 6,r(tfl
tf'rcFl q?Fftqfll illltl

3;vl Fr{Fa dtsur: qTqrqrmqair: r


qs: {tlt: sFTni?i fari{fq ge\ri

llvtl

33-34. LIBRA ASCENDANT : Jupiter, the Sun and


Mars are malefics. Auspicious are Saturn and Mercury. The

3s3

Chapter 34

Moon and Mercury will cause Rajayoga. Mars is a killer.


Jupiter and other malefics will also acquirea' dispositionto
inflict death. Venusis neutral. Thus shouldbe known about
Libra ascendant.
Notes : Although Venusis the ruler of the asiendant,he
owns 8th as well, and hence the sage term him as neutral,
Dire malefic is Jupiter, the lord of the 3rd and the 6th. The
ruler of the 2nd aud the 7th, Mars, is equally inauspicious
while the Sun ruling the I lth "vill act as an obstructingforce.
Thesethree planets, viz. Jupiter, Mars and the Sun are morc
maleficif mutually related but unrglatedto Saturn,Mercury or
the Moon. On the other hand, Mars or the Suo will act as
primary beneficsif they join Saturn,Mercury or Venusaccording
to one schoolof thought.

qtttT:

fqilimqq:

sqtffrrrfiie
:rat:

qq:

qii qd

fqililwq

tt

{ql
qiili
qrqr

gtffi
t
qlqrr<t} ni{tr
ficF'FtHlK: I

fqiiri gRqrkawn: ttQqrl

35-36.FOR SCORPIO ASCENDANI .' Venus,Mercury


and Saturnare malefics. Jupiter and the Moon are auspicious.
The Sun as well asthe Moon areYogakarakas. Mars is neutral.
Venusand other maleficsacquirethe quality of causingdath.
Theseare for a Scorpionative.
Notes : Just as Venus is a neutral planet for Libra
ascending,Mars is also neutralfor Scorpioascendant. Mars
bwns the ascendantand the 6th, the latter beinghis Moolatrikona. The Sun (lord of the l0th) and the Moon (lord of the
9th) are termed the bestyogakarakas. Jupiter though ruling
just as Mercury for Taurus
the 2nd (and the 5th), is auspicious
ascendantruling the 2nd and the 5th. (of courseMercury's
Moolatrikona is the 5th ) Venus, Saturn and Melcury are
malefics as well as death'dealjng planets. Saturn can be
practicallyauspiciousif he is in the 5th/9th, beinglord of an
engle, from the point of view of status,financeetc.

9t6 gr tfq:

nq: q|ql q'ffi<qr6,t t

ll lell
frnl ggm<drqllqi faqm $TrtsqriqET:

3s4

Eriliat ParasaraHora Sastra

ge: TttFFt: @tfflt

undnlqxadd sti

qn) mrmvaw:r
iir{ fqqf{qilr u!ctl

37-38 SAGITTARIUS ASCENDANT.. Only Venus is


inauspicious. Mars and the Sun are auspicious. The Sun and
Mercury are capableof conferring u yo[u Saturnis a killer.
Jupiteris neutral. venus acquireskilring powers. 'fheseeffects
are for Sagittariusascendant.
Notes : Venus is a first-rate malefic for Sagittarius
ascendantas he owns the 6th and llth. The sagehints
that
none is akin to venus in giving mareficeffectsfor this ascendant.
S-aturnis straightawaya killer, ruling the 2nd and the 3rd.
Venuscan also becomea killer (if relatedto Saturn). Though
Mercury rules two angres-the 7th and rOth-he-is decrarid
auspicious whereasfor virgo ascendantas welr as Gemini
ascendant,Jupiter is consideredinauspicious. This
supreme
role of Mercury is possiblybecause
of his ownershipof th; lOth
house(moolatrikonaand hence predominant against7th house
ownership)whereasJupiter doesnot own Moolatrikona identical
with the l0th house:best of the angles_for an ascendantruled
by Mercury. If the Sun (ruler of ihe 9th) joins Vf"r.ury,
Uotn
of them will confer stil superioryoga for sagittariusnatives.
-(mootatrrllnaj
Mars gives primarily his 5th house effects
sheddinghis l2th lordship and henceis a favourableplanet.
Jupiter is neither a first-rate beneficnor an adversary
for he
own-s
(angular lordships blemish). The Moon
-the 4th
rufing
the 8th cannot be a powerful yogakaraka unless
well-retateJ
to Mercury, the Sun or Mars. An associationbetween
the
Moon and Jupiter can confer a yoga par excellence..

qwdtiaq:

{Frr: qqr qniqq;Eq}r


*T,*O r cnt ?qq gfia qFrr:3iErlir4:
illetl

qqlqEEl
Rri, sqqq: l}qil: rkir:
qqrqqrfn'qRfq,
ryrerallraeftf
uyotl
39-40. CAPRICORN ASCENDANT.. Mars,
Jupiter and
the Moon are malefics,Venus and Mercury
are auspicious.
Saturnwill not be a killer of his own. Mars
and other malefics
will inflict death. The Sun is neutral. Only
Venus is capable

Clupter 34

355

of causinga superior yoga. Thescare the effectsapplicableto


Capricornascendant.
Notes : The sage has listedMars in the first placewhile
mentioningadverseplanetsfor Capricornascendant
as Mars rules
the 4th and llth. Jupiteris lord of the2nd and l2th, ths latter
being his important house. The Zth lord Moon is not quite a
favourableplanet.
Saturnand the Sun are neither very favourablenor very
adverse. Saturn will rweal killing powersif he joins fupitei
Mars or the Moon. While Venus and Mercury
Uoi-f,
'auspicious
in their own way, the former is the bestyogakaraka
"r"
for this ascendant,for he is the lord of the 5th and l0th.

*<-aea-gvr: rtF[I: qrqqfiqql qtt I


{IarqFr6"(t
ttqqlqt"t
iltt:
fiq:

rfriq,
6tttq,

lFqfa: ||vttl

qfr rlwra q{Rt ga} rwav: Tftr:I

grr*r\waeriri

sqTqqnfn {Rfu: nvltl

,4142. A/UARIUS ASCENDANT ..Jupiter, the Moon


and Mars are malefics while Venusand Satuin are
auspicious.
Ve11s_is the only Rajayogacausing planet. Jupiter, ihc
Suo
and Mars are killers. Mercury givesmeddtingeftlcts.
These
effectsare describedby tbe teainJa for Aquarius ascendant.
Notes: The 2nd and llth lordJupiterisadiremalefic
followed by the Moon (the 6th lord) and Mars (ruringthe
3rd
and l0th). while venus and saturn are both auspi-cious
for
Aquarius ascendant, Venus is the only planet thai can
be
consideredto have beenvestedwith powers of Rajayoga. Saturn
isnot comparedto venus as he owns the r2th iititur-n"oeourry.
venus is the rord of the 4th and the gth. As the gth is the best
trine, he is relievedof blemish due to angularlordship.
The
Sun is termed as a killer as he rules the ith, a marakahouse.
(Saturnplaysa similar rol for Leo ascendant
owning the ?th
in Moolatrikona). Jupiter ruring the 2nd and Mars orining the
3rd are also killers. out of tbe 3 kilrers, Mars is the la'stin
order. A strong relationship betweentwo or all of thesethree
killers will affect the rongevity to declineseverely. Mercury
ruling the sth and the gth will give mixed results. If Mercury
joins an adverseplanet, he wili be essentiaily
adversewhile in

356

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

joining Venusor Saturn,he can considerably


improve. Alonc
in bad houses,he will be evirand in good houseshe wil be
favourable. This is how Mercury'srole for tbisascendant
need
be undcrstood.

qFr *rfeq g* r
r<qr@w:
qalq1go qlq{rcl iT it{" nytn
qRrlsfr i {frrsrl w;eillntll qdf t
dtav,itqrqrdd s-drfil qtifqratEuvvtl
43-44. PISCES ASCENDANT.. Saturn, Venus,the Sun
and Mercury are malefics. Mars and the Moon are auspicious.
Mars and Jupiter will causeI yoga. Though Mars is u kitt"r,
he will not kill the native-(independentry). saturn and Mercury
are killers. Thus should be judged
.the effects for a pisces
native.
Notes : saturn ownstwo evir housesfor piscesascendant.
Hence he will reveal himserf most awefuly. venus rules thc
3rd and 8th--again two evil houses. And hence he is not a
favourable plariet. The sun ruling the 6th will prove adverse
though he has good termswith the lord of the ascendant,Jupiter
Mars is the lord of the 2nd (Mooratrikona) and the 9th (the
bestof the trines). Inspite of owning a killer-irouse,tre has bleir
specifically erempt from acting as a kilter independentlyand
placed in the yogakaraka list. To be a killer, Mars must be
instigatedby anotherkiller. viz. saturn or Mercury. Jupiter is
I very favourable planet (of course next to t"turr) o*oiog tn"
ascendantand the l0th. Though there is no specific meition
of venu becominga killer in suchrote can be sein in him as he
owns the 8th house.

q{

qllrrfqqiia

qFqiTrfi{rTfEQ I

{qiqqllrr q qqrori fanf<a1||v{tl


wqrdfq gr*rq annnr{\ fqf*eq * r

tQat iT q.,c ilid sqqqrfu a am6q lvqtl

45-46. GENERAL .. Thus the auspiciousand inauspicious


effects derivable through the planets du. to their lordships
according to the rising sign be estimate,J. Apart, the effects

Chapter 35

35?

duc to Nabhasa yogas ctc, be atso known which I natrate as


under.
Notes: The good disposition, bad dispositionand killing
powers of the various pl4pets are assignedby the sageon a
particular understandingof lordships etc. for each of the 12
asccndants.From the current two verses,we take an important
clue about the final role of a planet. To wit, if a planet is
constituent of a favourabteyoga, like, say, Daamini Yoga (one
.of the Nabhasa Yogas), his original malefic tendencyof being
an adverseplanet for a particular ascendant,he will give ihe
cftectsof Daamini yoga and thus will becomea Rajayogakaraka.
Conversely,although a planet assumesgoodrole by lordship,
if he is involvedin a bad yoga,like, say, Sarpayoga(one ofthc
Nabhasayogasagain) there will only be adverseresultsand not
favourable results due to lordship. These causesshould be
properly estimated and effects denoted suitably. A killer is a
killer irrespectiveof his havi'ng becomea Rajayogakarakaor so.
Killer and Yogakaraka should not be mixed togetherin respect
of ono and the sameplanet.

et{r ilqqqtqp{rq:

il ?tl I

Chapler 35

Nabhasa Yogas
qqffl iffifi

qlqr: $sq;t faq(f,q I r

urkvtE mr*ecg {rdEilcanrftFqil:rrlrr


3m[qTaqrf"q]frq EiTiii Er{ irr: I
fiFfrfq{rfr: {qr: sre drn: qdtfilm:rrRrr
l-2. O excellentof the Brahmins, explainedbelow are 32
Nabhasayogas which have a total of 1800difrerentvarieties.
Theseconsistof 3 Asraya yogas, 2 Dala,yogas,20 Akriti yogas,
and 7 Sankhyayogas.

3.sg

Brihat Parasarallora Sastra

Notes : No additional notes and explanations are being


givenin the presentvolumeon the following chapters:
.Nabhasayogas(ch, 35)
Lunar yogas(ch. 37)
Solaryogas (ch. 38)
fhese havebeen fully discussedand annotatedin a cleal
tnanner in my English translationsof Saravaliand Horasara.
The readermay refer to the said works.

lattqq g6|{tq
rqdiqtglrtr(aq:
rnFtr(q: q,iiaqq qqqlql s61fdil
qqRq: nr6ERrnq rysrafi-r
{qq}
qrfq{qsl
Tqd
QqqqqrrGiq

I
rrtil
|
rrvrr

tr-rtfm-eos-rthnr-qa-rq"-utfq g I
qqq?rffl
qii q sga{iff, flrnfa:rrtrr
dtqrcm-q:dcrdt-ilq-qrur+{r{-rrc[fir: I

gfi ilaw e.itii grar q?efrriilf6u ! rrqrr

.. 3.6. NAMES OF NABIIASA YOGAS .. Asraya yogasare


Rajju, Musala and Nala yogas. Dala yogas are Maala
and Sarpa. The twenty Akriti yogas are : Geda, Sakata,
Sringataka,Vihanga, Hala, Vajra,Yava, Kamala,Vaapi,yupa,
Sara, Sakthi, Danda, Nauka, Koota, Chatra, Dhanushi {or
Chapa),Ardhachandra,Chakra and Samudrayogas. The seven
Sankhya yogas are Vallaki, Daama, paasa, Kedara, Sooia,
Yugaand Gola yogas. Thus theseare32 in total.

(ffi

fhrfr <cE:fcwdiev: TrTr:l'

iriTrrrl G3flnqFtTrsrllRfi $ rlar: rrurr


7. RAJJU, MaSALA AND NALA YOGAS .. Atl the
planetsin movable signs cause Rajju yoga. All the planetsin
fixed signs cause Musala yoga. All the planetsin dual signs
causeNala yoga.

hErrqqt:

gfri:

dqrrlTlFtrtdqTcql

qrqqt eq{adt I
lltil{T$tq,qqe} trctt

3s9

Chapter 35

8. MAALA AND SARPA YOGAS: If 3 angles are


occupiedby benefics Maala yoga is producedwhile maleficsso
placedwill causeBhujangaor Sarpayoga' Theseyogasrespectively producebeneficand maleficresults.

qEr6q: t
q{qTq}
Enq?q*'traqri:
(Tt: llell
{tfie ff;rsTErrTli: (.trr$irur:
qlq: ,U$'res ilq qrqtiqqilt:ftri: I

srqqFTqfa+lqrt: qqfrql qefrr* llloll


qr;tqpnRqi; qffi: qlqTi:ersugiftut: r
qlq] qvnfqu: clsa: dtc0aftqifa: tt1ltt
).11. GADA, SAKATA, YIHAGA, SRINGATAKA,HALA,
YAJRA ANDYAVA YOGAS.' If all the planetsoccupy two
angles,Gada yoga is formed. Sakata yoga occurs
successive
and the ?th
planets are disposedin the ascendant
the
whenall
yoga
then
l0th,
Vihaga
the
4th
and
the
to
all
confine
If
house.
occurs. All planets in the ascendant, 5th and 9th sause
Sringatakayoga while all planetsare in the 2nd, 6th and the
l0th or in the 3rd,7th and llth or in the 4th, 8th and l2th
causeHalayoga. Vajra yoga is caused by all benefics in the
ascendantand the ?th or all maleficsin the 4th and l0th. In a
contrarysituation,i.e. all beneficsin the 4th and the l0th or all
maleficsin the ascendantand the 7th, Yava yogais generated'

q?i+arrt:
frorwqai:

E',qFttlilf: I
n{ftEr:
s{frq} eT{tqrq: lllRll

12. KAMALA AND VAPI YOGAS : If all the planetsare


in the 4 angles, Kamala yoga is produced. If all of them
be in all the cadent houses or in all the succedenthousesvapi
yogaoccurs.

{q}

qrncqg{c{:

nfta{qrcqg{cttoe}

ncgdtag{ri: t
qeqliTgstrt:ll tlll

13, Y(IPA, SARA, SAKT'HI AND DA.NDA YOGAS : If


all the 7 planetsare in the 4 housescommencingfrom the ascen'
dant they causeYupa yoga. If a similar occupaticncommences

360

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastta

from the 4thhouse Sara yoga, from tbe Zth house Sakthi yoga
and from the lfth house Danda yogaare formed.

qt<q

srcqital Tr qapilqt;q scaf: r


E?Tctt: frcilTra?iili qeqq {etilri: il?ytl
14. NAUKA,KOOTA,CHATRA AND CHA?AyOGAS :
.
lfall the planetsoccupy the seven houses from the ascendant,
Nauka yog,aoccurs. Koota yoga, Chatra yoga and Chapa yoga
o6:currcspectivelywhen the commencinghousesare the 4th, :.th
and l0th. Here again the planets should occupy seven
continuous houses.

qrnltTifi(Fiirq

uarf6-a*.q*

nqnriinngail r
Tr!f,{:qqrftli ilt{rr

lS. CHAKRA AND SAMUDRA YOGAS; lf ail the


planets @cupy six alternative signs commencing from the
Chakra yoga is formed. Samudrayogais produced
escendant,
if theseoccupysitrilarly six alternativesigns commencingfrom
the 2nd from the ascendant.

gn<rfnfmiqTel gqrqlrl Gq*Rqi: r


qqlg feq,i: slqil: *'arrq qg$,i: ntqtl
rt=T<rf{rrq(i: rrTrtriilqr@r:wqlqrfai: r

fturTffiqn:

s{fr$qrlrgitRilT trt\etl

16-17 SANKHYA YOGAS .. If all planets are in one


rign Gola yoga is formed. Similarly if ail are in 2 signs,yuga
yo88, 3 signsSoola yog,4 signsKedara yoga, 5 signs paasa
Iog& 6 signsDama yoga and 7 signsVeena yoga is produced.
None of thesesevenyogaswill be operable, if another Nabhasa
yoga explainedearlier is derivable.

. qEafsqr:
!IGq: l<tntcrrqqqtfial rgvr: r
t(T:

arFTT.NIrqI Ts{qrrql:

qiil sfqiil:

illetl

18. EFFECTS OF NABHASA YOGAS (upto stoka 50)


RA.IIU YOGA.. One born in Rajiu yoga will be fond of wandering, be charming,will earn in foreign countries,and be cruel
and mischievous.

Chapter35

361

'
aG

qtiilrquildfqil

Glril: I

{qfi{:

.r6gdT:
fiqrfaf,r gftrsgen qlff, ?m:u tQ.tl
D. MASALA YOGA .' One born in Musala yoga will be
endowedwith bonour, wisdom, wealth etc., be dear to king,
famous,will havemany sonsand be firm in disposition.

qqs=qqqrfrri}sfafrgqnq 1

?qifrR{d+fl
l;{Qil{q

qrsgqe

gGqr rqdli

uQorl

20. NALA YOGA .' One born in Nala yoga will have
unevenphysique, be intercstedin accumulatingmoney, very
skilful, helpful to relatives,and charming.

fiid

gqirflil

qeqqur;iqlTqrq?il

r61frrrgqgpil6T qrFnqi strirqal:qJ: u1ttl


21. MAALA YOGA .' One born in Maalayoga will be
.happy,
endowed with conveyances.robes, food and
ever
pleasures,
be splendorousand endowedwith many females.

frqqr: Tqrfi:qr fatri g:arf<cr:g+.il{q I


rttrtHwrf?T1iil:

qriq|T.tl

q{Fil

?r(T: llRRll

22. SARPA YOGA .' One born in Sarpa (Bhujanga) yoga


be
crooked, cruel, poor, miserableand will depend on
will
food and drinks.
for
others

erfrgwrriqltr qcErt:{neanlgnrttnqI
qrl6qsTFrfisqiigrar qFHr rfiilqi !t lrRlrl
23 GADA YOGA .' One born in Gada yoga will always
make efforts to earn wealth, will perform sacrificial rites, be
'skilful in Sastrasand songs and endowed with wealth, gold
and preciousstones

qlqret:gncl qcf: uaargciffqalfr:tsl t


fqee{qifrAil:

nqi qrfl sqffiar: ttqYtl

24. SAKATA YOGA .' One born in Sakatayoga will be


will bavediseasedor ugly nails,be foolish'
affiictedby diseases,

362

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

will live by pulling carts, be poor and devoid of friends and


relatives.

Eqqaqq)ftFcarRil: q<argdtaa)H6er:r
fierEfqmvqfaerifr6il qlt qar qiar: rr1{rr
25. VIHAGA YOGA .. One born in V haga yoga will be
fond of roaming,be a messenger,will live by sexual dealings,
be shameless
and interestedin quarrels.

gfcrl1lt: fiar: {srrr6t"r:I


fitoc6t: TrqqRQI:
qlcql

gafadcar: }Eg,r{filqql

qgsrT:ilRqtl

26. SRINGATAKA YOGA .' One born in Sringarakayoga


will be fond of quarrels and battles, be happy, dearto king,
endowedwith an auspiciouswife, be rich and will hatewomen.

a6rfnt} EfqFT:
fdtqil g:fcatm q'ldqrt
e;ugRq:iqiilr: iaat,Eeiilt Ergaqr:uRell
27. I'IALA YOGA .' One born in Hala yr'rgawill eat a lot,
be very poor, be a farmer, be miserable,agitated, given up by
friendsand rclativesand be a seryant.

ETfwaqq:gfwr:
rr(: llqrrr filtgnq: r
glrqfqqfq qcl' ctrfir: qil

ffiaT{q illct l

28. VAJRA YOGA.' One born in Vajra yoga will be


happy in the beginning and at theend of life, be valorous,
charming,devoidof desiresand fortunesand be inimical.

ffif{qqqqfrTtr
itrirT(: Mqnr

Tqql qui qtlrfutr5r I


qsqlqqqt:

siil

gaqlj uRerl

29. YAVA YOGA .' Onc born in Yava yoga will observe
fastsand other religious rules, will do auspiciousacts, will
obtain happiness,
wealthand sonsin his mid-life, be charitable
and firm.

gaqr:Rurrgu)fegedlfuqal; I
fqqlgurrdqr:
q*t{ri$fl:

luatnr:

t6t1?Nfqt:Tf1qql fteqq llloll

Chapter35

363

30. KAMALA YOGA .' One born in Kamala yoga will be


rich and virtuous, be long-lived,very famous,pure, will perform
hundredsof auspiciousactsand be a king.

f{fuswi fagorfua:
fiwdgerigtn qilril{it l
;Fr{qcrfrrxcer

qr{tq}iq

(rErFt:
ul ttl

3t. VAPI YOGA .' Oneborn in Vapi yogawiil be capable


of accumulatingrveaith,be endowed with lasting wealth, and
happinessand sons,be free from eyeafflictionsand be a king.

q1;qfficarfara:
aafrmwqgsql

fre4| gil.: TriiRTr$q:I


iilral
fEf{rGar?uiRtl
$

32. YUPAYOGA .' One born in Yupa yoga will bave


spiritualknowledge,be interestedin sacrificialrites, endowed'
with a wife, be strong, interestedin fasts and other religious
and be distinguished.
observations

EEr$ITI Err$tttf;

rlqqruailfqil{q

qtmq1 |

fqar: gf,netmru: qnqli TrFGrr:nqq-Aulltl


33. SARA YOGA .' One born in Sata yoga will make
arrows,be headof prison,will earn through animals, will eat
meatand indulgein torture and meanhandiuorks.

uarQakaFrg:fqililqTaedia<rgv: letrl; I
iqrqEfaf{gql: fl{iqi qnrr: Rqri: lrrrqr: n?yrl
34. SAKTHI YOGA .' One born in Sakthi yoga will be
bereft of wealth, be unsuccessful,miserable, mean, lazy, longlived, interestedand skilful in war, firm and auspicious.

6ag:nrrfa:tlil: ttti? a frqhr: RrctilrEn: I

g:fea{taienr Eosqrrrn qqfe

q(r: |l1{rl

35. DANDA YOGA .' One born in Danda yoga will lose
his sonsand wife, be indigent, unkind, away from his men,
miserableand will servemeanpeople.

t
<fqqlqdffEfqnrqt:qHII: qrdsti* BGer:
qJgEql.fl:
qnTt:
qfqql
q6rrr
gqqr:ulqtl
sqqil

364

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastia

36. NAAKA YOGA ; One born in Nauka yoga will derive


his livelihood through water, be wealthy, famous. wicked,
wretched,dirty and miserly.
.

3[i!t6qTq?a?m frfqsqrr:

T16r: !$I: I

qaTTgiqn
freri mFa fifrgrierfeal tgw: 1l\etl
37. KOOTA YOGA .. One born in Koota yoga will be a
liar, will heada jail, bri poor, crafty, cruel and will live in hills
and fortresses.

?lrlr?n|IrTl Eqt.tr;iIEI{rTetFQ{: lgienfr:

rqts;rt qqfqi<r: qqdq {tefg<rat{t FnE ule tl


38. CHATRA YOGA .' One born in Chatra yoga will help
his own men,be kind, dear to manykings, very intelligent, be
hapny at the beginningand end of his life and be long-lived.

uqftrgtawqnq'ltr: ftmnq eni faqdr:t

rrtsmn wilr wraftfln: rrr qqlqslnlQ,rl


39. CHAPA YOGA .' One born in Chapa yoga will be a
liar, will protectsecrets,be a thief, be fond of wandering in
forests,be devoid of luck and be happy in the middle of his
life.

Rrmm: s{ fiFnnftqr $fqat qfqi: r


wFomarqaqgmrr{ftt
*isdqErr lYotl
N. ARDHA CHANDRA YOGA.. Onc born in Ardha
ChandraYoga will lead an army, wilt possessa splendorous
body, be dear to king. be strong and endowed with gems, gold
ond ornaments.

slrilss:i qr(tfalll -ffiE(it


qqfr ii;*
q3qrq'i

ltnqRi|{lit
qrqi
t

:
qli

I
ilYttl

41, CHAKRA YOGA : One born in Chakra yoga will be


an emperorat whosefeet will be the prostrating kings' heads
adoringgem-studdeddiadems.

Chapter'31

365

i|Elinqqqar xlugm qiqilfrqT: qgTr I


EEfirqiqr: grqT:frq<fqrmr:erqvitcrivuvRtl
42. SAMUDRA YOGA .. One born in Samudrayoga will
have many preciousstones and abundant wealth, be-eidowed
with pleasures,dear to people, will have firm wealth and be
well-disposed.

fsqritffliqqrsr ftgqr: Sfeqqq ffrffer: I


lerql {ETiqI rftqrqi dlfaar: gaqT:nylll
4.3 I/EENA YOGA .. One born in Veena yoga wifl be
fond of songs,danceand musical instruments,be skilful, happy,
wealthy and be a leaderof men.

eiFq qwtrwrt
qSW{iiHEd

aaurgqil) rQlar: eqtr: I


dt*

qfia

fqairq uvytl

44, DAAMINI YOGA.. One born in Daaminiyoga will be


helpful to others, will have righteously earned wealth, be very
affiuent, famous, will have many sons and gems, be courageous
and red-lettered.

q1fr 6qqqv:
tfil{
qnrfwql
fq{itqr

trpq6r<ng I
eqt:
E6TFqr! wqemnq uy{tl

45. PASA YOGA .. One born in pasayoga will be liabte


to be imprisoned,be skilful in work, be deceivingin disposition,
will talk much, be bereftof good qualitiesanO witt have manv
Servants.

qiqqrfaq: gfwr: I
tqpTgqqlqr: E;dtETF[:
tari
rTr{inFrqfiar
uiliwr: uvqtl
.
46. KEDARA YOGA .. One born in Kedara yoga will be
usefulto many, be an agriculturist,be truthful, huppy, ficklemindedand wealthy.

fievneruqtar f(qTr {qflqs5ilr qQTrTqr:


I
dqT* ilcqqw qt qli $rsFa ?trr:ltyetr

366

Brihat ParasaraEora Sastra

47, SOOLA YOGA .. One born in Soola yoga wilt be


sharp, indolent, bereft of wealth, be torturous, prohibited,
valiant,and famoustbrough war.

qrqcs{rfEq}qr ur(|Ear er aQugrr v}* r


irnil: uvqtl
g.rdn t ril
qffir{u{(Qilr
. F

48. YUGA YOGA .' One born in Yuga yoga will be


heretic,be devoidof wcalth, be discardedby others, and be
devoidof sons,motherand virtues.

wigmr
fquat fqurfqilcqflqilr qfeqt r
{r}A qlTr qEfiil n<t:nYerl
ftd g:fcr0n
49. GOLA YOGA .' Oneborn in Gola yoga will be strong,
be devoidof wealth,learningand intelligence,be dirty, sorrowful and miserable.

qqkqfr {ffi{ae
fHqt:
sfqnfqfr

$q{|fri:

ilqTqErt!ll{olt

'

50. Ancestorssaythat the resultsdue to the said(Nabhasa)


yogaswill be felt throughout,in all the Dasaperiods.

fefqtrqlrTrsqrclr
il Qq tl
Chapter 36

Many Other Yogas


qA

nqq*
9

qlq:

qsl: trg*svrvr t

azFrcqT:{I$I: qrQ:acrqlrftnwwrl rrlrr


I

qrq't svdtegwaGqa:
r
qtqqlqlE$r{: srit rrmfiqt qil{igq nRtl

{qd.Rw}

l-2. BENEFIC & MALEFIC YOGAS.. If therebe a benefic


Subhayogais producedwhile a malefictherein
in the ascendant,

Chapter 36

367

erusesAsubhayoga. similarly beneficsin both the l2th and


the
2nd causeSubhayoga. Mareficsin both the r2tlr and the
2nJ
also cause Asubha yoga. One born in Subha yoga wiil
be
eloquent,charmingand virtuous whire his counterp-art*ilr u"
sensuous,
will do sinful acts and will enjoy (or swall,ow)others,
wealth.
Notes : Subhayogais of two kinds. It canbe formed by
a singlebeneficin the. ascendant. It can arsoue rormeo by-a
beneficin the 2nd and by another simurtancousry
in tne ritrr.
obviously the latter subha yoga is still superior. (Needless
to
mentiontbat if the ascendant;2nd and r2th are ,simurtaneously
occupiedby 3 benefics,eventhen Subha yoga of u u.ry gr.ui
order is established.) This yogagivesphysicarbeauty, exce'itent
virtues and eloquent disposition. Though the teit does not
mention, additional
_effects
1,! : a happy life, health, wealth,
longevity,fame etc Theseadditionaleffectswill not rurrv .uiuri
by a single ordinary benefic in the ascendant.
A malefic or malefics in these pl{ces will produce
AsubhaYoga or inauspiciousyoga. Each yoga is ln.r.uriini"
malefic. As a result,thc subjectwiil be lipldinous, will indrilge
in unethical and sinful deeds and be 6apableof bracketin-g
others' possessions.While a single malefic may not give sJ
bad results,two or three in suchpositionswilr indeedpioduce
most unfavourableresults,apart from affectinghealth, longevity
etc. adversely.
Needlessto mention that in analysingthe results due to
good or bad combinations,one should take the planet's dignity,
strength, relations with other planets and m"ny ru"tr ottrer
factors into consideration. A mareficyoga can be nuilified by
other compensatingfactors while a good yoga may not be
productiveofexpectedgood results when involved in adverse
circumstances.For example, assume that for an Aquarius
Mercuryis in the 2nd housewhile Jupiteris in the l2th house.It
will be detrimentalto rush to the conclusionthat the ascendant
is surroundedby two benefics,and that subha yoga results will
improve the native. Conversely,this is worse than a typical
AsubhaYoga.
Again take Asubha yoga. Assume Virgo rises .while
saturn is in exaltationin the 2nd and the Sun is in Leo in
the

Etihat ParasaraHora Sastra

368

two
lzth. This neednot bc dubbed as Asubha Yoga' These
to
maleficshavetheir own meritsand will prove favourable the
native.
This extensionmay wisely be madefor every yoga-good
the
or bad-and in every context throughout the analysisof
picture emerge'
geniture. Only then willan agreeable

*ri lcgrl wrrrtir?aTalqq1{ge I


dtarrmRlftfli qlq]sd qq*qtt ttltt
{q+sRstqraRwril $IErIl q}E t
tqr{t

gqsrqail

trqfsqfi'*

a{: llYll

3-4. GAJAKESARI YOGA .' Shoutd Jupiter be in an


anglefrom the ascendantor from the Moon, and be conjunctor
by (another) benefic,avoiding at the same time debilit"rp'..t.d
ation, combustionand inimical sign,Gajakesariyogais caused'
One born in Gaja Kesari yoga will be splendorous,wealthy'
please
intelligentendowedwith many laudable virtuesand will
the king.
Notes I The Parasari type of Gaja Kesari Yoga is
constructedon a differentfooting' That Jupiter-Moon should
be in mutualanglesis a normallyacceptedyogaunderthis name'
In my opinion this kind of angularity cannotyield supreme
effects.The caseof mereof Jupiterbeing in exaltationin a lunar
angle can better be known as Pa:rchaMaha PurushaYoga'
spJcificallyHamsa Yoga. In other cassthe angularity between
point of
tile two neednot be giventhe nameGaja Kesari' In
called
as
placement
is
angular
mutual
fact, the Moon-Jupiter
14
etc'
sloka
6,
Ch'
Deepika,
Phala
simply KesariYoga, vide
Thcetrectsgivenare:"Thenativewilldestroythebandofhiwill
eneties. fre will be a lofty speakerin an assemblyand
be
He
will
l'e
famous'
and
lived
long
servea king. He will
intelligent".
Referringto JatakaParijata,thereare two kinds of Gaja
Kesariyogasmentionedtherein.Thefirstkindisformedb
Jupiterbeing in an anglefrom the Moon' This is the common
be
lype of vogi. Second alternative is : The Moon should
aspecting
the
while
Jupiter
or
by Mercury or Venus
asbected
planet is free from debilitation and combustion'

Chapter36

369

Kumara Swameeyin a popular Tamit classicnas this yoga


stati'g that the Moon shouldbe increasing(i.e. waxind wbile
Jupiter shouldbe in the 4th or io the l0th from the said Moon.
This comesto pass when a constituent is iu Taurus, pisces,
Aquarius or Sagittarius. To wit, Gaja Kesari yoga is applicable
to only four placements That is, Jupiter shourdbe in Aluarius
while the Moon is in Taurus, or vice versa. Alternativeiy the
Moon shoud be in sagittarius whire Jupiter is in pisces, oi vice
versa. Please note that even cancer is omitted which is
exaltation sign for Jupiter and own sign for the Moon.- In
making such a specific statement, the author of Kumrn
swrmeeyrm must obviousry have possessedan unporailelcd
authority.
Then we come to the Tamil tranelation of krasara Hora
by C.G. Rajan. His version statesthat the Moon and Jupi-ter
should be in mutual angles, but thc Moon should not Lve
Mercury in the 5th from her, nor should she be in aspectto
Mercury so that the Yoga obtainedis not simultaneouslygivcn
annulment. Further the Moon should be free fro.. combwbt
and debilitation.
The sanskrit edition of parasaraHora of sri venkatesu.ra
Press,Bombay,has it in sucha manner making it clear that
Vaidyanatha of Jataka par[iata did take these verses from
Parasara. (In fact many of the Raja yogas given in our current
chapter have been used by other workg like phala Deepika,
Kumara Swameeyam,Sata yoga Manjari, Jataka parijata etc)-.
Coming back to Gaja Kesari yoga given by the Bombay series,
we find that the Jupiter-Moon mutual angularity finds place in
the first kind of yoga as given by vaidyanatha white thi second
versionof vaidyanatha occursin the Bombayseriesin a different
guise. It is statedthere that Mercury aspecting or joining the
Moon, not placedin debilitation nor.being combust causesthie
yoga. In the secondyoga, Venusand Jupiter are not riven any
place.
However, the two yogasgiven by Vaidyanathaare exactly
,
identical with the onesgiven in parasara Hora of rhakur prasad
PustakaBhandaredition from Varanasi.
The Chaukambhaedition doesnot differ from our version.

370

Brlhat Parasara Hora Sastra

Thus; I have placedall the different versions of Gaja


Kesari Yoga before the reader. Though the name doesnot
deserve any special considerationas for Gaja Kesari yoga, I
would give less importance to the mere angular positionsof
Jupitcr-Moon. From otherformations,we may understandthat
Raja Yoga resul8 will prcvail in tbe following conditions in a
descendiogordor.
l. As given in Kumarr Swameeyam.
2. As given in Chaukambhaedition and our edition.
3. The secondkind of yoga given by Jataka Parijata.
4. The second kind of yoga given by Bombayedition of
ParasaraHora.
But, we do not understandthe basis of C.G. Rajan why
Mercury should not aspectthe Moon or be in the 5th from her.
Contrarily when Jupiter and the MooD are in mutual angles,
Mercury in the 5th from the Moon will be an impetus to
GaF Kcsari rather than becomingan impediment.
Cnja Kesari yoga formed in any of the four manners
tuggcstedabove will give wcalth, fame etc. in the Dasa periods
of Jupiter, Moon and planetsrelatedto them. Therc is also a
school of thought that onc born in Kesari yoga will bc rich in
tbe dasaof Vcnus.

rrrtsg.ntlr qrrq tq*rq qt{t r


q dqlswqr;trqt<q:
ritftnrqa-dRnt
rr{rr
<rq{Eq} qqdril (ftn rq$l-r&qf I
qqtan g5qlsqatilfrq: uttl
rM

5-6. AMALA YOGA .. If there be exclusivelya beneficin


the l0th from the ascendantor the Moon, Amala yoga exists.
Amala yoga will confer fame lastingtill the moon aod starsexist
and will make the native honouredby the king, enjoy abundant
pleasures,be charitable; fond of relafives, helpful to others,
pious ano virtuous.
Notes : The l0th house from the Moon or from the
acccndant should coDtain c benefic and be without a malefic
occupation. I{a maleficjoins inthe l0th simultaneously,the
cficacy of the yoga will be void. A pure Amala Yoga gives
name and fame lasting for dccadesand decades. Wealth is not

Chapter36

371

indicatedasa resultof ihe yogaby the sage. phala Deepika


for exampledcnoteswealth for this position.
It may be noted for what it is worth that the yogas
mentionedby Bhava positionsshouldbe reckonedwith reference
to Bhava chart while dignity of the participant planets will
dependon their sign position. An example chart for Amala
Yoga is given below whoseowner wasborn on l6th May, 1959
at llgh 29viat26N29 80821.
Mars

27-r7
Ven

r2 -5 7
Asc
6-09
Moon
5-29

Rahu
t7-36
This horoscopeof a femalewasgiven by me in Doctrines
of Suka Nsdi-Retoldon p. 37 in different context. There is a
clear cut Amala Yoga causedby Mercury iu the l0th from
ascendant. Note that there is no planet accompanyingMercury,
nor is thereany adverseaspecton him. Further, there is an
exchangebetweenMars and Mercury. This augursthe good
effects of the yoga in the matter of wealth. As stated io
Doctrines of Suka Nadi:Retold, the native starteda businessin
the United States in sub period of Mercury during the major
period of Venus. Shehas a well-settledshow makingsteady

progress.

eq*

irrsGe+ qd

*-.ig qqgiig

qlq:

[rTrr{qtsqqrI
ttcltT(Tilr6':
ll\ell

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

372

q[tqqzffigq:

qnctqrfl q {nfqE I

qwqfxtr queit q eqrdl g(artt: nqtl


7-8. PARVATA YOGA .' Beneficsin angles will produce
Parvatha loga, as the 7th and 8th are vacant or are occupied by
only benehcs. One born in Parvatha yoga will be wealthy,
cloqucnt, charitable,learnedin Sastras,fond of mirtb, famous,
splendorousand be the leaderofa city.
Notes : This yoga is formed at leastin many ways accord;
ing to different cla$ical authors.
l. According to our version, there need be beneficsin
angleswhile the ?th and 8th are unoccupiedor bc in oocupation
by bencfie alonc. Then the yoge formed is known as Parvataa
yogE.
2. The Tamll edition of ParasaraHora (translatedby C.G.
Rajan) has this yoge in two manners : That is, Beneficsin
angles aod 6th and tth. Alternatively beneficsehould be in
anglesand 9th.
3. Thc Sanskrit edition of Sri VenkateswaraPressgivesthis
yoga apin in two forms thus ; (l) As per our version. (2) The
lords of thc ascendantand of the l2th in mutual angles and be
aspectedby friendly Planets. Thesetwo are exactly followed by
Sata Yoga Manjari (English translation by Prof. B. S' Rao).
4. Whereas the Sanskrit text of Sata Manjari Raja yoga
(Hindi translation by Pt' G.K. Ojha) puts it thus : The
dispositorof ascendantlord should be in his own sign or in his
Mootatrikma sign which is identicalwith an aogle or a trine
reckoned from thc asccndant. Phele Deepila exactly describes
this yoga in this very manner
5. Coming to Jateledesa Mlrgl, we find yet another
versiontbus : If the ascendant,4th, ?th and l0th are occupied
by planetswhile the 8th and l2th are unoccupied,Parvata Yoga
oocurs. There is no mention of beneficsor maleficsin angles.
That ig thesehousesshouldremain occupied. Horasara(p. 233)
hasan identical version.
6. Chaukambtiacdilion hasit as given by C G. Rajan's
first mentioned yoga.
7. The edition ofThakur PrasadPustak Bhandardescribes
tbis yoga as per our version.

n3

Clapter 36

8, Now see Jataka Fari$ts. It hss againtwo forus of


this Yoga. The first one is formed in a manner identical with
one mentioned in the Tamil version of Parasara Hora- The
second type is formed as per the second yop related to tsombay
seriesof ParasaraHora. However, the Tamil version of Jrtrlr
Perijtta (1926 edition by SastraSanieevani Press) bas it as our
reit has.
9. A version of Yavanas forms this yoga thus : The
ascendant,7th and l0th be occupied by benefics. So simplc and
no more pre-requisites. Note the 4th smong anglesis omitted
by Yavanas. Thus therc are 8o Inany varieties of Parvata Yoga.
When we consider the version given in our text, the
nraturity of this yoga will bc during the Dasa periods of the
beneficsin the angles.

qdrlsql fqq: *iaqill lfqft

qr{t

srgq) qr e{*6Et qtri tfnGlil rreu

*ncdt

Frqit q*ragrgwiGcc:r

qq|sF=*q qFFTIq{irtqi

cnt er(:uiorl

9-lO. KAHALA YOGA .' Should the 4th lord and Jupiter
be in mutual angleswhile the ascendantlord is strong, Kahala
yoga occurs. Alternatively the 4th lord being in his own or
' exaltation sign should be conjunct the lOth lord. In efrect, the
native will be energetic,adeventurous,cunning, endowed with a
.complete army consisting of chariots, elephants, horses and
infantry and will lord over a few villages.
Notes : This yoga is given identically in the other three
versionsof Parasara Hora, yiz. Venkateswara,Chaukamba
and Thakur Prasadeditions. Still others define this in difrerent
ways.
l. The first type of Kahala Yoga according to the Tamil
yersiontraoslatedby C.G. Rajan is formed when the iords of
the ninth and fourth are in mutual anglesas the ascendantlord
is endowedwith strength. The secondtype of yoga mentioned
by him is formed if the 4th lord is in his own signor in exaltation
in conjunction with or in aspectto the l0th lord. The aspoctof
the l0th lord is an addition in the Tamil version whereasin our
version only a conjunction is noted. The native being foolish is

374

Brihat ParasaraHora Saslra

mentionedin the Tamil issue and Bombay issue, when giving


effoctsof Kahala Yoga.
2. Mantreswarahas it entirely differently thus : The
dispositorof ascendantlord's dispositorshouldbe in exaltation
or own sign identical with a trine or angle reckonedfrom the
ascendant. The effects mentioned are : prosperity, nobility,
and kindness.
benevolence
auspiciousness,
3. Jetakadsa Merga mentions it in the same way as per
C. G. Rajan's first type of yoga. Jataka Parijata follows
JetakadesaMarga while it adds the secondversionof Kahala
Yoga given by our text.

afi{i SSn *i

geld g inq(: I
qI iqn Eqri qi uttn
{qet fqilt
rlctt zil qqfd il fq(!it{t s qfiea: t
nrdt si6qrfr1 qr qrqi qTqt wr: tltRll

lord is exalted
ll-12. CHAMARA YOGA.'If the ascendant
in an angleand be aspectedby Jupiter, Chamarayoga is formed.
This yogaalso occursif two.beneficsare in the ascendant,or 9th,
or lOth or 7th. The effectsof ChamaraYoga are : the nativewill
be a king or honoured by the king, long-lived, scholarly,
eloquentand versedin all arts.
Notes : While most texts are identical with our versioD,
Pbah Deepikr puts it in a different way, viz. the ascendantbe
occupied by a benefic while the ascendant lord is in a good
houscor in exaltation. The cffects attributed by Mantreswara
are : long life, prosperinglike increasingMoon, fame,virtue and
leadership. These are comparable[to what is generallystated'
for ChamaraYoga.

qqn ilit
Sd-qodql trrql fqq: t
rid il wit,ftil qt rfrfa qrqElltlll
ffie*geigsd qqq!: gq{q qdt: I
dvtrnlln<l ?r<:lltvll
gq$qt fffi*
13-14.SANKHA YOGA.' If thc ascendantlord is strong
as thc lords of the 5th and 6th are in mutual angles,then what
is known as Sankbe yoga is produced, Alternatively if the

fl5

Chapter 36

ascendantlord along with the l0th lord is in a movabb rigo as


the 9th lord is strong, Sankhayoga is obtained. One born with
Sankha yoga will be endowed with wealth, spouseand sons,
be kindly disposed,propitious, intelligent, merltoriousend longlived.

t
sqi qrqt itl q,t: rqrffi:
mn fir{Q ilstr H g*caent: tlttll
qft{qadg{il

dfcgwFffi: t

stt:

qdt r}rf} ittfrn qi} qiE lt tqll


: snin{Trl
15-16.BHERI YOGA .' If the l2th, ascendant,2nd and
?th are occupiedas the 9th lord is strong, thc native obtaitis
Bheri yoga. Again another kind of Bheri yop is formed if
Venus,Jupiter and the lord of the ascendantare in an anglc
while the 9th lord is strong. The resultsof Bheri yoga are the
native will be endowedwith wealth, wife and sons,be a king, be
famous, virtuous and endowedwith good behaviour,bappiness
and pleasures.

ffi* ilit

da:

hi

oli

rq*tqql:

1egftrl qrdtsatpl {r ilistt: gdtrlsrt


17. MRIDANGA YOGA .' If the ascendantlord is strong
as others occupy angles, trines, own housesor exaltation sigos,
Mridanga yoga is formed. The native concernedwill be a king
orequal to a king and be happy.

6ri{i 6di gV $f{i qrqqtFqt I


qJr: sfrnqi*se ittfr: rTlwTl i[q: lrlqrl
|8.'SRINATHA YOGA.' If the ?th lord ie in the lOth
while the lOth lord is exaltedand be in the componyof thc 9th
lord, Srinathayoga takes place. The native with this yoga ryill
be equalto lord Devendra(the god of gods).
Notes : For Sagittarius ascendant, this yoga is simply
formed if the Sun and Mercury are ln the l0th in Virgo. But
it is to be ensuredthat Mercury is in the first half of Virgo.

t76

Brihal ParasaraHora Sasta

cfi gdrr td t'id


s{* Tq* |
qtrrEdol grl* n Si eni q {rrir: trtqrr
siT*g"itril:
qdt fcnl 1lfn* r
wrrtffi:

tqvd

trRi qrqt qil: ltRotl

19-20. SARADA YOGA .. Should the l0th tord be in the


5th while Mercury is in an angleas the Sun with strengthis in
Leo, SardaYoga is formed. This will againobtainif Jupiteror
Mcrcury is in a trine to tbe Moon, while Mars is in the I lth.
One born in either kind of yogawitl obtain wealth,spouseand
sqns,be happy,scholarly,dearto king, piousand virtuous.

u{craqe
qtt

qH
qg{ild

qca}

-{qHgt I

q}q}sri qeeqdilt:uqttl

rF'rFrfr:
seqqftrtortftaeeeaqr
q{itfqstamqf q qiwrdi q Enqi uRqu
2t-2). MATSYA YOGA.. Benefics in the 9th and the
ascendant,mixed planetsin the 5th and maleficsin the 4th and
8th-this array of planets at birth will produceMatsyayoga.
ln effect, the native will be an astrologer, be a synonymof
kiodness,be virtuous, strong, beautiful, famous,learnedand
pious.
Notec : While our vcrsion and that of Chaukambha
mcnlion that the ascendantand the 9th be occupiedby bencfic
planetr, the versionsofSri VenkateswaraPress,Thakur Prasad
PustakaBhandar and C. G. Rajan stipulate that maleficsand
not benefics should bc in the ascendantand the 9th. Jrtatr
PrrlStr has tbe sameview as given by the latter group requiring
nrlcfics in the 9th and in the ascendant.
That it is bcnefics that should be in the ascendantand the
9th is obviouslycorrect as three groups are selectedby parasaa
forthis yoga, thus : Benefics in the first group, rnatefics in the
secondgroup and both (i.e. mixed) in the 3rd group.

gnfumr:

qlrqr: eqdf"qgE{rqr:
I

frcrqt{qil:

qqr: q{firr:

Tqq'lqqT:ttRltl

ChapterXG

377

qdali q"t
t1ferryrr0

Tfr dtt udgvnfrqil'I


ir qdl rFr.Frnrs':nqvtr

23-24. KOORMA YOGA .. If the sth, 6th and the 7th


are occupied by benefic planets identical with own houseor
exaltationor friendly sign while maleficsare in the 3rd I lth and
the ascendantin own house or in exaltation,Koorma yoga is
formed. The resuttsof Koorma yoga are : the native r"-itt-U"
king, becourageous,virtuous, famous,'helpful, happy and be
"
leaderof men.

qrQ{i 'qifiqrQ

il.+i
qqqqli

qid qrqnrqi r
*Fa$tsrri a{rr*rr: g nqqeuRtrr
qgiq-d

qrf$Trrqgq1fiqA: t

rtrtr* qfa{tqfeq: lnil: Snil} ;rt: ttRi,u


25-26.KHADGA YOGA.. Sbould there be an exchange
irf signs between the lords of the 2nd and the 9rh as
the ascendant lord is in an angleor in a trine Khadgayoga is
obtainable. One with Khadga yoga wiil be cndowed with
weatth, fortunes and happiness, be tcarned in sastras, be
intelligent,mighty, gratefuland skilful.

qrTt* :r rqqhqi
iri qeferlud
qr{rfqt qqrds' q qqq}dq: rdlaiil
qilIT'qqrfqil:
gsql gorq qql
qrT* q{arsr} iTq{lq'li q* qiE

r
rrRsrr
t
nRctl

27-28. LAKSHMI YOGA .. If the 9th lord is in an angte


identical with his Moolatrikonasign or own signor exaltation
sign while the aseendantlord is endowedwith strength,Lakshmi
yoga occurs. The native with this yoga will be charming,
yirtuous, kingly in st&tus,endowed with many soos
and
abundantwealtb,be famousand be of high moral merits.

F l fwt 1rrl *;'c', qraqii nqTFatI


qriTiraq* di qlrlsd EtlrTrfrs:ilRetl
qq] il qqgcil n i{KilriFfr qtfr ua: I
5frgql gurt f{Er{ qrqt :8(lqrElul otl

378

Brihat porasara lIora Sastra

29-30 KUSUMA YOGA .. Venus in an angle, the Moon


in a trine along with a benefic and Saturn in the l0th-these
planetsthus cause Kusuma yogafor one born in a fixed sign
ascending. Sucha native will be a king or equal to him, be
charitable, will enjoy pleasures,be happy, prime among his
racemen, virtuousand red-lettered

frdtl

q=ql

ila

Xuqngilta*r

qi ilqlcf srrrci dq: q qrcrnp, .ittl


milfqfuqgct;nl gorqq qqqfiEd:I
*rqtl: {dt qrd qafqerrfiqfkre:
trlRtl
3l-32. KALANIDHI YOGA .. Should Jupiter be in the
2nd or the 5th and be aspected
by Mercury and Venus,Katanidhi
yoga is caused. In effect, the nativewill bevirtuous, honoured
by the kings,bereftof diseases,
be happy,wealthyand tearned.

tai mH FqgS il qlq: fieqqlrTr:ullrl

e{lariXa} Xq} uqleqT craiXa:I


gafcql aqr{sir qftqre ;tt n}q rrlvrr
33-34.KALPADRUMA YOGA .. Note the foilowing four
planets : (a) the ascendant lord, (b) the dispositor of the
asccndantlord, (c) the dispositorof the planetat ',b", (d) the
Navamsadispositorof the planetat "c',. If all thesearedisposed
in anglesand trines from the ascendant,or be exatted, Kalpadruma yoga exists.' Ong with this yoga will be endowed
with all kinds of wealth, be a king, pious, strong, fond of
war and merciful.
Notes : Kalpa Druma yoga is also known as Parijata
Yoga. Kalpa Druma denotesthe Celestial Tree while Parijata
denotes the Celestial Flower. Both of rhese are kpown to
grant any boon to the possessorwho is said to be Devendra,
the god ofgods.
In the obtainment of yoga, there aro four participants.
This yogacan be noted in thefollowingchart.
Born on July 23, 1856at 0612hrs at 18N32TIES?.

Chapter36

319

Merc
Sat
Asc
Sun
Ven

380

Dflrd parasara Hora Sasna

Now see how Kalpa Druma yoga is forncd in


the chart.
The constituentsof the yoga are :
(a) The ascendantlOrd Moon.
(b) The ascendantlord's dispositorJupiter.
(c) Jupiter is in own sign and henceno
dispositor.
'(d) Jupiter's Navamsa dispositor
is Jupi6 unscras nc
is in SagittariusNavamsa.
All the above are in a trine from the natal
sscendant
who clearly form Karpa'druma yoga. The effects ,.oito.i
by the sagewere obtained by the owner of rhc au"rt,
n"r"
crangadharTilak, including fondnessfor war to get the country
freed from foreign rule.

T{t;iqr6astma|rtqqRtrr: qnQ: r
stSor{ ragurtefwt: dtrrf{q: nlgl
cQnq rqscHiqlifgrfiti
qF: I
q[ Qtr: qafr Raq qagTrfEign:
ulqtl
35-36. TRIMURTHI YOGAS.. Counted from the 2nd
lord if benefics occupy the 2nd, l2th and 8th, Hari yop ie
formed. If the 4rh, 9th and 8rh with reference to itre-eign
occupicd by the 7rh lord are occupied by bcneficr, Hara
yoga is obtainable. Brahma yoga is generatedif, counted from
the ascendant lord, beneficsarein the 4th, lOth and lith
signs.One born in anyone of the said three yogaswill be happy,
lcarned and endowed with wealthand sons.
.Notes: There areactually three different yogasgivenin
the present two verses. These are Hari Yoga, Hara yoga
and Brahma Yoga. This representsthe trinity of Hindu Gods
and hence is known as Trimurthi yogasjointly. Someinterpret
this as one yoga knowing it as 'Hariharabrahmayoga' which
is howeverincorrect.
For formation of Hari Yoga the 2nd lord's position is
to be noted firstly. From the said position of thc 2nd lord,
eachofthe 2nd, l2th and 8th be occupiedby beneficsindividually. Seethe chart on the next page.

Chapter 36

381

In the above case, the 2nd lord is Saturn. Note from


Saturn, the 2nd is_occupiedby Venus, the l2th by Mercury
and the 8th by Jupiter.

The second yoga is Hara Yoga (Hara denotes lord


Sive.) See the chart given_abovefor an easy grasp fulfilling
the conditions laid down by'Parasara.

382

Brihai parasara Hora Sastra

ln the abovccase, Saturn ruies the 7rh house and is


pfaced in Pisces. From him the 4th, gth and 9th are
respectivelyoccupicdby Jupiter, Venus and Mercury. Thus
forms Hara Yoga.
I,astlyBrahmayoga. This is forrired if the 4th, l0th and
.
llth frorn the sign occupied by the ascendanttord are
tenentcd by bencfics.Note this yoga from the foltowing
chart.

In the above example, the ascendantlord Mars is in


Aries. Note that the 4th, l0th and ilth from Uarr-"i,
occupiedby Jupiter,Venusand Mercury in order.
In eachyoga,three housesare mentioned, i.e.
2nd, l2th
and 8th on theone hand; 4th, gth andgth on the otherhand
and the 4th, 10th and lrth in the third instance.rr,is
tate,
careof possiblemaximum erongation between Mercury
and
venus. The Moon can arso be consideredin repracement
of
one of the said beneficsif sbeis in waxing state.
The Sun
should not participate in thesehouseslusi rit<e any
marefic.
If these Moon is herserfa mareficher presenceis arso
excluded
in theseyogas.

Chapter 36

qril;q{Fgri:

383

glsri:

tIITTETq'f{qfed:
t

qlqlilnftrddtsltqt qErilT{nqREe<frrr1s rr
37. LAGNADHI YOGA .. Should beneficsbe in the Zth
and the 8th counted from the ascendant and be devoid of
conjunction/aspect of malefics, Lagnadhi yoga is produced
making onea greatperson,learnedin Sastrasand happy.
Notes : Sage Parasara does not include the 6th house
from the ascendantfor Lagnadhiyoga. Only two housesare
suggested,viz. the 7th and 8th from the ascendant.Tbis
is so given in the versionsof Chaukamba,Sri Venkateswara
Press, Thakur Prasad Pustaka Bhandara and C G. Rajan as
well. The last three versions have an additionaf condition
that the 4th house from the ascendant should at the same
time be vacant. In Chandradhi yoga, the sagehas included
the 6th house, seech.37infra,
After a study of the various texts, we can conclude to
the followirg effect : The 6th, 7th and 8th be occupied by
benefics in any manner, i.e. the three bencfics, viz, Jupiter,
Mercury and Venus may be disposed in one, two or three
housesin 6th, 7th and 8th. No other maleficshould be in these
housesnor aspect the occupants.The 4th from the ascendantor
from the Moon. as the casemay be, shouldremainunoccupied.
Then Adhi yoga is obtained. The beneficsmentoniedshould
also be free from combustionand debilitation. If the yoga is
formed in the above conditions, the native will Ue nighly
learned, wcalthy and be among the most suprememen on
the earth.
The best Adhi yoga is, however, with Mercury in the 6th,
Jupiter in the 7th and Venusin the gth house.

mrQ q6o**q gql,


qq I
rilgi uawiaftrqt,Tq. "qTHt
filRi Ru* rrlerr
qRrq* {ltr{ H+ q-qTQ":
I
Fuq
frreaft* qrdl fqqqral {qEfiqil:nlerr
38-39. EFFECTS OF ASCENDANT LORD'S DIVISIO.
NADIGNITIES.' The ascendantrord in parijathamsa
wiil make
one happy,in Vargothamaimmune to diseases,in
Gopuramsa

384

Brihat PurasaraHora Sustra

rich with wealthand grains,in Sinrhasanamsa


a kiog, in paravathamsa a scholar, in Devalokamsa opulent and endorved
with conveyances,and in lravatamsafamousand honouredby
kings.
Notes : The dignities mentionedabove could be found
on p. 90 suprr. Vargothama indicates a planct occupyingthe
sameRasiand the sameNavamsa.

3M WFqlqpqrq: lllett
Chapter 37

Lunar Yogas
qatReaw;i
rariligurr{tft

{rrefi,Tf{qi EFqrEI

?{qrTsq'|.tqrfq Q rrlrr

t. If the Moon with refereni:e


to the Sun is in an angle,
Panapharaor Apoklima, one's wealth, intelligenceand skill
little, meddlingand excellent.
will be respectively

T{tt il ?{rfhfq"it Rq:erqf{qt {T{i}|


Ulor T{qt r? qre} uqg<ilf}{f,:nRtl
iqi n T{Tlufqrii Rqalq {r{r1finf{r I
rfttlt

T{qt il?

ila}

qilgqrftqd: uQtl

qqfqq'fiq?t q
n*wnqqlffifr 1
qtisRqfi?tials.rqT
Erqesilu* Trql
11r,,
2-4. In the caseof a day birth if the Moon, placed in
own Navamsaor in a friendly Navamsa,is aspectedby Jupiter,
one will be endowedwith wealth and happiness. One born
in night time will enjoy. similareffectsif the Moon is in own
Navamsa or in friendly Navamsa in aspectto Venus. ln a
contrary situation, the aspect of Jupiter or of Venus on the
Moon will make one go with little wealth or even without
that.

Clapter37

lqF

Er?iiTH;ErrRwqet
slri:
{rfqq}q6: I
ill(rErr i[ rT;?tq *ildilwq irq{rnE ilul
5. ADHI YOGA FROM THE MOON : lf benefics
occupythe 8th, 6th and ?th counted from the Moon, Adhi
yoga obtains. According to the strengthof the participating
planets, the nativeconcernedwill be eithera king or a minister
or an army chief.

ffFq

zllqqi: r{: qtula}

enrd qdquql wn g*nwu*

qqq-{t I

rtqrrqrt

6. DHANA YOGA .' Should all the (three) benefics be


in Upachaya'(i.e.3rd, 6th, l0th and lltb) counted from
the Moon, one will be very affiuent; with two beneficsso
placedhe will have mediumeffects in regard to wealth. If a
singlebeneficis there, the wealth will be negligible.

ffarE Feil;iqlqqTaQ Q qf fe{r ffq t


qlql B<trtrq:tt\ett
(Iqr eil {rqgeq} il dtffrqlfrqps?:
*q'1frrgw.t:
tqTfqdrqwq

I
llqll

qtrsrrcntttqq vnqqq aqrddtfilqq t


{r6rr{i{rsil6Tcrrr}g, c{: qqf}qa:ttett
gTqRqTI
amil qiqr$f-itt: I
qa$rixrl qlqe

Ti

qil

g{trl$r<:llloll

7.10, SUNAPHA, ANAPHA AND DURADHARA : If


thereis a planet,other than the Suq,in the 2nd from the Moon
Sunaphayoga, in the l2th Anapha yogaand planets in both
places Duradhara yoga are caused.One with Sunapha yoga
will be a king or equal to a king. endowedwith intelligence,
wealth,fameand self earnedwealth' One born in Anapha yoga
virtuous,famous charming
will be a king, be free from diseases,
and happy. One born in Duradharayoga will enjoy pleasures,
and
be charitable and endowed with wealth, conYeyances
excellentservingforce.

386

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

ffinqTauilfrrn* ftrrr qrt r lqTt, l


6ftqEsrgrflarr;l enqffisqil
ul ttl
qlq: tq{q} ilq il? snfrsffie: r
gfiffiEqhte
effimfTc:'nlRtl
orqftrqi
Tr{drT} ffiqa: r
Fqsi{ rcadtfa qa} anq ffic
nlitl
ll-13. KEMADRAMA YOGA .. E4cludingthe Sun,should
there be no planet with the Moon or in the 2nd/l2th from
the Moon or in an angle from the ascendant, Kemadruma
yoga is formed. One born in Kemadrumayoga will be very
much reproached, be bereft of intelligence and learning and
reducedto penury and perils.

sTsrrRqlTTeqrq:11Qe
tl
Chroter 38
|cIII'

Jorar r ogas
qqq smdqwdirq Rir rrr lFrrfqfr: I
ift-qlfrqqTafr q e*qrq{: srnEntll
l. YESI, YOSI AND UBHAYACHARI YOGAS .. Barring
the Moon, if a planet among Mars etc. be in the 2nd from the
Sun Vesi yoga, in the l2th Vosi yoga and planets in both the
2nd and the l2th Ubhayachariyoga are caused.

s$lT TrEFns.qd
{qwqFqf{tilfq

*tirrqlsqFlf,qr r
tffiqqgqwq: ultl

qlril q ftgql <rei q{ilf{srlil?Fa; r


illqqqt qrd {fr qr ir*tlr: qe'trrlrr
2-3. EFFECTS OF THESE YOGAS .. One born in Vesi
yoga will be evensightgd,truthful, long-bodied,indolent, happy

Chapter 39

387

and endowed with negligiblewealth. Oneborn with Vosi yoga


will be skilful, charitable and endowed with fame, lcarning and strength.The Ubhayachari native will be a king or egual to
a king and be haopy.

{qqtq?

drn sqtd frfwilnq r

qr(rgqlliqfr qli

iI

$eFFqqt ltY|l

4. Benefics causing these yogas will give the above


mentionedeffectswhile maleficswill produce contrary effects.

sTst{srq}qtsqrq: I| 1Q.ll
Chapter 39

Raja Yogas
eFtr&r:
<rqftrr{ fireilcc I
iqi fqilrqqdq nqHFfr ilfr n\
I *qr: wnrr *wi: 3rl' *qqilq6:
eqi srtqei qei rn Frq-"ri t

r
rrqrr"
I
u1rl

l-2. O excellentof the Brahmins, I now narrate betow


the RaJayogasmaking one entitled to royal honours. These
were told to Parvati by Lord Siva once upon a time, the
gist of whieh is as follows :

fffiE 6r<ti{i fi wgirf5qqrfgq! |


rrq*rrfil
Al A1 qalQel rltenr: nul
qlq*ri sftqlE I
3friqrrra6g"nqt
rgeeammwi a{q
F{Rtrq ! ttvtt
I

srrrqr{ g.iqd qr qri {hdggrc: rrtrr


3-5 These yogas are to be known from the Karakarnsa
ascendant and the natal ascendant. On the one hand the

388

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

pair of Atmakaraka and Putrakaraka and on the other hand


the natal ascendant lord and the 5th lord be considered.
Tbe effects due to such association will be full, or a half
or I quarter accordingto their strengths.
Notes : Raja Yogas giving status can be tbrmed with
Karakamsa Lagna as the reckoningpoint. Similarly the natal
ascendantis also another centerwherefrom such yogasemanate'
(Karakamsa Lagna is the Navamsa occupied by the Atma
Karaka planet.)
If Karakamsa ascendantis oeing consideredin evaluation of Raja yogas, the status of Putra Karaka is also
to be taken into account. Here Putra Karaka is Chara
Karaka. He is the 6th in statusin the Atma Karaka scheme,
as eiplained in slokas13-17 of ch. 32 supra. On the other
hand ifnatal ascendant is being consideredthe 5th lord from
natal ascendantshould also be scrutinized in terms of dignity,
so that the real clues to the yoga are made out rightly. The
Sth tord has been given a very important position in the analysis
of Rajr Yoges by the sagedquating hin with the 9th lord
or evenmore, vide stokas33 and 34 of the current chapter.
We shall now take an expandedclue of the two hints
given in tho present verses about the evaluation of Raja
yogBs.
There are certain Raja Yogas formed with reference
to Karakamsaascendant, Atma Karaka's position in the Rasi
chart, Amatya Karaka, Upapada,Arudha pada etc.-so to say
in the Jaimini style-as can be seen in our present text. For
cxample takc the rule given in sloka 22 of the current chapter
where it is stated that Atma Karaka in benefic's Rasi or
Navamsa will make one wealthy. In the chart given in
ch. 29 (sloka l-3), we have Atma Karaka Moon in Jupiter's
Navamsa. So as per the rule the native should becoms
rich. To strengthenthis argument,we find Jupiter in exaltation. Putra Karaka (Chara scheme)for the gid horoscope
in the Sun. He aspects the ascendant. In the Navamsachart,
the Sun is placed in the 4th from Atma Karaka. All these
'the
indicate that
native should be wealthy. If Putra Karaka
(Chara) and Karakamsa Lagnaare not well related,the yogas
relatedto that schemewill be futile.

'

Chapter 39

t89

Next take the natal ascendantlord and the 5ti lord from
the natal ascendant. In assessing
the Raja yogasstrengthralated
to the natal ascendant, the strength'and relationship between
thesetwo lords should be correctly understood. In the exampte
chart cited aboVe,the 5th lord is Jupiter who is exaltedand is
cndowedwith a Shadbalaof 9,32 Rupas and Mars 7.32 Rupas.
Their Vimsopaka strengths-are respectively 16.45 aod 16.g0
points making them extrenely well disposedto causevigopr to
anyRajayoga in thc horoscope
Hcnce it is apparent that the sage.correlatesthe Chara
Putra Karaka with the Karakamsaascendant (or Atmakaraka)
and the 5th lord from natal ascendant with the lord of the
natal ascendantitself.

qfi{i qF{} qr} qeqtd s qrt r


grritr.FtT.flfqq t erri q Fqt Rqarrqrr

Tq1ril rqi* F{i arsftqwnqfattfrc}r


q(Rqrcrclrfrse

wa: qqlil: qqrFqil letl

6-7 MAHA RAJA YOGA .. Should the ascendantI ord


and the sth loid exchange their sigus or if Atrna karaka
and Putra Karaka (Chara) are in the ascendant,the 5th,
exaltation sign, own sign or own Navamsa m aslrcct to a
benefic, Maha Raja yoga is produced. The native so born
will be famousand happy.
Notes : An exchange between the ascendant lord and
5th
lord will bestowa supremeRaja yoga on the native.
the
example
For
in the caseof a Pisces-born,Jupiter in the 5tb
and the Moon in the ascendant.
In the second stage,the Atma lkraka and Putra Karaka
(Chara) are brought in the picture. They can be jointly in
the 5th or in the ascendant(or in Karakamsa Lagna and
the 5th from there) or separatelyin thesc places. Alternatively,
both ofthem should be in their respective exaltationsigns,
or in own signs, or in own Navamsasand be related to a
benefic by aspect. In this respect, the horoscope of Mrs
Gandhi will serve us with a perfect exapple. Her chart can
be found with reference to sloka 50 in ch. 24 supra. The
Atma Karaka is Saturn (21" 50') while Putra Karaka is Mercury

Brihat Parasara Hora Sasfia

3m

(13'll'). It may be noted that Saturn is in the ascendant


while Mercury is in the 5th lifting the native to Himalayan
heights through the said Maha Raja yoga. Atma Karaka
Saturnis in his own Navamsa and Merury is in tbe lOth from
KarakemsaLagno.

qrr}u: srftl

q|i qeqt cqtsfq qt t

trqtrqs{rdrd

qudaXifaal

ncrl

t. If the ascendant lord and Atmakaraka are in the


ascendant, sth or 7th in conjunction with or in aspect to a
benefic,there obtainsa Raja yoga.
Notes : If the ascendantlord himself becomesthes*trdt
Kantka his merc placement in the ascendantitself or in
the 5th/7th from the ascendantin associationwith a benefic
will causea similar Raja yoga. In tho case of Mrs Gandhi,
the Atma Karaka is in the ascendant while the ascendant
lord Moon is in exchangewith him in the 7th. The Moon is
favourably aspected by 'yoga karaka Jupiter from the I lth
house speakingfor the native's high and successfulpolitical
cSreer.

mlrrtq wwr*nR ui g{ q qaqt I


qraXil wrt wrfr trw rlq q!tl{ natl
q|qqQgifHt t
afriqqi
mi
qrd qil

qi+i

fqqsii tiq trlott

9-10. Shouldthere be beneficsin the 2nd,4th and sth


counted either from the ascendantlord or from Atmakaraka
sign, one will become a king. Similarly malefics in the 3rd
and 6th from the said places.

eciii il q"qt {* sft+st1etfqt t


irti qr{qi qrsfr ilErqqT qa?iq:ul ttl
ll. Onewillbe relatedto royal circles if Venus is in
or in the 5th therefrom or in the ascendant
kaJakamsa,
fis
or in Arudha ascendant in aspcct to or in the company of
Iupiter or the Moon.

Clapter 39.

39t

Notes : The planet Venus should be in one of the four


places,viz. Karakamsaascedant,Arudha ascendant,natal ascendant and in the 5th from Karakamsaascendant.(Arudha ascendant is also known as Arudha Pada,vide ch. 29 supra.) Being
placedso, Venus must be related to the Moon or Jupiter by
aspect/association.
Taking the examplechart given in ch. 29, we find Venus
is in the Karakamsaascendantalong with the MooD (the Atma
Karaka). The native is thus related to people with high social
statusthrough his professionalsphere.

srwg':tlil{}<tH'

6-silH' ia *afaq r

qtqtor q;aetfaal

TtE|qI{ EFr:lttRtl

12. Even if a single planet aspectsthe natal ascendant


or Hora Lagnaor Ghatika Lagna,the nativewill becomea king.
Notes : Hora Lagna and Ghatika Lagna are narrated
on page 63 supra. If a planet aspectsone of the three
ascendants,viz. natal ascendant,Hora Lagna and Ghatika
La,gna,in becomesa Karaka planet -or significatorgiving status
etc. to the nafivc.

I
ffilniegilfui
ildsqEf+
rrqqlrrl rrqdq frflq{rr EilRq ! ttt1tt
qqqce
Sc

qtEE6E
a

ql

qTaqhfqff, riri Elrrq t6tr{ nlvrl

13-14.If the six divisions (shadvargas)of theascendanr


is occupie-dor aspected by one and the same planet, a
Raja'yoga is doubtlesslyformed. According to the aspect is
'full, half or one fourth, resultswill be in order full, medium
and negligible.
Notes : Rasi," Hora, Drekkana, Trimsamga,Navamsa
and Dvadasamsa constitute Shadvargaor six divisions. If a
in all these 6 charts it causes
planet occupies the ascendant
a powerful Raja yaga.Aspectsare referredto in the divisional
charts ,here.I am unableto fully conceivethe logic in aspects
' in divisionalchartsfor the sagehimselfreferred to longitudinal
aspectualevaluationsin an earlierchapter.Without commen-

le2

Brihat ParasaraHoro Saslra

ting further on this controversial aspect I leave it at that,


acceptingmy limitationsto explainthis fully.

wflA {dEqTi di nar oriE {q{ |


qar qrl E6Tds{iFr}radgql 6r t nt{rr
(i.e.natal ascendant,Hora Lagna
15. If the 3 ascendants
and Ghatika Lagna)are occupiedby planetsin exaltation/own
eign or if the natal ascendant, Drckkana ascendant and
Navamsaascendanthave exaltedplanets,Raja yoga is formed.

qt

qq

q-{i

q ui

l<gtl

ilcTTI

rfrsqrqdaqqd qsrqlqt ?Tdvra:rrl qrr


16. If the Moon and a benefic 4re in the Arudha Lagna,
as Jupiter is in the 2nd from natol ascendantand both the
placesare aspectedby planetsin exaltationor in own sign,there
will be a Raja yoga.

qf qq
ag{ aqi

{* iq{ EdE qrqdqt r


rFAttlTTETI
irrr}sfqqr ltetl

17. If the ascendant,2nd and 4th are occupied by


beneficswhile a maleficis in the 3rd, one will becomea king oi
,
equalto a king.

t{t"ntd qfwio} il dts} qr {s qErrn I

lul fi u;trtFrrT: fqri fq{rFilifqr: rrqerr


18. The native will be wealthyif one amongthe Moon,
.
fupiter, Venusand Mercury is exaltedin the 2nd house.

qGisrat Edlt .n rE-Fq?'tilrin qil: I


ed ntq rqfrrarql ttraql TTwtqlrre:
u lQ.tl
19. Ifthe 6th, Eth andthe 3rd are occupiedbydebilitated planets as the asceqdantlord is exalted or is in (his
other) own houseand aspectsthe ascendant.thereis a Raja yoga.

qEdscaq?qqrqt{rr
flaTq1 ftgtsrarrr: r
FiltrqTqqrrilin] qrei q$ilq TFqE:uRotl

Chapter 39

393

20. Again a itaja yoga is formed if the 6th, 8th and


l2th lords are in fall or in inimical signs or in combustion
as the ascendant lord placed in his (other) own sign or in
exaltation sig4 aspectsthe ascendant.

Tqlnrq{qwr<tctn} qrd q{dqq<tnrrc:I


qqr: +rrReriil ETrsfr
Ttsrn:lrrsl inq: ltRltl
21. lf the lOth lord, placedin his own house or in
exaltation, aspects the ascendant,a Raja yoga is formed.
Similar is the caseif beneficsare in angles

{rqiri q rnr<6'} qffTrrtqia r

ltmt{il
9o

-'

$qtqd ilRRrl
t{{t6';r{
{Inil
{{
1;t
If
Atmakaraka
ttre
is
in
a
benefic's
22.
Rasi/Navamsa,
the nativewill be wealthy. If thereare $eneffcsin angelsfrom
KarakamsaLagna. he will becomea king.

qr{rGa qr(qEfqq: +;r {Tqii qR r


fqqriqr fat}qi il aatttan i dnq: rrRlrr
23. If the Arudha [,agna and Darapadaare in mutual
anglesor in mutual 3rd/llth or in mutual trines, the native
will doubtlesslybecomea king.
Notes : Arudha Lagna is the Paoa fcr tho natal ascendant while Dara Pada is the Padafor the 7rh house.(Chapter 29
may be referred in the context of such calculations.)
Thesetwo Padas should mutually be well placed,i.e. in
mutual angles, mutualtrines or mutually 3rd and llth so that
the nativewill enjoy a royal status.
Should the:e two Padas be in mutually 6th and 8th signs
or 2nd and l2th signs,one will sufferfrom povertynot rcceiving
the effectsof the Raja yogas in the horoscope. The good
relationship between Arudha Pada and Dara Padais one of
the essentialpre-requisitesfor maturity of Raja Yogas.

q
qq{qfr |
fiqflftriiirrrrqft
?qliql.d {redrfr iliaqqltfq
Er uRvtl
24. lf two or all of Bhava Lagna, Hora Lagna, Ghatika
Lagna are in aspectto exaltedplanets,a Raja yoga is formed.

394

kilnt ParasaraHora Sastra

<rqif,6n,rotils{flEqqitnr<qrfq
qeT trffl1tluTr$qi FFrFcaT
{

il |
q}qq: uR{tl

25. lf the said3 ascendants,their decanatesand Navamas


or the said ascendantsand their Navamsasor the saidescendantsand their decanatesare aspectedby.a planet, a Raja yoga
is formed.

qi dtqqqT{
irrmrd fqfrqa, ,
q
gt-{fir$qi *ar.gcaulor qI p1qtl
ErA
gsaniqqqTqR rrcu}ql ;r d*q: r
{qrFd

il?

q?i

ul

aw.uletl

iqg*

26-27. lt Arudha Padais occupiedby an exaltedplanet


particularlythe Moon in exaltationor by Jupiter/Venus (with
or without exaltation) while thereis no Argala by a malefic,
the native will becomea king. If the Arudha Padais a benefic
rign containingthc Moon while Jupiteris in the 2nd house,
the sameeffectwill prcvaii.
'\\^

g:wri{r}s[q alqrq] qfe md qqvafil|


. il{sfq rrcrq}rr:TqrRlf,iri'faq}aq ! rrqcrr

28. Evenif one amongthe 6th, 8th and l2th lordsbeing


in debilitationaspectsthe ascendant
there w_illbe a Raja yoga.

fqqqi r
qErFqrt g n*q

larsqrF6fr {q ilRatl
qTdml
qrfq
qrqR nqq r
Tlan En rftrql
qG6Traqqt t'ti ar{ rTlq[il Eil tclT ltlotl

fdtqiTTri fln wi
etiiqr+dE
ll$t

qTqF(

il

eHr I

fmqrgqerTT:
ul ttl

29-31.The nativewill becomea king if a planetruling the


4th, l0th, 2nd or the I lth aspects the ascendant,while Venus
aspectsthe I lth from ArudhaLagnaasArudha Lagnais occupied
by a benefic.The sameefrect will be obtainedif a debilitated
olanetaspectsthe ascendantand is placedin the 6th or the gth.

395

Chapter39

Againsimilarresultwill prevail if a debilitatedplanet placed


to theascendant.
in the 3rd/l lth lendsaspect
EIATIQ

qr{E{qqfq

<rqq}rnfd q({ |

[EToriT?rrnita lfcaa]rravnq$eq lllRll


32. I now tell you of the Raja yogasbasedon the planets
with differentdignities and on the aspectsand conjunctionsof
the planets.

qr{l ff"relH

il:wTrilftrfr

fqiqa: ,

qrdqifi

rtnqqp; ulitl
sqn?ql;qi{6al
q" g"Tfq igml dt ilfq eqqrilql r
<rdd{rrr* Erf,} qFilI qqft fi&qt{ lllvll
33-34.The 9th lord is akin to a minister, and more
especiallythe 5th lord. If thesetwo planetsmutually aspect,
thi nativervill obtain a kingdom.Even if thesetwo are conjunct
in any houseor if be in mutuallv Tth places,oneborn of ro.val
scionwill becomea king

qei{rwcil

qfi

$audfw$tri

qrlsft qIQ+ ftqa: t


g $e{ifE <rcqwr$'rtRgt

J5. The native willattain kingdom if the 4th lord is t n


the l0th and the l0th lord is in the 4th and be in aspect to
5th and 9th lords.

u{tigat: t
qrq q--qfdqilsrl dhqt tqra] faqqi uQr(tr
36. If the lords of the 5th, lOth, 4th and the ascendant
join in the 9th, one will becomea ruler with fame spreading
over the four directions

gqsqtfuql

qrft

qF.qil{q

i1at r

u{arta qr 1rdt qratifr{ (rsqrnEulerl


37. Should the lord of the 4th or of the l0th join either
lord or thc 9th lord, the nativewill obtainkingdom.
5th
the

Brihat parasara Hora Sastra

il96

Notes : There are four Raja yogasmentionedin the abovc


versewhich can be understood.as
under :
(l) +tn lord joining the 5th lord.
Q\ 4th lord joining the 9th lord.
. (3) l0th lord joining the 9th tord.
(4) l0th lord joining the 5 lord.
.
It will be still superiorif the 4th lord joins both the 5th
'lord
and the 9th lord, or if the lOth lord joins the 5th and
9th lord. It may be noted that this is a yoga causcd by an
angularlord joinig a trinal lord.

qil{i wimQr t} qrirqtq .il |


crt qdsun qri ftqil wal qtr qtE rrlcrr
38. Ifthe Sth tord is in the ascendant,4th or the l0th in
the companyof the 9th lord or of the sscendantlord, the native
will becomea king.

q{F{rt

Refi dt+ Tt qgigil r

,iawfurtlt

.Tt wa{ifir TTatrTFF


ule.tl

39. Should Jupiter be in his own sign identical with the


9th house and be in the companyof either Venusor of the 5th
lord, the nativewill obtain kingbood.

ti6q6r

frmqkq qr qrdEqrfsurr

qr uyotl
gnr icr r3ie;il TTcTTqrf,icrftsfq
40. Two and half ghatis (i.e. 60 minutes of time) frorn
mid-dayor from mid-night is auspicioustime. A birth durlng
cuch an auspicioustime will cause one to bc a king or equal
to him.
Notes : Though mid-day and mid-night are denoted in
the translation for Dinardha and Nisardba a clarification is
cssentialin regard to the implicationsof these.Mid-day simply
denotes12 Noon while mid-night zero hour as per commou
use. But what the sage implies is somewhat diffcrent.
Dinardha means half of the day while Nisardha meanshalf of
the night, keeping in mind the Sun rise and Sun setar a given
place. ,The versehas a yoga to indicate that if there is a birth

Chapter 39

397

within an hour of the said Dinardha or Nisardha, the native


will be a king. I shail illustratethis with a practicalcase.
Take for instancea birth on l5th February 1947 at
Jodhpur 73 E 2 and 26 N lg. The local sun rise is ai 063g hrs
and sun set at 1749 hrs. Hence for this latitudeand date,
the dayduration is llh llm and night duration l2h49m,
Divide the day duration by two to get Dinardhawhich indicates
5h 35m. similarlydividingnightduratioo by 2 we get Nisardha
as 6h 24m. Add 5h 35m to sun rise which wilr give harf the
day duration. Thus by adding 5h 35m to Otr lgm, we get
I2h l3m. Similarly in the case of night, the nigbt durati-on
of l2h 49m be halved and the figure'arrivedat is tb be added
tosun set. Thus weget Oh l3m (i.e. 13 mlater thanthe
usualmid-night).
From the abovewe may understandthat by simply taking
t2 noonas mid-dayand 0 hour as mid-nightit witt noiser". oui
purposein the contextofthe yogasuggested
by the sage. Needlessto mentionthat LMT is to be usedfor thesecalcuLtions.
Uttara Kslanrita has two yogas in this respect, viz.
Koteeswarayoga and Lakshadhikariyoga(vide crr 4, sroka30;.
Accordingto its author if therebe a birth within 2
ehatikas(i.e.
4E minutes as against parasara'smention of 60 minutesj of
Dinardhaand Nisardha,a king is born who will conquer his
enemiesand observe religious rules of conductand be learned.
fie further adds that if in the saidcasean exaltedplanet is i:i the
2nd house,in aspectto anotherexalted planet,a Koteeswarais
born' If the aspectigplanet is in its own house(insteadof being
in eraltation) the nativewill then be only a Lakshadher*orul
Sufficeit to say that there will be relatively less riches in the
secondcase.

qa: rfq rfq{ffaq?q}sai favqfqa:r


fqq: qrqla E[r{qfq qrdfq}Tr
s{r[if: nvttl
41. Should the Moon and Venusbe mutually in the 3rd
and I lth and be in aspects,placed elsewhere,a Raja yoga is
obtained.
,Notes : As per the slokain question,we
find two condi_
tions under which two Raja yogas form. In the first
instance
the Moon and Venussbouldbe in mutually 3 and ll.

39&

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

In the secondinstance,the Moon and Venuscan be anywhere but shouldmutually aspect This type of yoga is fbund
in many standardtexts.

qai qr'tflqtf,Q sst qiFrRfq: r


qtt'Gi q q) qrf,:r (rsrr wfe 4e1 uvltl
42 Shouldthe Moon, endowed with strength, be in
Vargothamsaand be aspectedby four or more planets,the native
will becomea king.

qfi

sflqilrqi

q!il"t1q$fqfq:

qtf"Gisfq* qrfr: ulsfl qfis6piie rrvlrr


i3. Onewill becomea king if theascendant
in Uttamamsa
is aspected
by four or more planetsout of which the Moon
shouldnot be one.

qofuqqRq*: ti
3IfrFNNFTFI

rrn qTcrgrufr{lcT:
I
ui{a: nvYtl

44. If one or two or three planetsbe in exaltattonone of a


royal scion will becomea king while another will be equal to a
king or be wealthy.

qgFq:qllqfHsfq di: t*wffioni:

dtadwml'<rfr qrEr rIrR fqfvrc: nv{rr


45. If 4 or 5 planets occupy their exaltation signsor
Moolatrikona signs, evena person of base-birthwill becomea
&ing.

qqffiG"rri:

dirqrrfaiqqrgarE I

q{ e6fiur <trr-q}fi iqr faqk*i t uvqll


46. lf 6 planetsare exalted, the native will become
empror and will enjoy various kinds of royal paraphernalia.

qril gtg'gqffr {q} rr rqltaiftqil; r


qqq'et

<t-"il rlf aR1ql wiE rrv\e*

47. Even if one among JuDrter- venus and Mercury is in

Chapter4O

399

exaltation while a beneffcis in an angle the native will beiome


a king or be equal to him.

hdftqii: qt, c{: rri{q faqeTq,i'r


Aitlitsfq d qrd: ( csrr rqFd qqq uyctl
48. If all beneficsare relepted to angles while malefics
are in the 3rd,.6thand I lth, the native,.thoughmay be of mean
descentwill ascend,the throne.

erE ilsTITr6FSIqlqts'qF[:
I lvo 11
Chapter40

Yogas For Royal Association


(|EttilIi

qqrFr6r(*,unfq

vgtirannr&ngifat r
sErFrRi 1Wailrrl rr

l. Ifthe l0th lord from the ascendant is conjunct or


aspectedby the dispositor of Amatyakaraka or evenconjunct or
aspectedby Amatya karaka himself, the native will be a chief in
the king's court.
Notes : Amatya karaka is the immediate Euc@Esorof
Atma karaka as we have seen earlier. The lord of the sign
occupied by Amatya Karaka should aspect or join the' 10th
lord counted from the ascendant;the native will then enjoy a
high governmental position. The Amatya karaka taking the
role of his dispositor in the abovecasOwill as well yield similar
effects.
The yogasgiven in the chapter should be related to one's
servingthe governmentin variouscapacities dependingon other
combinationsin his horosope.

mfftfqt
(Itrqqli

ili{l

qti ' qrnr*qqfrt r


fer ! sdndiq Tqmt rrRrr

400

Brihat ParosaraHora Sastra

.
2. If the 10th and I lth are devoidof malcfic occupation/
aspectwhile the llth is aspectedby its own lord, the nativi will
be a chief in the king's court.
Notes : This verseis open to another interpretationthus :
the llth be devoid of maleficaspect/occupation
and bc aspected
by own lord while the l0th houseshould also be aspected
by its lord and the l0th is alsodisposed in the same nanrrer.
That is, the l0th houseshouldalsobe aspectedby its lord and
dhouldbe free from maleficaspect/occupation.

Brfl(q{T{+qTfq mrG;iq , dTt I


dtagfagal qrcil <rsrrr?{tvia 4aq rrlrr
3. ShouldAmatya karakaand the dispositorAtma karaka
be together the native will be endowed with great intelligence
and be a king'sminister.
Notes : Karakendrais interpretedhere as the dispositorof
Atma karaka.SimilarlyAmatyesameansthe dispositorof Amatya
karaka.

qqiqi r
srqriqt6r{+ fqx ! qst
rqdicdtqil zTrfq(rqq;{t rria ptqq nyrl
4. If Amatya karakais strong and be with a beneficor if
Amatya karakais in own houseor in exaltation,one will surely
'becomca
king'sminister.

qq1?qfir(* eri

<rqlri{t u\

q=qt

qqBsfq eil |

ara} fq<mif qTs?i{q: u{rl

5. Thereis no doubt in one's becominga king's minister


and famousif Amatya karakais in the ascendantor the 5th or
the 9th.

Blftrrtfrttd:

*;i

6:|ti ?ilstnirTttR+ |

ail {qiFqrqqa} EnIt} {rqrfart: get rtqrt


6: If Amatya karakaor Amatya karaka be in an angle
or in a trine from the ascendantthe native will beget royal
mercy, royal patronageand happinessthereof.

Chapter fi

40t

fFRfiIEE ifat[S6q
ri.

'

iktrq
c

Ftctt!-it faqnf,q tt
.

tt66tT {Itr:

ilqrerln:sqTqirrurr

7. Should malefics be in the 3rd and 6th from Atma


karakaor Arudha Iagna or the natal ascendant,one will become
an army chief.

nl{+ hi.rl,ig {ilS il cri Rqi r


qrqqq gil
$

nqq?{} niq qlq rrerr

8. If Atma karaka is in an angle or-in a tride or in


exaltation or in own houseand be in aspect to the 9th lord,
the nativewill be a king's minister.

fi'R*

qfieti

Et?Tnwitd

flwq)fi54

qtai quigt r
qni*are inq: rrerr

9. Shouldthe Moon sign lord become Atma karaka and


be in the natal ascendantalong with a benefic, the nativc wilt
become a king's minister at his advancedage.
\.

6rr+ rguigq* qsqi qtatsR fi r


Evri aqi qrsfr u{ ilEilrs{qquiq rrlotr

10. Shouldthe Atmakarakabe in the 5th, ?th, loth or the


9th and be with a benefic, one will earn wealth through royal
patronage.

,qrrqsrHqe qfi
qrqFFir?uqlrfts{

fird

qqlsfq qt r
filcilaq ! nt lrr

I l. If the Arudha of the 9th house be itself the natal


ascendantor if Atma karaka be in the 9th housethe native
wifl
be.associated
with royal circles.

qnili
qrqqfirefqqfqtr
Fttrrqrq(t
fit<t qtiEt
ilrsrftrcq lqTqqrfintRtl
12. One will gain throughroyal associationif the llth
houseis occupied by its own rord but be devoid of marefic
aspect. The Atma karakaslrourdat the sametime be conjuncta
benefic.

'

Erlhat Parasara Hora Sastara

&2

iltei
xrd
'

trfqqnrd qwti qrqiRqt t


rrorssq;q{ilfisd qRdtfra: tt I I tl

13. An exchangcof signsbetweenthe l0th lord and the


ascendaot lord witl make the native associatedwith the king in
a great manner.

rr<cq giiqnrd fft( faqqnrqI t


qr wrqfr qt*sd rr*fa6r iqa: ttlvtt
14. If Venusand the Moon are in the 4th from Karakamsa
Lagna, the native will be endowedwith royal insignia.

qfii
iXil I
ltr<ri qlsfq quq*ia
qi?i(:
llt{ll
i?n qili thlt aeq rqfqi
15. Should the ascendant tord or the Atma karaka be'
conjunct thc 5th lord and be in an angle or in a trine, the nativo
will bc a king'e minister.

qq fEiqqqq\qlspqtq: llvl tt
Ctepter 4l

CombinationsFor Wealth
s{A{ ffiq* t
Brqr$t: ds{sfq
qfeq qli qgilnfr ftfffi ffiqr{ riq rrl rr
l. I nowtellyou ofspecial combinationsgivingwealth.
One born in theseyogaswill surelybecomewealthy'

{qt
firi

lgnii

qlta

afrel
dglt

giut

sti t

qgr'qet {Tqs: llRll

2. YOGAS FOR GREAT AFFLAENCE (upto sloka 8) :


ShouldasignofVenusbethe5thhouseandbeoccupied
by venus hilmself while Mars isin the llth house, the native
'will obtain gteat richel.

403

Chapter 4l

Notes : This yoga appliesto Capricornand Geminiascendants alone. For Capricornascendant,Venus will be in the
5th in own housewhile Mars ;vill be in the Ilth in own house.
Similarlyfor Gemini ascendant.So to say for thesetwo ascendants,tbe 5th and llth lords in own houseswill conferabundant
riches.

,iql
tri

g {utri
tlt

aRql tut}

g<l ili

qfr t

agaa{et ?Iq6: lllll

3. Shoulda sign of Mercury be the 5th house and b


occupiedby Mercury himself as the llth houseis occupied
by the Moon, Mars and Jupiter,the nativewill be very affiuent.
Notes : This yoga applies to Aquarius ascendantand
for which Mercury will be in the Sth in own
Taurus ascendant
house. It is quitc superior for Taurus ascendantkeeping
Aquariusnativein the next placo. In both cases,Jupiterruling
the llth will be in own housealongwith his friends-the Moon
and Mars.

ffi
ilr$

q <fqqii afwl {k{*


qnFgdtqrqt

Egrarq

'efa

ttrlfi: llvll

4. ShouldLeo be the 5th house and be occupiedby the


and Jupiter'arein the llth,
Sun himself as Saturn,the l\z1uon
the nativewill be verYaffiuent
Notes .' Here featuresAries ascendanthavidg the Sun in
the 5th in Leo and Saturn,Jupiter and the Moon in the llth
in Aquarius. Please note Saturn occupies the I lth ao its
owDer.

,iqi g {fqeii afeqa vriaqi qfr r


qgEarr il$f: ilul
qrri qPgir*il
5. Shouldthe Sun and Moon be in the llth as Saturnis
in the 5th identicalwith his own house, the native will be
very affiuent
.Notes : Saturnwill be in the 5th in Capricorn for a
Virgo native,and in Aquariusfor a Libra native. The Sun and
the Moon are requiredto be in the I lth. While beingso, Cancer
or Leo will be the I lth houseas the casemay be.

'#-"Tor'*o

N4

iqt

g gadt arsr

ili

rag,i

qt*

sasra

qgratrq ilqtr: uqtl

6. ShouldJupitcr bc in the 5th identical with his own


houseas Mercury is in the l lth, the native will be very affiuent.
Notes : Jupiter rules thc 5th for Leo ascendantand for
Scorpioascendantwhile Mercury is the I lth loid for these two
ascendants. Thus thc 5th and llth lordswill be in own
'rigns.

Sqdi afrqr gnqi efar


ArlTFi lggF g Trrars inrrrF:
uetl
{qtg

7..1f a,cign of Mars be the 5th with Mars therein as


Vcnus is in thc lltb, the native will becomevery afluent.
Notes : Canccr and Sagittarius ascendantwill attract this
'Mars
will be in own housein the Sth while Venus wilt be
rulc.
own housefor thesetwo ascendants.
I
in
in the lth

{rt g rffit

ftq

ufngn qftrr

mf mqfrqi qRfr qgrartrt ilFnrr:uqtl


8. If Cancci be the 5th housecontaining the Moon therein
rg Saturnis in the I lth, the nativewill becomevery afluent.
Notes : Here Pisces ascendant is considered with the
Moon in the 5th and Saturnin the I lth.
Thus from slokas2 to 8, the formula that standsfor basic
considerationis tbat the 5th lord should be in the 5th while
tbc llth lord is in the llth itself. Only in case of the rule
given in sloka 3 for Taurus and Aquarius ascendants,tlo more
planctshave beenaddedfor the I lth houseposition.

qq,nt rn eQ cfiq mg$ grr:I


ul+{ gew gd ld qrd} !F} q*: rrerr
9 YOGAS FOR WEALTE (upto sloka 15).. Should the
Sun be in Leo identical with the ascCndantand be conjunct
or aspectedby Mars and Jupiter, one will be wealthy.

405

Chapter 4l

ilt

wr*"qi
1da gwt

aftr1 rrdrgt sft r

g{a g qrfi F{t niq ttlott

10. Should the Moon be in Cancer identical with ascendant and be conjunct or aspected by Mercury and Jupiter one
will be wealthy.

ffii

ri

irfi aRq

etruqtrtF*X* $

qltq iXi r

r{|qrat uiqrtllrr

ll. ShouldMars be in the ascendantidentical with his


own sign and be conjunct or aspectedby Mercury, Venus and
Saturn, the nativewill be rich.

guriarri ffil ilfrm lq{i


nfffiq$
TG'etrral ur$

efr r
riq rr11rr

12. ShouldMercury'ssignascendwith Mercury therein


and be conjunct or aspectedby Saturn aud Jupiter the native
will be rich.

qi"qi

qfi

gunkgi tci

aRql
Efiqit

gagi qfr r
qa?rF?<:
untl

13. Should Jupiter be in the ascendantidentical with


his own sign and be conjunct or aspectedby Mercury and Mars,
the native will be rich.

qg*eni ifri atrrTq {gti

qh r

nfaqlrq{i 1 a} qnt: Tt wit niq utYtl


14. If Venusbe in the ascendantidentical with his own
be conjunct or aspectedby Saturn and Mercury, one
and
sign
will be wealthy.

nfa*aqi

afi

Rftqq lrfiqi

dtq gaw t{A {ti

qft t

qrft ni{a: nt{tt

15. If Saturn is in his own sign identical with ascendant


be aspectedby or conjunct Mars and Jupiter, the native will be
wealthy.

Brihat parasaraHora Sastra

406

rc* a{dlilq} t qr ilr$qt tilr r{r! |


ilsq r,rrqrvrmril E?iil ild ivra: rrl qrr
16. OTHER QUALIFIED PLANETS .. The 9th lprd and
th 5th lord are capableof bcstowing.wealth. Similarly planets
conjunctsucha lord. There is no doubt that these planetswill
give wealthduring their Dasaperiods.
Notes : The 5th lord and tbe 9th lord are prirnarily
If they are well placedin a horoscope,the native
wealth-givers.
will becomewealthy. If a favourableplanet joins thc 5rh lord
or the 9th lord, that planetwill also becoinea significator of
wealth.

qgqqrdqltq
ffirrqafd*a

Trutsqfqlrrqn.l
sq1,q'
fqquet:ilt\etl

17. The yogasmentionedabove(upto sloka 16) shouldbe


delineatedafter knowingfavourableunfavourablcdispositionsof
the participantplanetsand their strengthand wcaknesg.

d.a'w: qrRiilitTqtir{r Ekrr qi;qt:


g5q) i{rilr ilgi
gaqi{q6'
sti
qiaqr.q: .{r{:
qmqaifl*
k6ei
($ITtqHl *qali
rgqli
'fr{a

W{Fi

I
n I etl
r
rr

qoE}6qfrril iq qrqiutetl

18.19.EFFECTS OF ANGULAR LORD'SDIVISIONAL


the native
DIGNITIES.'If the lord of an angleis in Parijatamsa,
will be liberal, in Uttamamsahighly liberal, in Gopuramsaendhonourable,in Paaravataowedwith prowess,in Simhasanamsa
msavalorous,in Devalokamsaheadof an assembly,
in Brahmalokamsaa sageand in lravatamsadelightedand be celebratedin
all quarters.
Notes : From verse18 to verse 34 of this chapter, the
sageinstructsus on the dignitiesof the 4 angularlords and two
trinal lords.
The treatment is bascd on Dasa Varga divisions. For
meaningsof Parijataand other Amsas,secch. 6 supra.Shodasa

&1

Clapter 4l

Varga schemealso can be applied to the rulc given hercin with


suitablemodification proportionately.
'
Lords of anglesare tho.se ruling the ascendaot, thc 4th,
the 7th and the l0th. Their' divisiooal dignities are discusccd
in the presentgroup of verses. One of the said rulers having
various dignities will yield tbllowing effects.
Parijatamsa
Uttamamsa
Gopuramsa
Simhasanamsa
Paravatmsa
Devalokamsa
Brahmalokamsa'
Iravatmsa

liberal
highly liberal
endowed with prowessand manliness
honourable(prominent etc.)
valorous
head of men, leadcrship,high position etc.
sagely(spiritual achievemenBetc.)
delighted, ever happy etc. and bc
a celebrated personality from all
viewpoints.

Here we must note the implied difrerencebetweenthe four


lords ruling the various angles. The angular lords are powerful
and more importint in the ascendingorder. That is, the 4th lord
is more powerful than the ascendantlord, the ?th lord is so
againstthe 4th lord, and the l0th lord is the most powerful
among the four lords. So the efrectswill also increase in thc
sameorder.

qrRwri qilrqtti fqil *{ gdfrm t


Eni dqqr rin rrl gt Tqiiftil llloll

ftrqqt ilfl qFqr rfq+{ sqFlttt I


qrrri q firifl ilgfqsT fdtq ! ttRttt
crqi t
s*i f?rq.trqi nfdqrq
q|MritttRll
itrtRtitr
rc*6
LORD'S DIVISIONAL
20.22. EFFECTS OF sth
DIGNITIES .' If the 5th lord is in Parijatamsa,thc nativc will
take to thc branch of learningbefitting his race, if in Uttama+sa
he will have excellent learning, if in Gopuramsahe will rec'
he will be endowed
cive world-wide honours, in Simhasanamsa

408

Brihat parasara Hora Sastra

with ministership, in also paaravatamsa endowed with


knowledgeof Supreme Spirit; in Devalokamsa he will be
a
Yogi (i.e. a performerof actions, worldly and religious
Yr1o1
rites), in Brahmalokamsadevotedto the Lord and in Iravatimsa
pious.
Notes : While the four angularlords are treatedin oneand
the samebreath,the sage gives specialimportance to the sth
and 9th lords individually.The effectsmay suitably be understood basedon the explanations
givenfor angularlordsabove.

qf{i

qrfM

d}qiFtqe Errrfr I
*qwt,iFqlaqifli uRltl

Xriv;r;afv
flgi qqsat q qi iqna Er?qli I
qiek: Rilril{t fqif?rq: nlytl
@
u{uaQ qReqaq
qrfiTA q qrtTl
trerine q;qfi uR{rr

ggt't qT feauc't lariqqli r icrq: r

rgali
rtfiat qrfn Eftqtsrq}qs,{uRqtl
qffii q unfmr rari uqT qfqeqfdI
dkrq: gfiqeral qfi iliit faqlf,c! uR\etl
23.27. EFFECTS oF 9th LoRD,s DIVBI7NAL DIGNI.
TIES : If the 9th lord is in parijatamsa,
the nativewill visit holy
places,if in Uttamamsahe had done so in the past births as
well, if in Gopuramsahe rvill perform sacrificialrites, in simhasanamsahe will be mighty, truthful, bc a conquererof his senses
and will concentrateonly on the SupremeSpirit giving up all
religions, if in Paaravatamsahe will be the greatesof ascetics,
if in Devalokamsa he will be an ascetic holding a
"udgei
(qTS) or a religiousmendicantthat has renouncedail mundane
attachEentsand carrying three .long staves tied togetherin his
right ha-nd(filEfq) and if in Brahmalokamsahe *,iil perform
Aswamedha yaga (Horse sacriftce,)and will attain the state of
Lord Indra (god of gods). If the 9th lord is in lravatamsathe
personborn will be a synonym of Dharma or virtues just
as
Lord Sri Rama and Yudhishtira (the eldestof pandavas).

Chapter 4l

409

Notes : The 5th lord has beenpsed in spiritual and material planesas well. Whereasthe 9th lord is solelyrelatedto onc's
spiritualachievements
as could be seenby the treatment given
by MaharshiParasarain the above5 slokas.
The word Tridandi hasbeen translated as above in the
contextof relatingthe native to a Sansyasias these slokas
exclusivelyconcentrate on the spiritual achievements
of the
'Tridandi'alsomeans
native.
one who obtainedcommandover
mind, speechand deed. Without 'TrikarandSuddhi' or purity
of thesethree it will not be possibtefor one to achieve Oiuinl
bliss.One who thinks bad in his mind though good in the other
two spheres,viz. speechand actions cannotbe calleda pure
character.Or one who.thinks of good and speakssimilarly but
actsin a contrary manner cannot be a successfulspiritualist.
Lastly one who speaksund'esirable
words though good in thinking and actingcannotalso reach self realisation. Hence it is
evident that one should be a 'Tridandi' or endowed with
Trikarana Suddhi, -so that he locatesthe Almighty at every
point of spaceand time.
We haveso far seen that 5th and 9th lordsare primarity
'realth givers. The sagealsodenotesthe 5th and 9th lords
as
lords of 'Lakshmi sthanas'.Lakshmi though normally means
wealth,furtherconveysa meaningsplendour (our lustre). Tt i,
relatesto dlvine splendour acquircd by a personthrough his
iiiritual merits.If a personis splendorous,ive seein him what
ii called Brrhma Varchrs or the splendour making him look
lite God, free from any material attachment.I; this context
pe cannot but recall great personageslike Rama Krishna
of various
ftrama Hamsa, Maharshi Ramana, Sankaracharyas
prdersand periods, Sivananda and so on aitd so forth. In all
these cases,the 5th and 9tt lords and 5th and 9th houses
enabledthem earn that splendour.The wealth they earned is
such that it cannot be exhausted even after many centuries,
i e. divine status.

fewgwi q M ?q1w*qpqrffanlurq r
cclndrq
wrrqrFrtilrrlT: 5ftfar: uRctl
28. ANGULAR AND TRINAL LORDS RELATED : Tho
(i.e. housesof Lord Vishnu)
anglesare known as Vishnusthaana
while the trines are called Lakshmi sthaanas(i.e. houses oi

41 0

Brihat Porasara Hora Sastd

Lakshmi). If the lord of an angle establishesrelationshipwith a


trinal lord, a Rajayogawill obtain.
Notes : The 4 houses,viz. the lst, 4th, ?th and l0th are
known as Vishnusthaanas
while the 5th and ahd 9th are l-akshmisthaanas.
In Hindu mythology, Lakshmi is a consortof Lord
Vishnu,the supremegod.A relationshipthus betweenan angular
lord and a trinal lord is capableof causinga superiorRajayoga,
just as bne having the blessings
of Sri Vishnu and His consort
Lakshmiwill be endowedwith permanentwellbeing.
The kinds of relationship betweenplanets that will be
favourableare :
l. An exchange
betweenthesetwo tords.
aspects
betweenthesetwo lords.
2. Mutual
3. Conjunctionof thesetwo lords.
4. Mutual angularplacementexistingbetweenthesetwo.
5. Mutual trinal placementbetweenthesetwo.
The first three kinds of relationshipsare more powerful
while the last two cannot be equally powert'ul but in a lesser
degree.
A sixth kind of relationshipcan also be extendedin this
contextto Navamsa positionsthoughI have no specificciassic
sanctionfor this. For examplein a Capricornian'scase, Mars in
the Navamsaof.Venusand Venusin that of Mars will confer a
superiorRaja yoga. This form of relationship will be eqally
superior like the first 3 relationships mentioned by me in thc
earlier paragraph.
After seeingsuch a relationship between an angular lord
and a trinal lord, their dignities like Parijataetc. will haveto bc
Eeento dccidethe extent ofeffects due as could be seen in the
following six verses.

qf(qfi ftqal al iqfi


sf,n qlaql

,ftgi

{q}

iq{Tt{v:
R{6sa q{iqfr

flwgtan: r

qw{TfilfifEqq rrRerr

{Pdrift'r{iri*q r

eriqfemrcr: uQotl

qftr1 di qRru;s] qy{fr6tt6qr 1


qmilqrt qfiqftrt: trl ttl
Ttq{{qrit

Chupter 4l

qtqr{qq

qf-{dr

4ll

qrdfisn (til
gfuftor: r
qnkqrrudrriq faqqaq ! ttlRrr

qftrr rFclf<rcaqt t
fl{IEai{r*st}i
fqcufr: eisqalftq qrq ?qelfii nQltl
cqdd it T(trar ilq;fr fqsqqrilfi1; 1
trra: g{ raniy} qg: n1Ytl
Qqrfiiqr*

29.34 EFFECTS OF DIVISTONAL DIGNITIES OF THE


TWO PLANETS SO RELATED .' Should an angular lord
and a trinal lord having sucha relationship(vide above slokas)
be in Parijatamsa,the native will be king and will protect men,
if Uttamamsahe will be an excellentking endowed with elephants,horses,chariotsetc , if in Gopuramsahe will be a tiger of
kings honouredby othcr kings,and if in Simhasanamsa
he wil!
be an emperorruling over the entire earth; with the said Rajayogarelationshipof the said planetsin Simhasanamsa
were born
Haiischandra,Manu, Bali, the Firc god (Agni Deva)and many
otlrer emperors. In the present Yugaso born is Yudhishtira(or
Dharma Raja of Maha Bharata). Salivahana'sbirth and that of
otherswill qlso comewith thisyoga. With theseplanetsso related
Manu etc. were born. The Incarnationsof
and in Paaravatamsa,
Lord Vishnu took placewhen the said planets,beingso related,
uere in Devalokamsa;and in BrahmalokamsaLord Brahma
and in Iravatamsathe SwayambhuManu (the first of the 14
Manus identified as the second creator who produced the
Prajapatis and to the said Manu the code 'of laws yiz. Manusmriti is ascribed)wereborn.
Notes : The two planets,viz. anangularlord and a trinal
such a relationship, should be simultaneouslyin
with
lord
and the other in a still higher
Parijatamsa.One in Parijatamsa
yield
still
better
effects.
will
The roader can intelligently
Amsa
manipulatethe effectsac,cordingto such Am'sas.
When studyingthese slokas,we reacha crucial point as
to the period of Parasara. There a1e baselessarguments that
Parasara,author of Brihrit Parasara Hora, could not be a sage
that hved thousandsof yearsago; bur a very recent author tnat
shouldhavelived after Varaha Mihira, Bhattotpala, Kalyana
Yarma and so on and so forth. This misconception does not

4t2

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

deservean answerat all and is worth beingbrushed asideas an


idle gossip. The holdersof suchopinion may advancea million
argumentsin their own favour. Our query to them is: which
exponentreferred to the horoscopicpositionsof Lord Vishnu,
Harischandra,Manu, Bali Chakravarthi,Agni Deva,Swayambhu
Manu and last but not the least the Creater Brahmatrimself?
Is it humanlypossible, but for a sage, with divine contacts,
to producecombinationsexistingin the sacred horoscopesof
Vishnu, Brahmaetc.?Also note with specificattentionthe statement of Parasarathat "Dharma Raja (the eldest son of king
Pandu, of Maha Bbarata)of the present oge,has this yoga".
Does this not stand as an indisputabletestimony of Parasara
having lived in the Maha Bharataera ?
Yet, another clue about Parosarais servedwhenin the
abovelineswe find his prediction that Salivahana and others
'"will
be born" with this yoga. The verb used is bhavita in
future tense. That conveysthat Parasarawas a predecessorof
of Bhattotpalaetc.
Salivahanaand not a successor
MaharshiJaimini,author of PoorvaMimamsaand propagator of Jaimini Astrologywasa discipleof Parasara.If Parasara
lived in the lTth century,what aboutJaimini ?
Specificattentionof the reader is drewn to the statement
of Parasarain ]sloka 32above,to the effectthat "in the present
Yuga" Dharma Raja is born with sucha yoga.This is an ample
proof that our sagewas in Maha Bharata time and was the
illustriousparentof illustriousVedaVyasa.
Lastly,the following popular quotation enlists Parasart
amongthe l8 exponentsof Jyotisha:

q4: frcreql aqm) qffisfa crrsn : I '


ficc] {Tts} TqTqttfsfg<rfl<: tt
qlq{r: qlqsrs'iq iqqq} qfi} qg; I

s's vfrfil:sntaxfiitT: it
This is again a proof that our sage was indeed a sageof
Mahabharataera and is an authority with crown for Kali ypga
sstrology.

qq ErRruq\rrtsrltql
uyRu
C:hapter42

Combinations For Periury


qqql qrcr *qr larcaal nn gi ! t

qfrcq-.rr<t{q}qq Eiqqrft'qq m}! rrqrr

l. O Lord, you havestatedmaiy yogas rnlatedto acquisition of wealth. Please tell me such yogas causing utter
poverty.

qQri

qlqi

aqqrqi

iltqrqi

gd frd* qrqi ;rt: uRtl

rndvqd

2. The nativewill be pennilessif the ascendantlord is in


the l2th as the l2th lord is in the ascendantalong with a
Maraka lord (death inflicting planet) or be in aspect to such a
planet.

wN

qn*ir

qsaqr**

qEEt "cFaqrri I
qEQH: silqi rrlrr

qqEd

3. The nativewill be pennilessif the ascendantlord is in


the 6th while the 6th lord is in the ascendantwith conjuntion
or aspect of a Maraka lord.

q.\(\
qr(6ntif

da{qffil
9

fiq{ q* r

il"t

{6i qrf,} q 'frEir} qia rrvu


as

3\

4. Shouldthe ascendantor the Moon be with Ketu whilt


the ascendant lord is in the 8th, the person cencernedwill br
penniless.

qcarstq-"qqrli ,, qrqt

si*

qrqiti

frgi t't'i (q?irdlfsqfrtia:rrrrr

5. If the ascendantlord along with a maleficis in the 6th,


8th or l2th while the 2nd lord is in an enemy'ssign or in debilitatton, evena native of royal scionwill becomepenniless.

414

'

Brihat Parasara Ilora Sastra.

qqrqd qrq<ra fqq,at I


fHria
vrfnqtisqql qiri(Eui fqeicl Ftr:n!,tl

6. If the ascendant
lord is conjunct an evil houselord (one
of the 6th,8th and l2th lords)or Saturnandhe devoidofbenefic
aspectthc nativewill be penniless.

w*w)
EEel

q{arqqq

*qn*{it

fiqq

qcaEqqRqa}|

fidq} qri

?r: uerl

7. S\ould the 5th and 9th lords be respectivelyfoun.l in


the 6th and 12thand be in aspectto Maraka planetso
the native
will be penniless.

nce Frrilqi TlEquctfuql fscr ! r


qn+{Tqt i[Gd qril: sf'qria] uiq ttett
8. If malefics,exieptingthe lords of the l0th and 9th, be
in the ascendant
in associationwith or aspectto Marakaplanets,
one will becomepenniless.

fa*m qi qrq(fi aqurinrftaqfrqar:I


. qtq$atiTr
Tift 3:<{r6rfl{ir finia: rrerr

9. Note the planets ruling the signs occupiedby the lords


of 6th,8th and l2th. lf the said dispositorsare in such evil
housesin turn and be associated
with or aspected by malefics,
the nativewill be miserableand indigent

qqrrrnqqi*{if

rmtnla}

qR r

qn$wilqql qilsq qrds? fqrhl ?r: n{otl


: 10. The lord of the Navamsaoccupied by the
Moon
joining a Maraka planet or occupyinga Maraka housewill make
one penniless.

qriq|qrffd{rl
ftss$srrRrft qfEr
rr<iqal qca} qnlss't fid* il:utttl
ll. Shouldthe lord of natal ascendantand that ofNavamsa ascendantbe conjunctor be aspectedby Maraka planets,
one will be penniless.

F
415

Chdpter42
'{{rFcrFrril:

,rntt|i

qrqFqFrrflI: {rql: I

-freial arTqi qtql qlqin

qt'lfla: ntRrt

12. If inauspicioushousesare occupied by beneficswhile


auspicioushousesare, occupiedby malefics, the native will bc
evenin the matterof food.
indigentand will be distressed

n'lutnEfirqln l
}.

i
.

q{

Firq66

faid: dgar ur:I


qrIfr{rr:

(IiTl: n l ltl

with one of the lords of the 6th,


13. A ptanetassociated
bereft
a
of trinal lord's aspect, will in its
8th and l2th, being
harm
to
the native's financialaspects.
Dasaperiodscause

t,rffirqen f{qqq qI <?riRG faqtqtt


fiffirfrqql$?rqt

arflr:

ffirte utvtl

14. If the 8th/l2th frorn Atmakarakaor from the natal


alcendant be aspectedby Atmakaraka Navamsa lord and the
natal ascendantlord, the native will be bereft of wealth.

tntn] earirawq qriqr] qr;Rilqqt I


dtai iqdiil qrq] zqq{tq}viE4alllqttl
15. The native will be a spendthrift if the l2th from
Atmakarakais aspectedby the dispositor of Atmakarala or
if the l2th from the natalascendantis aspectedby the ascendant
lord.

qq arfrava'frriq sq{rfr wlgsl1 I


uaftq] g rftqrsi 6fqa] air;rnrftllltqll
cErki g{a} qT" dqrqrt
gdlaal
fr:Aai grei aa <fqffff q*fqn: tlt\ell
quqqtii
(qd qrftrErE!rttml r
nfr{qrfq icaut qq*t lqie,fr ntctl
16-18. N<-'wI tell you someyogasfor povertyalong with
conditionsof their nullifications.Should Mars and Saturnbe
together in the 2nd house,the native's wealth will be destroyed.

4t6

Brihat ParasaraHora Sasfta

Should Mcrcury aspetthe saidtwo planetsin the 2nd, therewill


be greatwealth. Thereis no doubtin it. The Sun in the 2nd in
aspectto Saturnwill causepenurywhile the Sun so placed if
be not aspectedby Satumwill give richesand fame. The same
effects(i.e. poverty)be dcclaredif Saturn is in the 2nd in aspect
to the Sun.

srsTrlEtqpqrq:
tfv8tf,
Chaptcr43

Longevity
q?TTqitaq*ql q nfqal $Tftn qi t I

'?r{T0tlqqq] ilri

.6e&Kqqwril lrrlrr

l. O Sage, you havedealt with combinationsfor wealth


poverty.
and
Kindly detailmethodsof ascertainingthe life span
of humanbeings.

sT{ I6i ?{fl fEq ! qini a f!fuqur r


FqqrsrTr{q} ild

mgatfaiarcg
ftqi

qrciflqrqllt

$td

qq

gifq ilRil":

agft{gu}Rar:
r
nr{rfq

ilemqa:ttltl

2-3. O Brahmin, for the benefit of mankind I narrate


methodsof ascertainingloogevity,as knowing longevityis difficult evenfor gods. Many exponentshave laid down various
pethods of longevitycalculations.Following is the summaryof
suchschoolsof thoughts.
Notes : Slokas 2-15 dealwith Pindayu systemof longevity
calculations.After dealing with translation of these14 slokas,
the entiresystemof Pindayu is beingfully explainedby me with
a practicalexampleso that,the readerfollows the calculations
involvedthoroughly.

417

Chapter 43

rqltqqtqrk-iftrrar t6t 3TtlJ:ttittttrFl:I


-drq{hiq*fl?i ilr"Tfur it Tmq: nvtl
qq{ ilx qfr{aawq1 t
fqostq:
m'qqfq

s{q

fas'i$

qqtfrtg

t arqeiqilfqrrq: llul

?qq}iqqrqtfsq{t

trialq: tlQll
i;e;{-tFtt{fqarftaqqJsot:
qdfril:
t
r5,iql tqnfarqr<t q:ftour:
qAEFItit
llsll
iid
{lqfe}ilEd=a
??[iq{A} ilQ: {t'tcq: qc.qrfri rrfusFn( |
e&oerjfwa) q{il} qtfaqfia qRRI: llsll
+8. PINDAYU: The planetscontribute longevityaccord'
or debilitation,.and also based
ing to their being in exaltati,on
on- th.i, strengihs and weaknessesand positions in Aswini
etc. and in thi various signs. First of all Pindayu, based 91
thc planetary positions- O brahmin, listen to wbat I say, with
lg, 25, 15, 12,15,2l and 20 arc the numper
singGmindedness.
when in
of lears contributed by the planetsfrom the Sun etc'
'in (deep)
above
the
half
of
are
Thesr
iawp) exaltation.
iall, and if the planetsare in betweenexaltationand fall, rule of
three process should be used, Deduct the actual positi<'nof
the planetfrom its deepexaltationpoint. Ifthe product'is less
than O signs,deductit againfrom 12 signs. The produdtconcerto the planet
ned be multipliedby the numberof yearsallotted
contribution'
planet's
actual
get
the
and dividedby 12 to

f,

qFf,qq 6iruerd ffir {|Tq|i{qi I


qt: lle'll
E{itrr fsqr nid rt{ffil tq
g, RECTIFICATIONS Exccpting Venus and Saturn'
"
halved'if they are
the contributionsmade by othersshouldbe
the
by the Sun. One third should be reducedif
in
one
to
the
""iipr"O, in i,, lnitiral sign' This does'notapply
il;il-it
retrogression(seevaLra charam)'

sqq
EqqrEd frcrd: qTq] q\

rt: I

tltwE rgq{ llloll

418

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastta

qri

g rUEd

ilrs" eilq?q irrrs

tnrrhi qilt {E: I

qrq?{igfnf\: TrRrqilt I tl

IO-II. DEDUCTIONS FOR PLANETS IN YISIBLE


HALF .' Full, half, one third, one fourth, one fifth and one
sixth are the deductions of contributions made by malefics
placedin the visiblehalf of the zodiac.Beneficsin suchcaseslose
,'onlyhalf of what maleficslose. Should there be more than one
planet in a house, the deductiondue to the strongestwill only
prevailand not due to other planetsin that particular house.
Waning Moon is a beneficfor this purpose.

qrriufqfqn r Fqr s*ri fqqrr$r r

qtvfi qwqfqrdrfrditi qqtf( nlatq ulRtl

Tqql
mri

qr{i q{ cg.n q rirqi r


gndld qrdt{ Bqwf,q t rr11rr

12-13.MALEFICS IN ASCENDANT : In casetheascendant ig occupiedby malefics,adopt the following procedure:


Convert the ascendant'ssphutainto minutes of arc and multiply
it by the years etc. contributed by the occupantand divide by
21600.The yearsetc. so arrived be deductedfrom the respective
coptributionwhich will be the net spandonated by the planet.
If thcre is benefic's aspecton the ascendantcontainingmalefics,
thcn the lossis only half (obtainedthrough these calculations).

qr{(Tf{t(qnqtf

qmRiTgqrtr(:I

qrflRrrr lfr"gf.il Frrn1:*sfr dfq{r: trtvtl


criterdfsnl1e4: Tqrrf,i iTrqfrnrfi:I
nf,ill wiglil
rfwger{ q rrTfqi u l {tl
l+15. ASCEN.DANT'S CONTRIBATION.. The number
ofyearscontributedbythe ascendantwill correspond to the
numberof signs it gained(from Aries) while the degreesthe
ascendantgainedin the particular sign will alsocorrespondingly
donate (i.e. 30 degrees:l year). If the NavamsaAscendani
lord is strongerthan the ascendantlord, then the contribution
be computed only bascd on the Navamsas gained (from

Chapter 43

4t9

Aries),otherwisethe corhputationwill be for the Rasiascendant


only.
Notes : The sevenplanetsfrom the Sun to Saturnrespectivelycontribute19,25,lS, 12, lS,2l and 20 yearswhenon jeep
exaltationdegree.' The contributionsare just halvedwhenthese
are on deepdebilitationdegrees.
The deep exaltationdegreesfor
the 7 planets respectivelyfrom the Sun on are : Aries
10,,
Taurus 3", Capricorn280, Virgo 15", Cancer 5", pisces
2?;
and Libra 20'. By adding 1g0", to the said degrees,*"
!"t
deepdebilitationpoints for the concernedpraneis.iMter fin'aing out the individual contributions of spanof rongevitLi[e
sameare to be rectified which method is being explainid in
appropriate place in the following paragraphs. To work out
the longevitvthrough pindayu method, we-will iakc up the
horoscopeof a male born on 2l.S.tg44at l9h Olm l5s (Wf)
ut
13N40 79F.20. The Rasi and Bhavacharts as reuqired
for our
purposeare :

Merc
Moon
Ven
Mars
Jup
Rahu

420

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra


Moon
Ven
Sun
Mars
Rahu

The plarretary longitudesin the respectivesigns as per


Lahiri Ayanamsa(23'4'12')are : The Sun 7-12'18, the Moon
27-35-46,Mars 6-18'46, Mercury l+54-13, Jupiter 26'7-13,
Venus27:17-50,Saturn3'9-41and ascendant0-48'34.The bhava
startingpointsare : lst-Libra l5-48-15,2nd-Scorpiol5-48-15,
3rd-sagittarius I 5-47-39,4th-Capri corn | 5-47-2, 5th-Aquarius l5'47-1, 6th-Pisces l5-47-38,7th-Aries l5-48-15,8thTaurus l5-48-15, 9th-Gemini l5-47-38,l0th-Cancer 15'47-1
llth-Leo l5-47'l and Virgo 15'47'38.
Basedon the sage'sinstructions,we may device the following simpleand commonformula to know the numberof years
contributed by any of the 7 planets.(All concernedlongitudes
should be convertedinto decimals. The minutesand secondsbe
also considered.For example,211 32'49" is converted into
21.347 degreesfor easy calculation.) The formula to find out
the basicplanetarycontribution is :
. l. If "d" is lessthan 180o,then "c"
-f-(dxf+360)
,

2. If "d" is abovetgo''"'-

f
3*

42r
Where "d" is distancebetween the ptanet's deepexalta'
is the full number
tion degreeand its actual placement;"f"
'c' is the basic years
of yearsgrantable by the planet-and
actuallygrantedby it due to its placement.
Take Sati.rrn'scaseas an exarnple. He can at bestcontribute 20 years. In the horoscope under evaluation, he is
223.1613degreesaway. froin his deep exaltation (Libra 20').
Hence to find out the basicsontribution of Satuin, rle use
rule 2 above,thus :
- 2 2 3 . 1 6 1 3X ) i
---l60On this basis,we havefor the examplenativity, the following baSicdonationsof yearsby the 7 planets:
17.5642yrarc
The Sun
yeus
24.6247
The Moon
years
8.4036
Mars
6.9968years
MercurY
14.1200
Years
JuPiter
'
. Venus
19.2327Years
12.3979Years
Saturn
These basic'contributionswill ondergo the following
reductions,as aPPlicable
l. Astangatal1rarana'2.Satru Kshetra Harana3. Vyayadi
Harana4. Kroorodaya Harana. Thesemay be understoodfrom
the following ParagraPhs.
l. AstangataHarana : If a pianet is combust reduce
by half. However,this docs not affect Venus and
span
the
combustion.
in
Saturn
2. Sahu Kshetra Hrrana : If a planet is in its enemy's
sign,reduceone third of the basic years and take only two
although
third. An exceptionis that a retrograde planet,
'Vakrachara'
placedin inimical sign,doesnot incur this liability.
is ttre expressionmade by Maharshi Parasaraand hence it
exceptsa retrogradeplanet. Mars alsodoeslose io an enemy's
to mention, a planetin netural's sif', (or in
sign. Necdless
frlnd's sign) is not subjectqdto this reduction.
3. VyayadiHarana: Planetsentail reductionif placedany'
wherebetweenthe l2th and 7th (reckonedin descendingorder)'

brihat parasaraHora Sastra

422

This neednot be mistakento be Drisyardha Hani. Drisyardha


meansthat half of the zodiacwhich is visible. Henceit is lg0.
behind the ascendentalcusp,i.e. upto deicendantvia meridian.
Vyayadi Haranafigures are : full, half, l/3, ll4,lli and l/6h
accordingto the planetbeingin l2th, llth, l0th,9th, gth and
7th. These are for maleficplanetswhite a beneficin this connection loses only half of what is notcd for a malefie. The
Moon is ever a benefic for longevity calculations, as. per
Maharshi Parasara. (Mercury although joining a malefic be
treated as a benefic only, lbr all longevitycalculations.) We
find herethat thereis harmonicprogressionin thesedeductions
and hencewe ought to havea scientificand logical approach to
the quantunrof correction,ratherthan resortingto a flat check
arbitrarily. There is no justificationin straightawayeliminating
the whole,for example,for a maleficin the l2th not giving heed
placement.It.should be full at the l2th
to his actualdegreewise
bhavaendingpoint, poroprtionatelylesson the l2th cusp and
still lesseron thc beginningpoint of l2th bhava or Ilth bhava
ending point. That is, starting with a l00f lesson the l2rh
bhava ending we gradually arrive for a50/" reductionat the
point where the llth bhava ends.. Thus it will be one sixth
reduction at the ond of 7rh bhavawhile it will be l/7th at the
beginaing of the 7th bhava (or end of the 6th bhava). The
reductionobtainedby this methodshould bc half in the case of
Mercury and the Moon). Witha benefic(i.e. Jupiter,"Vdnus,
out going through any difficult process,for each bhava, a
common formula is given with which one can rectify the basic
contributionsof a planet io one of thesehouses.
Thc formula is :
tct

(14-House) -

(oe+tsL)

:loss of years

(DP:Distance of planet from bhava start; BL:Bhava


length and 'House' is the bhavaoccupiedby the planetunder
re{tific8tion.
To understand this forftula, we will rectify Saturn's
contribution He is in the 8th bhava and hence attracts
tbis reduction. He is in Gemini 3-9-41 whilethe 8th house
beginsin Taurus at 15-48-15and endsat 15-47-38in Gemini.
Tbus the lengthof the 8th hhavais 29-59-33or 29.9925degrees,
'BL' for our purpose.
which is'
Tbe basic contribution of

Chapter 43

423

Saturn is 12.3979years. He is l7,3i72degreeraheadofthc


8th bhavabeginning. Thcrefore,his reduction is :
12 3979
:2.2869 years
Thus, on accdunt of Vyayadi Harana, Saturn entailsa
check of 2.2869 yezrs. In the example horoscope, Mercury is
not liablc to this reductionas he is quite prior to tho beginoing
of the 7th bhava. others that attract this check arc : Thc sun,
the Moon, Venus, Mars and Jupiter. The figures for these
planetsbasedon the presentformula are :
1.4533years
(7th bhava)
:
Venus
z
2.7939yearc
(7th bhava)
The Sun
1.8636years
:
The Moon
tTth bhava)
years
2.2869
:
(8th bhava)
Satqrn
years
1.9472
z
.Vlars
(9th bhava)
years
:
1.9314
(lOth bhava)
Jupiter
(i.e.
Saturn, the
4. Kroorodaya Harana : Only malefics
S,rn and Mars) entail this check if in the ascendant.
Mercury,though joining a natural maleficwill not be liable to
this reduction. We do not requirethis rcductionto any planet
in the example horoscope, as there is nonein thg ascendant.
Here the ascendantmeans the area betweenthe startingand
ending points of the sign rising. To find out this reduction,
tte ascendentalcusp in degrees, minutes and seconds be
,multiplied by the number of basicyearsdonatedby the malefic
concernedand divided by 21600. The divider is 21600as these
are the total minutes of arc in the zodiac. The figure so arrived
should be reduced from the said malefic'sbasiccontribution.
However, if a beneficaspectsthe said malefic, reduce only balf
of the figure so suggested
5. We have thus seenfour typei of reductions. At every
stage the reduction should not be done instantaneously. After
obtaining the reduction figures, whereverpermitted,check up
if there is more than one reduction for one and the same planet
under various headings. The following may be rememberedin
this connection.
(a) If a planet attracts more rnan one rednction, thc
highest reduction is only to be done ignoring the orhers. For

424

Brihat parasara Hora Sastra

exampfe,assumeMercury attractsa reduction of 7.5yearsdue


to rule, l, folloived by 2.3 yearsdue to rute 2 anOi.3S yearir
due to rule 3. The highest reduction is due to rute i and
hence only 7.S is to be deductedand the other two figuresbe
ignored in toto.
(b) In case of Vyayadi Harana (rule 3), two or three
plancts may be in one bhava. In that case,the strongestloses
and the other (or others)will not lose.
Not only the planets, but the asbcndantalso grantsa
certainnumberof years. This figureshould alsb bc found out
before adding to the planetary contributions. To know the
the number of years granted by the asccnclant,
firstlynote the
numberof signsinterveningbctweenAries ancl the sign before
the ascendant.That is, if Sagittariusis tlrc asccndant,count
upto Scorpio beginning from Arics. This dcnotesg years.
The degreesin the ascendantbe also proportionatcly convertcd
into years treating 30 degrcesas one year, or ,2.5degreesas a
'month.
The contributiqnof asccndantwill bc so calculatedif
the asccndantlord is strongerthan the NavamsaLagnalord.
In case the Navamsa Lagna lord is stronger than his
cotrnterpart,a different computationis to be rcsortedto, thus.
Count from Aries till you rcacha sign beforcNavamsaLagna.
In the case under study, the NavamsaLagnalord, Moon, is
strongerthan the ascendantlord. Hencewe cqmpute Navamsa
Iagna's contributionfor our own use. The NavamsaLagna is
Cancer. Hencefrom Aries to Cancerwe havethrec cornpleted
Navamsaswhich give 3 year. The ascendingdegreeis 0-4g-34
whereasonb Navamsais 3" 20'. Proportionately thus we get
another0.2428yearsand have the total contribution of 3.242g
years 8s Ascendant'scontribution. In caseof Navamsatreat
3" 20' as one full year. ' The ascendanr's
contributionundergoes no check.
Now we are ready for final reductions. 'There are
planets
3
in the 7th house,viz. tbe Sun,the Moon and Venus.
.The Sun is the strongest and hence Vyayadi Harna (rule
3)
appliesto only the Sun while venusand the Moon are'rid of
reduction on this score. The Sun is in enemy,scamp
and on
tbis scorehe losesa third of 17 5642,which reduction
is equal
to 5,854i. This figure is higher thanthe one obtained for
the

42s

Chapter 4i

Sun as per rule 3 (i.e. Vyayadi Harana). Hence his final


contributionturns to be 11.7095years (ie. basicyears minus
Satru kshetra Harana). In the matter of Vyayadi Harana
(rule 3) there is no other bhavawherethereis more than one
planet.
Though the Moon has not lost on account of rule 3
(VyayadiHarana),sheis liableto reduction on account of her
combustion(rule l). Thus rvhenher basiccontribution(24627,
is halved,sheis left with a net donationof l2 3124years.
Except the Sun, no other planet is in enemy'ssign. So,
Satru KshetraHarana(rule 2) doesnot apply to others. Now
the final contributionsmay be notedas below :

Planet

Sun
Moon
Mars
Mcrcury
Jupiter
Venus
Saturn
Lagna

Basicyrs.

t7.5642
24.6247
08.4036
06.9968
t4.1200
t9.2327
t2.3979

Reduction

Reason

Rule 2
ll3rd
Rule I
ll2
9th bhava Rule 3
Nil
l0th bhava Rule 3
7th bhava exempted
8th bhava Rule 3

Total :

Net yrs.

l1.7095
12.3124
06.4564
06.9968
l 2 . r8 8 6
t9.2327
l 0 . lr l 0
3 2428
822502

(360 days a year) as we


Theseyearsare in Savanamana
To
apply this to Gregorian
of
tbe
zodiac.
have used 360'
into Sauramana.By
the
same
we
have
to
convert
calendar,
'simply multiplying the said figure by. 0.9856034,we can get
Sauramana. Thus in the caseof our. example, we arrive at a
net longevityin Sauramanaas 81.06years.
The dasa period so obtained are Pinda Dasa of the
planets
and the Lagna.Il the Sun is strongestin the horoscope,
7
effectscan be worked out on Pinda Dasamethod.

426

Brihat Parasara Hora Sastra

Br{rfqr ! fqsqtq: dnqi t'qqTwr{ql


q?rrfataqrci{rTtqt
$qsft:Efirilt!,tl

(sari6aq{r eg{: 5fa: tarn}a Q r

sr?rr;6,r6{rE
{cTE ifl Enn*ar fqqfer: ilt\etl
16-17 NISARGAYU..O Brahmin,now I tell you about
Nisargayu7,,2,9,20, 18,20 and 50 are the yearsallottedto the
Moon, Mars, Mercury,Venus, Jupiterthe Sunand Saturnfrom
the period of birth.
Notes: Except giving the number of yearsapplicableto
Naisargayu,there is no other mentionabout rectificationetc. in
our versionas wellasin that of Chaukambha
SanskritSansthana.
However, we heve somemore instructions
in thc versiongiven
by Thakur Prasad Pustak Bhandar. Thc rclevantportion is as
under :
e{{rsffirfEqi efafrsrq: qe'+TaE I

q{ ftry ftqrrTi.iqrfrlfla: Xei+q


rr
This conveysto us that the yearsdehoted for thc planets
are whenthey are in deepexaltetion. Thcse are halvedat.deep
debilitation. Then the rectilications
are the sameas applicable
to Pindayu. So to sry, the four kinds of reductionssuggested
for Pindayu be performed for Nisargayu as well. Ascendant
also contributes in Nisargayu. The method of its contribution
in Nisargayuis also the sameas secnin Pindayuscherne.

srqts{nq cFfftTr;fi <iarat 6'EqrFq{ |


mivnfvqearft al qqlfqr qiqfil utqtl
mF< rq_ricri: qfi{cer iT{qrronf{s{ |
F?flsfqifqn imaaruvnXe: rr6a{ ulerr
18-19.AMSAIU: Now about Amsayu contributionsby
the ascendantand planets. The yearscorrespondto the number
of Navamsascounted from Aries. Multiply the longitudein
questionby 108. If the product exceeds12,expungernultiples
of 12 and consider the final product in Rasi, degreesetc-.as
tr".r:months etc.

427

Chapter43

Notes : The 7 planets and the ascendantcontribute to


method basedon the Navamsas
longevityas per Amsayurdhaya
covered. 3" 20' longitude equals one year. Thus the basic
contributionscan be worked out as per the examplegivenfor the
Lagna'slongitudein thePindayuscheme.Similarunderstanding
canbe exterrdedto planetarylongitudes.The basiccontributions
thus found out be rectifiedin the samemanneras explainedfor
Pindajayu. The .sage puts forth a different suggestion as
enunciatedby another school of thougl,t in regard to recti'
ficationof Amsayr:,in the following slokas:

fqosrtRs a?Tfq Aft gqh feqqsl: t


sr"r$rt ffiqlsfq" *fnq( fa*taqa: uQoll

mfuarg:qi eqld d qr fagi TTa{ |


Gtof Ta{qt{ai i66tui m}nt llRtll
gqq?

q*

di

6d

feytle

t
"Q

qrfraisdqrfa:'eqrRurq:
sr5d $lq tlllrl
apply to
20-22. The .same'reduclions as per Pinda.yu
Amsaguar wcll; i e. half for a combust planelonc third for
in the half
in;micalplacementand the onesdue for placcrrrents
of the zodiaccountedfrom the l2th backwards. Somescholars
suggestfurther correctionsfor Amsayu, viz. to increasethreefold the contribution of a planetin exaltationor in own house
and double the contribution if the contributor is in his own
Navamsaor in own decanate. If doubling and trebling is
warranted, only trebting be done. In caseof reductionsalso,
only halvingis to be doneif both halvingand reducinga third
are required. That is how the final life span of men be
urderstood.
Notes: Rectification of Amsayube done, taking the basic
contributionsas detailedbelow.
(a) Treble the basicyearsif the planetis exaltedor in own
sign.
(b) Double if in own Navamsaor own decanate.
(c) Among 'a' and 'b'. if both are neededonly 'anis to be
effected.

428

Brihat Parasaro Hora Sastra

(d) No clear instructions are found about halving


the
contribution or castingoff a third Harving,however,obvTousty
applies to a debilitatedpranetwhile rossoi a third part appties
to a planetin inimical sign. In the matter of deductioo,
urro,
only halving is to be effected if both reductionsare requirJ
for one and the sameplanet.

qE risrrq qr;iqi
I
E;rr( Tir{qqqgqr
qqi qnqqr $FriEr
fremq,rue q+( ttRlu,,
23. LONGEVITY FOR OTHER LIVTNG BEINGS..
For
other living beingsas rvcil suchcomputationsbe made. The
said
figure be multiplicdby the figurecorrespondingto its full span
of
life and divided by thc rigure corrcspondingto ruil span'oilie
for humanbeings.

qet
Eqt qrflqrftggrq{ r
q faq)wn
3{Trf,i<ri iqrarqq'luri Et
r
Gqlnqt rrRvrr
rJalqo-qruqier-uqfqi q (16{ |
Itq-qnr-TdnTfi-qos.Frat {ritTrrTrilR{tt
qeilq:
I

qTgi

qirtfl{ttl{Iit

ileTqr;It
nrffaa\ r
'fe{ilmflil
q
ilqqt 3Eil(iqi
iln *lqtl
atlena slefirtl=q {qfu*E e*eeq}: r

Tsrcri rQwruri q rgtenfcnrH(t ill\etl


Faneau{lcurt qTqr{til q q}c{r r
qerrf ,iqrq' ir fqnqt EIit{rIEEtr:
nRctl

YIqt qKEflr;ri iT, g{Sarii


qEqErilosqTqi q ,Rt{:

(Fn6efi,g I
gretete(ITt:ilRQ.tl

24.29. FULL LIF|


SPAN OF YARTOUS LIYING
BEINGS.. I now tell you the full life spanfigures
for various
living beings. Gods and sagescnjoy encttess
life rp"o Ci...i.
astron-omicalproportions as against ordinary
mortals). The
full life spanof eagres,owrs, pirrots, crows
and snakesis one
thousandyears. Falcon,_.nook"y,bear,
and frog_tne iurfi;;
oflife in these casesis 300 years. Drrnoo,,
lifispan i" l;il;
150ycarswhile it is 120 yearsfor human beings.:Z y"o.. io,

Chapter 43

429

'24
horses,25 years for donkeys and camels, yearsfor oxenand
buffaloes, 20 years for peacocks,16 yearsfor goatsand rams.
14 yearsfor swans,12 years for cuckoo, dog and dove, 8 years
for hensetc, and 7 yearsfor birds etc.-these are fujl life spans
for variousliving beings

qtmg{r

t'lqii

feeryfrqq.gq! r

ilg fr=a t,il rrrfqfa + nq{rrrfqq utoii


qqltfr
filirrit
crr{Edwfrr'ffq\ |

<el frel1*i rrQI' ir;i *sfltr{i ilenultu


30-31. CHOICE OF LONGEVITY .' I have narrated
3 differentmethodsof longevity. Listen to me about the choice
amongthe threesystems. Accordingto the ascendant,the Sun
or the Moon being stronger than the other two, Amsayu'
Pindayuor Nisargayu be respectivelychosen.

Tf,frTTA EdaTnqqqTq; ndtfrdrr I


rqrqi fagieriwud id Gqlnq ! rrlRrr
the
32. DOUBTFUL CASES .' If 2 amongthe ascendants
be
worked
longevity
gain
then
Moon
equal
strength,
the
Sunand
out as per both systemsand the averageof both (final) be considered. If all the 3 are equallystrong,the averageof the 3 be
considered.
'Notes: In slokas30 and 3l above,we are askedto select
one amongthe 3 systems,viz Pindayu, Naisargayuand Amsatu
accordirg to the Sun, the Moon and ascendantbeingthe
strongest. If two among the threehave equalShadbala,then
systemswill bethe fina1longevity.
the averageof the respective
If the three are of equal strength,the averageof three systemsbe
takento be actual life durationof the native.
Take for examplewherethe Sun and the Moon are equally
strongand assumethat Pindayuindicatesa life spanof 52.5years
while Nisargayu gives 40.7 years. The average of thesetwo,
i.e. 46.35yearswill be the actuallongevity.
Similarlyassumethat the luminariesand the ascendantare
equally strong, and contribute 62.9 years Pindayu,25.5 years

430

Brihat ParasaraHora Sastra

Nisargayuand 12.8ycarsof Amsayu.The averageof thesethree,


i,e. 33.73yearswill be the actuallongevityof the native.

qqTsa{fq,qqafqryT ii Gqsaq ! r
,*fiqlqt{rsglqrl$qi q+fo{i ariq q ulltl
qeflq: m'tfaaq r
crr-dnfqqqrql
rirTE]ilrdrget{Tr$qiq}rr*rd fqfHa ulytl
f6dtd rt?{q?EI$ETi
e}rf avil Gq}nq t r

Ed"td qRfwai{ ulrtl

q{<r{r't Rqal af K ilEr {lrigilil\

'

qs: frqisq<] a?e *tiwgwurfi fE utqu


gs,qqi feais;aqdl ilitt rTdIIgqEa{ |

El qr a;e fcqal fqs ! qaqfl{rqr& q uleu .


qnmqisqt aFe El qI fiqqqa"t ail t
ailil$'Trr il{rseqrqiqid flaq}f,qt rrlerr
qlqeiq qlqnqi fsa q( qrEl*?raE t
Rrnql<tfqrTGrir:
uletl
dqaqfriq
?il cat qFn [rQr' q+girRRI l
6rq) $f{q tneqwttfqfq?iw eriei gi: llYoll
q.i

33-40. OTIIER CLUES TO LONGEVITY : O excellent


of the Brahmins,I give you details of other methodsin the
matter of longevityas under : This is basedon the positionsof
the ascendantIord, 8th lord, Saturn,the Moon, natal ascen{ant
and Hora ascendant(Hora Lagna). Thesesix are groupedinto
threegroupsthus : the lords of the ascendantand of the 8th
on the one hand, Saturnand the Moon on the other hand,and
on yet the other hand,
tbe natal ascendaotand Hora ascendant
Out of a group,if the two are in movable sign/signslong life is
denoted. One in fixed sign and the other in a dual sign will
also bestowlong life. One in movable aign and the other in
fixed sign will give medium life. If both are in dual signthen
againmediumlife will be obtained. Short life is denotedif one
is in a movablesign as the other is in a common sign,or if both
are in fixed signs. The type of life denoted by three or two

Clnpter 43

431

groups be only considered.lf thc threegroupsdenotedifferenl


scales,then the one indicated by the pair of natalascendant
'and
Hora ascendan,tbe only considered. In case of thrce
differentindications if the Moon ls in the ascendant
or the Zth,
tben the one indicated by Saturn-Moonpair will only come to
pass.
Notes: Three groups are considcredherefor this system
of longevitycalculations. Following are the thrce groups, each
roup consistingtwo of the six.
Ist group-natal ascendantlord and 8rh lord from the
ascendant.
2nd group-Saturn and the Moon.
'
3rd group-natal ascendantand Hora Langa. (For Hora
I:gna, seep. 63).
Thus two planets in one group, two planetsin another
group and two ascendantsiu yet another group are selected.
Now their positions will denote the basic longevity. Note the
position of eachof the constituentin eachgroup thus :
l. Long life: If both the constituentsare in movablesigns
(jointly or separately),long life will cometo pass. Onc in fixed
sign and another in a dual sign will also give samescaleof
longevity.
2. Medium life : One in movable sign and anotherfixed
sign will givemediumlife. Both in dua! signswill alsogive same
effects.
3. Short life : One in movable sign and anotherin dual
sign will indicatc short.life. Both of them in fixed signswill
produceagainshort life.
Thus, all the six possible positionsof a pair are covered.
lVhich group is to be consideredfor arriving at life spanand
in wbat circumstances
be understoodthus.
4. Out of the three groups, the scaleof span(viz. Iong,
medium and short) indicated by two or threebe considered.
Suppose two groups indicate medium life while another
sbort life, then take mediumspanas.thebasicone. Alternatively
if three indicate identical scales,i e. Iong, short or medium,
cclnsiderthat as the case may be. It is also possiblethat one
group denoteslong life, another medium life and yet another
short life. In that casefollow point 5 given belbw.

432

Brihut ParasorqHora Sastra

5. If 3 groups denote variable spans,the group of natal


ascendantand Hora ascendantwill havc a say on the indication.
Whatever this pair denoteswill be the basicspanin caseof
threedifferent indications.
6. Rule 5 hasalsoan exception,thus. That is, in the case
of three differentindications(i.e. onc long life, anothermedium
fife and yet anothershort life), seethe positionof the Moon in
or in the 7th,
the natal horoscope. lf she is in the ascendant
then the indication given by the pair of Hora-natalascendants
be ignored and the indication of Saturn-Moon be alone
considered. lf the Moon is neither in the ascendant
nor in the
7th, then follow the indicationof }Iora-natal ascendants
as given
in rule 2 above.

irqq;Rtqrii{'rr: I
{td
*qntoi?i
qqm ql't*n
qwi66l: uYt tl
*qatr
qlcagcqrr{rrlr Tr[ilr: l
qoi qlqe}t{
uYRrl
aqfi
.qlratmedifMiuqfqei:
qlqrlonsrErtffisefi(il:
srdn
r

qlrraAaqe.tT{rEfrri*a ir Gn6uq:
nvltl
(lTr6tlq}
(rrF:
q{ al{eme\
I
q!

sr Ef,fkilrtrq:

F6EqT4:s{srertduvvrl

4l-44. FURTHER CLARIFICATIONS.' If long life is


denotedby all the said three groups, the span is 120years,if
b y t w o g r o u p s i t i s 1 0 8 y e a r sa n d i f o n l y b y o n e g r o u p i t i s g 6
years.If mediumlife is arrivedat.by threegroups,it is 80 years,
by 2 groups72 years and by one group 64 years. If short life
is denotedby the saidthreegroupsit is only 32 years,if by two
groups 36 yearsand by one group 40 years. Theseare rectified
as under.
Notes : Again, the sagefixesthe guantum of yearsfor long,
short,and mediumlife spans,thus.
Long life : by 1 pairs-120 years(harmonic reduction of
12 years)
2 pairs-I80 years
I pair -96 years

Chapter 43

433

Medium life : by 3 pairs-80 years(harmonic reductionof


8 years)
2 pairs-72 years
I pair -64 years
Short life : by 3 pairs-32 years(progressiveincreaeeof
4 years)
2 pairs-36 years
I pair -40 years
The indicationhas to be selectedas per rules4 to 6 givcn
in the notesfor slokas33-40.
We will now work out the basiccontribution of longcvity
for the same example as given for Pindayu calculations' The
chart may be understood from Pindayu example, while Hora
Lagna is Taurus 20' 32' 12".
The first group-ascendant lord is in a movablesign and
the 8th lord is also in a movableiign. Hencc long life.
The second group-Saturn and the Moon are respectively
in dual sign and movable sign. Hence short life.
The third group-Hora Lagnaand the qatal ascendant&rc
both in fixed signs. Again short life.
Two groupsindicateshort life. Hencewe are left with no
dilemmabut to selectthe indicationsgiven-by thc twogroups,
'hence
36 years will
i.e. short life. Two pairsindicateshort life,
be the basiclongevity.
This basiclongevity will have to be rectiGedfurther as per
the instructionsgiven in the following verses.

$fi ffiqfEi

qri

trfa{ttgwa:

*rrmr<t,daindttRtrirqqt

til

.tT6elim(g qqrFrqfqlsEirrFd{d1qlt:

r
llY{ll

qEsqqtfafqtfd nrilrq: reqe nlq ttvqtt

45-46.RECTIFICATIONS .' If the contributor ig in thc


beginningof a sign, his donation will be full and it will bc nil
if he is at the end. For intermediaryplacements,rule of thrco
process will apply. Add the longitudes of the contributors
(devoid of signs) and the sum so arrived at be divided by thc
number of contributors. The latestproduct be multiplicd by thc

434

Brilnl Parasara Hora Sas.lra

number of basic yearsand dividedby 30'. This will yield the


net longevity.
of the sign,
Notes: If the contributoris in the zero-degree
his sbarewill be full and if he is at the end, it will be zero' In
between, his contribution is Proportionately known' The
longitudesofthe contributors, accordingto being2 or 4 or 6 as
the case may be shoutd be added togethcr, devoidof signs'
The resultani product be dividedby 2 or 4 or 6 dependingon
the contributors. This figure sbould be multiplied by basic
yearsand divided by 30 which will be net spanof life. Basic
years
will also depend on whetherone, two or threespansare
-being
considered. Whcn we are consideling short life by 3
pairs,suchfigurewill be 96 (i.e. 32x 3) or when mediumlife by
) p*rs are 6eing consideredit will be 144,(i'e' 72x2) and so
on and ro forth.

Intheexamplehoroscope,wehaveshortlifecontributed
as
by 2 pairs and hince basic years for the.time beingbc taken
Mars
li <i.i.36 plus 36). The contributors are Moon' Saturn'
added denote
*O lttt"u.y. Their longitudesdevoid- of signs
by 4, asthere are 4 contri.ii; ig;26". rnit is to 6e divided
butors.Thusweget|xsg,ST,,.Thisistobemultiplietlby

iq this
longevitv
iili"ti. i."*l oo? dividedbv 30' Th'enet
is 31.18
Years'
process

we have
Though Pindayuappliesto the saidhoroscope'
application
the
in regardto
simptitat<eithe samiasan examp.le
system'
of thecurrent

drr[at {rql swrr6tds?i1fat=ai t


r eiqg.i al il qmrrlet*fefiuYsu
47. SPECIAL RULE FOR SATURN Should Saturn
"
bc a contributor,the classof longevitydeclines.Someadvocate,
is in
contrarily, an increaseof classin this context' If Saturn
Even
occur'
not
will
own signor in exaltation,changein class
if he ii aspected by or conjunct only a malefic, no change

Ckapter 43

435

srlqcilqf
rfqesr{q}

qt*
gll{rexiftnt r
fqs t raqqfq: q-dmilttyqtl

48. SPECIAL RULE FOR JUPITER.' If Juplter is In


the ascendant or in the 7th house, and be aspccted by or
conjunct only benefrcs,thc classof longevity will increase.

qtqFqrrFw{sti
qil{{ri1
sqTqi r
rTrqflaqrqi {t{
nYerl
dtalgffit&t1
qlqtit Ta*t 6aiqqd{q ctHqq I

gr({rq iqtteiq $q4r6rq: n<l taq lllotl

49-50. INCREASE AND FALL IN CLASS OF


LONGEVITY : From very short life to short life, from short
life to medium life, from medium life to long life and from long
life to extremely long life are the increasesin the clascificstion
Jupiter warrantsan inorease. Thc reverse is
i of longevity when
i true if Saturn warrantsa fall in the span of life.

qqql

cEqI farr s'fqrdr qqilsq|il |

rfaur il.fi{Is{r{dirdq:

lniil rlq trtltt

51. (Maitreya says): You have narrated variouskinda of


longevlty computations. Please favour mc by denotingeubtlc
classesthere ofand poor and long life spans.

srqrRsd qlqtf(caqe{ qgqsqrihinl t


fEd qqrsfqii *{ (qqlq: sritftRrqntRrl
52. (Parasara replies) : These ate seven-fold, viz.
Balarishta,yogarishta,short, medium,long, super-natural(Divya)
and illimitable.

lrf,rre
6rtTq

qqr.rGElqlflRce q fq{rft: t
qir<t

sfet qgeqfigta qgql ntltl

I
Fvnfqslrd Ai ffi"{fiqarq
qi:
gorirfwttrrnf
tttvtr
r6a{rfnd
53-54.The tife spanin Balarishtais 8 years,in Yogarishta
20 years;in short, medium and longlives32,64and 120ycarr

436

Brihat Parasura Hora Sastra

in order are the spans. Supernatural life spanis for 1000years.


Abovetbis supernaturallife spanof 1000yearsit is Amitayu or
illimitable longevitywhich can be acquiredonly by Merits.

rdad q-Ecftdn ilfirdf *tsifTqnt t


qrt ,{qrRrfr: Er afraqraar qiq n{{rl
55. LIMITLESS LONGEYIT'Y : Should Cancerascend
with Jupiterand the Moon there in while Venus,andMcrcury
are in anglesand others are in 3rd, 6th and llth, thc native will
obtain limitlesslongevity.

dlqr: ffirrn}qsfi:

{trilil

qgreqrqrRrnilqT I

q\ rrtqrr
rrd feaangrrcT

fut

N ATa RAL LONGEVITI.' Onehavingbenefics


56.,SUPERin angles/trinesas maleficsare in 3rd, 6thand llth wilt obtain
Bupr-naturallife span (one thousand years). The 8th housc
in this caseshould be onc of benefic-ownedsigns.

.qrn $r

fHa trdt

q* qnndrrf r

qA grrFirqtail Gq t ttt\err

57. LII/ING TILL THE END OF YUGA.' One born in


Cancerascendantwill live till the end of the yugaif Jupitcr is
io au angle and be in Gopuramsa while Venusis in a trine and
be in Paaravatamsa.

se gi qrrrrcint r
ffirffi'
qtefrnftml n?qrtteu
Tfr Feqrtatrilrg.
58. LIVING THE LIFE SPAN OF A SAGE.' Jupiter in
Simhasanamsa
being in the ascendant,Saturn in Devalokansa
and Mars in Paaravata,nsa-if these are Eo,one will enjoy thc
life s;an as due to a sage.

gd+{rit
qr)

grt:

gdnfet

ilqr I

qlrnQ qat {tqurtwrT(fir1 utqtl

59. Good yogas increase the life span and bad yogas
dccreasethe same(as arrived by mathematicalmeans). Hence

Chapter43

437

I tell you such yogasac to know of full, medium and short span
combinations.

q rrrf;qt r
ki qqQ{{il fffi
qtE ttq,ott
qd gaorTqTs&gotnrgeaar
' 60. Ifan apglecontainsa beneficwhile tbe ascendantlord
is conjunctor in.aspectto a beneficor Jupiter in particular,the
native will live_afull spanof life,

*rrfi{A
fqq,i{i
lF{rsct-qt I
qrsfq
irnqt f{Afun
$iqrgfqf{fErfunqttl
61. Should the ascendantlord be in an angle in conjunction with or in aspootto Jupiter and Venus,full life span
will result.

' sEqRr*Rqfr{:
3{Gel qttTdH q

ditirardniqii: r
gdrrgfcfaffiqrrqlrr

62. lf at birth 3 planetsare exalted,out of which the lords


ofascendantand8thare inclusive,as the 8th is devoid ofa
maleficin it, full life spanwill result.

ueaqrtP"f,{ di:

qfii

aaig*

FEh"fq?rqqfi: r

*{erXrmr

q trqln

63. Long life is denoted if 3 planetsare in the 8th, in


exaltation, own/friendly divisions while the ascendant
lord is
stroDg.

Wc
rafrq(i{
eirfr{; {rffifq

a*rir (qf:m: I
{l{qqFfirftilE ttqvtl

64. IfSaturn or the ascendant lord is conjunct with any


exaltedplanet, long lifc will result.

arifr

qtt:

{*r *irfrduri: r
aadglt Adffgftftf{riE nq{rr

feqElqqi:

65. Long life will be enjoyedif maleficsare in 3rd, 6th


lth
while beneficsare in angles.
and I

Brlhat.ParasaraHoro Sor,rra

$8
. lE.RK?Iil